THE KOREA
REVIEW Volume
V, 1905 Homer
B. Hulbert A. M., F. R. G.
S. Editor.
The
Methodist Publishing House, Seoul,
Korea. Index Appreciation,
An 425 Attack
on Doctor Forsythe 106 Arthur
Sturgis Dixey
279 Asakawa’s
Book, Prof. 131 Brown’s
Farewell Entertainment, Dr. 424 City
of Yung-Byun
134 Caves
of Kasa 292 Correction,
A 304 Detectives
must be the cleverest thieves
260 English
Society, An 25 Editorial
Comment 63, 26, 110, 228,
266, 305, 348, 430 Exciting
Shipwreck Adventure, An 325 Fragments
from Korean Folklore 22 Fiercer
than the Tiger 263 Hunt
for Wild Hogs. A 41 Hong,
Tiger, Mr. 126 How
Priests became Genii 130 How
Yi Outwitted the Church 380 How
Mr. Kim became a Christian
457 His
Father 470 Iron
Mines of Kang-Wun Province 8 Incubative
Warmth 135 Japanese
Plans for Korea 254 Japanese
Finance in Korea 208 Japan
as a Colonizer 361 Korea
and Formosa 1 Korean
Giants 56 Korea
a Vassal of Japan 58 Korean
Conundrums 81 Korean
Mint, A 87 Korea
and Japan, 61 Korean
Business Life 210 Korean Forced Labor 346 Korean
Customs Service 367 Korean
Bronze 384 Korean Domestic Trade 403 Koreans
in Hawaii 411 Korean
Sociology 432 Korea’s
Greatest Need 153 Lively
Corpse, A 23 Making
of Pottery. The 121 Magic
Ox Cure, The,70 Morrison on
Korea. Dr. 201 Making
of Brass Ware 321 Missionary
Union in Korea 34 Memorandum
of the Light House
department of the Korean Customs Service in November
1905 414 Marquis
Ito interviewed 428 Magic
formula against thieves 447 Min’s
Farewell and last appeal to the people, General 427 News
Calendar 72, 31,111, 150, 191,
231, 271, 310, 350, 393, 436, 471 Note
on “Buford’s” Communication 139 Northern
Korea 130 Notable
Movement in Korea 248 New
Convention
Between Japan and Korea 423 Odds
and Ends 21, 58 Possible
Protectorate, A 205 Protest,
A 281 Pyeng
Yang, A Visit to, 287 Places
of Interest
in Korea 385 Progress
of the Seoul-Wiju Railway
33 Present
Situation, The 401 Questions
and Answers 149, 264 Rear
Admiral Schley on the
Little War of 1871 97 Russo-Japanese
Conflict 12 Review,
A 70 Room
at the Top 21 Rest
from Beggars 61 Seoul-Pusan
Railway, The 16,
183 Society
for the Prevention of Cruelty
to Animals 22 Satsuma
Ware 24 Spelling
Reform 46 Sanitation
in Korea, 42 Stone-fight
49 Serious
Disturbance 238 Six
hundred Miles Overland 241 Sluggard’s
Cure 323 Striking
Corroboration 339 Sources of
Korean History 36 Top-knot,
The 25 Tales
of the Road, 334 Tenth
Scion, The 441 Tiger
That Laughed, A 467 Unworded
bequest. An 214 Unknown
Land, An 223 Unvarnished
Tale, An 330 Visit
to Quelpart, A, 172, 215 Visit
to Pyeng Yang, A 287 Visit,
Miss Rossevelt’s
332 Woman’s
Wit, A 54 War
in N. E. Korea 113 Woodcutter, Tiger and
Rabbit 445 Wanted,
a Name 448 THE KOREA REVIEW
Vol.
5. No. 1. January, 1905. CONTENTS.
Korea
and Formosa 1 The
Iron Mines of Kang-wun Province
8 The
Russo-Japanese Conflict 12 The
Seoul
Fusan Railway 16 Odds and Ends Room
at the top
21 Society
for the prevention of cruelty
to animals 22 A
lively Corpse 23 Satsuma
Ware 24 The
top-knot 25 An
English Society 25 Editorial Comment
26 News
Calendar 31 [Page 1] Korea and
Formosa. The readers of
the
Review will pardon us for referring again to the
question of the origin of the
Korean people. It is still an unsolved problem and, so
far as absolute proof
goes, it will always remain so; but it is the part of
the student to gather
from every source whatever indications there may
be which point to a logical answer to the question. It
is a case of
circumstantial rather than direct evidence. One theory is that,
while northern Korea was originally peopled from the
north, the southern
states, which eventually secured possession of the whole
peninsula and imposed
their language and customs to a very great extent, were
of southern origin and
that they were an off-shoot of that branch of the
Turanian family which was in
part driven out of India by the Aryan invaders and which
was dispersed
throughout Burmah, the Malay peninsula, the East Indies,
the Philippine
Islands, Formosa, Korea and Japan. From time to time we
have been able to give
isolated facts bearing upon the establishment of this
theory as a fact but it
is still too early to present the entire argument, for
there are important rungs
in the ladder which have not been thoroughly tested. One
of these is the
establishment of the fact that there is a definite
connection between the
so-called aborigines of Formosa and the ancient
inhabitants of southern [page 2]
Korea, not that such connection has been boldly
assumed
for the sake of the theory. We have given in previous
numbers of the Review a
few arguments to show that there is such connection, but
this is one of the
links which requires father testing. The best authority we
have on the Formosan tribes is James W. Davidson, F. R.
G. S., whose monumental
work The Island
of Formosa, Past and Present
not only presents a large amount of new information
but also brings together
all important information that is available from other
sources. It is, in fact,
a cyclopaedia of Formosa. We propose, therefore, to take
some of the information
given by Mr. Davidson and see what light it will throw
upon a possible
connection between the early Koreans and the aborigines
of that island. The
numbers in parentheses indicate the pages in Mr.
Davidson’s work from which the
quotations are taken. The first fact which
demands attention is that these wild tribes are many in
number and are
practically independent of each other. “From
historical accounts of the Dutch, we learn that there
were 293 tribes in the
comparatively limited sphere of the foreigners’
influence. From these and other
writings we may safely infer that the tribes throughout
the island were very
numerous in early days” (562).
Those tribes which have not been partly civilized “have
retained their warlike and primitive nature”
(563) and it must have been their independence of each
other which fostered the
warlike spirit. And yet in spite of their independence
of each other the eight
groups into which Mr. Davidson classifies them show such
marked similarities on
other than political lines that we must conclude that
there is a strong racial bond
between them. The comparative list of words in the first
appendix of Mr.
Davidson’s book is one among many indications that the
tribal differences were,
after all, comparatively slight. This minute
subdivision into small tribes, many of which occupy
but a single village, is a marked characteristic of
these Formosan savages, and
it corresponds with great exactitude with what we know
of the southern [page 3]
Koreans two thousand years ago. They numbered perhaps a
few hundred thousand in
all, but were divided into seventy-six tribes, each
having its central village
and being, so far as we can learn, practically
independent of each other. This
is shown by the statement of the early writers that each
of the tribes had its
own little army. At times they doubtless formed
temporary federations for
mutual benefit even as the Formosans have done, but as
for any central
government of a permanent nature they found no use for
it. But in addition to
this we find that the Formosan tribes may be classified
into eight distinct
groups which can be definitely named, such as the
Atayal, Vonum, Taon, Paiwan,
Ami, &c. These are not political divisions but are
the result of racial characteristics.
In Southern Korea the same thing obtained, for the
seventy-six tribes were
grouped under three names, namely Ma-han, Pyon-han and
Chin-han. Whether these
names were used by those ancient tribes we do not know
but it is clearly
recorded that the groups had racial characteristics that
differentiated them from
each other to some extent. The study of the
names of these groups shows that the classification is
correct. (See the Korean
Repository Vol. II, p. 519).
Taking it all together the resemblance between the
political system of the
early Koreans and that of the Formosans amounts to
practical identity. This argument would
lose force if a similar state of things existed in
northern Korea, but, as a
fact, we find nothing of the kind there. The tribes of
northern Korea were
large and powerful. Each one occupied more territory
than any fifty of the
southern tribes. They were more like the North American
Indian tribes. For
instance, the Ye-mak or Nang-nang or Hyun-do
or Eum-nu tribes of northern Korea each occupied a
territory equal to a whole
province of modem Korea, while the seventy- six tribes
in the south occupied
only two of the present provinces. Mr.
Davidson concludes that the natives of Formosa are of
Malayan or Polynesian
origin, “their
short stature, yellowish brown color, straight black
hair and other [page 4] physical
characteristics, as well as their customs and language,
bear sufficiently
strong resemblance to the natives of the south seas to
confirm this.” (562).
This is indefinite, as the Malayan and Polynesian types
are distinct; but we
may consider the question as to the Malay origin settled
since almost all those
who have had anything to do with these tribes agree on
the point. The matter of
physical characteristics is an important one and the few
words which we here
have descriptive of the Formosan could be literally
applied to the Korean. The
shortness of stature is not particularly noticeable in
Korea today, though
accurate measurements would doubtless show that the average
stature of the Korean is considerably
less than that of the European. To gain a true idea of
the striking resemblance between the Korean and
the Formosan one has only to examine the pictures of
native Formosans in Mr.
Davidson’s finely illustrated work. Those who are well
acquainted with the
Koreans and have been in touch with them long enough to
be able to distinguish
their faces from those of the Chinese or Manchus
would be the very first to note the striking resemblance
between Formosan faces
and the Korean. So far as the writer is concerned, he
admits that, if these
Formosans dressed the hair as the Koreans do, he would
be wholly unable to
detect any difference. Every one of the thirty-nine
faces depicted on the page
opposite page 563 is typically Korean. The same is true
of the faces on the pages
opposite 574, 578 and 588. In fact
there is no native Formosan pictured in this book who
might not be duplicated
with ease on the streets of Seoul. The resemblance lies
not merely in the shape
of the features but in the general expression, a
something hard to define, but
so characteristic that it enabled the writer to detect instantly
the nationality of two Koreans on the streets of
New York even when dressed in European style.
The next point is in
regard to the structure of their houses. This is
of course an important feature in the life of any
people, but it cannot be
relied on implicitly in comparative
work, because
dwellings are modified in accordance with climate and
other circumstances. [page 5]
Comparisons along isothermal lines are
naturally
the most conclusive as regards dwellings but when people
migrate from north to
south or vice versa it is natural to suppose the
character of their dwellings
will become modified to suit the changed conditions. At
the same time, certain characteristics
are almost sure to survive. The Formosans of the
west Atayal group “erect posts of wood
and stone with walls of bamboo interlaced with a kind of
rush or grass and
thatched with the same material”
but the west Atayals “dig a
cellar-like excavation from three to six feet deep and
with the earth thus obtained
a wall is built around the mouth of the excavation, and
the interior is paved
with stone. Strong wooden pillars with cross-poles are
erected and flat pieces
of stone are used as roofing.” This general plan is
followed by many of the other
groups. We are told by the ancient recorders that the
primitive southern Koreans
made houses much like this and that
they entered by a
door in the roof. The survival of this same form
of dwelling to the present
day in what is called the um indicates
that the Koreans made use of the same semi- subterranean
house that the
uncivilized Formosans have preserved until the present
time. There are other
Formosan tribes whose houses are raised on posts, so
that the floor is four or
five feet above the ground. The exact counterpart of
this is seen in the little
watch tower which the Koreans build in summer among
their fields. It would be of value
to compare the dress of the Formosan with that of the
early Koreans but as
there is no information whatever on this latter point it
will be useless to
take up this question. But closely allied to this are
the subjects of ornaments
and tattooing. As for the former the natives of Formosa
make little use of gold
or silver for ornaments, but beads and shells are used. It
is recorded of the ancient southern Koreans that they
did not highly regard
silver or gold but
that they had beads strung about their faces. This
ignorance of the value of gold is a very strong
indication of a southern origin,
for had these people come from the north it is
impossible that they should have
been ignorant, or even [page 6] careless,
of the value of gold at so late a date as 193 B. C. They
learned it rapidly
enough when they were once taught. Almost all the
Formosan tribes tattoo to a greater
or less extent. All accounts agree in saying that the
early Koreans also
tattooed. It was given up long ago but a trace still
survives in the custom of
drawing a red thread through the skin of the wrist in
making certain kinds of
compacts. The comparative severity of the Korean climate
sufficiently accounts
for the desuetude of this custom. One very common
custom among the Formosan tribes is the extraction of
two teeth from the upper
jaw. The number is always the same and it is always from
the upper jaw that they
are extracted. We know of no such custom in Korea at any
time, but there is a
curious coincidence. It is mentioned in the annals of
the Kingdom of Silla,
which at first was called Su-yu-bul,
that any man who had sixteen teeth in his upper jaw was
considered unusually
wise and powerful. At one time the selection of a man to
become king depended
upon this thing, and a long search was required to find
a man with sixteen
teeth is his upper jaw. Now, we know that men ordinarily
have that number. Why
then should it have been difficult to find one who
possessed the full set? I am
inclined to think that is was due to some such custom,
though it must be
confessed that it was illogical for them to draw the
teeth when their
possession marked a man as exceptionally wise. I merely
state the tradition as
a coincidence without attempting to deduce any argument
from it. In all the Formosan
tribes disease is attributed to the anger or malice of
evil spirits. There are
women exorcists who by various kinds of incantation
pretend to drive out the
offending spirit. Disease is sometimes caused by the
wrath of a departed soul.
The sorceress goes through her incantations, food is
offered to the spirits,
and a part of it is thrown out upon the ground. Every
word of this applies precisely
to Korea, The most ancient form of belief and the only
indigenous one is the belief
in these evil spirits, and the female exorcists and [page 7]
sorceresses correspond exactly to the Formosan. Of
course the higher
development of the Korean has made the forms of exorcism
more elaborate, but at
bottom, the two are identical. The burial customs of
the Formosans are not highly distinctive. They
bury their dead, as a rule, much after the ordinary
fashion. In a few cases the
house of the deceased is deserted after the event. One
curious custom is that
of calling out over the grave “He will not return.”
There is something very
like this in the Korean custom of running before a
funeral procession as it approaches
the gate of the city, and crying Chikeum
kago onje ona “He goes now, but when shall he ever return?” Those who are
conversant with the Korean’s religious notions will not
fail to notice how
closely the following Formosan beliefs and practices
resemble the Korean. “After
the rice or millet has been harvested the Atayals select
a day, during the
period of full moon, and worship their ancestors.” (567)
“The spirits of
departed ancestors are worshipped on a day following the
harvest. In some of
the Yonum tribes a bundle of green grass is placed in a
house as a symbol of
the sacred day and it is believed that the family’s
ancestral spirits will
congregate about this emblem.” (569) Among the Tsou
groups “a tree near the
entrance to a village, usually selected because of its
large size, receives
special homage. It is thought that the spirits of their
ancestors take their abode
in these trees.” (571) They “arrange certain articles
such as dishes, food,
etc., in a certain form, mumble over them certain
incantations which the
savages believe bring down the spirits of their
ancestors who are present so
long as the ceremony lasts. Should one violate the rules
of this ceremony or
offend by entering the charmed circle over which the
priestess alone presides,
the spirits will visit on the offender
their ill-will “ (573). Perhaps the most
distinctive custom of the Formosan savages is that of
head-hunting. After
reading carefully what Mr. Davidson has to say about it,
one comes to the conclusion
that, with most of the Formosans, head hunting does not
enter into their
religion but is merely a sign [page 8] of
prowess and is carried on more to gain distinction than
for any other reason.
The head of a foe is to the Formosan what the scalp-lock
was to the North
American Indian. One group connects this head hunting
with their religion but
this seems to have arisen out of their exceptional
ferocity. They made
head-hunting their religion, in a sense. If, then, this
custom is rather a
matter of policy than of passion we can readily see how
it died out when the kurosuwo or
“Black Stream” swept them
north to the Liu Kiu Islands and to the Korean island of
Quelpart. It is much to be
regretted that so little is known, or at least recorded,
of the languages of
these Formosans. I have heretofore made a slight
comparative study of this list
of fifty words of the Formosan tribes (Korea
Review Vol. Ill p. 289) and found
that in thirty per cent of the words there is striking
similarity to Korean. It
will be a matter of great satisfaction, when someone
conversant with the
Formosan dialects, one or more, shall give us a grammar
of them whereby to
compare the two languages more perfectly. The
Iron Mines of Kang-won Province. I am neither a
geologist nor a mineralogist, but I do know iron when I
find it lying in the
road; and this is just what I do every time that I make
a trip into parts of
Kang-won Province. What I am about to say then is not
written from the
standpoint of a specialist in iron mining, but from the
standpoint of one who
keeps his eyes open and sees what is in the country
through which he travels.
This iron is not hidden deep in the bowels of the earth,
so that one must dig
to see it, but it is lying near the top, in fact on the
top, in many places, so
that the men who mine it have only to take their little
hoes, such as they use
on their farms, and scrape it up where they find it. I
have never yet seen a
shaft out of which the ore was being taken, but it is
always raked up on the
surface of the hillside. [page
9] The ore is carried to the smelting plant
on
the backs of oxen and cows. To American miners this
would doubtless be a funny
sight: this train of cows loaded with iron ore moving
slowly one after another
along the hill-side and up the path to a place where the
ore may be dumped into
a stream of running water where the dirt is washed away
leaving the ore in
better shape for the furnace. On each cow is a pack-saddle
with two poles across it, from either end
of which hangs a small bag made of straw into
which the ore is placed so that the bags just balance on
the saddle. These bags
are so constructed that they are fastened at the bottom
by means of a stick
which when drawn out allows the ore to fall to the
ground, thus making it easy
to unload. As for the smelting
plant I am sure that it would not meet the entire
approval of the American
Steel Trust; but it is nevertheless a smelting plant,
and it turns out pig-iron.
It is indeed a crude
affair, being only a wall built of stone and mud,
about fifteen feet long and eight or ten feet high, with
the furnace on
one side and the bellows on the other. The wall is of no
service except to
protect the bellows and the men who operate it from the
heat of the furnace.
The bellows is very simple; being a trough-like pit
about fifteen feet long,
three feet deep and two feet wide. This pit is walled up
with stone and plastered
with mud so that it is very smooth on the inside and has
the appearance of a
great mud trough. A cover of heavy board is made to fit
into this and is hung on
a pivot in the middle of the cover. Thus the cover
becomes a see-saw and
swings up and down as desired. When the bellows is in
operation five or six men
stand on each end of the cover and all swinging together
“up and down they go”
to the time of a sing-song noise which Korean coolies
know how to make to perfection.
In the center of the trough is a partition with valves
so constructed that when
the cover comes down at one end, the wind is forced into
the other end; then as
it comes down again it is forced into the furnace and
makes the fire bum. This is
kept up till the ore is melted, when it is drawn out and
[page 10] cast
into pig-iron. In order to melt this ore coal is
required, of which there may
be plenty in these mountains for all I know, but these
men care little about
that so long as they can find plenty of wood which they
can easily convert into
charcoal, which answers all their purposes. In the
location of the smelting
plant a good place to get wood for charcoal is taken
into consideration as well
as a place where the ore may be easily obtained. The
pits or kilns in which the
charcoal is burned are constructed partially underground
so that they can be
easily covered with stone and mud; into these the wood
is placed and burned
into a most excellent charcoal
without much loss in the wood. The pig-iron thus turned
out from these furnaces
is passed on to the foundry where it is cast into plows,
pots and other
utensils, such as are in common use in the country. The foundry is
constructed on the same general plan as the smelting
plant, with no sort of
house, not even a roof of any description except
perchance a shed of brush or
straw built over the bellows so as to protect the men
who play “see-saw” from
the extreme heat of the summer
sun. The whole plant is exceedingly simple and would not
cost twenty-five dollars
to construct it from start to finish. Yet the quality of
the ore is such that notwithstanding
the rude methods in use, the iron produced seems to be
first-class. I have
noticed the plows which were made from this iron and
they seem to wear well and
at the same time are not easily broken as would be the
case if the iron were of
a poor quality. Then too the rice pots which are a
necessary part of every
household are all made in the same way and from the same
iron. It is an interesting
sight to see one of these rude furnaces in full
blast and the men turning out pots and plows by the
wholesale. There is the
stone and mud wall of which I spoke, with the men just
behind it on each end of
the bellows swinging up and down, while from the bellows
comes a roaring,
growling noise, which is not drowned out even by the
constant sing-song of the men
who are playing “up and down we go.” Here on [page 11]
this side of the wall is the rude cupola filled with
charcoal and pig-iron,
and from the top of which tongues of flame
leap
high into the air at every puff of the bellows. At the
very bottom of the
cupola there is an opening which is closed with a lump
of clay until the iron
is melted and ready for the moulds into which it is
poured from a pot carried
by two men. When everything is ready for the melted iron
to be drawn off into
the pot, one man sticks a lump of clay on the end of a
pole and stands ready
for action, while another with a rod of iron makes a
hole through the clay
which closes the opening, and the molten metal flows out
in a red-hot stream
till the pot is full, when the opening
is again closed with the lump of clay on the end of the
pole. This region seems to
supply the iron for a large part of the country, and is
a source of
considerable income to the people who do the work.
Remember that there are no
roads for wagons, nor wagons for the roads, even if they
were there, and you
will more readily see with what difficulty all this work
is carried on. As has
been said above, all the ore is carried from the hills
to the smelting plant on
the backs of cows. And so it is with the finished
product, it must find its way
to market on the backs of cows and men, the distance
often being fifty or a
hundred miles. As I said in the beginning, I am no
specialist in this field,
but I would judge from what little I do know that there
is iron enough in these
Kang-wun mountains to make steel rails enough to girdle
the globe, and steel
bridges sufficient to span the Atlantic. Here in these
hills
and mountains lie millions of dollars waiting to yield
themselves to the hand
of industry that will be brave enough to put forth the
effort to dig them out.
It will doubtless not be many years till someone,
with the will to do something, will find these rich beds
of ore and then those hills
will echo with the shriek of the steam whistle and the
roar of the railroad
train as it makes its way to the sea loaded with steel
rails and other products
from the great iron furnaces of Kang-wun Province. J. Robt.
Moose. [page 12] A
Review: The
Russo-Japanese Conflict. The Russo-Japanese
Conflict, by Prof. K.
Asakawa, Lecturer on the Civilization and History of
East Asia, at Dartmouth
College; with an introduction by Frederick Wells,
Williams,
Assistant Professor of Modem Oriental History in Yale
University. Published by
Houghton Mifflin & Co., Boston. 8vo.
pp. 383. We have received from
the publishers the above named volume and have read it
with absorbing interest,
for it bears not only upon the war in general but it
contains a careful account
of events in Korea which led up to, if they were not the
main cause of, the
conflict. After a short but
appreciative introduction by Prof. Williams the author
in his preface tells us
in the following words what the object of the work is: “This
is an attempt to present in a verifiable form some of
the issues and the
historical causes of the war now waged between Russia
and Japan,” and the
perusal of the book compels us to admit that the author
has held himself down
to his text with admirable repression. He has indulged
in no passionate appeals
for sympathy in the name of his nation nor has be asked
the readier to accept
any theories or deductions of his own. He has simply set
down in a dispassionate
and almost neutral manner the causes and issues of the
war. We thought at first
that if he did no more than this it would be rather
stale reading, but we found
it fascinating. The lucidity of his
style and his luminous collocation of evidence make the
book a pleasure to
read. His introductory chapter is an effort to prove the
proposition which he
words thus: “For Japan the issues appear to be only
partly
political, but mainly economical; and perhaps no better
clue to the
understanding not only of the present situation, but
also, in general,
of the activities at home and abroad of the Japanese
people, could be
found than in the study of these
profound [page 13] material
interests.” He then proceeds
to set forth the present industrial and economic
situation of Japan, and he
does it in such few and well selected terms that we get
a bird’s-eye
of the whole situation, and are prepared to follow him
into his second chapter
where he takes up the question of the retrocession of
the Liao-tung Peninsula. He gives a brief but
comprehensive account of Russia’s absorption of the
Ussuri district and the
founding of Vladivostock, and then coming down to 1891,
the inception of the
Siberian railway. Then comes a mention of the causes,
the operation and the
close of the China- Japan war of 1895. Speaking of the
interference of Russia,
Germany and France he says, “At a
council, it is said, Russian naval and military
authorities concluded that
Russia alone could not successfully combat Japan, which,
however, might be
coerced if Russia co-operated with France.”
He quotes voluminously from the French and German press
showing conclusively
the reasons why these Powers joined with Russia in
ousting Japan. He shows very
cleverly how English opinion which had held so strongly
to China during the
war was already beginning to change in favor of Japan.
Many
people have asked why Japan did not
stipulate that if she retroceded the Liao-tung Peninsula
China should guarantee
never to lease it to any other
Power. The author dismisses this with the remark, “Evidently
time was two limited and the occasion two inopportune
for Japan successfully
to induce China to pledge not to alienate in the future
any part of the
retroceded territory to any other Power.” And
summing up the incident he adds. “The
historical significance of this memorable incident
deserves special emphasis.
It is not too much to say that with it Eastern Asiatic
history radically
changed its character, for it marks a new era in which
the struggle is waged no
longer between oriental nations themselves but
between
sets of interests and principles which characterize
human progress at its
present stage and which are represented by the greatest
powers of the world.”
He claims that Japan derived inestimable advantages from
the experience, for
it awakened her to the fact that if she desired to hold
[page 14] the
place she had already gained she must fit
herself to compete both in peace and in
war with the first nations of the world. “It is
questionable if there is in the entire range of Japanese
national life another
point less understood abroad but more essential for an
insight into the present
and future of the extreme orient than this: the
increased enthusiasm of Japan in the ardent effort to
strengthen her position
in the world by basing her international conduct upon
the fairest and best tried
principles of human progress. The effort is not free
from errors but the large
issue grows ever clearer in Japan’s mind.” The writer sums up in
a really masterly way the arguments which
go to show that Russia made a secret treaty with China
in 1896. He discusses at
length the Cassini Convention and then the lease of
Kiao-chau by Germany and
Russia’s gradual leading on to the securing of Talienwan
and Port Arthur. In
Chapter V he deals with Secretary Hay’s Circular Note,
in Chapter VI with the occupation
of Manchuria by Russia. Then follow chapters on North
China and Manchuria, the
Anglo-German agreement, the Alexieff-Tseng Agreement,
the Lamsdorff-Yang- yu
Convention, further Russian demands, the Anglo- Japanese
agreement, the
Russo-French Declaration, the Convention of Evacuation,
The Evacuation, The
Russian Seven Demands. Then,
beginning with the sixteenth chapter, we
come to that part of the book which is of special
interest to Korea. The writer
calls the Korean half of the problem the more important
half. He takes up the
events that occurred, in Seoul from the end of the
China-Japan war. He says “Unfortunately
Korea’s lack of material strength rendered her real
independence impossible,
and her strength could be secured only by a
thorough-going reform of her
administrative, financial and economic system which had
sunk into unspeakable
corruption and decay. By her
victory the colossal task devolved upon Japan of
reforming the national
institutions of a people whose political training in the
past seemed to have
made them particularly impervious to such
effort. Perhaps no work more delicate [page 15]
and more liable to blunder and misunderstanding could
befall a nation than that
of setting another nation’s house in order who would not
feel its necessity. In
this difficult enterprise the Japanese showed themselves
as inexperienced as
the Koreans were reluctant and resentful.” This is the
frankest
and most honest admission ever made by a Japanese of the
terrible mistakes of
1895. He goes on to speak of the influence of “Mr Waeber
and his talented wife
who recommended themselves to a large body of men and
women whose feeling the
Japanese had alienated, and slowly but surely to
undermine the latter’s
influence.” He speaks of Miura as
“a man of undoubted sincerity but utterly
without diplomatic training,” and
adds, “Some of the Japanese in Seoul betrayed
themselves into a crime which caused bitter
disappointment and lasting disgrace
to the Government and the nation at home.” After
describing the murder of the
queen he says “the deed was no less crushing a blow to
the Japanese nation than
it was to the bereaved King of Korea, for the former’s
ardent desire to adhere
to the fairest principle of international conduct was
for once frustrated by
the rash act of a handful of their brethren at Seoul.
The influence of the queen
passed away and the power of the reform cabinet was for
the moment assured, but
only at the expense of a revolting crime which the
Japanese will never cease to
lament. It is probable that the murder of the queen was
premeditated and that
Minister Miura had been prevailed upon to connive at the
guilt.” So far as it
goes this is a very straightforward statement but if he
had added that the
Japanese Government acquitted Miura he would have left
less to be desired by
way of frankness. Under the heading “Diplomatic
Struggle in Korea,” he goes on to give a most vivid and
entertaining account of
what happened here during the years 1896 to 1903 in-
elusive. The peculiar
tactics of de Speyer come in for special mention, in
which connection he says, “It
was a misfortune for Russia that her able representative
at Seoul, Mr. Waeber,
had been transferred to Mexico and was replaced by M.
Speyer. The former’s
pleasing manners were [page 16] succeeded
by the latter’s overbearing conduct, which appeared
gradualist to alienate from
Russia many of the former friends of Mr. Waeber.”
It is of course impossible for us to do justice to Mr.
Asakawa’s account, but
it is so clear, so accurate and so thoroughly sane that
it makes very
interesting reading. It is truly remarkable that a man
who has never been to
Seoul should be able so accurately to gauge the feelings
of both Japanese and
Koreans. One would think the writer must have been on
the spot and in the thick
of the fray. Prof. Asakawa is to be congratulated on
the completion and the publication of this excellent
work and no one should be
without it who wants upon his book shelf the best that
has been written about
the events leading up to the struggle now in progress. While we agree with
what Prof Asakawa has to say in a general way there are
some points in which
theory and practice do not go hand in hand. With these
we have dealt elsewhere
in this issue. The
Seoul Fusan Railway. It
was at the beginning of 1905 that the Seoul Fusan
Railway
was opened for general traffic and we lost no time in
running down to Fusan and
examining this route. It seems too good to be true that
never again shall we
have to feel our way around that southwestern point
through the fog or drop anchor
for a day at a time among those dreary islands. A few
hours dash across the Straits
of Korea is all the sea-travel now necessary between
Seoul and Tokyo and it is
more than likely that within a few years the
Straits of Dover will be all the water to be crossed in
going to London. At first the Seoul
Fusan trains started from Yong-tong-po where a wait of
an hour was necessary,
but before long this was changed and now the train
starts from Seoul. Branching
off from the Chemulpo line at Yong-tong-po it
turns
to the southward and sweeps around the base of Kwanaksan
giving some
magnificent views of that grand cluster of rocky peaks.
Suwun with its thickly [page 17]
wooded mountain is reached in about an hour from
Yongtongpo. Here the road
skirts an extensive irrigation reservoir
on one side and a fine stone quarry on the other.
Throughout this whole
section, at least for a distance of fifty miles from
Seoul, the country is
finely wooded, extensive forests being continually in
sight. After that the
county becomes less heavily wooded until in the vicinity
of Kongju only an occasional
clump of trees is seen. In the town of Chuneui two
tunnels are passed each of
them being approximately one hundred yards long. Nothing
too good can be said
of the workmanship on this road; the roadbed is
excellent and for a considerable part of the way is
ballasted with stone. The
rails are very heavy, contrasting in this respect very
favorably with those of
the Siberian Railway whose rails, in 1903 at least, were
hardly heavier than
those of the electric tramway in Seoul. The ties of the
Japanese road are very heavy
and made of a wood much resembling the ash. Here again
there is a striking
difference between the Japanese and Russian work for the
latter road has, for thousands
of miles, ties that are simply round sticks of eight
inch diameter split in two,
the rails resting on the rounded side. A very few weeks
suffice to sink the
rails deeply into the soft wood. The
trains on the Seoul Fusan road are not as
yet finally arranged and there is no express service. A
third class car and a
second class car were attached to a freight train and at
each station there was
more or less shifting of cars and consequent delays. And
yet in spite of this
the average time between Seoul and Fusan was twenty miles
an hour which exceeds the time of the express on the
Siberian line. Over parts
of the Korean line we made a speed of thirty-five miles
an hour. This is quite
unheard of on any portion of the Siberian line. It was
not until we boarded the
train from Moscow to Warsaw that we equalled that pace.
If a mixed train can
make this over the Seoul Fusan road an express can
easily do forty or
forty-five miles. The important point is that the road
bed is so solid and the
masonry work so unexceptionable that the possible speed
will depend entirely
upon [page 18] the
engines and weight of train. It was the bad condition of
the roadbed that retarded speed in Siberia. This road passes
Kongju at a distance of some twenty
miles and then branches away to the east to climb
the two ranges of mountains that lie between
the valleys of the Keum and
Naktong Rivers. The work of mounting the first great
pass is an arduous one,
for the tunnel at this point is not completed and the
road literally climbs the
hill. The grade at one point is the steepest we have
ever seen except on a
funicular railway. This will all disappear as soon as
the tunnel is completed. Steep
as it is this pass does not have to be surmounted by a
switchback or any other
such mechanical trick, but we had to have an engine at each
end of the train. Through this rough region the masonry
work is exceedingly
fine and money must have been poured out like water. The
road passes through
the hills at a high elevation and the valleys deep
beneath with their clustering
villages and checker-board rice fields pass before the
eye like moving
pictures. Passing down the
eastern side of this range we cross a tributary of the
Keum River on a
temporary bridge. The approach to this bridge down the
side of the mountain is
one of the most beautiful on the whole road. Late in the
afternoon the second
range is passed. Here also we find an unfinished tunnel,
apparently one of the most
considerable on the line. Comparatively little of it is
done as yet for at the
western end the hill had not been entered more than
thirty or forty feet. The
road passes over the summit and on the eastern side
requires a single
switch-back in order to come down to the level of the
valley. It is dark by the
time we cross the broad Naktong and eight o’clock sees
us draw up at the
station of Taiku. The train stops here and the traveller
must seek lodgement in
the town until seven o’clock the next morning. There are
many Japanese hostelries
and one need not be uncomfortable. One should not fail
to stop over a day at
this town and visit certain places of great interest in
its vicinity. Some of
them are relics of the ancient Silla dynasty which fell
almost exactly one [page 19]
thousand years ago. There is a curious underground vault
whose use no one at
the present time can guess. It is made of massive stone
arches and the whole is
covered with a mound of earth, on top of which grows an
oak tree two feet in
diameter. One should see the curious graves called Koryu-chang
which are remains of the last dynasty and from which
large quantities of
curious pottery and other utensils are taken. None of
these graves are without
this pottery. These sepulchers are so old that hardly a
vestige of the skeleton
of the dead is found. One should not fail to visit the
remains of the
stronghold of the old time Sŭ family, a sort of feudal
fortress some twenty
acres in extent. Taiku is the center
of much missionary work both Roman Catholic and
Protestant. The R. C. cathedral
is the most conspicuous building in or near the town and
under the earnest and
devoted efforts of Father Robert a large work is being
done. The Presbyterian
Mission has a flourishing station here with half a dozen
missionaries and their
families. They do a large work in the town itself but
they go far and wide
throughout the province and have out-stations and
churches and groups of
adherents in scores of country villages. In the
prosecution of their duties
these missionaries run up against all sorts of
adventures. In the Autumn the
people in the mountain villages frequently beg them to
lead in a pig hunt, for
the wild pigs come done and devastate the rice fields
and every field has to be
watched continually until the crop is in. On one of
these occasions a
missionary complied with their request and we shall give
in a subsequent issue
an account of that interesting pig hunt. We left Taiku for
Fusan at four in the afternoon and an hour later we were
climbing the ascent to
the mouth of the great tunnel. This is the most arduous
feat the engineers had
to perform. The tunnel is upwards of 4,000 feet long.
The approach from neither
end is particularly picturesque but it is a good
illustration of the
determination which has marked the progress of Japanese
enterprise in Korea.
Darkness came on soon after and in the moonlight we
slipped down the long reaches
of the Nak-tong [page 20] River
until at eight we caught sight of the sparkling
lights on the shipping in Fusan harbor and drew up at
the terminal station
which stands half way between old Fusan, at the head of
the bay, and Fusan
proper at the foot. Two years have worked wonders in
this port.
The Reclamation Company has literally pulled the hills
down into the water And
to-day we have a broad band stretching down the
shore of the bay for a mile or more. In places the sea
wall is built up from a
point thirty-five feet below the surface of the water.
The new Commercial Museum
is one of the finest foreign buildings in Korea and the
new three-story
Japanese hotels, built most substantially of brick and,
at least on the exterior, in foreign style attest the
restless energy and
enterprise of the Japanese. Koreans swarm in every
direction. Hundreds of them
have been and are employed on constructive works and
inquiries all along the
line, from all sorts of people, elicited the same
statement, namely that the
road is a great institution that will do incalculable
good. Of course there are
those who grumble at it. For instance an enormous
freight traffic was formerly
carried on by flat-boat on the Naktong River. These
boats were towed by men and
it took a month to reach Taiku. The railroad has
practically killed this
traffic and a large number of people have had to find
employment elsewhere but
to thousands and tens of thousands of people in the
interior the cheapening of
transit rates and the avoidance of the likin dues on
this river have proved an
unmixed blessing. The impetus given to trade of all
kinds is rapidly giving
occupation to all the people displaced and to hundreds
besides. There are many
complaints of injustice and oppression on the part of
the Japanese and it is
plain that the Japanese Government has not yet gotten
into running order the
necessary legal machinery for
guaranteeing ordinary justice to the Korean populace. It
is abundantly evident
that Prof. Asakawa’s words in the book that we are
reviewing in this number of
the Review are eminently true, namely, “No
greater burden and no more delicate work for a nation
can be imagined than that
of regenerating another whose nobility [page 21]
has grown powerful under corruption and whose
lower
classes do not desire a higher existence. On the other
hand the inertia and
resistance of Korea would be tremendous in which her ‘full
confidence’ would give place to hatred and rancor. The
proverbial machinations of
the peninsular politician would be set in motion in all
their speed and
confusion. It would not be surprising if, under the
circumstances, even a
military control of Korea for a temporary and mild
nature should become necessary
in order to cure her malady and set her house in order.
On the other hand when
the necessary reform should be so deep and wide as is
required in the present instance
the temptation of the reformer would be great and the
suspicion of the reformed
even greater, where political reformatory measures border
upon
the economic.
Here and everywhere
Japan would save herself from the gravest errors, in
spite of her best
intentions in the large
issue, only by
the severest self-control and consummate tact. Great is
the penalty of Japan that arises from her peculiar
position. She has
never encountered in her long
history a greater trial of her moral force
as a nation than in the new situation opened by the protocol. As to the
world at large, it will look forward to an intensely
interesting experiment in human
history.” The italics are ours. We wish Prof.
Asakawa
might visit Korea and examine the actual conditions that
prevail. Odds
and Ends. Room
at the top. A number of Koreans were gathered about the
missionary’s table eating dried persimmons, walnuts,
chestnuts,
oranges and American sponge-cape. Kim-pilsu was late and
so found himself
crowed out. Standing on the outer rim of the company he
looks wistfully over
their heads at the good things and finally
remarks “This reminds me of a wedding I once
attended. It was a very swell affair and the crowd
was so great that one of the would-be
sight-seers could not get a single glimpse of the bride.
So he raised [page 22] his
voice and said in an excited tone ‘I have
just seen a most remarkable thing; a man was pulling
candy and he would take a
lump as big as my head and straighten his arms and jerk
it about in a
semi-circle as easily as you would a piece the size of
your hand (here the
speaker suited the action to the word and elbowed his
way toward the table) and
in a moment more the candy was as white as the bride’s
face is, which you friends have so kindly stepped aside
for me to see.”
Kim was by this time in the front rank at the table and
innocently remarked as he
lifted a large section of the cake. “This cake
too is very white, thanks to your kindness.” Society for the prevention of
cruelty to animals Messrs.
Chun and Sin had met by accident just behind Mr,
Kim’s straw fence, from which place they had a
good view of the circular pen of wooden stakes which
confined their friend’s
pig. The latter was tied about the belly with a straw
rope which was drawn so
tight that it appeared as if it had not been loosened
since the animal’s “toyaji”
days. Chun remarked that the rope looked rather
tight for a self-respecting hog to wear. Sin replied
that it was a very cruel
and unjust world that rewarded such a “sangnom” as Kim
with a fat hog like that
when two deserving people had to go porkless, and it was
especially aggravating
to see the animal in the possession of a monster
who had not the humanity to loosen the stomach- rope as
the beast took on
flesh. So these two humanitarians agreed to relieve the
situation. At dead of night Chun
scratched on the paper of Sin’s
door and the two, armed with rice-hulling bludgeons
stealthily approached the
home of the suffering “tot.” Chun
stood with uplifted club while Sin crawled in to cut the
stomach-rope and give
the signal for the death-blow. But the astonished hog,
freed from its bonds,
began a frantic race around its pen, incidentally
trampling upon the prostrate
Sin. The latter yelled “Na-
on-da” (coming out) forgetting in his excitement
to
indicate who was
coming out and so Chun’s vicious blow found
him right behind the ear. As Chun bore the [page 23]
inanimate form of his friend home on his
back,
instead of the hog, he murmured
under his breath, “Well, in the first place
there is no use in showing a kindness to a hog. He lacks
appreciation.
And in the second place
this language
of ours, it is at times confusing enough
to ‘dam one’s very ears.’” A Lively Corpse. Ten years ago there died in Seoul a celebrated
policeman who was popularly called “The
Hawk” because his marvelous power of sight equalled that
of the bird. Many are
the stories that are told of his constabulary skill, but
perhaps the most
startling is the following : One night as he was on his
rounds in a part of the
city in which many rich gentlemen lived, he heard a
curious commotion in one of
the houses. It was not the lamentation for the dead
which breaks upon the stillness of the night when a
husband or child passes
way, nor was it the screaming of the mudang as
she tries by her incantations to frighten away the
spirit of disease. It was a
quite unfamiliar sort of disturbance and “The Hawk”
paused at the gate to learn
what it might mean. Presently there was a murmur of
excited voices and a great
shuffling of feet inside the gate. It was opened and out
came a crowd of men
and women servants pale and distraught, each seeming to
be seeking safety in
flight. The policeman drew one of
them aside. “What is the
trouble here?” The man tried to wrench himself
away, looking over his shoulder as if fearing that a
ghost were after him; but “The Hawk”
held him fast. “Trouble! Why, trouble enough! The master
died
yesterday and we had him all clothed in burial garb
ready for the funeral, but
tonight he suddenly rose from his coffin and now
he stands there in the middle of the room staring
straight ahead and not saying
a word. We have done nothing wrong, that he should come
back to life; no one
has let a cat into the room that he should stir from the
sleep of death, and
yet there the gruesome thing stands, and whether
it be man or spirit I, for one, dare not guess. For
heaven’s sake, let me get
away from the place!” [page 24] “Very
curious,” mused the officer, and drawing his club he
entered the court-yard. The house was completely
deserted. “The
Hawk” glanced sharply around and then entered
the room
where the dead should be. The thing was
still standing there in the middle of the room
gazing
upward into space, wrapped in its
cerements. It took all the nerve the policeman could
muster to approach it, but he did
so and now the two stand facing
each other, the living and the dead. “The Hawk”
aimed a blow with his stick and struck the corpse in the
face. It never moved.
A thrill of genuine fear went through the limbs of the
officer, for it is no
safe thing to be playing tricks with a real corpse, as
he well knew. But he
struck again, and this time the secret was out, for the supposedly
dead man, instead of falling over like a log, crumpled
down at the knees and
lay all huddled up on the floor. The officer whipped out
his cord and tied him
neck and heels, and then demanded in a stern
voice : “What
have you done with the corpse, and where are your
accomplices?” “Under the floor,”
whimpered the thief, “and the other fellows are hidden
in the tarak.”
The policeman turned back the mat and saw a loose stone
slab beneath which lay
the genuine corpse. The gang had entered and played a
trick upon the people to
frighten them all away, after which they intended to
loot the place. Satsuma
Ware. We have been asked by a subscriber to give
something
by way of establishing the fact that
the Japanese learned the art of making Satsuma ware from
the Koreans. We hope in
the course of the year to give a thorough article
on Korean ceramics and must reserve the answer
to this question till that time, but in the interval we
may say that the
historical fact seems to have been conclusively proved.
The argument is a
double one, in fact a triple one for (1) the descendants
of the transported
colony of Satsuma potters are living today in Japan (2)
the old pottery in
Korea today presents characteristics strikingly similar
to those of old Satsuma and (3) both Korean and Japanese
tradition, if not history
itself, makes the [page 25]
plain statement of such transportation. It must be
remembered that this occurred only 300 years ago, which
is but as yesterday in
the Far East. The
Top-knot. We have also been asked for a history of
this
capital (caput) institution. It would take a good
many
pages to give it in full but we shall try to give in a
subsequent issue at least
a partially adequate biography of
Mr. Sangtu. He has had a truly checquered career, or
perhaps we might better
say a very twisted career but he has always been at the
head
in every popular movement in Korea and has played a
leading part in every
fight, as those who have seen Korean fights know very
well. Just at present, with
some Koreans, Shakespeare’s aphorism is distinctly to
the fore, “To be or knot
to be.” An
English Society. The Young Men’s
Christian Association of Seoul is the nucleus for
various kinds of work for
young men in this city. Among these the English Society
is worth special mention. A
company of some thirty Koreans who can speak English
more or less meet in one
of the rooms of the temporary Y. M. C.
A. quarters and have various literary exercises in
English. They have grasped the first important rule that
in order to learn
anything new one must not be afraid of making blunders.
Their knowledge of this
rule is made abundantly evident at each meeting but in
spite of all mistakes
they are pushing ahead. A few evenings ago there
was an amusing debate on the question, “Resolved that it
would be well for
Koreans to adopt European dress.” Some of the arguments
adduced both pro and
con were truly startling, and the judges unanimously agreed
that the negative side had won. There are also
recitations, readings, dialogues
and other instructive forms of
work. Another class of young
men are learning to sing after the
western fashion. It is really remarkable how well most
Koreans follow a tune
after they have once made the attempt. They certainly
have a fine “ear for music.” A part of the new physical
apparatus ordered from America
has arrived, but only a small part of it
can be [page 26] accommodated
in the present buildings. It will be a great
thing when the new building is completed
and there will be room for all who want to come. The
lecture
course has
been very successful and the rooms are always crowded to
suffocation . The
Koreans know a good thing when they see it or hear it.
These are free lectures
and it is too early to say how much real value the
Koreans attach to
them. If a small fee were charged for
attendance it might be possible to gauge the genuineness
of their interest. These
people are as willing to get something for nothing as
western people are but no
more so. Editorial
Comment In our review of
Prof. Asakawa’s interesting book we expressed
surprise that a man could write so accurately in regard
to events in Korea,
having never visited the country. So far as historical
statements go he is remarkably
accurate, except in a few cases, as for
instance where he says “The cultivation of rice is said
to have been first
taught the Koreans by the Japanese invaders toward the
end of the sixteenth
century.” Rice has been cultivated here since the
beginning of the Christian
era, and so far from having been taught by the Japanese
there is every reason
to believe that Japan learned the use of rice from Korea
in the days of ancient
Silla. We are very much surprised that Prof. Asakawa
should have been led into
such an elementary blunder as this. He
also says “It is estimated that the extent of her
(Korea’s)
land under cultivation is hardly more than 3,185,000
acres and that there exist at least 3,500,000 more acres
of arable land.
Unfortunately however the Koreans lack energy to
cultivate those waste lands;
for it is well known that the irregular but exhaustive
exactions of the Korean
officials have bred a conviction in the mind of the
peasant that it is unwise
to bestir himself and earn surplus wealth only to be
fleeced by the officials.
His idleness has now for centuries been forced until it
has [page 27]
become an agreeable habit.” We would like to ask Prof.
Asakawa how it comes
about then that within three of these centuries
Koreans have been able to make rice fields enough to
feed their own 12,000,000
people and, as he says, to export annually 4,000,000 yen
worth of this staple?
He goes on to say: “It
is in this state of things that it has often been
suggested that the
cultivation of the waste lands may most naturally be
begun by the superior
energy of the Japanese settlers.” This sounds well, but
we would like to ask Prof. Asakawa whether he really
believes that the Japanese
settler would think of going on to the
uncultivated hill-sides and give the Koreans an object
lesson in agriculture.
Very far from it. The Japanese are buying up the best
rice-fields,
and the Korean who is foolish enough to sell will waste
his money and become a coolie or he will be driven back
to these less desirable
lands. Not does Prof.
Asakawa touch upon the vital question of
jurisdiction. To him the Japanese industrial invasion of
Korea looks like a great campaign of
education. He
says: “The progress
of agriculture would also gradually lead
the Korean into the beginning of an industrial life
while the expanding systems of railways and banking
would be at once cause and
effect of the industrial growth of the nation.” This is all very fine
from the theoretic standpoint, but Prof. Asakawa has not
seen how it works
in actual life. The ideal standpoint is one thing and
the actual and practical a
very different thing. The ordinary Japanese immigrant and
settler has no rosy visions of a regenerated Korea, he
has in mind no scheme
for making the Koreans wake up to their agricultural
possibilities. He wants
the land irrespective of all other considerations, just
as Americans or
Frenchmen or Englishmen would do under like
circumstances. The question is
whether these high ideals which Prof. Asakawa claims
that the Japanese
authorities hold will be brought into the field of
practical affairs and prevent
the arable land of Korea being bought up for business
purposes by Japanese;
whether, in other words, [page 28]
the Japanese government really has any genuine intention of
recognizing the Korean laborer or artisan as having any
rights that Japanese subjects are bound to respect, and
bound to be punished for if they do not respect. We would also like to
ask the Professor another question. If, as he says,
official corruption has
bred in the Korean mind the conviction that energy and
thrift are of no avails
would not Japan’s heavy obligation to Korea, which he
acknowledges, be better
paid by putting an end to that corruption and giving the
people an opportunity to
learn that thrift is worth something than by allowing Japanese
subjects to treat the people as they do and keeping in
office,
as was done in Pyeng Yang, officials whom even the
Koreans themselves consider
too mean to tolerate? It would be a pity if after
decrying so loudly Russia’s
use of corrupt officials here Japan should not make a
strong attempt to stem
the tide of official corruption. We believe with Prof.
Asakawa that Japan has a large and important piece of
work to do in Korea and
that her accomplishment of this task will be a far
better measure of her
genuine moral force than the winning of victory in the
war with Russia. Korea
has how been in Japan’s hands for a year, but we see no
administrative reforms introduced,
no cleaning out of the Augean Stables, no educational
program promulgated, no
financial scheme developed in any practical way, very
little indeed that the
Korean is bound to profit by. Perhaps the time has not
come to begin but by
this time some little progress ought to have been made.
In the north the people
are complaining bitterly that
when the railway builders took their rice fields and
other land they were told
that they must look to the Korean government for their
pay. It seems to us, and
we should like Prof. Asakawa’s views on this too, that
if the Japanese received
the land on the understanding that the Korean government
would pay for it, they
should have seen to it without fail that the government
did pay. In the face of
the fact that payment, in hundreds of cases has never
been made we would like to
ask Prof. Asakawa what practical value there is in the
statement that upon
Japan’s shoulders rests the [page 29]
“regeneration” of Korea. We take him at his
own
word and agree with him fully when he says that “Japan
has never encountered a greater trial of her moral force
as a nation than in
the new situation opened by the protocol.” We
are now waiting to see what Japan is going to do to
establish the independence
and autonomy of Korea in any such sense as America
established that of Cuba.
There are many points of similarity between these two
cases. +++++++++++++
We
are glad to see that the visit of the Minister of
Education
to Japan has resulted in a forward
movement, the appointment of Prof. Sidehara to the
position of Assistant to the
Educational Department. Prof. Sidehara has been in Korea
some years and is
therefore well acquainted with
prevailing conditions. We trust that a new impetus will
be given to education,
which has been in a languishing condition for many
years. But even under the
best f of management we fear that education cannot be
made genuinely popular
here until the Government is brought
to see that graduates of Government schools are likely
to make better material
for the officiary of the country than men appointed
merely through favoritism. If
Japanese influence should bring about the rise of such a
sentiment one thing at
least would have been done to verify the statement that
Japan is interested in the
betterment of the Korean people. When the great
awakening came in Japan in the
sixties they realized that education was all-important.
There could be,
therefore, no greater proof of their sincerity in Korea
than the energetic
pushing of a scheme for general and thorough education.
The extremely open
winter has caused much uneasiness among the
Koreans. The barley crop will be almost a
complete failure in many parts of the country and the
opening of spring will be
the signal for the development of typhus
germs on a grand scale. We trust these native
prognostications will fail of
realization, but we have come to have great respect for
what Koreans say [page 30] along
these lines. They have so often been the sufferers from
such things that they
know what they are talking about. +++++++++ We
have begun in this issue a series of articles upon the
industries of Korea. It forms a fitting sequel to a
former series which we gave
on the Products of Korea, and will prove more valuable
since manufacturing industries tell
us more of the people themselves while agricultural products
tell us, rather, what nature does. The article that we
print this month on the
iron industry in Kang-wun province is certainly news to
most of us. We had supposed
that Korea was sadly lacking in this most important of
all minerals. If the
forecast of the writer of this article materializes, the
building of the Seoul-Wonsan
Railroad will do much to bring the little- known
province of Kang-wun into
prominence. We can answer Mr. Moose’s query as to the
existence of coal in that
province, for once during a hunting trip in
Kang- wun we stumbled upon one of the finest veins of
coal that we have ever
seen. Of course, as to its quality we cannot say, but
there can be no question
that the minerals of Korea form her
most important asset; for while a large part of the
grain raised in the
peninsula is needed for the local population any large
deposits of iron or other
useful minerals would be available for export. +++++++++++++ We consider the
statement that the present management of the
Korean Imperial Customs is to be changed, to
be rather the surmise of those who would like to
discredit the Japanese than a
fact that is at all liable to come within the radius of
probability. We have
pointed out before that this is the very last step the
Japanese would be likely
to take, considering the excellent record the Customs
has made and the fact
that the policy of the Customs authorities is in such
perfect accord with the avowed
purposes of Japan in regard to Korea, If the Japanese do
not mean what they say
in affirming that they want to see a firm, successful
and independent government in
Korea, then of course anything might be possible; but we
think it hardly time
yet to assert that [page 31]
the ultimate purpose
of the Japanese authorities is radically different
from their profession. There may have been some things
that look that way
but there is nothing conclusive as yet. The public will
have to accord to Japan
the benefit of the doubt until something more definite
happens. If Japan is
lending money to Korea at six per cent it certainly
looks very
neighborly, and Japan has a good right to ask for
proper security. If anyone has interpreted the
proposition that the Customs be security
for the loan to be a demand that the management of
the Customs be put in Japanese hands we think he has
gone much too far. We are
free to confess that we have seen little effort on the
part of Japan to
introduce genuine reforms into Korea, nothing that
strikes at the root of the
trouble and is calculated to do thorough work. If Korea
is ever to be
independent she must raise up officials capable of
carrying on an independent
government. A radical work and not a merely superficial
one is necessary. We believe this can be accomplished
only through a genuine
and thorough education, but while a Japanese assistant
has been appointed to
the Educational Department there is no money to do anything
with, and the cause of education is at the lowest ebb
that it has ever been
within our knowledge. We are waiting hopefully for
evidences of Japan’s
intention to fulfill her promises and obligations. It
would be a lamentable commentary
of Japan’s criticism of Russia’s broken promises in
Manchuria if she herself should prove untrue to her own
promises in Korea. We
cannot believe that she will. News
Calendar. Pak Che-pin,
special inspector in North Chulla
province, reports to the Home Department that he has
arrested Cha Nai-chin, on
complaint that he had privately sold land to a
foreigner. By proclamation
of
General Hasegawa, the Japanese gendarmes will hereafter
have charge of policing
the city of Seoul. [page 32] Reports
continually come to the Home Department that the
Japanese military
authorities in various parts of Korea are compelling the
Korean magistrates to
furnish the Japanese with information as to the number
of fields, cattle,
houses and population in their districts. The Japanese
Minister has informed the Home Department that in those
districts where the
office of magistrate is vacant Japanese
acting-magistrates will be sent by the
Japanese authorities, and their salaries must
be paid by the Korean government. Kwak Chong-suh,
Councillor of State, has presented a memorial asking
that the term of mourning
for the late Crown Princess be shortened. On the 7th of
January a largely attended out-door meeting of the II
Chin-hoi was held at
Chemulpo. There were a number of speeches, among them
one by the Japanese
Consul at Chemulpo. Dr. H. N. Allen
has laid before the Korean government the fact that the
foreign cemetery site
at Yang Wha-chin is entirely too small; and the
government has been asked to provide additional ground.
All European
nationalities are interested in the cemetery. In
response the government has
granted the request for the additional ground. Mr. Cho
Pyung-sik,
Minister of the Home Department, has been appointed
President of State, and Mr.
Soh Chung-soon as governor of Whanghai Province. The magistrate
of
Yang-chun reports to the Home Department that members of
the II Chin-hoi are
creating disturbances among the people by telling them
that any grievances they
may have will receive attention if
addressed to the II Chin-hoi. The “Hwang-sung
Sin-mun” says that the indemnity asked for the
Japanese
who in various ways have been killed in Korea since 1894
amounts to 184,400
yen, and this sum has been sent by His Majesty to the
Japanese Minister, who
has written to the Foreign Office expressing gratitude
to His Majesty. The terms of
banishment of various prisoners have been shortened by
the Law Department. A slight
skirmish
occurred between the Russians and Japanese at Hongwon on
the 24th, the Russians
retiring northward. Native papers
are
reporting that the Japanese government as security for
the proposed loan to Korea demands all the Korean
revenue, but the Korean
government at present only agrees to turn over the
revenue from the customs. The magistrate
of
Pak-chyong district sends word to the Home Department
that members of the
II Chin-hoi have had a struggle with other citizens, and
the members of
this society destroyed the premises of the magistrate. A number of
young
Korean officials have formed debating societies for the
discussion of political
questions. [page 33] Complicated
affairs are of frequent occurrence, but occasionally one
gets straightened out.
The magistrate of Whai-chou was arrested
by the Japanese on complaint that he had written to the
Home Department stating
that the Japanese had connived at the organization of
the II Chin-hoi that
they might interfere with Korean
police affairs. It now appears the letter was a forgery
written by one of the Il
Chin-hui and the magistrate has been released. We regret to
announce the death of the infant daughter of Mr. and
Mrs. P. L.
Gillett, aged six days. The Home
Department has been informed by the Japanese Minister that
Mr. Chung Hang-cho,
superintendent of trade at Kunsan, should be retained in
his
position because he is an honest official and the people
have asked that
he be retained. He also states that Kim Yong-ak,
the magistrate of An-ak,
persistently squeezed the people, and seven separate complaints
had been lodged
against him. It is reported
that an attempt has been made by Japanese merchants to
build a small store in
the street immediately in front
of the building used by the Korean Cotton
Exchange.
The matter has been laid before the Police
Department. Because
of alleged improper expressions concerning His Majesty
the Minister for Foreign
Affairs has asked the Japanese Minister to
prohibit the
publication of a certain Japanese daily in the
city. Complaint is
made
by the Foreign Office that Japanese military authorities
at Ham Heung are meddling with land taxation even
outside the sphere of
military operations, and that the
Japanese consul at Chin- nampo is
interfering m civil cases, and the Japanese
Minister is asked to prohibit such unlawful actions. On the
26th inst. the Japanese Minister demanded of the
Household
Department an immediate reply to his communication
relative to the abolition of
the Che Yong-sa (a bureau controlling the hide
monopoly.) Three Korean
gentlemen of good position, Yuh Chimg-yong, Kang
Won-hyong and Woo Yong-taik,
have written to the Japanese Minister complaining that
while at the beginning of
the war Japan had declared her
intention of protecting the interests of Korea, instead
of keeping her
promise had now requested all the waste lands, was
building railways without
concessions, had killed many Koreans, and was interfering with
both police and local affairs. [page 34] The
aged nobles have united in presenting a memorial to His
Majesty asking
for reforms in the government. At a cabinet
meeting on the 17th inst. Mr. Megata, Japanese adviser
to the Finance
Department, laid three propositions before His Majesty
and the various
Ministers, 1, To borrow Y 10,000,000
from Japan with which to establish a national bank in
Seoul, with a branch in
each of the thirteen provinces. 2, To prohibit the use
of counterfeit nickles.
3, To pay the salaries of all officials in paper yen. General
Hasegawa,
commander-in-chief of the Japanese forces in Korea, was
received in audience by
His Majesty on the 18th inst. The contract of
Mr. Delcoigne, Belgian Adviser to the Household
Department, has not been
renewed, and it is now stated that the Japanese Minister
will advise with the government when difficult questions
arise. Since taking
charge of policing the city the Japanese gendarmes have
ordered a census taken
of the inhabitants of Seoul, and also a report of
the number of houses. On the 18th an edict
was issued dismissing all magistrates guilty of
squeezing and mis-governing the
people. M. Cremazy,
Adviser to the Law Department, is
making preparations for a journey to France. The decoration
First Order of the Plum Blossom has been conferred by
His Majesty on General Hasegawa, and several minor
decorations on the members
of his staff. Mr. Cho
Pyung-ho,
former governor of Whanghai
province, has succeeded Min Yong-ki as Minister of
Finance. In the budget
for
1905 it is estimated that there will be an income of
14,950,574 nickel dollars,
while the expenditures are estimated at 19,113,600
nickel dollars. A branch office
of
the Japanese Immigration society has been established in
Seoul, for the purpose of sending Korean immigrants to
Mexico, and
they are informed that work is
awaiting them and opportunities for education. The Korean Post
and Telegraph office at Chemulpo burned on the 27th.
Incendiarism is suspected.
The Police
Department has been requested by a committee from the II
Chin-hoi
to pay to that society yen 700 in Japanese money and
$150 in Korean nickels,
said to have been lost when the Korean police closed the
Seoul headquarters of
the society. They also asked that $100 be paid
to the wounded members to reimburse them for medical
attendance. Ha Sang-ki,
formerly superintendent of trade at Chemulpo, has been
appointed Secretary of
the Korean Legation at Tokio, and Mr. Yu Chan
takes his place at Chemulpo. [page 35] The
branch railway between Masampo and Sam
Nang-chin has been completed. All regular
steamer traffic to Wonsan was discontinued after the
declaration of war, but on
January 13th the Shoshen Kaisha renewed its service by
sending a steamer on its
first regular trip to that port. On the 13th
inst. all the Foreign Representatives and the Korean
Minister
for Foreign Affairs were entertained at dinner at the
American Legation. Mr. Yi
Yong-kwon,
the governor of North Pyeng An province, who was brought
to trial on the
request of the Il-chin-hoi, wired to
the Home Department that he had been intercepted on his
way to Seoul by the
Japanese military authorities. Chin Hee-sung,
the
acting-magistrate of Whang-ju district, reports to the
Home Department that the
Japanese Agriculture society at Kium Yi-po, a
port in his district, requests him to force the Koreans
to sell their fields in
the west and south parts of the district, about one half
the area of the
district. The chief of
police
has issued orders to tax the householders of Seoul for
the purpose of repairing
the wells of the city. The minimum tax will be 20 cents,
and the maximum $2.40.
After having
received a report from the governor of Ham Heung to the
effect that the Japanese
were interfering with local affairs in his district, the
Home Department has
communicated with the Foreign Department, asking that
the Japanese Minister be
requested to see that such interference be stopped. A number of
Korean
immigrants in Hawaii have sent a memorial to His
Majesty, with the request that
a Korean Consul be sent to Hawaii to care for the
interests of Korean subjects.
They represent that all the other nations have Consuls,
and if it is a question
of money, the petitioners with other
Koreans in Hawaii will provide the funds for maintaining
the consulate. Mr. Cho Pyung-ho
becomes the Vice President of State. It is reported
that Prince Euiwha, now in the United States, has wired
to the Household
Department his determination to return to Korea. The Foreign
Office
has been notified by the Japanese Minister that
beginning in April the Japanese
will make a thorough survey of the Korean Sea north of
Fusan and South of
Wonsan, and all magistrates of the coast districts are
asked to render
courteous assistance. A request comes
to
the government from the Japanese
Army Head- quarters at Wonsan through the Japanese
Minister that Pak Ki-ho, Korean
police magistrate at Wonsan, be appointed magistrate of
Ko-won. The term of
mourning for the late Crown Princess has been officially
shortened. [page 36] The
new chief of police has ordered that all able-bodied
beggars be set to work by
the police. All work at the
Korean mint has been suspended for several weeks.
Whether the works are permanently
closed is not known. An aged
councillor
of state sat outside the gates of the palace wall for
five or six days, and
announced that he would remain until his demands for
reform were heeded. On the evening
of
the 11th Yi Yong-ik gave a banquet at the Haijo
hotel
to some three hundred invited Korean and Japanese
guests. According to the
kamni of Kyeng
Heung a Russian colonel
with l00 men have taken quarters in the
Korean government buildings. One of the
demands
of the Kong Ching-hoi was that the Minister of the Home
Department retire to
private life for thirty years to study books dealing
with up-to-date affairs.
He is 73 years of age. Bill-boards
lighted with incandescent lights are a new feature in
Gin-go-kai, Seoul. The Household
Department replies to a complaint of a Japanese
pawn-broker that an official
named Yun Woo-byung had pawned his official seal and
departed without redeeming
it, by saying that no man by that name has ever been in
the employ of the
Department, and the incident is ended. It is officially
reported that Yi Yun-chai, the governor of North
Ham-kyung province, was
dismissed, and Shim Heun-tak, magistrate of Kyung Sung
district, succeeded him
and received the governor’s seal. Then the Russian
general in that vicinity
compelled Mr. Shim to return the seal to Mr. Yi. On the 9th inst.
4,000 members of the II Chin-hoi met in the vicinity of
Independence Hall,
outside of West Gate. During the meeting a communication
was read to them from
the Japanese Army Headquarters to the effect that since
the Japanese gendarmes
would in future have charge of the police affairs of
Seoul, it would be unnecessary for
the country members of the society to remain longer in
Seoul. By Imperial
order
four Koreans who have studied military
tactics in Japan have been appointed to command the
Imperial Guard, to prevent
the frequently recurring quarrels between the Japanese
soldiers and the Korean
sentries. The native
papers
report that an American who has been Consul in China for
many years, in company
with an American capitalist has formed a company with a
capital of $24,000,000,
for the purpose of boring for petroleum in Korea,
cutting timber on the west
bank of the Yalu, and mining coal in Manchuria. On the 11th inst.
the Home Department instructed the governors of Kyung
Ki, North Chulla and
North Pyeng Yang provinces to protect the members of the
Il
Chin-hoi, as certain magistrates were treating them very
cruelly. [page 37] A
Japanese society has been formed in Seoul to consider
questions of Korean
mines, fisheries, commerce and agriculture. A Korean
Statesmen’s
club has been organized in Seoul, with the famous Cho
Pyung Soh
as president. Mr. Min Young Ki
has been reappointed Minister of Finance. It is reported
that Mr. Megata will shortly return to Japan to perfect arrangements
with reference to the proposed loan of ten million yen
to Korea by Japan. The Chinese
Minister informs the Foreign Office that a telegram from
His Majesty the
Emperor of China expresses sympathy to His Majesty the
Emperor of Korea on the
death of the late Crown Princess. The Japanese
Mining company is said to have discovered valuable coal
mines at Wool-san Kyung
Sang province, Tong chin in Kyung- kni province,
Sam-chuh and Chung-son in Kang-won
province, Pyeng- yang in Pyeng-an province, and
Yong-heung, Kilju, Myung’Chyung
and Syung-sung in Ham-kyung province. When Yi Yong-Ik
returned from Japan he is said to have brought with him
school text books to
the value of $3,000, and is now trying to establish
seven schools in Seoul. Min Yong Chul,
Korean Minister to China, arrived in Seoul on the 24th.
It appears that
the small street lamps at present in use, lighted with
kerosene, are more
expensive than electric lights would be. There is
therefore a probability that
after the Korean New Year the main thoroughfares from East
to West Gates and from Chongno to South Gate will be
lighted with incandescent
lights, each ten houses bearing the expense of one
light. Building
operations have continued in Seoul this winter to
February 1st
almost without interruption from cold weather. Japanese
gendarmes
have posted the following proclamation on the gates of
the city: 1.
When it is desired to organize a society for political
purposes in Seoul or its
vicinity the Japanese Headquarters must be notified at
least three days before
the proposed meeting. 2. Such societies will not be
permitted to hold meetings
unless the leader reports the time, place and purpose of
the meeting one day in
advance. 3. Any necessary public meeting may be held by
securing permission in
conformity to Section 2. 4. Any assembly relating to
marriage death and
sacrifice is excepted from the above provision. 5. All
kinds of political
meetings must be guarded by Japanese gendarmes. 6. All
kinds of letters,
circulars, etc., issued by political organizations must
be submitted to this
office. 7. Should any organization violate the above six
articles the leaders
will be punished by martial law. It is definitely
stated that Mr. and Mrs. Donham will return
to Korea in March or April. [page 38] On
January 3rd 34,654 passengers were carried by the
American- Korean Electric
Company, breaking the best previous record of 28,740 passengers
on the occasion of the Empress Dowager’s funeral last
winter. Mr. H. Maki, of
Tokyo, consulting engineer for the American- Korean
Electric Company, is in the
city on business connected with the enlargement of the
electric light plant and
the extension of the car lines to be undertaken as early
in the spring as
weather will permit. On Christmas day
Rev. and Mrs. M. A. Robb, of Wonsan, welcomed the
arrival of a daughter. Born : On
January
10, to Rev. and Mrs. Foote, of
Wonsan, a daughter. Early in January
the Vice President of State presented a memorial
requesting His Majesty to
punish Kwon Chung-suh, director of Police Headquarters,
Pak Yong-wha, Vice
Minister of the Household Department, and Yi
Keun-sang, Vice Minister of Agriculture, for gambling in
the palace. Three hundred
members of the Il Chin-hoi with their
hair cut and caps decorated with a gilt letter K
followed the hearse at the
funeral of the late Crown Princess. The
Hamburg-America company has purchased the steamer Medan
especially for plying
between Chemulpo and Shanghai. The steamer is furnished
with electric lights
throughout, has first-class passenger accommodations,
and will make regular
trips between the two ports every two weeks. The
Seoul-Chemulpo
railroad is kept so busy hauling railroad equipment and
army supplies for the
Japanese government that it cannot properly
care for the interests of local shippers, at least one
firm being notified that
the road would be so busy no freight could be hauled for
said company for at
least two months. Other shippers complain that
even small packages will not be received or must
sometimes wait for days before
they are sent to Seoul, a distance of twenty-six miles.
Up tn January
26th
Korea had experienced the most open winter known for a
number of years. The
larger rivers contained no ice, and much anxiety was
expressed lest it would be
impossible to secure ice for use during the coming
summer. Trains for Fusan
now start from Seoul each morning, obviating the
necessity for changing cars at
Yong Dong-po. All mail from
Japan and foreign countries is brought from Fusan on the
Seoul-Fusan railway.
When the new steamers ply between Shimonoseki and Fusan,
making direct
connection with all trains, it is expected more than two
days will be saved in
the delivery of the mails. It is said the
Foreign Office has been reprimanded for engaging a
Chinese teacher for the
Chinese language school without first consulting those
higher in authority. [page 39] The
Japanese Army Headquarters are said to have issued
instructions to
the Japanese officers in Ham Kyung province to prohibit
Koreans from buying and
selling property or pawning goods within the sphere of
military operations. Mr. Kwon
Chung-hyun has been transferred from the office of
Minister of
Law to that of Minister of War, and Pak Che-soon takes
the position of
Minister of Law. Russians in
North
Korea have made another raid and destroyed the telegraph
line as far as Ma
Wooliung. The resignation
of
Cho Pyung-sik, minister of the Home Department, has
been accepted. Several thousand
dollars have been given by His Majesty for the benefit
of the poor. The Police
Department is prepared to grant 40 sen to each
necessitous family, on
conclusive evidence of need. It is said the government,
on recommendation of General Hasegawa,
commander-in-chief of the Japanese army
in Korea, has decided to reduce the Korean
army to ten battalions, to consist of 6,000
infantry and one regiment each of artillery, cavalry,
engineers and gendarmes. The
Palace Guard will consist of three
battalions and the remaining seven battalions will be
used as country guards
throughout the thirteen provinces. Chung Hwan-pyuk
was dismissed from the position of official clerk at the
Korean telegraph
office on what he considered insufficient
excuse, so both he and his wife
committed suicide. Prof. Frampton,
Head Master of the government English school, has
renewed his contract with the
government for three years. Yi Wyung-hyun,
said to have an excellent knowledge of the
Chinese classics, has been called to the palace to
advise with His Majesty,
and has now been appointed a member of the Privy Council
Yi Keun-tak has
been appointed President of the Police Bureau, and Min
Pyung-sik as President
oi the Bureau of Decorations. Seventy- two
prisoners have for various crimes recently received the
death sentence from the
Supreme Court, and His Majesty has confirmed this
judgment. The work of
connecting Roze Island to the main-land at Chemulpo is
progressing slowly
during the cold weather. After the fall
of
Port Arthur the report was current
that 18,000 additional Japanese troops would
be
brought to this part of Korea during January. By the end
of the month only a
small portion of this number had arrived. Work is being
pushed forward rapidly on both the Seoul-Wiju and
Seoul-Wonsan railroads. House taxes for
the latter half of 1904 will be remitted by the governor of
Kyeng ki, by gracious command of His Majesty, in
recognition of
the services rendered in preparation for the funeral of
the late Crown Princess.
[page 40] The
newly-appointed Police Commissioner has
issued an order against the wearing of silk clothes, and
prohibiting women from
appearing on the streets after 9 P. M. The magistrate
of
Chang- tan reports that on the 27th inst. a number of
robbers rushed into the town and carried away the
Imperial tablet. On
recommendation
of Cho Pyung-ho twenty-three new magistrates have
been
appointed. The inhabitants
of
Im-pi have requested the magistrate to accept nickel
coins in payment of taxes.
The magistrate had previously refused to accept anything
but copper money, but
compromised by accepting half copper and
half nickel. There have been one or two riots, and an
appeal was made to the
Japanese consul at Kunsan . Now the magistrate asks that
the Japanese Minister
restrain the consul from interfering in
affairs outside of his jurisdiction. A telegram from
Tokio announces that a Japanese police inspector will be
stationed
at the Japanese Legation in Seoul.
Three of the
leaders of the Kong-chin-hoi
having been banished, the society recommended Chung
Won-pok and Kim Nyung-han to the Japanese Army
Headquarters. The
reply was that these men were unworthy of leadership,
and as a consequence the
office of that society was closed. The Wiju prefect
reports that since the fall of Port Arthur members of
the Il Chin-hoi
nave succeeded in inducing the people in his district to
supply food for the horses of
the Japanese army. From Kok-san the
magistrate reports that he has been requested by the
Japanese Consul at Chinnampo
to notify the people that the II Chin-hui
and Chin Po-Hoi should be
prohibited by Japanese policemen, as they incite the
people to rise
and disturb the peace of the nation. The
following is
reported to us to be the recent
negotiations between the Minister of Finance
and the Dai Ichi Ginko, a Japanese bank: 1.
The Dai Ichi Ginko
will become the medium for the adjustment of Korean
currency. 2. The
said bank will undertake the business
connected with the Korean exchequer. 3. The bank will
establish a main office in Seoul,
with a branch
office in each of the thirteen provinces. 4.
The head office of the
bank will control the business of exchanging money
and the collecting of taxes. 5. The
Minister of Finance consents to the use of Dai Ichi
Ginko notes for the payment
of taxes and in commercial transactions. 6. At present
the Dai Ichi Ginko will loan
yen 3,000,000 to the Korean Finance Department for the
adjustment of
the Korean currency. 7. If it be
necessary the Korean government may secure
a further loan, with the maritime customs as security. THE KOREA
REVIEW VOL.
5. NO. 2. FEBRUARY CONTENTS.
A
Hunt for Wild hogs J.
E. Adams 41 Spelling
Reform Lower A.
Enmun 46 The
Stone-fight 49 Progress
of the Seoul-Wiju Railway N.
C. Whittemore 53 A
Woman’s Wit G. Engel ,
54 Korean
Giants G. Engel
56 Odds
and Ends Korea
a Vassal of Japan 58 Rest from
Burglars 61 Editorial
Comment 63 A
Review A. Kenmure
70 News
Calendar 72 A
Hunt for Wild Hogs. Jas. E. Adams. In the district
of
which I have charge in Eastern Kyung-sang
Province, my itineration often takes me into the
magistracies of Yung-jung and
Kyong-ju, some sections of which
are extremely mountainous and sparsely populated. Hidden
in among these
mountains are several groups of
Christians whom I visit from time to time. In the Fall,
about the time of the
maturing of the rice crop they are
greatly bothered by the wild hogs which come down from
the mountains and ravage
their fields of standing grain. For some weeks they are
compelled to watch day
and night, if they would secure the crop. When I go
among them in the late
Fall, their grievances against these porcine enemies are
fresh and acute, and
they are clamorous for me to bring the wonderful,
Western, “many
shot” gun and help to ravage the ravagers. It is only at the
time of harvest that these animals come down from the
wilds to feed upon the
maturing rice. They do all their work at night and
during the day they lie
hidden in the edge of the woods or in the rough
underbrush of the lower
valleys. It would be useless to try to hunt them at any
other season for they
are in the almost inaccessible mountains and even if one
were found it would
easily escape in the leafy underbrush. The late Autumn
when the leaves have
fallen is the only time one can be at all sure of
getting a shot at one of
them. [page 42] For
a long time I gave no weight to the marvelous tales they
told of the size of
the mountain hogs. They were ordinarily as large as a
yearling calf and
sometimes they grew, if the narrator was somewhat
heated, to be as large as a
full-grown cow. So one day I took my rifle with me and
determined to lay off
a little while and have some sport. The gun I used was a
Winchester, 30-30, smokeless,
shooting a soft-nosed, jacketed bullet. When I arrived
and announced my purpose
the report went abroad like wildfire and men flocked in
to help from two or three different groups. We took some ten or
twelve men as beaters and one Korean hunter, with his
old matchlock, and
started for a Buddhist temple forest at head of the
valley, where wild hogs
were said to be plentiful. The priests told us that a
drove of them had been
down to the fields the evening before and had been
driven off. The forest
covered a number of spurs running up the side of the
mountain back of the
temple, so we began at one side that we might beat the
whole woods
systematically. The hunter and myself
went up the ridge on one side of a hollow and disposed
ourselves as
advantageously as we could, for getting anything that
should attempt to cross
over. The beaters strung out along the ridge on the
other side, from top to
bottom, and when all was ready, they began to beat
across. These beaters are
not armed with gongs and other instruments nor do they
shout and make a great
disturbance, for this would make the pigs bolt at once;
but they go quietly
along and the pigs move out easily hoping to avoid the
necessity of bolting
altogether. This gives the hunter a much better shot.
The first hollow yielded
nothing, and when the beaters had come across, we, with
the guns, laboriously
climbed to the top of our ridge and around the head of
the hollow and disposed
ourselves again on the next one. Again the beaters
spread out and started across. They had not more than
started when from my station,
high upon the opposite ridge, I saw the drove break
cover and start along the
side of the mountain. There were [page 43]
six, a monstrous old hog and five somewhat
smaller ones. I was entirely too high up to get a shot
at them, as they
crossed, for the hog, unlike the leopard, does not
usually run up the mountain,
but keeps at about the same level. The Korean hunter,
however, was somewhere below
me in the bush, and I was in hopes that he would get a
shot. I waited, and in a
short time the sound of the old matchlock came up to me,
with the muffled roar
of a blast in a mine. I hurried down, to find that at
about the time that the
hogs should have come his way, a leopard, scared out by
the beaters, and intending to
take himself quietly out of the way, had passed near,
and the hunter had chosen
him in preference to the hog. Alas, however, the old
matchlock, while great at roaring,
was not much at hitting, and the only result was a bad
scare for the leopard,
while the hogs had disappeared entirely.
Some of the beaters thought they had broken back, some
were sure they had not,
and a wrangle ensued. Finally we went on and in the same
manner beat the remaining
hollows but without result. No hogs were to be found. It was now noon, and
it had been a terribly arduous morning
for my unaccustomed muscles. The mountain side was so
precipitous that I could
scarcely climb it. The Koreans with their straw sandals
seemed to have no
difficulty, but the leather soles of my shoes soon grew
so slippery on the dry
grass that I was continually slipping back. The
mountain also was covered with thick underbrush, which
made the climbing much
more difficult. We had gone up one
ridge and down another, and up again to the top of the
mountain, some four or five
times, so the last time when we came down, without
result, we adjourned,
discouraged, to the Buddhist temple, for a
lunch. But after lunch,
being fortified in the inner man, our resolution
returned, and we determined to
work again the back hollows from the point where we had
lost the hogs, thinking
that probably they had broken back. Again we toiled up
and took our stations,
while the beaters climbed up the opposite ridge, lined
out and started [page 44] to
beat across. Again I had the upper station, and this
time our perseverance was
rewarded. The hogs broke cover, and crossed below,
between the Korean hunter
and myself. I could hear them running through the
bush, and so, dropping down the mountain side a bit, got
within seeing
distance, as they broke across the open path which runs
down the crest of the
ridge. The big hog was in the lead, and at about fifty
yards distance through
the open brush, I gave him one. He paused for a moment
and then broke on into
the thick brush in the next hollow. The other five
followed with a rush. All
the hunting that I had done had been in my boyhood
with a loose powder and ball squirrel rifle, and in the
excitement of the
moment I snapped again at one of them without throwing
the lever and
so the hammer struck only an empty shell. I had also
heard the muffled roar of the old matchlock at about the
same time I
had fired myself. I felt sure I hit him and was greatly
chagrined when he
plunged on into the next thicket. The whole crowd of
the beaters rushed in and were excited as only Koreans
can
be. Each had his own particular version as
to how it happened, although none of them had seen
it. There was nothing for it but to climb the ridge
again and come down on the
next one, for to abandon the chase now was not to be
thought of. So up I went
forcing my almost helpless legs and blistered feet to
push me up, and finally
reached my station. The beaters started in, and when
they had almost reached the
bottom of the hollow, the hogs came out with a rush.
This time they were
nearer, so that I alone secured a shot
as they passed. Again the big one was in the lead. I
fired at him, and this
time he dropped instantly and rolled down the side of
the mountain. Again, in
the excitement, I snapped on an empty shell at another
and they plunged into
the brush and were lost. We rushed down the
mountain side, all fatigue forgotten, to where
the dead monster lay. Truly he looked a monster as he lay
there. The beaters rushed out with a shout and a
scramble, fairly tumbling down
the mountainside in their excitement.
That morning, at prayers, [page 45]
the one who led had prayed earnestly that we might be
given good success in our
hunt, and now the head beater as he tumbled down the
mountain and caught a
sight of the fellow, seized me by the arm, and said “Teacher,
teacher, let us get right down upon our knees here and
give thanks to God.”
It had been many a long day since they had had as much
meat in sight. Moreover they
were revenged upon their enemy. The fatal ball had
struck and mushroomed on the back bone, just above the
shoulder, and when we
turned the hog over, we found that the first ball had
also taken effect in the
side of the belly, and had literally torn the intestines
to pieces. The abdomen
was simply a sack full of blood, yet the
brute was pounding along as vigorously, apparently, at
the last shot as at the
first. The matchlock did not seem to have done more than
scare it, although the
man behind it was reputed to be a mighty hunter. The height
of the hog was in his shoulders. His front legs
were like great pillars, and on these his body was
pivoted, sloping down in the
rear into much smaller hams, and extending almost as far
forward, in a long, hanging,
ugly head. Under the coarse bristly hair was a thick mat
of fur all over his
body; the winter coat, I presume. He was marked with
grey from the corners of the
mouth back, and down the shoulders. The general color of
the hair was black. In
the drove I noticed one red fellow. The
general build was utterly unlike the miserable
degenerates we see about Korean
dwellings. The animal was entirely too heavy for the
crowd to carry even slung
on a pole, so we rigged a drag of pine boughs and loaded
it on and dragged it
down the mountain side, to the houses below. We
estimated its weight as nearly
as possible, and it could not have been less than three
hundred pounds, and was
probably nearer four hundred. It was not fat but just in
the prime condition of
a free-running mountain hog. It stood about three feet
and a half high at the
shoulder. The tusks were formidable affairs but had been
badly worn down by his
rooting in the ground for food. But for this they
would have been seven or eight inches long. [page 46] The
meat was delicious, very unlike our pen-fattened pork in
flavor. That night the
Koreans all made themselves sick, feasting.
The head I preserved and mounted, and now with a look of
lowering, sullen rage,
and teeth bared, as though to rend, it looks down upon
me from the wall, to
remind me of the day in the woods, on the mountain. In some countries it
is said that the wild boar is a dangerous customer and
will generally charge at
sight; but that is not the case with Korean boars. They
get away as fast as
their legs will carry them, which is very near the gait
of a deer. They
probably would make trouble if cornered or if come upon
so suddenly that there was
no time to turn. I have just received news that a man in
this same district
where I hunted was recently rushed by a boar and badly
torn up. But a man
properly armed needs have little fear of trouble along
this line. The use of dogs in
hunting boar would be very small unless there was a
whole pack that were
trained to surround the animal and hold
him at bay till the hunter could come up. A single dog
would be of no use at
all. I consider the Korean method much the best every
way. Spelling Reform.
Petition of Lower
A. Enmun To the
Honourable the Foreign Community, especially the
reverend gentlemen of the Missionary
Societies, in Korea. The Petition of Lower
A. Enmun, humbly showeth : First that he is the
younger brother of Upper A. Enmun (commonly written 아) and
brother-in-law to Two- stroke Upper A. Enmun (야 ), the wife of the
former. Second that he stands
for the shorter sounds which require only a small
opening of the mouth in a
speaker, whereas his elder brother represents the full
mouth and throat sounds.
[page 47]
Third that he has for several hundred years done
faithful service to a
multitude of Korean men, women and children who chose to
employ him and
that they have never had cause to complain of his
willingness to serve them. Fourth that there are
some Koreans who never exactly know when
to employ him and often by mistake make use of him when
they ought to call his
big brother into service and vice versa, but that
neither he nor his brother is
responsible for stupid mistakes made by ignorant and
uneducated people. Fifth that a few
years ago certain learned and reverend gentlemen took,
to your humble
petitioner’s great distress, an unaccountable dislike to
him and proposed to
discontinue your humble petitioner’s services, and have
actually for the last
two years done without them, and while they reinstated
others of our family
that they had dropped, they have left your humble
petitioner unmercifully out
in the cold. Sixth that these same
gentlemen have, in cases where your petitioner’s elder
brother would not serve
them, wrongfully substituted our cousins Eu (으) or I (이) Enmun in
your petitioner’s rightful place, thereby
greatly corrupting and impoverishing the language
of
a people among which he lives as an honoured guest; they
write now in the
Christian News [refer to scanned image version
for Hangeul]
which shows to what extremes men may be driven when once
they forsake the path
of right and follow their own inventions. Seventh that the
Koreans, or those of them whose opinion counts for
something, declare these
spellings incorrect and some say
that these gentlemen are now making worse
mistakes than any the Koreans ever made, even if they
did occasionally confuse
your humble petitioner and his
big brother; that many Koreans are losing respect for
the wisdom and learning
of those that attempt to deprive
the Korean alphabet of a useful character such
as your humble petitioner, who has been in great [page 48] use
for SO many centuries and whom the Koreans themselves
never thought of dismissing and never will think
of discarding. Eighth that the
Koreans do not like to write * for *,
that they, in short, as a rule prefer your humble
petitioner’s services in
these and similar cases, while in the case 찰하리 some of the learned
foreigners do not know the exact spelling, either, as
the divergence between
the spelling in our standard dictionary and that in the
New Testament (where we
see * ) goes to show; so that none of those
reformers could use this word as a test of correct or
incorrect spelling (see “Argos”
in Korea Review p. 54-0, 190.4) and prove to a Korean
that he has been found
tripping. Ninth that your
humble petitioner is preferred by Koreans in
combinations like the following :
etc. Tenth that your
humble petitioner and his big brother are fully aware of
a few disputable cases
: e. g. * which would, perhaps, be more correctly
spelt
* in all which disputable cases your humble
petitioner is willing to give place to his elder
brother. Eleventh that, while
there may be no objection to the following spellings
:
* Koreans and foreigners
should be free to avail themselves of your humble
petitioner’s service wherever
they think fit in such cases without incurring
the odium orthographicum. Twelfth that in some
cases there is necessity for distinction between *
(word) and * (horse), as between * (a wordy person) and
* (a groom), * (refrain
from!) and * (being dry), *
(other) and * (moon), *
(single) and * (sweet) as between *
(a single time, just once) and * (a sweet
gourd), * (went) and *
(is like) etc. Therefore, your
petitioner humbly beseeches the Honourable the Foreign
Community and especially
the Reverend Gentlemen of the Missionary Societies, in
Korea, taking these
premises into consideration, to grant your humble
petitioner as full and free
practice as he formerly [page 49]
enjoyed, in the Christian News the publications of the Religious
Tract Society and any other publications of Protestant
Missions and as he still
enjoys in publications and writings of Koreans, Japanese
and Roman Catholic
missionaries and a large majority of Protestant
missionaries. And your humble
petitioner as in duty bound, will ever pray. Kukmunan,
1st day of moon, Eulsa. Lower
A. Enmun. To
the Editor Korea Review, Dear Sir : Thinking
that I have more influence with you than himself, Lower
A. Enmun has asked me
to forward this for publicaton in the Korea Review.
Having full sympathy for
the poor, dear little fellow, I do forward it most
heartily. Yours etc., Sensus Communis.
The
Stone-fight, The
unusual interest and enthusiasm which the Koreans
show in the national game of “side-fight”
this year has raised anew the question of how this
curious custom originated
and how they come to show such unusual
energy over a thing which brings in such small returns
except broken heads and
torn clothes. Being of purely
native origin and having its counterpart in no other
land, it is worth
considering as one of the survivals of pure Korean life
unmixed with foreign
elements. From the days of
Ancient Koguryu the people of Pyeng-an Province have been
notorious for their stone- throwing proclivities. It is
said that a form of
stone fight existed even then in the early days of our
era but this is hard to
substantiate from actual history. We may take the
tradition for what it is
worth. Coming down to the
days of the Koryu dynasty we read that one of the kings
instituted the game as
an amusement in the palace enclosure and that he would
have [page 50] men
tied up as a target to practice upon, himself. The kings
of Koryu seem to have
spent much of their energy in the invention of new
amusements and it is easily
with- in the limits of belief that the stone-fight as a
national institution
began in those days. The game is played
only at the beginning of the year when people have
nothing else to do and the
fields lie bare and inviting. With the end of each year
Koreans are supposed to
pay up their debts. Whether they all do or not is a
question hard to answer but
everybody seems unusually cheerful. It may be because
they have successfully
avoided that ordeal. Either event would make him jolly.
This excess of high
spirits, the leisure of the holidays and the love of
excitement find an outlet
in the stone-fight. It takes the place of our
play-acting and opera and is
concentrated into the first few weeks of the year. The
audience is always
large and enthusiastic and the successful actors are
sure of applause. In former times there
was less danger attached to the game than there is
to-day. The public taste
seems to crave something more exciting each year. It
used to be the custom that
no one must be struck who had fallen to the ground but
now they show no quarter
and a man who falls and is surrounded by the enemy is
severely handled.
There are three
places in Korea where this sport is carried on most
enthusiastically. These are
Pyengyang, Songdo and Seoul. In Pyengyang the people are
such accurate stone
throwers that it is impossible to come to hand to hand
conflicts as they do in
Seoul. They merely stand a long ways
off and throw stones. In Songdo they use clubs
as they do in Seoul but these are long and unwieldy
and far less effective than the short clubs used here.
The story
is told of a famous Seoul fighter who went to Songdo
with his short club and
fought now on one side and now on the other and
whichever side he aided invariably
won the day. At last he was “spotted” and
the gentle suggestion was made that as an interloper he
be killed. He got word of this and fled the field not
waiting even for supper.
He got something to eat at the [page 51]
Im-jin River and came into Seoul within twenty-four
hours. It is in Seoul that
the game must be seen in its most dramatic form. The
river towns have a
standing grudge against the Seoulites and generally
come off best in the fights, but the river towns also
fight against each other.
The villages may join forces and send a challenge to two
other villages to meet
them in the open the following day.
Clubs and straw helmets and shoulder-pads are prepared
overnight. The morning
will see the small boys of the two factions playing a
mimic game while the
elders are gathering for the fray. By afternoon the
hillsides are crowded with
thousands of spectators and the time approaches for the
onslaught. The boys
retire from the field and the champions of either side
run forward from
their lines and brandish their clubs by way of challenge
and perform a small
war dance of defiance. The
crowds on the hills shout encouragement. The two
opposing sides without any show
of order or discipline move slowly toward each other,
stones flying through the
air but falling far short of the mark. When they stop
and the champions rush
forward and skirmish with each other. Stones fly more
thickly and the
contestants begin to work themselves up
to the fighting point. A murmur passes
through the ranks on the left which rises to a wild yell
and the whole company
rushes directly across the open toward the foe. The
latter give way and scurry
from the field but only long enough to let the rush of
their opponents throw
them into disorder. Then they turn and sweep back
carrying everything before
them. The crowds on the hills roar with delight and urge
on the conflict with
all sorts of incoherent advice. In the lull which
follows a duel takes place
between the be-helmetted champions
in which some sound blows are struck and now and then a
bleeding victim is
dragged out and retired. As the afternoon waves the
fighters become bolder and
the determination to hold the field when night comes
makes them throw caution
to the winds. The charges back and forth become more
reckless; the champions
get mixed with the ordinary rank and file and strike
viciously to right and
left till a well-aimed brick-bat [page 52]
strikes a vulnerable spot and the man retires for
repairs. Often the fleeing
side rushes among the spectators and then a stampede
takes place in which hats
are crushed, immaculate shoes are trampled with mud and
silken garments are
torn. On one side a knot of ten or twenty fighters may
be seen stamping on and
belaboring the person of a foe who lies on the ground
helpless. A savage yell
goes up from the endangered man’s side and half a dozen
desperate fellows dash
headlong into the struggling mass and in spite of blows
which fall like rain
they get the body of their comrade and bring it off
victoriously. As darkness
falls the fight is called off and the happy crowd swarms
back to the city with
their bruised but smiling champions who are boasting of
what they will “do to
those fellows” on the morrow. The different
villages are as proud of their good fighters as American
cities are of their
good base-ball players and there is the same rivalry in
securing the services
of such men. A wealthy resident of one town will
secretly approach the big
fighter of the neighboring village and offer him a house
and a living if he
will only move across and help them. This is discovered
and the people where
the coveted man lives club together and make him a still
better offer if he
will stay where he is. Such a man can live at ease
eleven months in the year if
he will risk his head for the other month. His prowess
has an actual cash
value. Before the late
Regent rebuilt the Kyong-bok Palace in the sixties the
examination grounds
directly behind it used to be the favorite place for
stone fighting and great were
the battles fought there. A story is told of how king
Hyo-jong,
who used to take pleasure in going about in disguise
like Haroun al Raschid,
went out to see one of these fights. He stood in the
crowd watching the conflict,
when suddenly there was a rush in his direction and the
people were jammed in a
solid mass against a wall. The hats in those days were
three feet across the brim
and the crowd was covered, as it were, with twisted and
broken hat rims and
crowns. The King was rudely jostled but kept his temper
at the most critical [page 53]
moment he saw a young roan of twenty rise upon the
shoulders of his companions
and run over the heads of the crowd brandishing his
club. In a few moments he had
driven back the enemy and order was restored. The young
man had seen through
the disguise of the king. This had far reaching
consequences, for the king
hunted the young man up and from him received some very
useful advice.
For some reason or other the king cherished the fond
idea of invading China and
had begun preparations for it,
but this young man was more successful than the grand
dignitaries of the court
in proving the foolishness of the scheme and dissuading
him from it. Progress
of the Seoul-Wiju Railway. N. C.
WHITTEMORE. Work on the
railroad has been pushed very
fast, and the construction trains are now running in
from the river ( Yaloo) to
Morai Kohai a distance of 25 li. South of there the road
bed is nearly all done
down to the Chung river, in Syen Chyun, and there is
promise of the construction trains
running as far as that by March. The construction trains
are also running 40 li
north of Pyeng Yang and 50 South from Anchu and pushing
on very fast as most of
the road bed is already finished. The bridges in most
places have been put in
very substantially, but the cuts will have to be lowered
considerably, before
the road can be operated economically. Stations are
being built every few miles
and the Koreans will undoubtedly patronize
the road very freely, In fact it has been very arousing
watching the change in
the attitude of the Koreans toward the railroad, when
once they have seen the “fire
cart” in operation. A branch line runs from Tyul
San Kwan, about 10 miles down to Piaik Kot, a deep water
port on the coast
where many of the troops were landed during the spring.
The line from Pyeng Yang
to Eui Ju follows the line of the high road in the [page 54] main,
but swings away from it in various places. At An Chu, it
crosses the Chung Chun
river, and also the Pak Chyun river some 20 to 30 li
below the main road, and does
not come back to the immediate vicinity of the main road
until Tyung Chud is
reached. Then swings off again around the mountains in
Kwah San, and again parallels
the cart road from a point 20 li east of Syen Chyun Kol
as far as Tyul San
Kwan, In Eui Ju the line runs through the Southern part
of the country, the county
seat being 40 li the nearest point of the rail road. The
weather here in the
north is the warmest ever known, and the Koreans are all
saying that the
elements are helping the Japanese. The groy nd has only
been white once, and
more there is nothing to be seen anywhere. The ground on
the south side of the
hills is hardly frozen at all. Nyong Am Po is in much
the same condition as when
the Russians evacuated it, except for the saw mills
which have been erected by
the Japanese, and which have sawed up enormous
quantities of the Yaloo timber.
The Chinese are still present in large numbers, and seem
undisturbed by the
change. A
Woman’s Wit. or
( An Arithmetic Problem. (Folk-Tale
Translated by Rev. G. Engel, Fusan). War had broken
out
in the country, which compelled a man and his very
beautiful wife to seek
refuge elsewhere. While
travelling they were one afternoon stopped by
a band of robbers, who demanded neither money nor goods
but the beautiful
woman. For this prize they were willing to let the
husband go free. The latter saw no
means of escape out of this dilemma. For if he
refused to deliver his wife into the hands of the
robbers, they could either
take his wife by force from him or even kill him. So he
decided to accept this [page 55]
inevitable misfortune with resignation. Not so his wife.
For she was unwilling
to be separated from her husband whom she loved dearly.
She was, however, not
only a very beautiful, but also a very clever, woman.
She had quickly
counted the robbers and found they were exactly thirty.
So she faced them and
began to parley with them. “There
being thirty of you,” the woman said, “it
will never do for me to become the wife of you
all. Such a life is impossible. But I am willing to go
with one of you.” To
this the robbers assented. Then she went on: “Since
none of you seems either beautiful, handsome or even mightily
good-looking,” at this point, the
robbers looked all very stupid “or in any other
way preferable to the others, it would be very
difficult indeed to make my own choice. Moreover
I do not want to appear arbitrary in this matter. If it
suits you, I shall
employ the following method, in which, I hope, Heaven
will guide me to select the right man from among you.
You all form a circle, and I shall go round
and
round in it counting you off by tens. Every tenth man
that I count shall go out
till only one is left, and he shall become my husband.”
The robbers said that
they thought this a very good way of deciding the matter
and readily agreed to
her , proposal. For every one of them hoped that he
would be the lucky one. They were beginning
to form the circle, when the woman asked to
stop a moment. “I have one more request to make,” she
continued. “I
have been thinking of my present husband. It would seem
unfair to let him merely look
on without giving him a chance with you. I think he is
entitled to this much
consideration. So let him stand in the
circle with you though I am afraid his chance is but a
small one.” Being fair
minded and none too clever, the robbers granted this
small request without any
misgivings. When the circle had
been formed, the woman began to count from her husband:
“One,
two, three, four, five, six, seven” and then suddenly
stopped with a puzzled [page 56] look
on her face declaring she had made a mistake. “I must go
in the opposite
direction,” she said. She, therefore, turned and
began where she had left off, counting from the seventh
man. “One,
two, three” and so on. Round and round she went, and
every tenth man went out. In
Twenty-nine rounds twenty-nine men went out, and now
only her husband and one
other man were left. Between them lay the final choice.
It so happened that the
odd numbers fell to the former, the even ones to the
latter. Thus, when ten was
called, the last robber went out and the husband of the
woman was left. The robbers stood
all in amazement, declared: “This is
God’s choice, this is God’s choice, we cannot help
accepting it,” and then went
their way, leaving the man and his beautiful wife to go
theirs. Korean Giants.
(Folk-Tale Translated by Rev. G.
Engel, Fusan.) There once lived
a
man who was sound and strong in body and a veritable
giant. Not being able to
contain his strength, he wandered about in search of a
man of like strength. On a hot summer’s day
he reached the top of a mountain pass. Here
his eye was attracted by a huge pavillion-tree several
hundred years old. Its circumference measured some
twenty armfuls, its branches
were innumerable, and its weight
amounted to several thousand pounds. Under this tree he
found a man asleep.
Now, when the sleeper exhaled, the tree was pulled up
and rose high into
mid-air, and when he inhaled, it was again driven into
the ground. Thus with
every breath of the sleeper the tree rose and fell.
Calculating the probable
measure of this man’s strength, our friend came to the
conclusion that it must
be simply unfathomable. In his surprise he woke the man
and after
exchanging the usual salutation, [page 57]
our friend began by saying: “I too am a
strong man. Having come this way and seen your strength,
I must say, you are a
giant.” Then they swore eternal brotherhood and
said to each other: “Wherever we might go we
would not find a match for ourselves.” Thus
travelling together they entered one day an unknown mountain
valley. There was only one house there. But the owner
received them with joy,
asked them to enter and saluted them. Having gone into
the house and sat down,
the land-lord asked them what business had
brought them to this out-of-the-way place (lit. “place
among deep mountains.”) The two
men answered : “We were unable to contain our strength and
wishing to see some beautiful scenery, we came here
in the course of our travels.” The
landlord replied : “My two brothers and I
are also strong men. Let us, then, make trial of our
strength to-morrow.” The next morning
after breakfast their host led them to a place at some
distance from his house.
He stopped before a rock that was as large as a house
and proposed that they
should all try their strength with this very rock. The
visitors willing agreed
to this. First, the eldest of
the three brothers lifted the rock and threw it into the
air. The stone went up
and up and finally disappeared from view. “Let
us go back home,” said the host now.
The guests were astonished at this and asked : “Are
we not going to wait here till the stone comes back?”
The host’s reply
was: “It is impossible for the stone to come down
today.
Perhaps to-morrow about this time it will fall down.”
As there seemed no other choice, they returned with the
others to the house. When on the following
day they arrived on the spot at the same hour as the day
before, down came the rock. Then the second brother said
: “Now
it is my turn,” took the rock, threw it up into mid-air
and
made it disappear likewise. He then turned to the others
and asked them to
return home with him. This time the travellers did not
ask for an explanation
of these strange proceedings, but knew what would
happen. [page 58] So
the next day they again returned to the spot at the
usual hour, when the rock
actually came down again at the exact moment. Whereupon
the third one exclaimed: “To-day
it is my turn to show my strength,” After he too, had
made the rock disappear,
he turned and said : “Hither the stone always came down
after a night when my
brothers had thrown it. However as it will not came down
for three days, let us
go home and return then.” To which
they all agreed. After having waited
three days they again returned to the old spot. But this
time they waited and
waited in vain. When the rock had, after a considerable
time still not come
down, the one that had thrown it turned, homewards and
said : “That will do!
Let us go home; for if the stone were ever coming back,
it would come now. As
it has not come, however, it must have been driven right
into the sky and got
stuck there. Further waiting is useless.” At this, strange
event the visitors were so astonished that they left
without saying good-bye to
their host. On the way, sigh upon sigh rose from their
strong breasts. “The
things of this world are truly wonderful and
unfathomable,” was their united
verdict. Thus they parted and returned sadder and wiser
men, to their own homes.
Odds
and Ends. Korea a Vassal of Japan. Baron
Suyematsu published in a recent number of the Asiatic Quarterly
Review a long article
on Russia and Japan, rehearsing the
events which led up to the present war. In it he makes
the following statement. “Korea
which had for centuries virtually acknowledged the
suzerainty of Japan as well as of China by periodically
despatching a tribute
bearing mission to the Japanese capital in the same way
that she had sent
envoys from Seoul to Peking, began to omit this courtesy
and [page 59]
mistrusting the effects of the radical changes
introduced into Japan under the new regime chose to
exhibit in other ways an indifference to the
preservation of good relations with
the Japanese Empire.” We
doubt if there is any evidence to prove the
first part of this extraordinary claim. We would like to
know at what date this
suzerainty on the part of Japan commenced. Nothing is
surer than that for the
last century of the Koryu dynasty in Korea (1300-1392)
the
coasts of Korea were being continually harried by
Japanese pirates who were successfully beaten off
each
time but whom neither the Korean government nor the
Japanese government was
able to put down. It would be wild to claim that there
were any diplomatic
relations between the two countries during that period,
nor were they resumed at
the beginning of the present dynasty. There is
absolutely nothing in the Korean
annals, complete as they are in every other respect, to
show that Korea sent a single
ounce of tribute to Japan or treated her other than an
equal. Hideyoshi, when
he planned the invasion of China by way of Korea did not
take the attitude of a
suzerain but merely asked Korea to let him pass
unmolested through
the peninsula to the frontiers of China. His tone was
the farthest from being
dictatorial until he found that Korea would have nothing
to do with him and
even then he said nothing about Korea’s duties as a
vassal but simply decided
to crush Korea by an invasion. As the Japanese were
driven ignominiously from
the peninsula in 1598 is there any one so hardy as to
say that they left behind
them a vassal state? We doubt it. On the other hand we
find them a few years
later humbly begging that the little trading station at
Fusan be established. After
many importunities this was done. The whole method of it
and minute particulars
are given in detail in a Korean work on this special
subject and so far from
finding in it any indication of Japanese suzerainty the
indications are that Japan was the humble suitor for the
trade and that Korea
granted it without any attempt at
political supremacy. It is perfectly plain that [page 60] the
terms used by both parties were such as indicated
complete equality
between them. There were occasional exchanges of envoys
back and forth and
these envoys both Korean and Japanese took with
them certain gifts as between sovereign and sovereign
but this gave Japan no
more right to call Korea a vassal than it gave Korea to
call Japan a vassal. This condition of
things went on without change until after the beginning
of the present reign.
The Regent in his extreme opposition to all things
foreign put out an edict cutting off the supplies for
the support of the trading
station at Fusan, and this, of course, raised a
commotion in Japan, a warship
of that country named the Unyo-kan sailed into the
estuary of the Han river ostensibly for the
purpose of making soundings but apparently with
the idea of giving the Koreans an opportunity to commit
themselves. This they
did by firing on the boat, which they had just as much
right to do as
Japan had to fire on the foreign vessels
at Shimonoseki in 1861.
The parallel is complete. Japan was forced to pay an
indemnity of a million
dollars to each of the powers whose vessels were fired
upon but later the United
States Government refunded this money and so
acknowledged that Japan had acted
within her rights. If so, then Korea acted within her
rights in firing on the Unyo-kan, But
however this may be Korea was induced
to send commissioners to Kangwha to treat with the
Japanese. Now mark the
sequel. The Japanese referred to their own country as an
Empire thus putting
her on an equality with China and a step above Korea.
The Korean Commissioners
demurred and asked by what right Japan, who had always
addressed Korea as an equal, assumed a title that put
her
above Korea. The Japanese commissioner hastened to reply
that this had formerly
been so but that in 1868 Japan
became an Empire, and he disavowed any intention of
implying suzerainty over Korea. It is hard to believe
that this envoy did not
understand the relations that had existed between the
two countries. According to oriental
custom Japan never could
have [page 61] claimed
suzerainty over Korea without assuming the position of
an Empire and this we
know she did not do until 1868. The Japanese doubtless
imagine that by claiming
a suzerainty based on the mythical doings of Empress
Jingo they can add luster
to their rule but the conservative onlooker must examine
the hard facts of the
case, and these indicate beyond cavil that Korea was
never a vassal of Japan. Rest from
Beggars. The wayfarer between Seoul and Songdo does
not fail to stop and gaze at the two great stone images
that overlook the road some
twenty miles from Seoul. They stand up under a cliff and
were originally a part
of the rock which crops out at this point. Whether they
represent Buddhas is
not known, but from their shape and position we should
judge not. How they came
to stand there over-topping the trees with their great
stone hats was for a
long time a forgotten secret but time revealed it as she
does so many secrets. A wealthy man lived
near the place and he was of such a generous disposition
that he found it
impossible to say no to anyone who begged from him. His
reputation for
philanthropy spread far and wide. Every tramp in the
country made it a point to
pass that way once a twelve-month and as for Buddhist
monks with their begging bowls
and wooden gongs, they simply haunted the place. The
kind old gentleman had to
keep seven secretaries whose only
business it was to hand out alms. It finally became a
serious question, for as his clientele grew his
benefactions ate into his capital and threatened him
with ruin. He was sure
there must be some way to obviate the difficulty without
shocking his good
friends who were eating up his substance. One day an old
man came along and
stopped at his door to rest. Our friend invited him in
and finding his conversation stuffed
with wisdom broached the question near his heart. How
could he cause a stoppage
of the heavy drain upon his finances, this was his
conundrum. “That
is easily answered,” replied the old man.
“You [page 62] see
those two boulders that stand out from the cliff yonder. If
you will carve them into the shape of a man and a woman
respectively I will
engage that no more beggars molest
you.” This said he picked up his staff and moved slowly
along his way toward
Seoul. The philanthropist seized
upon the solution with joy and gave orders for the work
at once. It took a good
bite out of his property but it would be
worth
the cost. At the same time the beggars came in ever
increasing shoals. The old man sighed and hurried on the
work for only thus
could he secure surcease of ruinous giving. The rock
proved harder than he had
supposed and by the time the work was done he was a
penniless man. As he sat
bemoaning the sad fact the old man who had given the
advice came along. Our
friend ran out and grasped him by the top-knot. “It was you, villain,
that told me to make those wretched images on the hill.
You have ruined me,
beggared me.” “Just
a moment, friend; why were you to make them?” “In
order to get rid of beggars.” “Well, have you seen
a single beggar since they were done?” “No, but I am a
beggar myself,” “Ah, well, did you
suppose there was any earthly way to getting rid of
beggars so long as you had
anything to give. I saw to the bottom of your nature and
knew there was but one
remedy. You had your choice to follow it or not. I made
my promise good, so you
should not repine.” The philanthropist
turned away sadly shaking his head. Better to have spent
his money on the poor
than upon those senseless blocks of stone; but, alas,
wisdom always comes too
late. [page 63] Editorial
Comment. The question of
the Korean loan from Japan may be looked at from
various-stand points. There
are those who applaud and those who condemn. It is
worthwhile considering
carefully before indulging in either extreme of opinion.
The questions to be
asked seem to be something like the
following. (1 ) Does Korea need a loan and if so for
what purpose? (2) If Korea
secures the loan is there reasonable probability that
any fair per cent of the money
will be used for the ostensible purpose for which it was
obtained? (3) If the
money is needed, from whom should it be borrowed? As to the first
question the general answer might be made that any
government would do well to
borrow money at a fair rate of interest if that money
could be so expended as to bring to the people more
money’s worth than the
interest on the loan. Korea sadly needs a good currency
which shall be current
not only in Seoul but throughout the country. She needs
a homogeneous currency.
At present the nickels pass current in only a fraction
of the realm. Most of
the provinces still
cling to the good old cash, cumbersome and wasteful
though it is. But money is
something like language. It is hard to regulate by
arbitrary law. If the people like the old cash and cling
to it tenaciously the
only way to make the currency homogeneous
is either to make the old cash the national medium
of exchange or else to gain the confidence of the people
by putting out a
currency that will commend itself
to all reasonable men, as of course the nickels do not.
We believe that it will
be a very difficult thing to do. There have been so many
new departures in currency since
1860 that the country people are for the most part
thoroughly suspicious of any
new scheme in this direction. All the five cash pieces
that have been minted during
the past twenty-five or thirty years have dropped to the
status of the old
one-cash piece and the only money [page 64] that
is looked upon with entire confidence by three Koreans out
of four is the cash which has been in use for centuries.
But slow and
difficult as the process may be, the Korean people
must come to a better mind in this matter. They will
never do it until a
thoroughly good coin is issued. If the
Government should issue a nickel coin as honest in
quality as that of the
Japanese and as difficult to counterfeit successfully it
would gradually take
the place of the cash. This could be accelerated by
requiring taxes to be paid
in cash, where this is in use. If the Government should
receive this cash and
melt it down and sell it for its intrinsic value as
bullion the time would come
when so much of it would be withdrawn from circulation that
the people would be forced to use the better coinage
in all large transactions. There must be some subsidiary
coin. The nickel is
far too great in value to carry on ordinary retail
business with. It corresponds somewhat
to the shilling or the “quarter”
and there must be something to correspond to the penny
and the cent. Assuming then that a
rehabilitation of the currency is necessary we are face
to face with the
question as to the ability of the Government to call in
the nickel coinage already
current. Suppose that the Government borrows several
million yen and uses them in the preparation of
a good nickel coinage. One of the new nickels will be
worth too of the old and
he knows very little of the Korean who would suppose
that a single nickel of whatever
intrinsic value would be willingly accepted in lieu of
two of the present kind.
Note the upheaval that would be caused if all Korean
merchants were suddenly called
upon to cut all prices in two. Among an enlightened and
intelligent people it would be hard enough but among the
Koreans it would be
next to impossible. Only in rare instances could they be
made to see the logic of
it or to consider it other than a means for official
spoliation. We are strongly of
the opinion, judging from what we have seen of monetary
changes during the past
two [page 65] decades,
that it would be far better to coin a thoroughly good
one cent piece for all
ordinary retail traffic and a dollar silver piece for
large
transactions. The nickel is worth just enough to be
worth counterfeiting and is
just cheap enough to be within the means of the small
counterfeiter. It is the
ideal coin to counterfeit. A silver piece can be easily
tested but a nickel one cannot. The one cent copper
piece is so much like the cash that it would circulate
with comparative
rapidity. There would be danger for a time that the
silver would be hoarded but
that would wear away as fast as men came to have
confidence in each other. At this very point we
run up against another stubborn fact. You
cannot keep a silver currency in Korea unless the
administration of justice is
put on a radically different footing from that on which
it stands at present. Men
must be taught to feel that they are secure in the
possession of their wealth
or else they will surely withdraw a silver
currency and hoard it. Here is where the old cash
possessed one decided
advantage. It could not be easily concealed. For this
reason it seems
reasonable to suppose that the monetary reform should
follow a reform in
the administration of ordinary justice. But here we meet
a third conundrum, how
are the Korean officials to be made to realize what
justice is or be made
willing to adjudicate every case with impartiality? It
can’t be done except by
an educative process. The tone of public and
administrative morals must be
raised before any genuine and
lasting reform is possible. Splendid fighters as the
Japanese are and great
though their national advance has been,
they have undertaken a new kind of problem in
the handling of Korea. It is well enough to talk about
reform but will any
reasonable man believe that one of these old time Korean
officials, whose
outlook upon political life has never been other than
the
personal and selfish one, can be suddenly metamorphosed
into a just and
unselfish administrator of the laws of the land? Every
foreigner can name a few
men who would rule well and justly but this very ability
is the most lamentable feature
of the whole situation for the simple reason [page 66] that
such men can be counted upon the fingers of the hand and
are the marked
exception. The work to be done is not of the next five
years but of the next
fifty. Yi Yong-ik grasped the idea when he came back
firom Japan a short time
ago and declared that what this people wants is
education, and it is a pity
that he allowed himself to be
shelved in the governorship of a distant province. But
to return to our theme,
we have assumed the importance of a
monetary change. This will require money.
The Japanese propose to loan the money for this main
purpose. Many Koreans look askance at this and some have
gone so far as to declare that they will loan
the necessary money to the government in order to
prevent the
Japanese loan. What are we to say to this curious development?
Some foreigners think the Koreans have not enough money
to make good the offer
but this is a great mistake. A domestic loan of these
few millions would be the
easiest matter imaginable if the Koreans were
determined to do it. Now, as an ordinary thing it would
generally
be the best thing for a government to borrow from
her
own people; but in this case we may well
hesitate and ask whether a loan from Japan would not be
better. In the first
place the money would be borrowed for a specific purpose
and the Japanese authorities, in
the interests of their own commerce and indirectly in
the interests of the Koreans, would see to it that the
money went to carry out
the purpose for which it was loaned. Imagine a domestic
loan over the disbursement of
which the Japanese would naturally have far less control
than over a loan by
themselves. From what we know of things in general, what
proportion of that money
would go to carry out the ostensible intent of the loan?
A rather small
fraction, we imagine. Some people object
that if Korea borrows money she ought to have entire
control of the spending of
it. This would be well enough if
there could be some guarantee that the government would
use
the money in the definite manner specified,
for the Japanese are lending the money in the joint
interests of their own
nationals and of the Koreans; [page 67]
but failing such guarantee we think it would be bad
policy for a lot of wealthy
Koreans to put three or four million yen of their money
into the hands of the
government. The only way, so far as we can see, to
secure
such guarantee is for the loan to be held by the
Japanese bank and expended
through the Finance Department under the supervision of
the Adviser, in such
manner that every dollar shall work toward the direct
attainment of the purpose
of the loan. In spite of all
adverse criticism and gloomy forecast we think that
there are signs that the
Japanese are reaching toward the accomplishment of what
they
professed at the beginning. The handling of such a
people as the Koreans is a labor in which even the best
of administrators might
acknowledge mistakes without a blush. We think there are
signs that the
Japanese authorities are beginning to
realize that the reform of Korea is a larger and a
longer one than was at first
anticipated and that it will have to begin by a gradual
education
of the people rather than by the exacting of a reluctant
obedience to salutary
but distasteful commands. It is the
new, the rising generation that will have to accomplish
this work, and in order
that they may do it there must be more attention paid to
the matter of
education. We may be charged with insisting upon this
point ad nauseam,
but we must remember that Korea is not in any such
position as Japan was when she
determined to make the great change. Japan was eager,
restless, passionate for
the change. At least the upper classes were. But in
Korea this is by no means the
case. The Japanese needed but a single glance at the
power and enlightenment of
the West to make her determine to make the
volte face, but the Koreans, like the Chinese, have as
yet
failed to grasp this fact. Is there anyone who will dare
to say that they can
be made to grasp it except through an educative process?
Japan was a cocoon
just ready to burst and let out the butterfly. Korea is
an egg that must be
incubated beneath some mother-wing. The incubative
warmth must come from
outside. If a hen keeps rolling her eggs [page 68] over
with her bill wondering why they do not hatch she will
see no result of her
solicitude. She must sit quietly and patiently until the
process is complete.
Much the same thing is true in Korea, and the incubative
warmth that is
necessary is education. In the above
connection a little Korean story is not inapplicable. An
old man and a young
man were travelling in the country along
a dangerously rough road. As ill-luck would have it they
both fell into a deep
pit from which there was no method of exit. The old man
wept and declared that
there was no hope. The young man said that he had still
many years to live and
was determined to find a way out. He searched in vain. At
last he said to the old man “Give me that coat of yours.
You are about to die anyway, so the garment is
of
no use to you.” The old man demurred but was compelled to obey. The
young man struck a match and set fire to the coat. A
great column of smoke arose from the pit and someone saw
it from afar and came
to learn what was the cause. The two entrapped men were
discovered and
released. The Koreans tell this story as typical of the
present time. The older
generation and the young are perishing together. The
young demand that the old make a sacrifice of
their prejudices in order to ensure a longer lease of
life to the coming
generation. This may be uncomfortable for the
old-timers but it may mean the salvation of both. It
would be easy to enlarge
upon the application of the story but the reader will be
able to do this for himself. We
were rather amused at a recent vagary of the Review of
Reviews in publishing a picture of the editor of the
Korea Review in connection
with an article translated from a
Japanese periodical and loading him with the title of
adviser to the King of
Korea. We regret having been served up like this, a la
Emily Brown, and shall
try to discover the source from which the eminent
American periodical obtained
its information. We
are very glad to learn that the Korea Branch of [page 69]
the Royal Asiatic Society is about to enter upon a new
campaign.
There is no reason why this society should not be the medium
of supplying a large amount of useful information about
this country.
There seems to be an impression that no papers will be
acceptable except such
as are exhaustive of the subject which is adopted. In
the present stage of our knowledge
of Korea this would debar all papers. What we want is
cumulative information.
We are not prepared for deep deductions and broad
generalizations as yet. We
have only just begun to get together a few of the bare
facts which the future
student will be able to use to further effect. We need a
mass of facts,
digested so far as possible, but at any rate facts. Isolated
facts are better than hasty deductions. What
one Korean topic is there of which we have sufficient
detailed knowledge to
begin to generalize? We venture to say there is not one.
How are these details
to be gathered? No one person can do it. It must be the
work of the whole
membership of the society. Each will see things from a
different stand-point
and in time it will be possible to take
the facts thus gradually gathered and weld them
into something like definite form. But if the members
wait until they are able
to produce a finished and complete dissertation on any
topic the society might
as well go out of commission. We must say a word by
way of commendation of the new departure contemplated by
the officers of this
institution. Formal papers have not been forthcoming, in
spite
of strenuous efforts to secure the same. It has been
determined, therefore, to
hold general meetings in the form of symposiums. Topics
will be decided upon
and a number of members will be asked to contribute
remarks upon them, and the
general discussion will probably draw out considerable
information. The plan
ought to result in a number of popular and successful
meetings. The results of
these discussions will be preserved in some permanent
form and thus we shall gradually accumulate a fund of
information that will
fully justify the existence of the society and make it
what it ought to be, the
center of intelligence about things Korean. [page 70] To
those who have subscribed for the History
of Korea in separate form we are obliged to make
another report of progress
only. It is plain that editors may propose but
it is the compositors that dispose. The completing of
the indexes of this work is a difficult matter but is
being pushed as fast as
the facilities at hand will allow. We
must ask the subscribers to exercise their patience a
little longer. The result
of the delay will be to make the work much more
complete
and of much more genuine value. For this reason we
believe that those who have
subscribed will not grow impatient over the
postponement. A
Review, Mr. W. F. Sands, formerly Adviser to the
Household Department, has an article in the February Century that will
be found worth reading by all who are
interested in this country. It is entitled “Korea
and the Korean Emperor,” and is a
pleasant medley of history,
archeology, political economy, with an occasional touch
of fiction as flavoring.
Sympathetic in tone it touches lightly upon the
undoubted good qualities of the
Korean people and manifests considerable acquaintance
with the commercial, agricultural
and mineral resources of the country. Probably he is
right in his estimate of
the people as potentially capable. “But take
the average Korean out of these surroundings and he is a
very
different man. Educate him and
leave him his earnings; give him one generation of
clean, strong government and
Korea will cease to be the ‘bone of
contention,’ the ‘plague spot of the
East;’ . . . but will become the very garden-spot of
the
East.’ Japan’s great indebtedness to Korea, in art,
literature and religion, is
properly emphasized and her ingratitude is fully
exposed. Mr. Sands does not in
the least shrink from the painful duties of stern
Mentor to Japanese and English, French, Russian and
German,
nor even— but more in sorrow than in anger—to the
recalcitrant American. [page 71]
Perhaps the chief interest of the article
lies in his exquisite picture of
the Emperor. It is the fruit of close personal intimacy
and presents a view of
the man that few have been privileged to behold. “I
have known him, I may
say, intimately, through six most trying years. . . . .[he
is] a kindly, courteous gentleman, deeply, almost
morbidly religious, and sentimentally devoted to
the
memory of his murdered wife and her son, . . . . an
intelligent but untravelled man,
bound hand and foot by tradition and intrigue, on the
defensive against everyone,
but seeking information of every kind, even the
seemingly trivial, in order to
enlarge his horizon and adapt the knowledge gained to
his own needs.” “He
is painfully aware of his ignorance of the manners and
customs of
the Occident and his desire to be in no way
behind his royal and imperial cousins of Europe
exposes him to constant mortification and expense.” Mr. Sands has a good
deal to say about America in Korean polities, but he is
surprisingly
despondent. The Emperor has always been particularly
friendly to Americans of
all sorts, and numbered many of them among his
particular friends. His “one
consistent policy has been to profit by the American
spirit of commercialism
and to make it a buffer against a too great Japanese
influence on one side and
Russian aggression on the other.” But “Lack of
unity on the Americans’ part brought about a total loss
of American prestige
during the period of acute tension which preceded the
present war,” with the melancholy
result that the Emperor threw in his lot with the less
immediately dangerous of
his aggressive neighbours. “He came
to an understanding with the Russian authorities and
asked for troops; and it
was doubtless the knowledge of his intentions which
urged the Japanese government
to prompt action. This step was doubtless a
mistake, but had his wishes met with the response in
America which they
deserved, it would not have been necessary and Russia
and Japan would not have
had the Korean pretext for war.” A. Kenmure. News Calendar [page 72] It is with keen
regret that we have to record the
death on Feb. 10th of Mrs. T. H. Yun
the wife of the Vice Minister
of Foreign Affairs. Mrs. Yon
had made many warm friends in this
community since she came about ten years
ago. The funeral took place at
the Severance Memorial Hospital on Monday morning the 13th
inst. and was attended by
a large circle of acquaintances and friends. The body
was interred in
the Foreign cemetery. Mrs. Yun
left four small children, two boys and two girls. The
entire community extends
to the bereaved family their heartiest sympathy. The stone fights this year are unusually
exciting and popular. The casual onlooker wonders where
the participants get
their enthusiasm and considers
them three parts crazy, it seems so foreign
to the Korean temperament as ordinarily exhibited. But
there is really
nothing to wonder at. It is the new year season of
leisure. They feel the spring coming and
they want to get out and “kick up”
a little. The game is spectacular, the participants get
talked about and win a little
cheap fame, and once warmed up to the work they forget
the danger. There have
been several deaths this year from wounds received in
these
fights and some efforts were made by the police to stop
them; but it is the
great national game, time-honored and unique. We
westerners can
consistently say very little against it because of its
danger. Out of thousands
who engage in it only two or three are killed during the
season, which
is a very low average. Death’s automobile crop in
America or Europe shows ten
times as great an average as this. We are proverbial in
our pursuit of
dangerous pleasures, and if the Koreans could see us
climbing the Alps, playing
football, polo or lacrosse, fox hunting or any other of
a score of our
amusements they would be shocked at the mortality
exhibited. Why, enough
hunters shoot each other in the woods by mistake each
season in America to
cover the Korean stone fight bill for ten years. A
painful accident occurred
one day at the East Gate. The people
were swarming out to watch the game and a boy on one of
the electric cars,
thinking to get ahead of the rest, leaped from the car
before it stopped. He
struck one of the poles that support the wires and
bounded back under the car
where the wheels passed over one of his legs crushing it
beyond repair. He was
taken to the Severance Hospital. There was more or less
danger of a riot, for
the people were excited over the stone-fights and in
just the mood to be set on
fire by such a match as this. The soldiers of the
American Legation guard were
called out and soon arrived on the scene. The wrath of
the mob passed and all
became quiet again. No possible blame could be attached
to the guard or the
motor-man. If a person leaps from a moving car
without giving notice he does so at his own
risk. [page 73]
The report comes that the official position of about
one half the eunuchs will be reduced. The magistrate
of
Sak Nyung informs the Home Office that members of
the Il Chin-hoi have assembled at that place,
insulted women, interfered with the local administration
and
compelled the magistrate to do their bidding. The Korean
Minister to Japan has sent to the Foreign Office the
documents conferring eleven decorations by the Japanese
government on Mr. Yi
Chai-kook and his staff. A Korean
policeman
arrested by a Japanese railway inspector and imprisoned
at Masanpo has enlisted
the Foreign Office in his behalf and as a consequence a
telegram has been sent
to the kamni at
Masampo to
apply to the Japanese consul for the release of the
prisoner,. D. H. B. Yer and
Yang Hong-muk have each been raised to the rank of third
secretary to foreign
legations. Yi Chi-yong
takes
the place of Yi To-chai as
Minister of Agriculture, Commerce
and Industry. Pak yong-wha has
been appointed acting Minister of the Household Department.
Some preliminary
arrangements have been made looking toward holding an
exposition at the Kyung
Pok palace in April. Born: To Rev.
and
Mrs. H, M. Bruen, of Taiku, on Feb. 1, a daughter.
A son was
welcomed
to the home of Dr and Mrs. Null, at Taiku on
the 12th inst. A third line of
telephones is soon to be established between Seoul and
Chemulpo. Chung Kin-wun
proposes to issue circulars to high officials
and men of wealth, asking them to contribute to a national
loan. A Japanese
official is shortly to visit all the schools in the
country districts, but the
schools are not so numerous as to make his duties
extremely arduous. Representatives
of
the II Chin-hoi have been despatched to every province
for the purpose of
organizing branches of the society. The president of
the Imperial Exchequer explains that the Pyeng Yang coal
company has no further
use for foreign employees and will cease to do business
because the expense of
mining is greater than the proceeds will warrant. Some
unscrupulous
Koreans have engaged Japanese lawyers to assist in civil
suits, many of which
are mere pretexts for unlawfully obtaining money, and as
a consequence orders
have gone forth from police headquarters for the arrest
of such men. The report comes
that thousands of people of North Kyung Sang province
gathered at Taiku to
protest against the coming of Yi Yong-ik as their
governor, on account of their
fear of his methods. [page 74] Early
in the month it was reported that the Japanese
Government would station sanitary advisers at Seoul,
Chemulpo, Fusan and Pyeng Yang.
Whether their advice will be backed with authority to
execute is not stated. Mr. Dakahashi, a
Japanese gentleman, has been employed by the Korean
Government as teacher in
the Middle School for a period of three years. Another small
steamer line between Chemulpo and Haiju is being
established by the Chinese merchants of Chemulpo. Mr. C. T. Woo,
now
Chinese Consul at Fusan, spent a number of days in Seoul
assisting the Hon.
Cheng Kwang Chun, the newly-appointed Chinese
Minister to Korea. A law school has
been established at Suba Dong, Seoul, and 111 applications
have been made for admission as students. The Home
Department recently dismissed nineteen
country magistrates and appointed thirteen others at a
single sitting. The Japanese
Minister has suggested that Korean graduates from
Japanese language schools be
appointed as magistrates to lessen the inconvenience
experienced in transacting
business between citizens of the two nations. The Japanese
authorities have applied to the Foreign Office for
permission to import
explosives for use in constructing the military railway,
but they intimate that
since much unnecessary delay is caused by such a
round-about proceeding in
future such negotiations should be carried on direct
between Japanese consuls
and the Korean Customs. The magistrate of Takan is
exercised over the actions
of a Japanese named Ishibashi, whom
he reports as having constructed a light-house and given
currency to statements
that he would lay submarine cables between Japan and
Chemulpo. According to
Japanese papers in Seoul the Protocol between Korea and
Japan will probably be
revised in the near future, because of dissatisfaction on
the part of the Japanese Government. The former
governor of Pyeng Yang, now in Seoul, has recently been
waited on by a
deputation from Pyeng Yang, asking him to restore the
money squeezed while he was governor. A large number
of soldiers and others connected with the government are
continually receiving attention at the Severance
Hospital, and it is not
unlikely that the government could be shown the
reasonableness of providing tor
the needs of Government patients. The Foreign
Office has been requested to hasten the payment of a
claim for $633.80 due the
Postal Telegraph company in Washington from the Korean
Legation in that city. The Finance
Department is contemplating means for collecting taxes
other than the cumbrous
methods now in use. During the month
the police have been busy collecting a special
assessment from each house in
Seoul for the purpose of cleaning and repairing the
wells of the city. [page 75]
On the 2nd instant the Belgian Consul and the
Italian Minister, respectively, were
received in audience by His
Majesty. The Italian
Minister has asked the Foreign Office to complete the
contract for the
previously granted gold mine concession, indicating the
royalty, term,
boundaries, etc., adding that the terms should be the
same as those granted the
English mine at Eun-san. It is said the
Korean Government has been advised by the Japanese
Minister to abolish the two
Departments of Education and Agriculture, for the sake
of economy. On the 8th inst
Mr. Cho Pyung Sik, Minister of the Home
Department, presented his resignation. The magistrate
appointed by the government for Ko-won reports to the
Home Department that the
Japanese military authorities at Wonsan have
appointed Mr. Pak Ki-ho as acting magistrate of
Ko-won, without permission of the Korean government, and
that he himself is prevented
by these same authorities from going to his post. Early in the
month
it was reported that the Russians in North Korea had
burned all their military
stores and destroyed the telegraph line between Pukchung
and Kilju. A contract has
been signed by Prof. Frampton of the Government English
School for a period of
four years at Y300 per month, with Y600 per year for
house rent. The autograph letter of the Emperor of
China
was presented to the Emperor of Korea on the 7th inst by
the newly appointed
Chinese Minister to Korea. Contracts were
signed on the 3rd inst. in the
Home Department for the employment of Mr. Maruyama as
adviser to the Korean
Police Department. The intended
departure of Ha Sang-ki for Japan has been interfered with
by the Japanese authorities in Korea. The magistrate of
Tan-chon, who had been
prevented by the Russians from
proceeding to his post of duty, has now arrived at Tan-
chon, the Russians
having withdrawn northward. Telegraph
communication between Seoul and Wiju, interrupted for
several months, has again
been resumed. Word having
reached the II Chin-hoi in Seoul that the magistrate of
Chinju was attempting
to incite the country peddlars to crush the branch
societies of the II
Chin-hoi, a telegram was sent to the branch societies
calling on the members to
gather from all quarters and protect themselves
against the peddlars. On the 9th inst
the Minister of Education presented his resignation. On the 8th inst
a
number of wealthy men who live at Soh-kang
informed the Korean government that if there was need of
funds a loan could
easily be secured from the Korean people, and therefore
the proposition to
negotiate a loan from Japan should be withdrawn at once.
[page 76] Protest
has been lodged with the Home Minister by Sang Pyung-Chan,
leader of the II Chin-hoi, against the methods by which
twenty- three new
magistrates have been recently appointed. The magistrate
of
Woong-Chyou reports that about ten Japanese have
carried
away all the ammunition stored in Raduk belonging to the
Korean government. The imperial
Exchequer Bureau has informed the Foreign
Office that the Pyeng Yang Coal mining company will be
dissolved, and therefore the
foreigners employed as engineers will not be needed,
even though their
contracts have not expired. Native papers
report that secret negotiations have been
made between the Korean and Japanese governments
over the tobacco and salt monopolies in
Korea, all demands of the Japanese
having been conceded. Mr Kato, adviser
to the Imperial Household had an audience with His
Majesty on the 10th inst
relative to reforms in the Household. The Educational
Department has handed to the Foreign Office
a draft of the contract with a Chinese teacher for the
approval of the Japanese
Minister. The teacher is to receive 110 yen per month
for three years, with an additional twenty yen per month
for house
rent. According to
contract with Mr. Maruyama, adviser to the
Police Department, the following are to receive his
attention : 1.
Matters concerning the higher police offices; 2.
Matters relating to foreigners; 3. Trial and
condemnation of political offenders; 4. Trial and
condemnation of murderers and robbers; 5. Appointment
and
dismissal of police officials. Mr. Yi Yong-ik
has
been waited on by a deputation
from the Il- Chin-hoi
and questioned concerning his present relations
with the Palace and also the Japanese army headquarters.
It is said that incidentally he was
asked to give more attention to the
schools he has established, and to restore the furniture
he
had confiscated from Independence Hall. A Japanese lady
doctor
has been secured for the Imperial
Household. The Police
Department has asked the Home Department to lay before the
Japanese Minister the fact that while Korean police were
collecting government
taxes in the vicinity of Moon-chyon,
Kowon and Yang Heung, they were arrested by
order of the Japanese military authorities at Wonsan,
and the money collected, about $280, had been confiscated
and the men sent away under military guard. By request of
the
Japanese Minister the Korean
government will employ Mr.
Huragawa at a salary of yen 150 per month, as
interpreter for
Mr. Masuyama, Japanese adviser to the Police
Department. Chinese bandits
are raiding Korean villages and plundering property to
such an extent that the magistrate of Sam-su
asks the government, to select
one hundred mountaineer hunters and arm them with rifles for
the protection of
the people. [page 77]
Facilities provided for passenger
and freight traffic on the Seoul-Fusan railway
are at present entirely inadequate. It is hoped that soon much
better accommodations will be supplied. On
the 21st inst one
of the palace buildings immediately at the rear of the
present residence of His
Majesty was
discovered to be on fire, but the blaze
was soon extinguished. The Vice
Governor
of Seoul and the Japanese Consul have selected a
site outside of South Gate for the Japanese bulletin
board first located
at Chongno. , The magistrate
of
Pukchung reports that the Russians had retreated to
Yiwon after destroying all the telegraph lines
and instruments in his district. Mr. Shim Ki-son
has been appointed governor of
South Ham Kyung Province. Two inspectors
have been appointed by the Post Office Department to
investigate the causes for
delay in the delivery of mails. Notwithstanding
the vigilance of the Japanese gendarmes it appears that
fortune-tellers
and geomancers still have access to the palace. Much complaint
has
been heard recently over the non-delivery of mails,
especially in the interior.
Yi Pang-nni,
Vice
Minister of the Home Department, has been waited
on by four representatives of the Il Chin
-hoi, who requested the dismissal of the magistrates at
ChunJu,
Chinju, Soon-chun,
Kim-wha and Kosan. A report from
the
magistrate of Chulsan
states that a Korean accused of stealing railway
materials in his district has
been shot by the
Japanese military authorities. The resignation
of
the Minister of Education has
been presented but not approved. Min Pyung-han
has organized
a company at Pyeng Yang for the purpose of mining
coal in the districts of Kang-dong
and Sam-tung, and iron in Kang-sek.
An American engineer will be employed. The sentences of
banishment against three leaders of the Peddlars Guild
have been withdrawn by Imperial order . Yi Yong Ik has
been appointed governor of North Kyung Sang. Ye Kem-sang
has been transferred from the position
of Vice Minister of
Agriculture to that of Vice Minister of Law. As soon
as the frost is out of the ground Chief Commissioner McLeavy
Brown will commence repairs on the road to Yang Wha-chin under
instructions from the Home Department. The ceremony of
formally
opening the Seoul- Fusan railway is now scheduled to
take place in May. The
native papers report that a Japanese prince
and at least a thousand prominent citizens from the
Island Empire will be in attendance. [page 78] A
Japanese adviser for Local Affairs is said to be on his
way to Korea. The kamni of Wonsan
says he had received application from a Japanese agent
of the Whale Fishing
company for the concession for whale
fishing previously granted to Russian interests. Mr. Ye
Hyun-pyun, governor
of South Ham Kyung, reports that the Japanese military
authorities at Ham Heung have deprived him of his
official seal
and have urged him to leave his post. General Hasegawa
and staff were received in audience by His Majesty on
the 16th
inst. Pak Eui-pyung
has
been appointed governor of Seoul vice Min Kyung-sik, who
has been appointed Chief Judge of the Supreme Court. The Japanese
Minister requests the Home Department to appoint two
more Japanese to assist
Mr. Maruyama, Japanese adviser to the Police
Department. The chiefs of
the
different police stations in Seoul have received
instructions to post two
sentries at street corners and street railway crossings
to protect
foot-passengers, and they are also to see that refuse is
not thrown into the
streets and that beggars shall be compelled to retire
from the streets. Over two hundred
students have enrolled at the recently established law
school in Seoul. Reports are
received that owing to the large influx of Japanese into
Pyeng Yang and their
determination to secure the best locations, the price of
land is ten times
higher than it was there one year ago. All foreign
representatives and Korean ministers were entertained at
dinner by Mr. D. W. Stevens. The troubles
between the Korean and Japanese
coolies at Chemulpo have been settled, all
parties to have equal rights to employment. A grave robber
accompanied by soldiers has lately been apprehended by
the police. Five warships
were
sighted off Fusan harbor about 1 P. M. on
the 6th inst. creating a temporary flutter of
excitement. They were undoubtedly Japanese
and proceeded north along the east coast of Korea. In adopting the
new criminal code that section authorizing beheading of
criminals in Korea has been abolished. Mr. Maruyama
delivered a lecture to the chiefs of the police bureaus
in Seoul on the 25th
inst on sanitary and police affairs. The Police
Department has instructed the police to collect 8 cents
monthly from each house
with which to pay for the removal of all refuse. Concerning the
complaint that a certain Japanese named Kumagawa had
carried away the Korean
ammunition and destroyed the store-house on
Katuk island, the Foreign Office informs the Home
Department that
the kamni of
the nearest port is to
lay the matter before the Japanese consul for
settlement. [page 79] A
great disturbance between Japanese and Koreans occurred
at Ryuk Po, a railway
station near Pyeng Yang. Japanese gendarmes were called
in, and a number of
Koreans were severely wounded before the disturbance
ceased. The request has
been made that all Japanese military supplies be freely
admitted and forwarded
to all parts of the interior of Korea, and that
notification to that effect be
sent to each of the magistrates in the thirteen
provinces. Before his
departure for the country the II Chin-hoi appointed ten
men to wait before the
gates of the residence of Yi Yong-ik to prevent him
going to the Palace and any
Foreign Legations, and they also advised him to return
to the place of his
birth. The Kamni of Wonsan
sent a postal order for
one hundred and fifty yen to his brother-in-law in
Seoul, but another party
secured the money from the post office. The matter is
being investigated, and a
number of postal clerks will be tried by the city court.
Several hundred
Korean men and women sailed for Mexico on the 26th inst.
Glowing accounts have
been given them, and they are expecting large
wages and an easy time in working the hemp fields of
that land.
Several secret
dispatches from Foreign Ministers to the Foreign Office
having been published
in the newspapers, protests have been made and the
Foreign Office advised to be
more careful in looking after the correspondence of the
Department. The Foreign
Office
has been asked to definitely state the respective sums
which will be demanded
for adults and children which have been or may be
accidentally killed by the
electric cars. Korean coolies
to
the number of 250 absolutely refused to work for the
Japanese at Chemulpo and
as a result there was delay in the discharge of
several ship’s cargoes. At the French
cathedral in Seoul at ten o’clock in the morning of
Tuesday, Feb. 7 occurred
the Marriage of Mademoiselle Amelie Eckert to Mons.
Emile Martel. The bride is
second daughter of Franz Eckert and Mr. Martel is the
well-known head of the
Korean Government French language school in Seoul. A
large company of invited
guests witnessed the impressive ceremony at the
cathedral, signed the marriage register,
and repaired to the residence of Miss Sontag to extend
their congratulations
and partake of refreshments. The Imperial Band screened
in a balcony presented
in a highly creditable manner a number of difficult
selections during the
ceremony. With an extended list of
friends the Review wishes abundant
happiness to the newly- wedded pair. Reports are
current that at least three Korean representatives to
foreign governments will
be recalled, the rumour stating that these gentlemen are
not at present looked upon with favor
by the Japanese powers that be. [page 80] The
Finance Department has recently sent 4,000 yen to Prince
Echin to assist in
paying his school expenses abroad. For the purpose
of
extorting money from Pak Yer-to, reputed to be rich,
thieves recently stole the
skull from his father’s grave. The men have been
apprehended. Many of the
higher
officials, and those whe have retired to private life,
have been sending
numerous memorials asking for radical reforms in the
government.
All preliminary
work on the Seoul- Wonsan railway is said to have been
pushed rapidly during
the winter, even many of the bridges being placed, and
with the opening of
spring grading and track laying will be pushed forward An earthquake
shock was experienced over most of Korea at about
10 P.M. on the 11th inst.
No damage reported. James McKee
Moffett arrived at the home of Rev. and Mrs. S. A.
Moffett, Pyeng Yang, on the
25th inst. Eight
Japanese houses were burned at Fusan early in the month.
Thousands of bags of
beans were also consumed. A daughter came
to
gladden the home of Rev. and Mrs. W. F. Bull at Kunsan.
In the southern
part of Korea the Korean five-cent pieces do not
circulate. Strings of copper
cash are greatly in evidence, while along the railway
only Japanese money is
current. About
midnight of Thursday, Feb. 2, the Palace Hotel was
discovered to
be on fire. There are practically no facilities in Seoul
for fighting fire, and
almost nothing was saved fron the building, some of the
guests escaping
scantily dressed. All the furnishings were burned, and
only the blackened brick
walls of the building were left standing. This was the
largest hotel within the
walls of the city, L. Martin being the proprietor. On
Cheong & Co. were
owners of the building. The Department
of
Finance has sent out notices to the effect that as
branch banks will soon be
established in all districts throughout the
country all taxgatherers must immediately deposit their
collections in these
banks. The magistrate
of
Kimhoi reports that in a quarrel between six Japanese
and some Koreans two of
the latter received mortal stabs and four others were
slightly wounded. The Japanese
escaped. Orders were
issued
for the arrest of three astrologers who frequent the
palace. Two of the men are
in hiding, while the third has received assurances that
he will not be
molested. A reception will
be tendered many prominent Korean officials by the Y. M.
C. A. of Seoul on the
evening of March 8th. Doctor H. N. Allen, United States
Minister, will preside,
a number of addresses are to be made, and refreshments
will be served by the
ladies. VOL.
5. NO. 3. MARCH, 1905
CONTENTS.
Korean
Conundrums 81 A
Korean Mint 87 Rear
Admiral Schley on the Little
War of 1871 97 Attack
on Doctor Forsythe 106 Editorial
Comment 110 News
Calendar 111 Korean
Conundrums. The
Korean word for conundrum is soo-sookuki. Like the American
youth the Korean youth delights in
riddles and knows a great many of them. As an evidence
of their abundance the
writer requested two Koreans, some time ago, to collect
for him some conundrums. Two
days later they came back and, after cutting out
duplicates, it was found that
they had between them 175. I wondered how many Americans
could collect that
many in two days’ time without consulting books and
newspapers. They
were of all kinds, good and bad, pure
and impure, humorous and prosy. Many of them are plays
upon
words and can therefore with difficulty be translated. The
following have been selected as typical of the whole,
and to them is attached a
free translation for the benefit of those who do not
read Korean, and such
explanation as is necessary to understand them. [For the Korean originals see the scanned
images] What
is it that takes on flesh as it grows old? A wall. Korean
mud walls are repaired by daubing on another coat
of mud, so that they get thicker as they grow older. What
is it that grows teeth as it gets old? A wicker basket.
The
edges of the basket get ragged, thus looking like
teeth. [page 82] What kind
of pap (rice) cannot be eaten. Top-pap (sawdust). What
kind of a pang-ool (bell) can not be rung? A sol-pang-ool
(pine cone). The
pine cone resembles a bell in shape and is called by
the Koreans a pine bell.
What
is that on one side of which it snows and on the the
other side it hails? A cotton-jinney. The
seed (hail) falls on one side of the machine and the
white cotton (snow) on the other side. What
is it that wears a hat but no girdle? A stack of
grain. What
is it that wears a girdle but no hat? A wicker fence.
What
is it that shakes its fist at the sky?
A pestle for hulling grain. The
act of swinging the pestle is interpreted in this
bellicose manner. What
is it that bows to the mountain opposite? A mill
pestle. Nothing
is more familiar to the traveler in the country
than these long wooden beams rising and falling with the
inflow and outflow of
the water which forms the motive power for hulling the
grain. What
is it that has one mouth and three necks? The Korean
fire place, which ramifies into three sections under the
mud floors, thus
spreading the heat over a larger space. What
kind of a sang
(table) is it which cannot be used? An oo-sang (idol). What
kind of a shin (shoe) is it that
cannot be worn? A kwi-shin (demon). [page 83] What
is it that has three heads, three mouths, three noses,
six eyes, six arms, six
ears and four legs? A per- son riding a two man chair. What
kind of a si
(seed) is it that can not be planted? A chup-si (dish). Name
thirteen kinds of seeds. Yul-si (hemp-seed) and sam-si
(also hemp seed). But yul also means ten, and sam also
means three. Ergo yul (10)
+ sam (3) = 13. This mixture of Chinese and Korean is
improper grammatically but correct arithmetically. This
method of counting
reminds one of the American boy’s short method of
counting one hundred:
ninety-nine cows and a bob-tail bull. What
is that which has its head in Chulla Province, its
body in Ham Kyung Province, and its feet in Sin-chai
Pyung (two counties in
Whang Hai Province)? A mourner. Verily
it would seem to be a strange and enormous animal
that could stretch itself over so much ground and crouch
in such a position.
Nothing less than the Chinese dragon would seem to fill
the bill, or rather the
space, but no, it is only a Korean, in mourning for his
dear departed. His head
is covered with a bamboo hat made largely in Chulla Do,
his body is enrobed in hemp
cloth made mostly in Ham Kyung Do, while Sin- chai Pyung
furnishes the material
for his shoes. It
has six doors but goes in and out of but one. What is
it? A Korean shoe. What
is it that has a beard about three feet long and travels
upside down in a ditch only? A Korean shovel. The beard
is the ropes that are tied to the end of the shovel. [page 84]
What is that which has a full stomach whether it eats or
not? A tok or
earthenware vessel. What
is that which captures men with one wing? A door. What
is the willow leaf in the water? The goldfish. Who
is it that first goes out to greet the coming guest?
The dog. A
dead tree standing up and going is what? A boat mast. What
is that which, on going out, one takes in his arms
and on entering one takes on one’s back. A door. What
is like the left hip? The right hip. What
kind of a kam (persimmon)
cannot be eaten? Kyung’kam (an old mat). What
is it that is like a cow but without horns? A calf. What
is that which is bad when it is good and good when it
is bad? The bottom of the top knot. When
the hair grows well on top of the head it spoils the
topknot, but when the hair is poor or absent the topknot
is good. What
is it that melts when cold and solidifies when warm?
Salt. What
is it that eats from above and vents from the side?
The millstone. What
is it that eats from the side and vents from the
side? The cotton jinny. [page 85]
What kind of sool
(whisky) is it that
can not be drunk? Koo-sool
(jade).
What
is it that has three legs? A wharo or Korean three
legged iron vessel in which a charcoal fire is kept. What
is a house within a house? A hat-box or hat-house as
the Koreans call it. What
kind of pool
(fire) is not hot? Fanti-pool (a firefly).
What
is it that has four ears (kwi,
ears or corners) and several hundred eyes? A reed mat. The
word kwi means either ear or comer. It has the first
meaning in the question and the
second meaning in the answer. The eyes
are the holes in the mat. What
kind of choosa
does not emit an odor? Ans.
A Ka-choosa, Choosa
here has two meanings: 1st cinnabar, 2nd the name
of an official rank. There are different kinds of choosa titles.
Some are high and held in respect, others are ka-choosa
of false. No odor or dignity attaches to these. They are
like odorless
cinnabar. What
kind of a cham-eui cannot be eaten? A false cham-eui.
There
also is a play on the word cham-eui which has the
double meaning of melon and an official title. The
possessor of a genuine
cham-eui official position has good eating i. e. plenty
of opportunity for
squeezing but this does not inhere in a false title, or
a title without position
and power. What
kind of eui-kwan
cannot be worn? Answer
a ka-eui-kwan. This
is similar to the above [page 86]
two. A eui-kwan is both a hat and an official rank. And
a
ka-eui-kwan is a false title, and its possessor can not
wear the dignity
of the genuine article. What
is it that has hair after the skin is removed? Corn.
What
is it that gapes at the sky? The outer shell of the
chestnut. What
kind of eyes are
those that can not see? Ans. The eyes of the
finger-nails, the white spots on the nails
being called eyes. What
is it that sticks its fingers into its father’s ears
and goes round and round? Ans.
A flail, an
instrument used for threshing grain. The revolving
sticks
fastened to the handle of a flail
are called sons of
the flail and these
are fastened to the flail by being pinned through a hole
(the ear) of the
handle (the father). What
is it that always carries its house about with it? A
snail. What
travels day and night? Water. What
travels on its back? A boat. What
has eight ears (kwi
ears or corners) and only one mouth?
A box. What
is it that does not eat though fed for three years?
The box in which the ancestors’ spirits
repose, before which food is offered for three years
after death. What
is it that bathes three times a day? Dishes. [page 87]
The son can wear the father’s hat but the father cannot
wear the son’s hat.
What is it? Ans.
The covers of the iron rice kettles. The large covers
can be used on the small vessels but the small covers
cannot be used on the
large vessels. What
is a too within a too, Ans.
A sangtoo (topknot)
within a kam-too (a horse hair hat). What
is a tang within a tang?
Ans.
A moo’tang (sorceress)
within a sung whang-tang (a joss house). What
is it that goes when loaded but stops when unloaded?
Shoes. Chas.
F. Bernheisel. A
Korean Mint, If
one were to start
out in search of a man who is not interested in money in
any form he would find
that he had embarked on a much more arduous undertaking
than the one which
engaged the attention of the venerable Diogenes.
Robinson Crusoe may be
supposed to have had a kind of scorn for the filthy
stuff and yet,
if there had been a chest of it on board the ship which
he so successfully
lightened, he doubtless would have carried it
ashore. The problems of
finance form the principal study of the statesman of
today. The political
economist devotes his longest chapter to it. The
novelist sows money up and
down the earth. The evolution of
money is a fascinating study. Cattle have been used as
money in Greece, horses
in Arabia, beads, ivory and cattle in Africa, shells and
sharks’ teeth among
the Pacific islands, pressed tea in China and [page 88] Turkestan,
cowries in India and “cat’s
eyes” in the islands about Japan. Among coins
the “cash” is the
peculiar product of the Eastern Asiatics. The Chinese
were the first to make use
of it and they were followed by the Koreans and the
Japanese. The distinguishing
mark of “cash” is the
square hole in the center by means of which the coins
are strung together for
convenience in transportation. The necessity of this
becomes apparent when we
remember that these coins are of such small intrinsic
value that it takes a large
number of them to pay a small bill. Until recent times,
when one went shopping
in Korea he did not slip his money into his waistcoat
pocket but he loaded it
on the back of a stout coolie, and even then he could
take but twenty dollars
worth. Korean cash is so bulky that in every business
transaction which
involves the transportation of money even a distance of
only a dozen rods such
transportation costs one tenth of one per cent of the
amount. The art of making
cash was introduced into Korea from China eight hundred
years ago. Before that
time Korean money consisted of arrow-shaped rods of
copper or a mixture of
copper and lead. But barter was by far the most common
form of trade. Even
today rice is practically legal tender. Until about the year
1880 the minting of cash was strictly in the hands of
the government, the
plant, utensils, bullion and wages being provided for
out of the national
treasury; but about that time a new and peculiar method
was adopted. The
minting of cash was farmed out to private individuals or
companies. The native
furnaces being of uniform capacity, the average daily
output could be closely
estimated. A number of individuals received,
from the government, charters by the terms of which they
were permitted to
operate a fixed number of furnaces a certain number of
days, the government to
receive each day a stated sum and the operators of the
furnaces to keep as
their pay all they could make over and above the amount
paid the government. [page 89]
A plot of level ground containing about four acres was
selected and was
surrounded with a high, strong wall. Within the
inclosure the operators erected
their furnaces and began
their work. The government furnished nothing. The
operators paid all expenses
whether of tools, bullion or labor. The minting
of cash was not so extremely remunerative as
might at first appear, for we must remember that the
intrinsic value of the
coin was about three fourths the face value and the cost
of minting is about
one eighth. For every hundred dollars’ worth
that the operator handed over to the government
he sustained a net loss of eighty-eight dollars and a
half. This loss had to be
covered by the minting of seven hundred and eight
dollars’
worth more. Whatever he made in
addition to this would of course bring him a gain of
twelve and a half per cent. The government did not
stipulate that the coin should be of any particular
fineness of weight but it
reserved the right to reject any that was not
satisfactory. In this case the operator was [page 90]
compelled to remint the coin or possibly to forfeit his
charter, either of
which penalties would doubtless reduce him to beggary. It is evident from
this that the policy of the cash-maker was to make the
coin just good enough to
be accepted at head-quarters and no better. We will now enter the
Korean native mint and see how they made what
everyone wants and no one gets enough of.
Here is money-making in its primitive simplicity. Here
are no ponderous and
complicated machines that swallow metal and vomit money,
no nice appliances of
science by which the weight and size of coins are
accurately determined.’ The general view of
an old time Korean mint was not prepossessing. It
consisted of a long low
building with a tiled roof which was pierced at
intervals with dormer-like apertures
in order to give egress to the clouds of suffocating
smoke aud the poisonous
exhalations that rose from the molten metal. [page 91] This
main building was divided into compartments about thirty
feet square, each
containing one furnace together with all the apparatus
necessary for the
melting and casting of the coin. In front of this main
building was a motley collection of wretched
straw-thatched huts in which was
carried on the various steps in the process of finishing
the coin and preparing
it for circulation. The whole place is
noisome and filthy to a degree and yet at night the
sight was not unattractive,
when the green blue and golden lights from the seething
metal illuminate the
thick masses of smoke which poured out from every crack
and crevice of the
decrepit old building and when the naked bodies of the workmen were silhouetted
against the rafters, as they leaped back and forth
before the glowing pits in
which the metal was preparing for the moulds.
The fascination of the scene was the fascination of the
[page 92]
Inferno and one needed no
strong imagination to fancy that these grimy creatures
with tongs and pinchers were the same as those so
sulphurously depicted by the
brush of Dore. Entering the low door
to the smelting room and becoming gradually accustomed
to the lurid light, we
see at the farthest comer the furnace. It consists
simply of a cubical mass of
cement let into the ground to the depth of five feet and
raised but a few
inches above the surface. The top of the furnace
is flat and in the center is a circular aperture about
ten inches in diameter
by which the crucibles of metal are lowered into the
fire. It is through this
opening that the flames pour forth which illuminate the
whole vicinity. On the
right of the furnace is a rough box-bellows at which
sits a boy on a bag of sand
pushing and pulling with all his
might. His position excites the keenest pity, for not
only is every muscle of
his body kept in a state of tension, but he is compelled
to sit there within six feet of that withering column of
flame of which he
himself is the cause. [page 93]
In another part of the room the metal is being broken up
and put into the crucibles ready for the furnace. The
crucibles are miserably
frail affairs made of ordinary fire-clay and they are so
unreliable that a
little furnace at one side is kept busy testing them. Into each crucible
are put about six pounds of copper, three of zinc and
one of lead. I say about
that amount for they do not make exact measurements. If
they happen to put in a
little larger amount of lead it means a saving of so
much good copper. So long
as they draw their wages regularly
and have time for an occasional pipe it makes little
difference to them about
the proportions of metals. In another comer we
see a heap of fine black earth which some sooty
individuals are shovelling into
shallow wooden pans three and a half feet long by one
and a half wide. As fast
as they are filled they are passed on to
another set of men who stand in a row and, as the trays
of earth are passed
beneath their feet, dance on them and stamp the earth
down firmly. A number of small
boys then drag them away and smooth off the tops with
sticks to prepare them
for the impression of the mould. A plate of metal which
looks like a great many
coins fastened together at the edges is laid upon one of
these trays of earth
and the impression is made. Then another tray receives
the impression of the
other [page 94] side
of the metal plate; the two trays are clapped together,
iron bands arc passed
around the ends and made tight with wedges and the mould
is all ready for the metal.
When the sign is
given an oily looking individual with a very long pair
of tongs and a very
short pair of trousers steps forward, prods the bellows
boy to let him know that
the moment of respite has come and steps upon
the top of the furnace.
Approaching as near the orifice as the intense heat will
permit he inserts his
tongs and feels about until he gets hold of one of the
crucibles. He hoists it
up until he can see the surface of the metal and if it
appears to his
experienced eye to be properly melted he hauls it out
and hands it over to
another oily man with short tongs. Two assistants hold
the mould while he pours
the hissing metal into the opening. When the casting is
cool enough the iron bands are knocked off and the rough
mass of connected
coins falls to the ground. It is broken up with a hammer
and placed in rough
straw baskets and carried to one of the thatched huts
outside where the next
stage of the process may be seen. Here the workmen sit
on scaffolds about six
feet from the ground stringing the cash on [page
95] long iron rods that just fit the square
hole
in the center of the iron. The
reason of their elevation is that they can thus hold the
rods perpendicularly
and string the cash on them without having to reach up
to do so As soon as a rod is
filled it is taken away to the filing room where it is
laid in a horizontal
trough, or rather groove, about two feet above the
ground. The extreme roughness
of the edges of the coins is here removed by the use of
long heavy files, while
the more careful filing is left for a later stage of the
process. When the cash is
removed from the rods it goes to the polishing room
where it is thrown into
wooden troughs about a yard long
and ten inches deep. A bucket of water and a little sand
is added. The
polishing process is carried on by two men who sit on
bags of sand at either
end of this trough and push the coins back and forth
with their feet until by
the friction they shine as only new copper can. The
polishers keep time to the motion of their feet by
singing a rude song which is
familiar [page 96]
to the ear of anyone who has ever landed on the shores
of Korea. Until recent times
this was considered the final step, but the cash makers
became so careless that
they turned out very imperfect coins. Some would have a
great dent in the edge,
some would be bent, some would have sharp, jagged edges
which cut the fingers,
so they were compelled to add another step to the
process. This consisted in going
over the whole lot piece by piece and hammering out the
imperfections on the
edge and filing each one with a small hand file. This
added greatly to the cost
of making, for each filer received five per cent of all
cash that went through
his hands. All that remained to
be done was to carry the cash away and string it. The
string is made of
ordinary rice straw twisted in a peculiar way which
gives it much greater strength
than one might imagine. Two hundred pieces,
one thousand cash, made one string and ten strings were
tied together for
convenience in carrying. When the cash was all
strung it was piled up in the counting room where each
string was counted and
entered in the books. Outside stand coolies waiting to carry
it off, some to the government treasury and some to the
houses of the cash
makers. Each coolie carried on his back a jiggy. This is made of stout pieces of wood
in the shape of a chair, minus its front legs. It is
held by strong bands that
go over the shoulders. Each coolie can carry on his
jiggy about sixty thousand
cash. As they carried the cash through the streets they
were accompanied by guards
whose special duty it was to see that it reached its
destination safely. The workmen in the
mint were a very low class of men. They lived in
unbounded filth and squalor.
At night they slept in what is called an oom,
which is simply a hole in the ground covered with a
rough straw thatch. These holes
are sunk in the ground below the frost line and so do
not require to be warmed in
winter. In summer the men slept on the floor of the
smelting rooms or on the
ground anywhere. [page 97]
As we go out the great front gate of the inclosure the
guard salutes us lazily
and sinks back on his seat. Just outside we come upon a
company of little
urchins sitting on their haunches and washing out in
shallow pans the gravel
and sand in the bed of the little stream which flows
from the mint. They are
searching for little pieces of the metal which may be
washed down. For these they
find a ready sale within. One piece of cash is
called han pun,
two pieces are called han dun and
twenty pieces, or one hundred cash, are called han nyang and is the unit of Korean money.
This unit is worth about
one cent of American money or two Japanese sen, but its
value is extremely fluctuating.
Twenty years ago a Japanese dollar would buy two
thousand cash, fifteen years
ago thirteen hundred cash and now it will buy over five
thousand. There was a
large foreign mint in Seoul, thoroughly equipped with
the best modern minting
machinery but it was never operated. It was built and
equipped in the early eighties
at a time when there was a strong feeling in favor of
foreign innovations but
soon after that time the conservative spirit got the
upper hand again and it
was not until many years later that anything like a
modem coinage was
introduced. These mints almost
always ended by going up in flames at a time when a
large amount of cash was
about to be sent to
the government office, but the public shrewdly guessed
that care had been taken
that the money should be removed to a place of safety
just before the unexpected
accident happened. Rear
Admiral Schley on the Little War of 1871. In
the eighth and ninth chapters of his remarkably
interesting
book of reminiscences, entitled “Forty-five
years under the Flag,” Rear-Admiral Schley
deals with the expedition under Rear-Admiral Rodgers,
which made [page 98]
a descent upon the coast of Korea in 1871, and in which
Schley
himself was a participant. The stirring episode is
graphically pictured by the
pen of the soldier, and the standpoint is that of the
date at which the event
occurred, so that what is lost in accuracy, owing to the
fact that only one
side of the affair was clearly understood, is more than
compensated for by the glimpse
it gives us of the way Korea was looked upon at that
time. Later developments
have shown serious flaws in the argument which led to
the expedition, but these
are things that could not have been known at the time
and therefore reflect but
slightly upon the judgment of those who planned and
executed it. One of the most
interesting points brought out in this book is that of
the underlying cause of
the expedition. The writer says. It was during
this
winter (1870-71) in Japan that rumors reached the Benicia that the
affair in Korea relating to the American Schooner General Sherman was to be enquired into by
our government. This vessel
had ventured into the waters of Korea on a trading
voyage in 1868 or 1869, with
a cargo of “Yankee Notions.” The vessel, as was learned
subsequently, had been burned and her crew to a man had
been killed by the
Koreans. . . . . . . Before sailing from the United States
there were vague rumors that this matter was to be
settled by the squadron then
being prepared for Rear-Admiral
Rodgers. . . . . . The anti-foreign
feeling in China was more likely to revive if any one of
the nations represented
there should appear to hesitate to take redress in
matters so seriously grave
as that of the General
Sherman, The
murder of the entire crew, with the destruction of the
vessel, merely because
her master had ventured into forbidden waters for
purposes of trade, was hardly
to be justified under any code of ethics. This view
was that taken by our government in directing careful
inquiry, which led to
prompt action later in the year.” And again he says: “The
prospective expedition to Korea to adjust a wrong and
the probable effect it would
have at a time when unrest was general in China was
believed to be for good. It
was thought that [page 99]
Admiral Rodgers’ attempt to open
communication
with the government of that hermit Kingdom would meet
with suspicion and
possible obstruction from its officials. The sentiment
general in the Squadron
was that when the relations of two countries was such
that the subjects of one were
not safe in the territory of the other, the time had
come to make them so by
force of arms. . . . .. Enough
was gleaned from conversations with
those nearest the Admiral to satisfy anyone that he had
concluded that the moment
had come when Korea must be compelled if need be, to
take up her duties as a
power bound by international law and usage, lying, as
her territory did, athwart
the routes of the world’s commerce. . . . . As
vessels prosecuting legitimate trade must pass and
repass the coast of Korea,
or through stress of weather at times might be driven
upon her shores, the
right to humane treatment had to be insisted upon. There
were abundant rumors
that unfortunates had been slain or cast into prison to
die of neglect.”
Now, in fairness to
Korea as well to the American Government and Rear
Admiral Rodgers, there are
several points in the above quotation that require
comment. In the first place
we find nowhere else such a definite statement that the
expedition was in retaliation
for, or to obtain redress for, the destruction of the General Sherman and her crew. We are told that this occurred “in
1868 or 69” when in fact it occurred in September of
1866 almost five
years before this expedition was planned. An examination
of diplomatic records
so far as published does not indicate that the
expedition was intended to
obtain redress of any kind nor does it appear that Rear
Admiral Rodgers was
invested with any authority to “compel Korea to take up
her duties as a power
bound by international law and usage.” Not only so but
Admiral Rodgers was not even
entrusted with any diplomatic message to the Korean
court. Mr. Frederick Low
was given the work of carrying on negotiations with the
Korean Government with
a view to the establishment of treaty relations, and the
sole work of Admiral
Rodgers was to form a fitting escort for this high
functionary of the American Government. There [page 100]
was no intention of demanding redress or
even
apology for the General
Sherman
affair. It was an entirely peaceful mission and nothing
was further from the
purpose of the American Government than the
precipitation of a fight with the
Koreans, especially the sort of fight which this turned
out to be. It is
evident however that the sentiment among the
naval men was strongly in favor of a scrimmage of some
kind, for the writer
says in one place that “there was some apprehension
(sic) that the presence of
Minister Low with Chinese interpreters might indicate
that there was to be only
a ‘parley’ after all.” Now this “only a parley after
all” was precisely what
the American Government intended and the greatest danger
to the success of the
mission was this same misplaced “apprehension” lest
there would be no fight. There are several
reasons for believing that the General
Sherman affair and the danger to seamen wrecked on
the coast of Korea was
not the theme of Mr. Low’s communication to the Korean
Government. In the first
place we note that in June of 1866, shortly before the General Sherman affair, the American
Sailing-vessel Surprise
was wrecked off the western
coast of Korea but that the officers and crew were
treated most hospitably by
the Korean authorities, taken with the greatest of care
to the northern border
and handed over to the Chinese authorities for safe
conduct to Tientsin. No
government could have acted with greater courtesy or
humanity. It should be
remembered that this act of kindness was performed at a
time when the Korean
Government and people were worked up to a white heat of
anger and hatred
against all foreigners and in the midst of a sanguinary
persecution. It is
highly to the credit of the authorities that they
fulfilled so perfectly their
duty to these ship-wrecked Americans. Now Minister Low
must have known about
this personally. He and the American Government must
have known of a surety
that it was the settled policy of the Korean Government
to treat cast-aways
humanely. It had been proved in 1847 when two French
war-boats, on a
semi-hostile expedition to Korea were wrecked on a
mud-bank. The Korean
authorities [page 101] fed them
and treated them with utmost courtesy and offered to
provide boats for them to
go back to Shanghai. Can we believe that the American
Government was not aware
of these important facts? By no means. The writer made a
great mistake when he
affirmed that “the right to humane treatment had to be
insisted upon.” Five years had passed
since the General Sherman affair. It had
probably already transpired under what conditions this
vessel had been
destroyed and her crew massacred. Five years tell a good
many secrets and
Minister Low doubtless knew very well that the General Sherman,
in direct opposition to orders from the Korean
Government, had forced its way
into the estuary of the Tadong River and with the help
of a heavy freshet and a
high spring tide had crossed the upper bar and
effectually cut herself off from
the possibility of getting back to the open sea again.
Not once in twenty years
is it possible for such a ship to accomplish this feat,
and when the Koreans saw
it they judged, and with perfect justice, that the
Americans had come to win or
die. The massacre was a horrible thing but it was the
alternative which the
Koreans supposed the invaders were ready to face. In
June the crew of the Surprise had
been shown the utmost
hospitality; in September the crew of the General
Sherman were massacred.
It was the same government which had done both and in
each case, judging from
their standpoint, without blame. We say that Minister
Low probably knew the
truth about the General
Sherman,
but whether he knew it or not, redress was of course out
of the question until the
Korean Government had been given an opportunity to
explain the matter. There is
no indication that he mentioned the affair to the
Government at Seoul and it is
certain that the belligerent attitude of the naval
people was rather uncalled
for. It is quite probable that the General
Sherman trouble, innocent though the Koreans were,
influenced the American
Government in attempting the opening of Korea for it was
this mutual ignorance
of each other that made the coast of Korea dangerous. If
the Koreans had known
the real purpose of that unfortunate vessel, the
treatment of her would have
been very [page 102] different.
A treaty would do away
with the danger of misunderstanding. We learn from the
published records that
Minister Low was instructed to go to the shores of Korea
and attempt to
conclude a treaty relative to the treatment of American
seamen who should be wrecked on her shores and to make
some sort of trade
convention whereby commerce could be opened up. We
cannot believe that, coupled
with these instructions, there were any orders to demand
apology or redress for
the General Sherman affair; for such demand would immediately
defeat the main purpose of the expedition. When you
approach a man in order to
ask a favor of him you do not begin by reminding him of
his past delinquencies.
Now here was the
radical difficulty which beset the situation. The naval
people were under the
impression that something was to be done to bring the
Koreans to their knees, and it was a foregone conclusion
that the peaceful side
of the expedition would be completely adumbrated. The squadron at
length arrived at a point not far from the present
outside anchorage at
Chemulpo. Everyone knows that this is a safe anchorage
in any kind of weather.
After several attempts, a small official in a
neighboring village was
communicated with. In Schley’s words, “This
official was assured that the squadron’s visit and
purposes were friendly and that
the desire to make surveys a few miles further was
merely a wish to find a
position of more security for the Squadron during the
typhoon months. This
permission was granted, and in compliance
thereto, the Monocacy
and Palos
were directed to proceed upon this
duty.” The italics are ours. Is it possible that
the navigating officers of the squadron did not know
that typhoons never come
north as far as Chemulpo Harbor? Will anyone try to
convince us that after
looking at that fierce rushing tide, the mudbanks
exposed at low water and the
tortuous channels any commander would have dreamed of
going up toward Kangwha
with what Schley claims to have been as
capable a squadron as any afloat at the time. Then as
regards the permission
obtained, there must have been [page 103]
a huge mistake. The petty official may
have given it but it certainly never came from the
Regent. The absurdity of a
squadron of large vessels seeking safety from typhoons
in that tide-swept
estuary must have convinced the Koreans that Admiral
Rodgers wanted to do the
very thing the General
Sherman did, but with a different
result. We are safe in saying that wherever the
permission came from, either
the object of the request was misunderstood by the
Koreans or else a frightened
petty-officer gave it without authority from Seoul. The
whole affair was one
series of disastrous misunderstandings. The Palos
and Monocacy crept up the channel toward
Kangwha, which forms the
western guardian fortress of Seoul. It was perfectly
evident to the Koreans that
this was a hostile move. It would have taken super-
human wisdom to have
divined otherwise. The Koreans were evidently within
their rights to fire upon
our boats. How was it at Shimonoseki when the Japanese
fired upon our vessels
and those of other nations? We exacted a large indemnity
but a few years later
gave back every cent of it because we saw that
the Japanese were right. Were the Koreans any less right?
Not one whit. International law, the dictates of reason
and the instinct for
self-defense were all with them; and, chimerical as it
may sound, we believe
that if the American Government were to pay an indemnity
for every life taken
in that desperate defense she would be doing no more
than abstract justice. Shots were fired at
these two boats but without injury to either of them or
the loss of a single
life. The thing was done. There was no longer any need
of “apprehension
lest there was to be only a parley after
all.” The danger from typhoons in the land-locked harbor
of Chemulpo was put
before the success of Mr. Low’s diplomacy. The Admiral
naively adds “The
hostile action of the forts was an unfortunate mistake
which had to be adjusted
in advance of the real question which had drawn the
squadron into Korean
waters. Seven days were given for the Korean Government to
disavow the act of the commanding officer of the forts
and to [page 104]
make suitable reparation for the insult to the flag.” We
wonder what Mr. Low
thought of all this. It is evident that the
communication to the government
giving them seven days in which to apologize was written
by the Admiral, for
Schley says a few pages on “Several days before the
final answer came to the
Admiral’s letter etc.” In view of the fact that Low was
the diplomat specially
designated to carry on negotiations with the Korean
Government it is rather
amusing to read that the answer which came “left
to the Admiral no other recourse than that which is
usual under such
circumstances, when
diplomacy fails to adjust issues
among civilized nations.” The italics are ours. The Rear-Admiral
describes most vividly the landing of our troops and the
struggle that
followed, in which the Koreans fought
with desperate valor against tremendous odds, falling,
almost every man, at his
post. Just at the end however the Koreans broke and
fled. “Many
were killed in this rout, some jumped over the cliffs to
the river bank sixty
or eighty feet below, and more made for the road
only to meet the fire of Cassell’s men and
the artillery directly in their faces, which piled them
up two and three deep.
Many jumped into the river where they were
shot or drowned in attempting to escape.”
(Our italics). Listen to this, “There
was not a modem gun of any description found in the
hands of the Koreans, who
attempted with gingalls and such-like superannuated arms
to face modem
artillery successfully. They fought, how-ever, with
desperate courage, until
they were over-whelmed, and died at their posts of duty
heroically and without
fear. The men of no nation could have done more for home
or country.” In view
of these words of the Admiral, his
reference to Bunker Hill a few lines below is
unfortunate for if any words ever
described a battle the above words are a true picture of
the American side in
the Battle of Bunker Hill. The next paragraph
contains the astonishing statement that “The morning
following, June 12th,
orders were received from Admiral Rodgers to withdraw as
the object of the
expedition was fully accomplished and the [page 105]
insult to the flag had been fully avenged.” The
expedition had been sent by the
United States Government on an entirely peaceful mission
with the purpose of
establishing relations of friendship with Korea. By an
unaccountable mistake
the approaches to Seoul had been unnecessarily invaded
and the Koreans had
acted in a perfectly loyal way in firing upon our
vessels. For this insult to our
flag the Koreans had to pay a terrible price. As the
Admiral tells us very
frankly, “It was decided to spare nothing that could
be
reached by shot, shell, fire or sword.” When our forces
were done we are told
that they “left behind the appearance of utter
devastation in every direction.” But what we ask is, was
the object of the
expedition fully accomplished? It may have been for
those who apprehended that
it would all end in mere talk but Mr. Low’s opinion
would be worth something at
this point. We invited an insult and then bitterly
avenged it leaving behind a
hatred ten times as bitter as before and making it
impossible that any treaty
should be signed until the Regent stepped down from the
seat of power. It is
also worthwhile asking whether the American flag was
really insulted. A
stranger comes into my yard and acts in a queer way. I
order him off the place
but he proceeds to climb in at the window, I forcibly
resist his entrance. This
is an insult to him which he resents. He retires for a
time but returns with
help and I am properly chastised for my insolence! His
intentions at first may
have been entirely peaceful, but appearances were dead
against him from my
point of view. We are forced to take exception to the
statement that “the
punishment inflicted was great and the lesson it
impressed upon the Hermit
Kingdom ultimately brought it into fellowship with our
Western civilization and
made for friendship.” We venture to say it did nothing
of the sort. The fact
that our forces retired without following up their
victory left the Koreans in
full possession of the field and confirmed them in the
belief that an invading force
had been beaten off. It was not quite so complete a
victory as they had enjoyed
over the French on this same island in 1866 but the
departure of the squadron [page 106]
without even securing direct communication with the
central government or
accomplishing the avowed purpose of opening up the
country not only seemed a
victory for the Koreans but was such in truth. The record of the
American Navy is glorious enough and the bravery and
loyalty of
its personnel are well enough proved to be able to
dispense with any claim to added
distinction on account of the little war with Korea. The
whole affair was based
upon misapprehension and the Americans and Koreans
looked upon it from such
different standpoints that while we know the former did
what they thought was
their duty the latter are worthy of our sympathy.
Attack
on Doctor Forsythe, Doctor
Forsythe is a young American physician who came
out to Korea last Autumn to engage in medical missionary
work under the
Southern Presbyterian Board of the United States. He is
about thirty years old,
six feet tall, of splendid physique and well fitted, by
his experiences in Cuba
immediately after the late war, to deal with the
unsanitary and unhygienic
conditions in Korea. He is settled in
Kunsan and makes that the center from which he works in
a wide radius through
that sec- tion of the country. He recently received an
urgent call to go to the
little village of Man-kol half way between Kunsan and
Chunju to attend a man
whose house had been raided by a gang of Korean robbers
and who had been beaten
very severely. He immediately answered the call and,
arriving at the village,
was able to render prompt assistance. He stayed there
over night and the next day,
being the Sabbath, he went to another village about a
mile distant where there
was a little Christian congregation. There he attended
the service and as
evening came on he went back to the village where he had
slept the night
before, in order to pass the night. He retired as usual
but was suddenly
awakened about four o’clock in [page 107]
the morning and saw a number of masked Koreans crowded
in the small door-way
and pointing their guns at him. These men were heard to
say
as they broke into the compound that they had come to
kill the soldier. The
people in the house told them that there was no soldier
in the house, but that
it was a foreign physician. They refused to believe this
and made their way
immediately to Dr. Forsythe’s room. As soon as he saw
this
strange company and took in the situation he grappled
with the foremost of his
assailants, but almost immediately he was struck a heavy
blow on the head from behind
which put him out of the fight. He was then repeatedly
wounded on the head with
swords or knives and his body was thrown off
the narrow verandah to the ground, a distance of four
feet, and was jumped upon
by the assassins. The accounts of the inmates of the
house as to their own
movements are very confusing. One woman is said to have
thrown herself between
the Doctor and his assailants and tried to defend him by
throwing her apron
over his head. Others say that the inmates of the house
ran away to the hills.
The woman is badly bruised in several places and it is
plain that she did
something toward attempting to defend the guest. This
will come out more
clearly in the formal examination. When the robbers had
finished their work, as
they had supposed, they did not immediately leave, but
built a fire in the
center of the court-yard and stood about till long after
daybreak. After they
had gone the people of the place immediately sent word
to the missionaries both
at Kunsan and Chunju. At the same time they called in a
native physician who
treated the wounds by the application of cobwebs and
cotton, thus stopping the flow
of blood and without doubt saving the patient’s life. When
the news reached Kunsan, two of the missionaries
saddled their horses and hurried away to the scene of
the outrage. But before
starting they telegraphed the news to the American
Minister in Seoul and also
informed the Japanese authorities at Kunsan. Mounted on
powerful
horses, these two men. Dr. Daniel and Mr. [page 108]
Harrison, took the road for Man-kol, arriving about
fourteen hours after the
attack on Dr. Forsythe. The Koreans had
made him as comfortable as possible but he was in a
terrible condition. His
clothing was completely saturated with blood and the
court-yard had been sprinkled
with earth to hide the pools of blood that the patient
had lost. An examination
showed that life was still there but the pulse was
extremely weak and
fluttering and the examining physician shook his head
and said that the end was
evidently near. The amount of blood already lost made it
impossible to dress
the wounds properly at once, but a hypodermic injection
of strychnine was made
and other things were done to rally the patient. He
responded readily to this
treatment and hope was again renewed that possibly he
might be pulled through.
He was not totally unconscious but he knew nothing of
what was going on and he
was vomiting frequently, showing that the brain had been
injured. Dr Daniel
found five serious wounds on his head but only one of
them seemed to be of a
very dangerous character. This was a sword cut which
seemed to have been
delivered from behind and which cut through the left
cheek and ear and went
deep into the mastoid process just behind the ear. While this was going
on word came that the robbers were about to return; for
what reason was not
known. This was very awkward, for the two gentlemen were
not prepared to deal
with a crowd of ruffians. It was decided that though
there was danger in moving
the patient he must be taken over to the other village
where the little church
was. So a stretcher was improvised by tying poles
together and making a network
of straw rope, and the patient was carefully taken the
mile or more which lay
between the two villages. Fortunately this was done
without any evil effect.
From the very first the patient seemed to rally and
while he was not at all rational
as yet, things began to look less gloomy. Meanwhile Japanese
policemen arrived on the scene and, all danger from
further attack was
obviated. The Foreign Office in Seoul had also sent
orders to the [page 109]
Kamni at Kunsan to send soldiers and police
and
make every attempt to arrest the
criminals. The following day
the patient had so far rallied as to make it possible to
take him to Kunsan. A
comfortable stretcher had been sent on, in the shape of
a folding coir bed with
poles rigged on the sides, and in this way Dr. Forsythe
was carried to the
port. During this time he was entirely conscious but had
not the full control of
his mind. In some matters he seemed to be rational and
frequently asked whether
there were any signs of meningitis, which was the
principal danger from such a wound.
He was tormented by a continual thirst, due to the great
loss of blood. This wholly unprovoked
and dastardly assault has created something of a
sensation among the Koreans of
that locality, where the Doctor was well known. He
had so often responded to their calls for help
that although he had
been in the country only a short time he had
gained
the love of many and the respect of all. One of the
criminals had been caught,
at last accounts, and it is believed they will all be
brought to justice. The pertinent
question arises as to the application of the principle
of non-resistance in
such cases. When it is a matter of religious persecution
and people are
attacked because of their faith, it is one thing; but in
the case of an
ordinary, brutal attempt at murder we feel sure that
even the Christian
gentleman has a right, and is in duty bound, to protect
his person at any cost.
It is a matter of
profound satisfaction and rejoicing that the splendid
constitution of this
devoted missionary has pulled him through this trying
ordeal, nor must we forget
that a Korean physician was instrumental in
saving the patient’s life. The Korean medical profession
has been let in for a
good deal of ridicule in the past, and it is true that
many of their methods
are very primitive, if not unscientific, but after this
we shall probably be careful
to give them all the credit that is their due. And finally, it would
be rash to say that Providence had nothing to do in the
preservation of this
valuable life. That Good Spirit, called by whatever
name, watched [page 110]
over this event and made ends meet for the saving of a
life that has proved,
and bids fair to prove, of immense benefit to the Korean
people. Human reason
gladly incurs the charge of superstition at the hands of
a rationalistic world
in rendering thanks to that watchful Providence which
saved the life of this
lover of men. Editorial
Comment. If
anything were needed to attest the popularity of our
American Minister, Hon H. N. Allen, it might
be found in the unanimous testimonial which has been
elicited from American
citizens in Seoul and sent by cable to the authorities
in Washington.
The long residence of Dr. Allen in Seoul, his intimate
acquaintance with
conditions here and his well-known solicitude for
American interests make the
change in our Legation look like a personal misfortune
to us all. This feeling
is shared in large measure by the Emperor and the court
and by the whole
Diplomatic Corps in Seoul. No American citizen
doubts that the authorities in Washington know what they
are about and we have confidence
in the good sense of the United States executive.
Whatever their reasons may be
for this move, which, by the way, does not
affect
our Legation alone but also embraces
those in St. Petersburg, London, Peking and other
centers, they are not
dictated by any doubt of the loyalty or competence of
our present Minister but
upon reasons of state which the State Department does
not feel called upon to
divulge. Nor does this
expression of regret at the retirement of Dr. Allen
stand in the way
of a loyal welcome to his predecessor, but it
merely
shows the latter what a full measure of confidence can
be won by such sterling
qualities as those which have marked the long and
successful career of the
retiring Minister. [page 111] News
Calendar. One
ten- and two twenty-dollar American bank notes were
lost on the streets of Seoul a few days ago by a Korean
on the way to one of the
banks. Foreigners having such bills offered to them will
do well to enquire
into the circumstances before accepting them, or
communicate with the Editor of
the Review. Many
of the leading Korean officials have listened
attentively to proposed plans by the Y. M. C. A. for
assisting the young men of
Seoul, and several have contributed to the fund for the
proposed new building and
others to the current expenses. Another
fire in Fusan the night of the 13th burned three Japanese
stores on the main street of the city. A
communication has been received by the Foreign Office
from the French Minister which states that the governor
of North Chulla
province has arrested
and punished a Catholic missionary. As this is
contrary to treaty agreements the matter must be
investigated. A
telegram from North Hamkyung
states that Russian soldiers are disturbing the people
in every district near
the Tuman river, and the natives have scattered in all
directions. Serious
diplomatic questions have confined the Foreign
Minister to his rooms for a number of days. A
petition has come from Kangwun
province asking that their former governor be permitted
to remain another
five years. The
Home Department is petitioned by telegram from South
Chulla
to reappoint Yi Keun-ho as governor of that province.
His virtues are
remembered and they look forward to another beneficent
term. All
Foreign Ministers and Advisers and foreigners in
government employ were received in audience by His
Majesty on the 8th inst. in honor
of the birthday of the Crown Prince. The
secretary of the Korean Legation at Tokyo and the
secretary of the Foreign Office have
exchanged positions. Dr.
H. N. Allen presided at a well-attended gathering of
the leading Korean officials
and gentlemen of Seoul at the Y. M. C A. rooms on the
8th inst. A number of
addresses were made, and during the evening refreshments
were served by a
committee of ladies. After
an encounter between Russian cavalry and Japanese
infantry the Russians
retreated and the Japanese army entered Songchin. There
is now direct telegraph
communication between Songchin and Seoul. Cho
Pyeng-sik, Minister of the Home Department, has been
dismissed. [page 112]
A memorial has been presented to His Majesty denouncing
six former Korean
officers as traitors. One is charged with making the
alliance with Japan and
bringing much trouble on Korea. The second is charged
with conniving with the
Japanese to compel Koreans to do certain things. The
third is charged with
placing his seal on the documents for obtaining a loan
from Japan.
The fourth is charged with taking bribes for the appointment
of magistrates. The fifth is charged with squeezing
money from the people in
country districts.
The sixth is charged with
having used his great influence to disturb the peaceful
relations of the
government, and also with squeezing money from the
people. The
former government hospital
property has been sold to the government and it will
be utilized as a residence for the adviser to the
Police Department. Two
story buildings with tile roofs are rapidly taking
the place of the former low straw-roofed
houses along the streets of Seoul. While
in every way an improvement over former buildings many
of the new structures
seem to be only for temporary purposes. To
obviate future discussion and possible trouble over
boundaries, the Chief of Police has requested the Home
Department to drive
stakes indicating the boundaries
between public and private lands The
report comes
that for the disturbance created by Korean soldiers at
Kongju the government
will pay one thousand Yen to the
Japanese, and the sum of two thousand yen for a similar
disturbance at Wiju Mr.
Yi Chun-yong has applied for permission to erect
wharves at Chemulpo, Chinnampo and Fusan to facilitate
the landing of cargo. Samples
of cotton grown in
Korea have been sent to Tokyo, and the quality is said
to be good. Much more
land than formerly will probably soon be devoted to
cotton cultivation in
Korea. Japanese
kerosene dealers are exercised over the
determination of many Koreans in Seoul to install
electric lights. Collbran
and Bostwick have for some time
had a concession for laying water mains and pipes in
the city of Seoul. Recently other parties
have commenced the work of laying pipes within the
palace enclosures, and it
has been found necessary to make strong representations
concerning the matter
to those in authority. The
Finance Department by circular letter has notified
the various government departments that since by the new
official arrangements many
officers in all departments have been dismissed and
their positions abolished,
the salaries will now revert back to the Imperial
Treasury. The
terms on
which the concession for a gold mine has been granted to
Italian interests are
said to be that the mine shall be selected within two
months, twenty-five per
cent of the proceeds are to be received by the Korean
Government, and the
contract is limited to twenty five years [page 113]
A Korean company with Pak Kui-Chong at
its head five years ago obtained a concession for a
railway line from Seoul
to Wiju. As the company did not have sufficient capital
to push
the enterprise it is said the
Japanese purchased the concession for the
sum of 180,000 yen. Now that
this same road is being built by
the Japanese Military Department for military purposes
the demand is made that
this 180,000 Yen be returned to the purchasers
of the concession Miss
Dr. Kokyoyu has been employed by the Household
Department, and Mr. Kohasangijo becomes an adviser to
the Police Department. Among
the questions requiring the attention of the
Adviser to the Foreign Office is a request to place the
Korean Communication
Department under the same management as the
Japanese
Post Office in Korea. There is also a demand by the
French Minister for the
salary of the Russian engineer formerly employed by the
government. The acting
governor of Whanghai province telegraphs
that more than one hundred robbers entered Sin-kai
district, and after shooting
the magistrate they plundered the royal taxes, securing
more than a thousand
dollars. A
special envoy extraordinary with several attaches has
been appointed to go to Japan to extend congratulations
over the recent victories.
Pak
Chea-soon has been appointed Minister of the
Agricultural Department and Yi
Chi-yong as Minister of the Law Department. While
for the present the Chinese Legation and Consulate
are housed in the same building, they will have
separate accommodations later. Cho
Pyeng-sik, former Home Minister, becomes acting chief
Judge of the Supreme Court and Cho Pyeng-ho becomes an
assistant in said court.
The
Minister of War refused a request from members of the
Il chin hoi for permission
to visit the palace. Choi
Ik-hyun, Kim Hak-jin and Hur Wi have been arrested
by Japanese gendarmes for endeavoring to rid Korea of
Japanese influence. The
Japanese Minister has asked for
the immediate recall of the Korean Minister to China
and the closing of the Legation in Peking. Cho
Pyung-sun found a bag containing seven yen on the
street of Chingokai and reported the fact to the
Japanese police.
After some search the police found the owner and
restored the money. It
is said the agreement for the employment of Instructor
in Law, Inspector of Post offices,
and mining engineer will be cancelled. The
secretary of the French Legation because of illness
has departed from Korea. The
secretaries and clerks of all the government
departments have been reappointed. [page 114]
The Law Department has represented to the Home
Department
that seldom a day passes without the death of one or
more prisoners in the city
jail. After an investigation the report comes back that
when fever attacks men
who are weak from hunger and cold they have little
vitality to withstand the
disease. It is requested that a physician visit the jail
daily to care for any
who may be ill. Min
Chong-muk has been
appointed Chief of the Ceremonial Department, and Cho
Pyen-pil as Chief of the
Department of Propriety. The
governor of Sam Wha requests the Foreign Minister to
announce that foreigners cannot have residence in his
district outside the
limit of ten li
from the city. Reports
come of excellent work being done by Korean
laborers in the railway shops at Fusan. They have charge
of various machines from
press drill to planer. Mrs.
Harry Rice Bostwick will spend the summer in San
Francisco, returning to Seoul in the early autumn. A
telegram has been sent to the Korean Legation at Peking
ordering that for the present only one secretary and one
clerk be retained at that
place to look after Korea’s interests. The
report is that to the duties of adviser to the Police
Department will be added those of Inspector of the
Courts of Justice. The
magistrate of Choongju is exercised because the
people are neglecting their farms and
flocking to the centers to protest against the departure
of Yi Seung-woo, the
former governor of the province. A
telegram from Chun ju says the Righteous Army has
dispersed, the members going quietly to their homes, but
crowds of Il
Chin-hoi members continue to flock to the city. Mr.
Megata, adviser to the Finance Department,
returned to Seoul on the 25th . The
departure of Mr. H. E. Bostwick for his home in San
Francisco after an extended visit with his son in Seoul
was made the occasion
for a number of farewell functions of various
kinds. Mr. and Mrs. Hulbert invited all, the British and
American Guards and
the missionaries in Seoul to spend a social evening in
their home in honor of
Mr. Bostwick. There were games and songs and social
converse, with dainty refreshments.
During the evening the Guards presented an appropriate
gift in a neat speech,
to which Mr. Bostwick responded in such a way that few
dry eyes were seen. A
dinner was later given at the home of Mr. H. R.
Bostwick, the Korean
English literary society had a special evening,
and lastly a number of Guards and others spent a whole
day with Mr. Bostwick on
a tramp over the fortress of Puk-han with a picnic
dinner to whet the appetite.
Mr. Bostwick will long be remembered by young
and old alike in Seoul, and the wish is expressed on
every hand that he may
find it possible to return to Seoul to reside
permanently. [page 115]
A telegram to the Home Department from Taiku indicates a
great unwillingness on
the part of the people to accept their new governor. The
governor of Wonsan
telegraphs to the Foreign Office for instructions as to
how to deal with the
request of the Japanese Consul for whaling rights in
certain waters along the
east coast. Even
at this early stage the earnings of the Seoul-Fusan
railroad are said to exceed six yen per mile per day. A
famous ancient Korean sword for the Emperor of Japan
and an ancient Korean porcelain bottle for the
Empress have been entrusted to a general on his way to
Japan from Port Arthur
by the Japanese Minister in Seoul. It
is said to have been given out that no former Minister
of a Department will ever be appointed as governor of
any province. At
Chinnampo a school has been established by two
Japanese captains for the purpose of instructing Korean
young men in politics
and law. There are one hundred and twenty scholars, the
captains paying the
salary of the teacher. A
telegram to the Home Department from the On Yang
prefect recites the fact that Japanese subjects have
placed sign-posts about fifty
feet apart on the four sides of the noted hot spring in
that vicinity, and have
compelled the natives to tear down two
adjacent
houses. He wants the signs removed and the houses
replaced, as he cannot bear
to see the innocent suffering. A
telegram from Chenju says that peddlers are gathering
in crowds under the name Kong Chin-hoi, and they are
constantly quarreling with
members of the Il Chin-hoi. Yi
Seung-woo, governor of North Choong-chung, has been
transferred to North Chulla, and Mr.
Min Yung-sun goes as governor of North Chung-choong.
Several
unnecessary bureaus with their attendant official
positions have suffered decapitation
at the hands of the particularly zealous retrenchment
movement. The
Korean Minister
to Washington informs the Foreign
Office that Korean immigrants in Hawaii have
requested that a Consul be sent to
Hawaii to look after their interests. The
Japanese acting commander-in chief at Pyeng Yang has
asked the governor to set aside the ground near the Tai
Dong
river for military purposes, and also a strip
of land four hundred feet wide and nineteen
hundred feet long outside the Pyeng
Yang city wall to be used by the military headquarters.
The Minister of the
Foreign Department has sent a refusal to the Japanese
Legation, stating that
this is a very serious matter, and if the request were
to be granted
the Royal Palace, Kija’s temple and many other houses
would have to be pulled
down. Japanese
police inspectors will undertake their duties in
Seoul after the 27th inst. [page 1l6]
Min Yung-whi, former
governor of Pyeng Yang, is accused of having
without recompense taken rice
fields from a man and deprived him of all income. It is
said that during
the seventeen years the land has been
thus alienated the income would have approximated eighty
three thousand
dollars. He is asked to repay this amount without delay.
Another complainant
serenely bobs up and asks for 140,000 dollars
for property stolen by this same governor, not to
mention the many years of
imprisonment suffered by the complainant. The
Korean government according to native papers has been
informed by the Japanese Minister that after an
examination of the various
contracts which the government has made with
foreigners through Yi Yong-ik and others he finds
several useless positions,
filled at great expense to Korea. He recommends a
thorough examination and
reduction of the pay-roll without unnecessary delay. On
the thirteenth of last June the Korean government was
requested by the Japanese Minister to furnish a copy of
the regulations
governing Korean emigrants. Up to the present no report
has been received, and
since the Japanese government is calling for the report
the Minister is anxious
to receive and forward the same. Min
Yung chang, Korean Minister to France, reports that
last year the secretary of the Legation returned home
because of illness, and
now his clerk is starting for Seoul with the same excuse.
On this account he desires that a secretary be
despatched to France
immediately. The
report having been circulated that certain Korean
scholars had sent a circular letter to the various
foreign Legations asking
them to interfere with Japan’s plans in
Korea, and that report having reached the Japanese
Legation, it is said a
desire was expressed to meet representatives of these
scholars that they might
be informed of Japan’s good intentions. His
Majesty issued the following
edict concerning the disturbance in Chulla province :
“Alas, Our people! You
are all Our children, including the good and the bad;
the good must be praised
by reward, and the bad must be
warned by punishment. Of late the minds of the people in
Chulla province have been
disturbed by wrong ideas, and they have been gathering in
crowds, calling themselves the Righteous Army,
and other names. After receiving telegrams concerning
these things we have not
been able to sleep in peace. They cannot attend to their
duties because of this
uproar, and will not be able to save their own lives and
those of their
families. The messenger must run day and night and bear
this our order and explain so definitely that they will
return to their homes
in peace.” The
Belgian Minister informs
the Foreign Office that many months ago he made application
for a gold mine concession, which as yet has not been
granted. Since the contracts with the Italian Minister
and others have recently
been signed, he hopes his matters will be attended to immediately,
without the necessity
of further
mention. [page 117] A
wealthy Japanese visiting Korea last year found
some very desirable fields along the Tai Dong
river, and spent a considerable sum of money in
purchasing them. After
investigation of the conditions he concluded that the
city of Seoul would develop
greatly toward the south, as there would not be much
opportunity for extension on the north and west because
of the royal palaces.
In accord with this conviction he has purchased ground
where he will build the
first of many probable residences for Japanese of noble
birth. On
the 22nd inst Rev. and Mrs. W. G Cram were bereaved by
the death of their infant son, of scarlet fever.
Interment took place at Yang W’hachin.
Their sorrow is shared by the entire community. Rev.
N. C. Whittemore,
of Syen Chyun, recently departed for America on furlough,
with home address at Rye, New York. A
remarkably dry Spring until the 20th inst, when a
gentle, soaking rain laid all dust and loosened the
ground for plowing. The
prefect of Jik San reports that Japanese subjects
have entered his district in company with a Korean and
commenced mining
operations, giving him to understand the concession was
granted four years ago.
He complains that the people are greatly
disturbed at having their fields molested, and asks an
investigation and
the withdrawal of the parties without delay. On
Saturday, March 18, in the Methodist Episcopal church
at Chenml-po, Rev. Dr. W. B. Scranton pronounced
the words uniting in matrimony Miss Marguerite Townsend
and Mr. James DeForest Atkinson. The
impressive ceremony was witnessed by a large number of
invited guests from
Chemulpo and Seoul. The bride is the daughter of Mr. and
Mrs. W. D.
Townsend. of Chemulpo. Mr. Atkinson is the son of
American missionaries in
Japan, and after completing his school work in America
has assisted Townsend
& Co. in Chemulpo for the last two years. After the
ceremony a reception
was held at the residence of Mr. Townsend, where
congratulations were showered
on the happy couple, refreshments were served, and
numerous beautiful and
costly presents were inspected. Mr. and Mrs. Atkinson
have departed for America
on their wedding journey, and expect to be absent for
some months. An edict has
been issued by His Majesty which recounts the fact
that while the Communication Department has only been
established six years
there has been a very great increase in the amount of
both postal and
telegraphic business. As this is the result of the
diligence of all the
officers in the Department he wishes to show his
gratitude by conferring
decorations as follows : “To the general director, Min
Sang-ho,
First Degree of Pak Kwai; to the Accounts
Director, Chang Wha- sik, Third Degree Pal
Kwai; to the Engineer, Kim Chul-yeng, Fifth Degree Pal
Kwai; to the Director of Telegraphs, Yi Chung Nai, and
to the Director
of the Post Offiice, Yu Chi-soo, the Sixth Degree
Pal Kwai.
[page 118]
On the occasion of the Crown Prince’s birthday several
prisoners
received pardons and others had their sentences reduced
by
special edict. The
governor of Seoul reports to the Home Department that
the number of foreigners is increasing daily in Seoul,
and suggests that there
is too much labor attached to making an individual
report on each one. The
magistrate of Chin Chun district says that since the
withdrawal of military guards
his part of the country is overrun by robbers, and he
asks that the guards be immediately returned. A
vague rumor is afloat concerning the remarriage of His
Majesty the Emperor. The
Inspector of the Police Department has been blamed
for his carelessness and an inspector of one of the
wards has been fined five days
salary because he failed to suppress robbers in his part
of the city. The
Chief of Accounting in the Department of
Communications has, it is claimed, spent more than
thirty thousand dollars of
public money. He is now in hiding, and the police are
searching more or less diligently for some trace of his
whereabouts. Fifteen
thousand yen is said to be the amount
appropriated for traveling expenses of the special envoy
to Japan, with his
suite. The stay in Tokyo will be about one week. The
Foreign Office informs the American Legation that
after diligent search the police are unable to locate
the robbers who made the
dastardly attack on the life of Dr. Forsythe It
is stated that J. H.
Muhlensteth has resigned his position with the government
telegraphs, and will soon depart for home. A
despatch to the Foreign Office recites the fact that a
tract of land at Fusan formerly
belonging to the Household Department had been sold to a
Japanese by two
Koreans. The former Minister of the Household had asked
the former governor of
Fusan to issue deeds to the Japanese, but the matter was
postponed. Lately the
acting Minister of the same department has requested the
governor to issue
the deed, but he has puy
it off, so that now the Japanese wish to deal
in
the matter directly with the Korean Government. The magistrate of
Jik-san reports to the Supreme Court that a Japanese has
come to his district
and without notice has commenced digging
for gold. On being ordered to desist he
claimed to have received a concession from the Household
Department four years
ago. This Department promptly disavowed any knowledge of
the transaction, and the Japanese was unable to produce
the papers. The
Imperial Treasury has notified the Foreign Office
that Japanese have entered the Sun Chun district and are
prospecting and taking
possession of gold mines with a high hand. They
ask
that notice prohibiting such actions be immediately
forwarded to the Japanese
Legation. Il Chin
hoi orators gave a political lecture at Independence
Hall on the twentieth
inst. [page 119]
The French Minister complains to the Foreign
Office that the governor of Chemulpo issued two leases
for the same piece
of ground, one to a French
subject and one to a Japanese. The men
are now quarreling, and the Foreign Office is asked to
settle the matter. The
Household Department has notified the foreign Office
that the laying of water pipes within the palace grounds
is merely for
protection against fire, and not for
profit. After the water mains are laid throughout the
city these in the palace
can probably be dispensed with. Because
the Righteous Army has recently been creating much
disturbance in North Chulla province Mr. Yi Seung-woo
has been appointed
governor of the province, with instructions to proceed
at once to his post of
duty. All
heads of Departments and other high officials were
invited by the Japanese to attend the opening of the new
central observatory at
Chemulpo on the twenty-fifth inst. Mr.
Chi Ya has been appointed clerk to assist Mr.
Stevens, Adviser to the Foreign Department. The salary
is fixed at yen 250 per
month, with thirty-five yen per month for
house
rent. A
communication from the Japanese Minister to the
Agricultural Department asks for the immediate dismissal
of the French
inspectors and engineers employed in the Northwestern
Railway Bureau,
and also the dismissal of two other engineers when their
salaries shall have
been paid. A
Cabinet meeting very warmly
discussed the proposition for putting the Korean and
Japanese Post Office
Departments under one management, but so much opposition
was developed that the
subject was summarily dropped for the present.
From
the Ik-san district the magistrate reports to the
Law Department that robbers became so numerous he found
it necessary to employ detectives
to apprehend the robbers. Four robbers have been
arrested by the detectives,
and since they are ring-leaders the magistrate asks that
they be hanged as a
warning to others. The
Foreign Minister communicates with the French
Legation concerning a despatch from the Department of
Communications to the effect
that M. Clemenc et has of his own volition resigned from
the Department.
Because of his diligence the volume of business has
greatly increased. They
find him entitled to five thousand two hundred and fifty
yen as salary and
travelling expenses, and he is also presented with a
special reward of nineteen
hundred and fifty yen . A
deal has been consummated whereby W. H. Emberley,
proprietor of the Grand Hotel, Seoul, turns that
hostlery over to L.
Martin, formerly proprietor of the Palace Hotel, which
burned a few weeks ago. Mr.
and Mrs. Emberley with their children will sail for
England in a few days. They
have spent a number of years in Korea. Mrs. Emberley has
been noted throughout
the East for setting a first class table, and many will
join heartily in the
wish for a safe and pleasant voyage and happy reunion
with daughters and
friends in the home land. [page 120]
After securing the
approval of the Japanese Minister the contracts between
the Korean government
and the teachers of the English and Chinese language
schools have been signed. Six
Japanese police inspectors have arrived in Seoul, and
it is said one will be stationed at the city jail and
one
in each of five wards of the city. Evildoers
are somewhat frightened over the report that
the Chief of Police makes the rounds of the city in
disguise every night on the
lookout for offenders and to see that his officers are
attending to duty. Prince
Hui Chin is said to have
sailed from Yokohama for America on the 18th
inst. Five
gendarmes were sent by the War Department to
Whanghai province to detect the robbers guilty of killing
the
magistrate. Yu
Pang-ju, a member of the II Chin-hoi, has established
a school for teaching Koreans the Japanese language. He
charges no fee and has
about ninety scholars in daily attendance. A
telegram from South Pyeng An province says that in two
districts the people have gathered in large numbers
against the II Chin-hoi.
Policemen were sent but difficulty was found
in stopping the disturbance. Mr.
J. G. Holdcroft is starting on a visit to Pyeng Yang
previous to his departure for America to enter a
theological school. Whooping-cough
has been prevalent in Seoul during the
month. Nearly all the foreign children in the city who
have not previously had the disease are having it now,
the foreign school being
considerably interfered with on that account. The
Korea Daily News has not appeared since March 11,
but it is supposed arrangements are under way whereby
the paper will again be
furnished to subscribers. Miss
Mary Brown is departing on a visit to Syen Chyun. D.
W. Deshler will add two more steamers to take care of
the passenger and freight traffic to and from Chemulpo.
Capt. Gunderson has
already departed for Europe to bring back one of the
steamers. Mr.
McLeavy Brown
had a house-warming in his new residence the evening of
March 30. A merry
company assembled and tripped the light fantastic until
an early hour. Music
was furnished by the Imperial band under the charge of
Prof. Franz Eckert. THE KOREA
REVIEW VOL.
5. NO. 4. APRIL, 1905. CONTENTS.
The Making of
Pottery 121 The
War in N.
E. Korea 123 “Mr.
Hong, Tiger.”
126 How
Priests Became Genii
130 Prof.
Asakawa’s Book 131 The
City of Yung-byun
134 “Incubative
Warmth.” 135 Note
to “Buford’s”
Communication 138 Northern
Korea 139 Sanitation
in Korea 142 Editorial
Comment 141 Questions
and Answers 149 News
Calendar 150 The Making of Pottery.
One
need only visit a Korean home with its endless array
of crocks from the size of oil cruets up to those that
figure
most largely in stories as the favorite place for
concealment until the
appropriate moment for boldly proclaiming one’s
presence, to realize that if
pottery is not a fine art, as practiced in this land, it
is at least a necessary
industry. Before describing the various stages in the
development of a pot it
may be interesting to remark that however primitive the
implement used, and however
obsolete the methods, the underlying principle seems to
be the same in Korea as
in the most advanced lands, whether
it be the making of paper, the smelting of ore, the
making of rope, the
knitting of net, the weaving of goods, or the burning of
charcoal. As the
natives are rather astonished that we who come from so
distant a country walk
on two legs, wear clothes, and have two eyes, so I must
acknowledge a little
surprise in observing such an identity of principle in
these various branches
of industry here and at home. Though apparently limited
to a single formula,
necessity seems to discover it in due time to all
people. In the pottery
business the first thing is to find a suitable field of
operation. I don’t know
that proximity to markets or facility of transportation
plays any part in this.
But there must at least be clay. The firing kiln or oven
is built upon the side
of a hill, presumably for ease of construction, since
the greater [page 122]
degree of perpendicularity the greater the draft, and if
proper clay can be
found on the same hill, the coincidence is no doubt
appreciated; as the Koreans
like work no more than the rest of us, especially
unnecessary work. It
sometimes happens, however, that the clay must be
brought from some distance.
It is first worked over in the same original style in
which the earliest
people seem to have trodden out the wine. Afterwards it
is sliced off with a
kind of sickle. These thin sheets help in discovering
any small stones, and
also enable a closer working of the clay. For the
shaping of the vessel a
double-decked wheel or disk is used, in shape not unlike
their drums. This revolves
on a pivot after the manner of a revolving book-case,
the lower base affording
space for propulsion by the foot while the clay is
worked to proper form on the
surface of the upper disk. The diameter of this disk is
sufficient to afford
good base room for the particular vessel desired. First
there is sprinkled some
loose dry sand to serve for gentle release when
the vessel is completed. Upon this is coiled in a hollow
circle like the hair on
top of a woman’s head, or a black snake on top of an old
stump, sufficient clay
for an ordinary sized vessel. As the wheel revolves
gentle pressure is brought
to bear with the hand, encased in a wet rag, making the
clay taller and thinner
at the same time giving it shape and uniform thickness
and smoothness of
surface. The connection with the wheel is then made
clean by the application of
a sharp stick or graver, as the disk revolves; when, by
reason of the dry sand,
the finished vessel can be easily removed without
injury. In constructing large
vessels whose own weight would crush them the presence
of heat is necessary to
dry the vessel somewhat and thereby strengthen the
walls. This is accomplished
by the suspension of a charcoal fire in the center of
the vessel. The beginning
is the same as in the smaller vessel, but the drying is
repeated from time to
time till the vessel is finished. Clay of some 1 1/2
inches in diameter is coiled around to the height of
several inches. The wheel
is then revolved until this first layer is even and
smooth and of proper
thickness. Then another layer is stuck on and [page 123]
worked into shape the same way. The heat meanwhile
renders the first section
rigid enough to support the upper layer. So it is built
up, rendered more
compact by beating with a paddle from time to time, the
clay being supported within
by a wooden block. When this process is completed and
the proper size is
attained the moist rag is again introduced and any minor
changes in shape are
made; meanwhile any inequality of surface is reduced.
After the vessel is thus
completed it is set aside to dry sufficiently to be
safely handled, when it is
given a bath in a silicious liquid and again dried
before being placed in the
oven for burning, the melted silicon giving it the
vitreous glaze.
This oven or kiln is prone on the side of a hill, of
some 60 or 70 ft. in
length and seven or eight feet in diameter. The pottery
is carefully placed
within and a great fire is built. After it has burned
sufficiently all the
apertures are closed that the heat may be retained. When
done the vessels are
all taken out and inspected, and if any small cracks are
discovered they are
filled with a cement made of oil and ashes. They are
then ready to be
despatched to the various markets. W.
E. Smith. The
War in N. E. Korea “The Sons of the
Mackerel have left and the Sun Men have taken
possession.”
This is the phrase I heard a dozen times as I journeyed
rapidly in the rear of
the Japanese advance from Wonsan to Song Chin. The only
name that the common
people of the north here give the Russians is Ma-u-ja,
which seems to be a
euphonious way of saying mang-u-ja and this means Sons
of the Mackerel. Why
they call them by this name, whether with intent to
honor or to defame I cannot
tell. The Chinese in Hun Chun also call them by
the same name so I imagine our northern usage had its
origin in Manchuria. The name
A-ra-sa is never used; but sometimes as a varia tion
from Ma-u-ja
they speak of Asara which is more [page 124]
easy to the Korean vocal organs, and has a meaning of
its own to the Korean
onlooker at the War. Japan has said Asdra (stop!) to
Russian depredations in
Korea. About the 24th of
January, for some reason known only to themselves, the
Russian forces which had
held the country down to within 40 miles of Ham Hung
began a precipitate
retreat. The Japanese may have played some trick on them
such as feigning a
naval descent on Possiet which would cut the Russian
communications.
For some such play the Russians would be an easy mark,
judging by the accounts
I hear in Song Chin. Some time in January in the dead of
night the sentinel saw,
of a sudden, bright lights at sea which after a time
disappeared. He called out
the guard and reported war- ships in the offing. Then
there was hurrying and
with frantic haste the troops were gotten together, some
men mounting without
their equipment. One Korean says “In their
eagerness to escape they resembled a tiger leaping on
his prey.” When they
crossed the high hill to the north as day broke fair
they saw that their only
enemies on the sea were a few fishing smacks that had lit
fires as usual to cook their food at night. They
returned to Song Chin at that
time. But it would be a fitting retribution for the
Baltic Sea outrage were it
so that the senseless Russian retreat had been caused by
mistaking the lights of
a fishing fleet for a Japanese squadron. It has been a very
gentle war so far in N. E. Korea, with few casualties,
and yet
the mark of the war was to be seen on the face of each
county as I travelled north.
At Mun Chun were the graves of the Russians killed in
the first skirmish in
June. In Ko Won were the blackened ruins of the houses
fired by the retreating
Russians in revenge for false information (and here be
it said
by the way the Koreans affirm, with what truth I do not
know, that each Cossack
carries a bottle of liquid which when thrown on a house
causes it to take fire
spontaneously.) In Ham Hung a new town is springing up
at the south end of the
long bridge where the whole quarter has been burnt out.
In Ham Hung there are
also graves. In Hong Won I had a good view [page 125]
of the place where the Japanese ambushed the Russians in
December. A score of
Japanese hid in a thick grove of trees between the main
road and the sea. The Russians
rode gaily by and went up the little short-cut road to
the crest of the hill
where they dismounted, tied their horses and leisurely
scanned Hong Won with
their glasses. Meanwhile the Japanese crept out to the
road-side and gave them
a volley in the rear which dropped nine men and two
horses. I am very sorry that
I cannot read Russian, for in Hong Won district at the
Tai-mun pass where the
Russian advance post was long encamped, they had cut the
bark off the trees
till the white wood showed and written long messages of
some kind. It would be
interesting to know what Ivan Ivanovitch had to say
about his adventures in
Korea. Puk Chung district
has a most Christian appearance with the cross-crowned
graves of two Russian
officers on the top of a prominent hill. Each has a
nicely cut marble slab laid
on the grave carved with a long inscription and at the
head is the wooden cross
painted black with two horizontal, and one oblique,
cross-pieces. Yi Won and Tan Chun
are especially blessed by the excellent bridges over the
rivers (one is about
200 feet long and eighteen wide) and the new roads over
the Ma-ul-lyung “Cloud
Toucher”, and Ma-chul-lyung “Heaven Toucher”
passes.
Many a traveller for years to come will bless
the memory of the engineers who reduced these huge
abrupt obstructions to very
nearly a level road. The Russian main
force left Song Chin on January 24th leaving a screen of
200 men to guard the
large depot of stores. These finally left on February
23rd burning all the food
stuffs, but not before the Cossack guard had
sold
good quantities of it for a mere song to a scrambling
crowd who also recovered
much from the flames. There are few houses in Song Chin
now that have not a bag
or two of oats or barley. The Japanese scouts occupied
Song Chin on February
25th. The Russian visitors
retired without paying any rent [page 126]
for the use of Mr. R’s residence, or for the church which
they forcibly took from the Christians, and like
common robbers they carried away on a schooner, which
sailed for
Vladivostok, the very furniture of the church. The
Japanese finished up the
poor little church by putting their horses in it when
they
arrived, ruining the stone floor and desecrating the
sanctuary. I wonder if you in
Seoul have heard of the Kong-eui- so-whe. That is the
name the northern Tong
Haks in the Russian lines took. They obtained from the
Russians the right to
look after their spy business, no doubt mutually buying
and selling information with the Chin-po-whe in the
Japanese lines. They also
attended to the business of catching Japanese spies;
that is they levied
blackmail on all who could by any
stretch of imagination be charged
with even a shadow of suspicion. Seven of our Christians
were arrested by these
sharks and fleeced of various sums before they could
obtain their freedom:
three others had to flee to Wonsan from their
threatening, while of the
non-Christian community many fared even worse, perfectly
innocent men being
haled to Vladivostok at the horses’ heads for indefinite
imprisonment. The
leader of the gang fled away when the Japanese came but
the general Tong Hak
community cut its hair and suddenly became the
Chin-po-whe. Mr. Hong,
Tiger. (Folktale
translated by Rev. G. Engel, Fusan.) There
once lived a man, whose name was Hong. Having lost
his father early, he was under the tutelage of his
mother, whom he served with
the greatest devotion. Now, it happened that his mother
took ill and suffered
for years from a disease on which the hundred kinds of
medicine in existence
had no effect. A premature death was her sure and
only
fate. There was, however,
still a clever physician some-where, whom they had not
yet consulted. Him the
son [page 127] fetched.
After the medical man received full information about
the disease, he declared:
“Although I have
diagnosed the case, I am afraid you
will find it difficult to carry out my instructions.”
The son replied, however, Whatever the Doctor
may prescribe, I shall do my best. Therefore, please
speak freely.” The doctor’s
pronouncement was then as follows: “For this disease
there is only one remedy. All others are useless. Only
by
eating the livers of a thousand dogs will the patient
live. If these cannot be
procured, then she must surely die.” After the son had
entertained the physician, paid his fee and bidden him
farewell, he sat down to
consider the situation quietly. He told
himself, “Of household-goods
we have never had any superfluity, and since my mother’s
illness we have,
during the last few years, sold the little we had, in
order to buy medicines.
Thus our fortune has been used up, and we have nothing
left of this world’s
goods. But without such it is very difficult to help
her. Yet, even if we possessed
untold riches, this case would be still a matter of
great difficulty.” In all
this, he never thought of his own comfort, but only how
to preserve his mother’s
life. Yet he saw no way out of the difficulty. While he
thus pondered over the
problem for several days, a plan suddenly occurred to
him. He went to a secluded
mountain, offered sacrifices to the spirit of the
mountain, gave him a full
account of his mother’s illness and condition and the
doctor’s prescription and
asked to be changed into a tiger. After he had thus for
several days made the
same request, there appeared to him one night in his
dream a white-haired old man,
who addressed him as follows : “As thou, in such
complete devotion to thy mother, hast approached me with
an urgent request on
her be- half, I now give thee this book. If the first
part is read, the man
becomes a tiger; if the second part is read, the tiger
becomes a man again.
Take the book with thee and accomplish thy desire!” [page 128]
When he heard that, the man’s heart became full of joy
and, while expressing
his thanks for this favour, he awoke suddenly. The old
man had disappeared, but
by his side lay a book. He took it and returned home.
That very day he made his
first trial. At midnight, when all was still, he took
the book, went outside
and read the first part of it, when he indeed, according
to the word of the old
man, became a tiger. The book he hid under the thatch of
the roof. In the awe-inspiring
shape of a tiger, he was now able to traverse hundreds
of li in the
space of a single hour. As he was in a very good mood,
he spared the village in
which he lived, but went to a magistracy some twenty
miles (lit. several tens
of li)
distant, caught a dog and carried him to his house. Then
he took the book down,
read part of it and became a man again. He went into the
house, killed the dog,
took the liver and served it up to his mother. Thus he became, from
now on every night, a tiger, while by day he was a man.
But he continued these strange
doings without ever uttering a word in explanation to
the people in his house.
Now, his wife noticed that her husband went out every
night and only returned
home after a considerable time and that he did so
without regard to wind or
weather. Although she asked him about his strange
proceedings repeatedly, he refused
to enlighten her. As she was thus left in a state of
complete ignorance, she
decided to find out for herself. One night, when her
husband was going out she concealed herself and saw how
he, after reading from
a certain book, was suddenly changed into a tiger. After
he had put the book
under the roof and gone away, the wife considered the
matter and came to this
conclusion: On
the one hand it is a fearsome business, and on the other
it is uncanny. It
seems to me, if I destroy that book, he will without
doubt not be changed again
into a tiger.” So she took the book down quietly, threw
it into
the fire and burnt it up. When the tiger
returned and looked for the book, it was no longer
there. He jumped into the
air, and heaven [page 129]
and earth seemed to turn round. He roared and tried to
speak, but could only
utter a tiger’s voice. His wife trembled with terror,
and the whole village was
thrown into consternation. His mother fainted in her
illness and when
recovering asked her daughter-in law : “How is it that in
the dead of night such a huge tiger makes this terrible
noise in front of my
doorstep and that my son is absent. Where has he gone?”
The daughter-in-law
realized under ceaseless terror what she had done. But
although she confessed
to her mother-in-law what had happened, it remained a hopeless
case. The tiger knew that, as there was no other scheme
available, he was
helpless and that it was all his wife’s fault. For this
reason he bit her to
death. Then he turned towards
the mountain valley and while he followed it he
considered his situation. He
could not hope ever to become a man again, nor was there
the least chance now
for his mother to recover. He told himself: “Although I am in
appearance a tiger, yet in my inmost heart I remain a
man.” When these thoughts
came over him, he became very sad and oppressed. Then he
roared so tremendously
that mountain and stream shook and the village became
greatly terrified. By day he always
slept in the hills, but by night he came down into the
village. He however left
old and young of the male sex alone, whoever he might
be. But as regards women,
as he had once begun by killing one, he could not bear
the sex, and it became
unsafe for them to go out at night. Later he also appeared
by day. Yet he never attacked the men and did not harm
them in the least. Therefore
grass-boys, carpenters and every-day travellers, having
gradually realized the
situation, were not afraid when they saw him, but simply
said : “It is Mr. Hong, Tiger.’’
[page 130]
How Priests Became Genii.
(Folk-tale
Translated by Rev. G. Engel, Fusan.) There
once existed a monastery, in which in the night of
the last day of every year a priest [* ‘Priest”
may not :.e quite the right term for the Korean 부승. But as we must make
a distinction between 부중
(which
cannot be rendered by “abbot” either) and 부승, the former is
rendered priest” and the latter “monk” in the story.
Probably the two terms correspond to Sramana
and Bhikshu of the early Buddhistic order. The
term “genii” would suggest a relapse of
Buddhism into Animism unless Bodisats are meant by them.]
was transformed into a genius and disappeared. One day a
passing traveller
stopped at the monastery and stayed several days. The
monks told him, among other
things: “The
Buddha of our monastery possesses immense miraculous
powers.
For on New Year’s eve one of our priests is by it
changed into a genius and
disappears.” When the guest heard this, he thought over
the matter for a while and then declared: “What
you tell me of is not a transformation into genii, but
on the contrary
it means that a great misfortune has come over your
monastery. If you cannot ward
it off, your monastery is sure to be destroyed.” When the monks heard
these words, they were quite frightened and asked the
stranger: “What
must we do to escape this misfortune?” The man replied: “Do
as I tell you. If you get one hundred white fowls and
rear them in the
monastery, you will soon see something happen. Be sure
and
do as I tell you!” According to this
advice the monks obtained one hundred white fowls and
fed them well. One day
all the fowls disappeared at one and the same time. The
monks thought this very
strange, and although they searched everywhere
for them in the neighbourhood of the monastery,
they could not find a trace of them. When, however,
continuing their search,
they went up a mountain valley, they heard in the
distance the noise of fowls.
At [page 131] once they
turned in that direction and found a big cave, from
which the clucking of the
fowls proceeded. They entered, and
behold, there was a centenarian centipede that was as
long as a winnow, lying
dead on its back. What a fright all the monks got! When
they looked more
closely, they discovered a heap of human skulls and
bones. It was clear to the
monks how that this centipede had every year caught one
of the priests and
eaten him up and that now the fowls had pecked the
centipede to death. Prof
Asakawa’s Book. Editor
of the Korea Review.
Dear
Sir: I
have read with much inerest
your remarks about my recent work, “The
Russo-Japanese Conflict” in the January
number of your Review. I hardly deserve the favorable
comment you gave the book. I feel obliged to refer to
the questions you openly
asked me in the editorial pages. Let me say first,
however, that I am always
deeply interested in your Review as one of the few
channels through which I can
observe the trend of Korean affairs from this distance.
For this reason, I am greatly
indebted to you, and I take this opportunity to thank
you sincerely. Now, returning to
your open questions, I must confess that, in my opinion,
they appear to take me
for what I am not and should not be. I did not write as
a Puritan of the
seventeenth century, but as a student of the twentieth.
It was not my mission
to dogmatize, but to analyse issues and record events. I
had not the slightest
desire to “maintain” anything which facts might prove to
be false. In this
sense, I fear there is certain incongruity between the
spirit of your challenge
and that of my book. Again, you should
have noted in the preface that the [page 132]
introductory chapter, about which all your questions
were raised, was
originally published in the Yale Review
for May, 1904, and was consequently written before the
development of most of
the events in the light of which you refuted my
statements. Thereby you may be
said to have violated one of the first canons of
historical method. You also overlooked
the fact that the chapter in question rather dealt with
the issues at stake
than rerecorded facts which had happened. It was not,
like the rest of the
book, descriptive, but analytical, and if any feature of
the analysis has been
seen not to agree with the later development of events,
it should be
discredited or corrected. The very style and the
wording, which accord with the
aim of the chapter, will suggest that it is essentially
different from either a
theological conviction which the clergy must maintain
dogmatically or a
historical narrative which has been fashioned to fit a
theory. This primary
distinction would occur to any reader who is a critical
student of historical
science. The facts to which
you refer in your questions are highly welcome, and I
wish to see many more of
them. I find no reason, however, why I should answer the
questions, for the
only answer must be the study of the truth of
the situation of which
your facts form a part. And the answer would then be
additional chapters to my
book, and no longer an introductory analysis
of issues as seen a year ago. The student has yet to be
convinced that the main
issues have changed. So far I have written
as a student. As a citizen of Japan, however, all
blunders of my compatriots in
Korea bum me with shame and regret. For the sake of
progress, let us neither
conceal the blunders nor delight in merely denouncing
them; let not our vision
be in any way limited or prejudiced, but let it be
comprehensive and impartial.
Let us be promoters of good as well as critics of evil.
Hanover,
N. H., U. S. A. Respectfully yours, March
12, 1905, K. Asakawa. This
very frank and interesting statement requires a word
of comment. If we have violated one of the first [page 133]
canons of historical method we would like to know it and
to acknowledge our
mistake. Prof. Asakawa’s basis for this charge is that
the chapter referred to
was originally published in the Yale
Review in May 1 904 and therefore antedated most
of the events in the light
of which we criticized his statements. We leave it with
our readers to decide
whether the original date of the writing has anything to
do with the matter. If
the article was reprinted at a
later date it came out with the stamp of the writer’s
approval at the later
date. It was a reaffirmation of a previous statement. If
further facts had come
to light which tended to refute his statements
the chapter should have been rewritten in the light of
those facts. It seems to
us that this is a sufficient answer to the professor’s
charge. We think his attitude
was clearly in favor of the cultivation of the Korean
waste lands by Japanese. The
tendency of his words was to make his readers so
believe. The implication is
plain that he thinks the Japanese would be willing to
exploit these less
favorable localities while the Koreans continued in
their occupancy of the best
portions of the land. It was to disabuse him of this
erroneous idea that we
asked the question. We did not intend to elicit an
answer to a categorical
question but merely to indicate through the
interrogation our dissent. We expressed a very
high regard for Prof. Asakawa’s book as a whole but in
some portions, whether
introductory or otherwise, he left
an impression that was in our view erroneous and in
fairness to the author and to
the public we had to mention the points of disagreement.
We realize that the
author’s lack of a personal acquaintance with conditions
in Korea put him at
something of a disadvantage in handling these delicate
questions but we cannot
for a moment grant that our criticism of his statements
was a departure from
the canons of historical criticism. (Ed. K.
R.) [page 134]
The City of Yung-byun. The
political center of North Pyeng Yang province is a
little walled city situated two hundred and thirty li north of Pyeng-yang
and sixty li
from An-ju. The city proper, or rather town, lies
between high hills in a low basin
and the main entrance, by the north gate, is through a
long deep canyon
which is the most picturesque part of the city. The wall
climbs the tops of the
mountains and the town is so completely shut in that
unless you ascend the
sides of the hills you cannot see out in any direction.
The four gates leading
out are approximately in the direction of the four
points of the compass. The
north gate which leads into the deep canyon
is triple arched. But two of the arches are practically
a bridge, under which
the stream which flows through the city finds its
outlet. The other arch, the
one to the left as you enter, is the gate proper. Over
it all is a well-constructed
pavilion which long ago was no doubt greatly used by the
people as a place to
rest and enjoy themselves, but it is now fast falling
into decay and does not appear
to be much used. The Buddhist temple
which is in the outer enclosure of the city shows many
remaining signs of
ancient splendor, but it is now fast going to ruin, and
two lonely priests who,
in a most perfunctory way, perform their daily
routine, represent all that is left of the glory of
former days. High up on a
cliff outside the north gate, almost hid from
view, is a small convent which has been the home of
Buddhist nuns, but has now,
I believe, but one occupant. Devil worship, which
abounds every-where in Korea,
seems to have found a favorite home in Yung-byun. In ancient times this
town was a place of much political importance, but
tradition says that at one
time the officials acted
treasonably, and consequently most [page 135]
of their power was taken away and transferred to An-ju.
For a long time it had
little influence, but at the close of the Japan-China
war the Pyeng-an province
was divided into North and South Pyeng-an provinces and
Yungbyun became the
governor’s seat of the Northern province. It is very difficult
to estimate accurately the
population of a Korean town, but I think Yung-byun
has probably about ten thousand inhabitants. The great
majority of the houses are thatched. A very much smaller
number, in proportion,
have tiled roofs than in the neighboring city of An-ju
Everyone
knows how the Korean people fear and hate their
officials because of the
fearful oppression they have to endure, but it is
sometimes the case that a man
who holds no official position gradually secures power,
and fearing neither
officials nor anyone else does what he
pleases. Such a man lives in Yung-byun. In years
past he presented large sums of money to some of those
who until recently had
great authority in the disposal of Korean affairs. He is
feared and hated by
all the people of Yung-byun and neither
the magistrate nor the governor seems to be able to
interfere with him. Last year
the highest chusa of the governor, a Seoul man and one
who was serviceable to
the people, in some way offended this man and walking
into the governor’s
presence he beat his chusa before him. The insult was
equivalent to beating the
governor, but the governor said nothing. The chusa
left immediately for Seoul, and the man of power
continued to do as he chose. C.
D. Morris. Incubative
Warmth, as
applied to Korea by Japan.
For
this unique expression explaining Japanese methods in
carrying out their promised propaganda of altruistic
efforts to maintain Korea’s
independence [page 136] and
develop the country, I am indebted to the Editor of The
Korea Review. Japan has been
applying some of this “incubative
warmth” to Wonsan, and the working of this new force in
the world is interesting,
since after Japan has revolutionised Korea she may feel
called upon to apply
the same principle to other and more important portions
of the Far East. An order has been
issued here by the Japanese officer in charge of the
military, to the Korean officials,
ordering that no property shall be sold, within the ten
li limit, to
other than Japanese nationals, and Koreans have been
arrested for making the
attempt. The ten li
limit clause is
qualified, I understand, by another clause saying “within
the stakes put down by the military,” which however
extend ten li and
include all the desirable property. These stakes have
also been driven on
American, British and French property. There are three
routes by which the railway can come into Wonsan. One is
a straight route to
the Japanese settlement and shore front, immediately
back of the
Korean town without grading or cutting, and it would
involve the removal of
only a half dozen houses. One is a much shorter route
behind the hills and
would not remove any houses. The third route, and the
one chosen, takes in the
shore front before the Korean town and is a much longer
route. It involves the
remaining third of the shore front they have not already
acquired and wipes out
the whole business part of the native town of Wonsan.
Not only so but it
extends an eighth of a mile below the town, as far as
there is deep water, leaving
Koreans without a place of business and without a shore
front. This is by
far the most valuable property in Wonsan and encloses
the only harbor that is safe
for Korean shipping in a storm The Korean Government
recently sent a magistrate to Kowon. He did not suit the
Japanese and they sent
out gendarmes and forcibly took the
seal away from him and gave it to a man of their own
choice. To his ever- lasting
credit he refused it. He in turn was coerced. He [page 137] then
wired the Korean Government that he had been forced to
take the seal by the
Japanese military. It is extremely doubtful if this
telegram got through. This is by no means all
of the wrong-doing perpetrated in the name of “military
necessity’’ and other quibbles
by the Japanese in this port of Wonsan. This sort of
incubation might be tolerated if Japan were hatching
eggs for Korea. But
unfortunately the chicks are for Japan and even the eggs
are not paid for. Our consuls must know
that our treaty rights with Korea are being ignored.
Have the powers determined
to give Japan a free hand in Korea and sacrifice the
treaty rights of their own
subjects? That they are not all
ignorant of the situation in Korea is instanced by the
opinion of a civil
official of one of the greatest powers. He said recently
“In fifty years there
will be nothing left of Koreans but a few scattered
groups of mountaineers.” The question might be
asked, Who should interfere to prevent the extinction of
the Korean race? China has interest enough but is not in
a
position to interfere. America has some interest but her
“Monroe doctrine” does
not extend this far. If Korea were a Republic now who
knows? England? Yes certainly;
more commercial interest than any power outside of
Japan. But as her goods come
to Korea via China she don’t seem to realize she has any
interest in this
country. And of course after Japan has checked Russia
without any cost to
England, it would be ungenerous of England not to give
her a free hand, and
Korea just now, in the good old diplomatic phrase, is
“available.” I am not sure that
extinction of the Korean race would not be better for
them than to be left
under Japanese tutelage. Koreans have a phrase which is
equivalent to the
English, “The word of a gentleman.” To cast such a
standard of morality aside
and accept the Japanese watchword, “Get there or commit
suicide,” would be
worse than extinction. I have come in contact [page 138] with Koreans
under Japanese influence for fifteen years and have yet
to meet one of them who
is trust- worthy. BUFORD.
Note
to “Buford’s”
Communication. By
reference to the February number of this magazine the
reader will find on the sixty-seventh page the
expression “incubative warmth”
but no reference was made to Japan. We distinctly said
that this incubative
warmth must come from Education. It would seem therefore
that the writer of the
above paragraphs could not have borrowed the unique
phrase from us as explaining
Japanese “methods in Korea,” for as yet Japan has
done very
little toward forwarding the cause of education here.
There are some signs that
she may do so but until the war is over at least, her
energies will probably be
devoted to other objects. We cannot believe, however,
that Japan has given up
the idea of improving educational conditions here nor
can we believe that the
somewhat harsh military methods adopted during a time of
war will continue
after peace has been declared. It is unfortunately
true that many acts of injustice have been done against
the Koreans of which
those cited by “Buford”
are good samples but the cessation of war and the
inauguration of a civil, as
distinguished from a military, regime may give the
Japanese a better opportunity
to cope with those evils which are rendering them more
and more obnoxious to
the Koreans. Everyone who has any considerable dealings
with the Koreans knows
that they are the easiest people in the world to get
along with if they are treated
half decently, and we believe the Japanese could have
gotten all they have
without causing a fraction of the unrest and hatred
which is so evident among
the people. It might have cost a little more trouble but
it would have been a
good investment. (Ed. K. R,) [page 139]
Northern Korea. The
three most conspicuous features of modern enterprise
in northern Korea are set forth in the marvelous success
which has followed (1)
Missions, (2) Mines, (3) Merchants—the first
under the Presbyterian and Methodist Churches
(with
the Roman Catholics very busy also; the second under
the various foreign mining companies of which the most
important is the
Oriental Consolidated Mining Company of America, and
last and most conspicuous
of all, the Japanese occupation. As to mission work I
can speak confidently only of that done by the
Presbyterians, though the
Methodists, in proportion to the number of workers, have
been correspondingly
successful. Referring to the reports of last year we
find that out of 1868
baptisms that were performed by the whole Presbyterian
Mission (north)
in Korea, 1414 were in connection with the two northern
stations of Pyeng-yang
and Sunch’un. Out of a total of 298 churches and
chapels erected and in working order the
north showed 218. Out of a total financial contribution
of Yen 16,444.20 the
northern field furnished Yen 13,921.80.
Out of a total of 23,356 adherents the northern
section showed 18,274. These authentic figures show, so
far as mere figures
can, why the mission work in Korea is accounted a
wonderful success. The other mission,
the Methodist, reports, as I have said, proportionate
figures; each qualified
missionary having some 2,000 adherents under his charge.
This proportion is fully
up to that of the Presbyterian work. A thousand
different individuals come
every month to our hospital and an equal number to the
two Methodist hospitals.
It is evident that medical work, which started
simultaneously with the
beginnings of evangelistic work, has helped to bring
about the stupendous
results indicated in the above figures. When you think
of the civilizing and ennobling
influence of the 30,000 Christians in Northern Korean
you will readily see why
I set down religious [page 140]
effort as one of the conspicuous features of Northern
Korea today. I have heretofore
written about the mining enterprises of the north and
there is nothing new to
add except that the success there hinted at has been
more than realized. The
American Mines, the largest single foreign enterprise in
Korea, goes on from
success to success. Consular reports will show what they
are doing. Then there are the British Mines at Eunsan
and others at Su-an. All
these not only put money in the pockets of those who
work them but they
indirectly benefit thousands of Koreans, while the
government receives an
annual percentage of profits- The further north you
go the wealthier or the more generous the Koreans are,
for the native
Christians at Sun-ch’un, with less than half the numbers
in Pyeng-yang, give
more than half as much money to the cause. This may be
because of the thousands
of dollars paid out monthly at the mines and which
rapidly find their way into
general circulation. Every form of
activity seems to be awaking from the sleep of
centuries, and native merchants,
miners, farmers and artisans of every kind are taking
part in and gaining
inspiration from the new air that they are breathing. To what shall we
attribute this added zest of life, this new enthusiasm
which catches and holds
all classes of Koreans? It certainly appears to me that
it is largely due to
the Japanese occupation. There are some who regret the
rapidity with which the
Japanese are pouring in but I think this is well
compensated for by the added energy
and activity that has been imparted to the Koreans. It
means that the old times
have gone. We all know what that means. In spite of
isolated cases to the contrary
the Japanese occupation of this whole northern region
has resulted in greater
peace and in a better administration
of law than we could have hoped for other-wise. The
reason why I do not fear
this industrial invasion of the part of the Japanese is
because I fully believe
that when the Korean gets thoroughly awake he will be
able to compete
successfully with the Japanese. [page 141]
Real estate in Pyeng-yang has gone up by leaps and
bounds. The people will at
last come to see the use of holding on to their property
and they will gain in
the rough but effective school of experience a knowledge
of men and methods
which will enable them to match the Japanese in every
walk of life, industrial,
financial, commercial and economic. Without this
rough-and-tumble experience
through which the Koreans are now passing I do not see
how they
ever would have been able to drag themselves out of the
happy-go lucky style of
existence in which they have always lived. They needed
something to give them
an edge and the Japanese whetstone will do it as nothing
else could. Don’t talk
to me about the Koreans being a decadent
people. I have seen too much of them in the hospital and
in ordinary life to
believe that. All they need is to be waked up. The
Japanese method may not be
the gentlest in the world but it is effective at any
rate, and it is the only
method in sight. It is as true of social life as of
physical that if a man has
taken an overdose of an opiate he must be knocked about
a bit, walked up and
down, punched in the ribs till he gets mad,
that’ll bring him around in time. This is what the
Korean is getting now, and is going to get still more.
It is heroic treatment
but he has got the constitution to stand it. Some people talk
about Japanese methods as if they thought those plucky
and wide-awake fellows
ought to take their cue from the Lady’s Home Journal or
some other domestic
standard but if you will look at the annals
of Christian countries and see what things have been
done and are being done
today you will discover that the great
law of the survival of the fittest is working out there
as well as here; a law
that is hard and cruel sometimes in its details but of
ultimate benefit to men.
In these northern
portions of Korea we have much to
thank the Japanese for and I for one say Dai Nippon !
Banzai! and shall keep saying it so long as they
live up to their promises. J.
Hunter Wells. [page 142]
Sanitation in Korea. The
city of Seoul has often been held up to public scorn
by visitors because of the filthy condition of its streets.
The criticism is a just one and the only extenuating
circumstance is the fact
that the towns of China, while apparently cleaner are in
fact fully as
bad as Seoul. The regulation of the sanitary
arrangements for a large city like
Seoul is a difficult matter. At present the plan is as
follows. Through the
center of the town there runs a wide, open ditch or
sewer carefully walled up
on either side. Into this main artery come important
side branches, also open.
These ramify into every nook and corner of the town and
from each house there
is a small open drain which insures the carrying away of
filth provided there
is sufficient rainfall. The night soil is carried away
by men who make it a
regular business but unfortunately it is done in
the daytime and not at night. It stands to reason
that such a state of affairs must be very unpleasant and
to some extent injurious. But it should not be
forgotten that sunlight is a good disinfectant and Seoul
owes very much to the
fact that, however the eye and the nose may be offended,
good honest sunlight
has always been allowed to penetrate these noisome
places; and it is to this
fact that Seoul owes her comparative immunity from such
scourges as diphtheria.
It is said that this disease was practically unknown in
Tokyo until after the
drains were covered over. The progress of
events demands that changes for the better should be
made in sanitation here
but there are one or two things that require
consideration before the attempt
is made. There are two general plans by which a large
city may be rid of its
refuse. One is by letting the rains wash it away and the
other is by doing it artificially.
Each of these two methods is again subdivided into two
heads. If rains are
plentiful and frequent we can imagine that this natural
agency
would wash away all soluble or semi-soluble refuse, but
if the rainfall [page 143]
is only moderate it is plain that a large part of the
refuse
must be carried away either by the present method or by
some other. The rain
may be depended upon to do the rest. The same is
measurably true of artificial
flushing. If the amount of water is large and all
ditches can be frequently and
thoroughly flushed nothing else is necessary; but no
city has such an enormous
artificial supply nor can possibly have unless the main
drains are provided with pipes through
which the water forces its way. Even with the very best
artificial water supply
the ditches of Seoul could not possibly be
cleaned out. All the waters of the Han River would
hardly suffice
to keep the city clean unless this was supplemented by
the scavenger and
night-soil man. This matter is of
special importance just at this time for all of the
foreign residents of Seoul
have seen how the Koreans are laying sticks across the
ditches and covering
them with earth to a depth of two or three inches. We
venture to say that such
a method is simply suicidal. These covered ditches will
prove simply death
traps. No attempt has been made to secure the better
flushing of these drains
and by covering them up the sunlight is excluded and the
noxious germs are left
to grow in the dark. And not only so but
the drains are not well covered. If they could be sealed
tight and only required
opening occasionally when they were stopped up, even
that would be bad enough,
but at present there are openings every fifty or sixty
feet and all the value
of covering the ditches is lost and all the evils added.
We shall suffer no less
from the evil smells but we shall further run the risk
of infection. There is
probably no other one way by which the general health of
Seoul could be so
quickly and so surely impaired as by pursuing the policy
now being acted upon
here. Every foreigner in the city ought to raise a voice
of protest against it.
The Japanese authorities ought to take immediate steps
to stop it. This sort of
sanitation is perhaps the best illustration of the truth
that a little of a
good thing is worse than none. Either let us have good,
thorough, civilised
sanitation [page 144] or let us
give the sun a chance. There is no possibility of the
former but we may
confidently depend upon Old Sol to do his share as he
has always done. Editorial
Comment. The
death of Dr. J.
Edkins of Shanghai, a member of the Imperial Customs
Service, removes from the
stage one of the chief actors in one of the acts in the
Far Eastern drama. Not
an important act, some will say; for language and
history and ethnology are not
classed among the studies that bear directly and
immediately upon the present
activities of life. We think that things,
the main things, would go on quite as
well without rummaging about among the archives and
back-attics of forgotten
generations. We are apt to have or to develop a certain
contempt for any but
the strenuous life and to limit
the application of the word strenuous to definite
constructive work. The
fallacy of such a position is illustrated in the career
of a certain famous
horticulturist in California who produces apples without
cores, peaches without
stones and cacti without thorns. These are confessedly
magnificent achievements
and they give this man the hall-mark of the strenuous,
but how did he arrive at
the principles upon which to work in producing these
results? It was by looking
back to the processes which produced the things that are
already common to us.
He wanted to know how the large kernel of rice which we
eat today was developed
from the small kernel of wild rice, how our luscious
grapes are developed from the
wild grape, how the monstrous strawberries of our
markets are developed from
the comparatively small and worthless wild strawberry.
Had we seen him in his laboratory picking
flowers to pieces, juggling with pollen, and coaxing
nature to stultify herself
by producing seedless fruit we might have set him down
as a dreamer or a
faddist or even a crank. But when out of all
this looking back and putting his ear to the ground he
brings out a food plant
that will clothe the [page 145]
millions of Americia’s desert acres and provide
nutritious food for millions of
cattle we take it all back and say finis
coranat opus.
And if we applaud the successful labors of a man who
provides us new or better
things to eat why should we deny an equal need of praise
to him who provides us
larger and deeper things to think; for it can hardly be
denied that the studies
and investigations which Dr. Edkins pursued are of the
same sort which have
opened up to us the history of Ancient Egypt, Babylonia
and Assyria, verified a
multitude of biblical statements of historic facts and
enlarged our study of mankind.
The knowledge of the history of a plant gave the
horticulturist the key to future development and it is
conceivable that the
clearer our knowledge of man’s history the better we
shall be able to affect
his future. It is hardly necessary to offer
any apology for the study of philology, the special
branch which Dr. Edkins affected;
but up to the present time the world’s
philologists have confined their work almost exclusively
to the Indo-European
or Aryan stock. This is most natural, for one is
interested primarily in the
origin of his own mother tongue and it is only to be
expected that Europeans
and Americans will inquire most eagerly after the
beginnings of their own
speech. The time has now
come, however, when these other millions are coming into
prominence. We have
come into close contact with them, and that, too, in the
most practical matters
of life. Now it stands to reason that we must get to
understand these people,
we must make ourselves able to look at things from their
stand-point or else we
shall get into all sorts of difficulties. Why is it that
on one side we have
the premonition of a Yellow Peril while on the other
side the notion is laughed
at? The fact is that we do not know enough about these
peoples to make even a
guess at what the next century may bring forth. We know
enough of the Gallic,
Germanic or Anglo-Saxon peoples to posit certain large
features of their
probable futures but of these eastern people we cannot
do it, simply because we
do not know enough about their past, their antecedents,
their training, [page 146] the moral
forces that have moulded them into their present shape.
Why is it that almost
everyone has been disappointed, happily or otherwise, in
the showing of Russian
arms in this present war? It was because we know little,
comparatively, about
the Russian people from the inside. If the outcome of
this war, so far, has surprised
us what shall we say of the possible achievements of a
Chinese army properly
armed, fed, governed and led? No one of us has the
temerity even to guess at what
it could do. What we need is a fuller knowledge of what
sort of people these
are with whom we are dealing and we need to let them
also know what sort of people
we are. Let us suppose for a moment that every person in
America could become
completely and perfectly aware of the social condition
of the Chinese people
and at the same time that every Chinese should become
equally aware of the
social condition of Americans. We fancy it would be a
rather dangerous
experiment to try. It must come gradually but it must
come surely, in time, if we are to handle the situation
properly for ourselves and
for these Far Eastern peoples as well. Now the work of
Dr. Edkins was along one
of the lines leading toward a better understanding of
who and what the Chinese
are. He was a true pioneer, for his best work was in the
collecting of data. We
venture the opinion that the final estimate of his work
will be that the material
he amassed is much more valuable than the deductions he
made from the data. The
same is true of every pioneer. It is said that if a
current of electricity is passed through a glass of
water which has been
rendered opaque by the addition of a certain chemical,
the molecules of the
chemical will be instantly polarized and the water will
become perfectly clear.
In some such way we think that Dr. Edkins tried to make
all his countless data focus
toward a single point, the original unity of the human
race. We think this was
unfortunate for the polarizing of the molecules made
them in a sense invisible to
him. He could not depolarize them again and thus
give
himself the benefit of a more minute study of their [page 147]
individual character. But he can be readily forgiven
since the polarization was
only to his own eye and did not necessarily affect
others. It is the man who keeps clubbing the world with
a theory, without
giving a decent number of facts on which it is based,
that deserves no mercy.
But the man who spins the most transparent web, and yet
gives us plenty of
data, will be readily forgiven. Ratiocination is
intellectual maternity but if
the most inveterate reasoner gives you plenty of facts
you forgive him his
besetting sin just as you forgive the hen her desire to
set, when you
break the eggs at your breakfast table. The study
of the dispersion of the Turanian people is one of
enormous difficulty; first
because of the comparative paucity of literary remains,
second because of their
comparative conservatism, third because of the very
extent of their dispersion
and fourth because it began before the dispersion of the
Aryan peoples. We
shall never be able to trace back the aborigines of
Formosa to the Indian
peninsula as clearly as we trace the Teuton back to the
Iranian plateau,
because he went at an earlier date and by a more devious
course, and his track
has been covered up and obliterated, like a palimpsest,
by subsequent
migrations. And yet it is certain that
such work as this must be done sooner or later. We
cannot but honor a man who
gives so great a part of his life to the thankless task
of collecting data
about a race which until recently aroused comparatively
so little interest in the
scholarly world. In
Dr. Wells’
communication on Northern Korea we find a very different
note struck than that
given in Buford’s article.
These two may be perhaps called the two extremes of
opinion. They are
interesting and valuable as expressions of individual
opinion and impression
and by putting them together the reader will see what a
mixed question this one
of Japanese occupation is. The question evidently has
its dark and its bright
side. The plans and purposes of the leading Japanese
authorities may be the
best possible for aught the public can tell but the
public is bound to judge
from the [page 148] actual
conditions which prevail rather than from any
plans which have not yet been put in operation. And it
cannot be denied that
the Koreans are treated with great brutality by the
lower classes of Japanese.
The latter are allowed to travel anywhere in Korea
without being subject to any
recognized authority. They are too far from their own
consuls to be held in
check and if the Korean authorities attempt to handle
them these authorities
themselves are likely to get into serious difficulty. No
one, least of all
Americans, can fail to sympathize with the Japanese in
their desire to cause
the opening up of the resources of Korea. It is
important both for Korea and
for Japan; but it is a great pity that the Koreans
should be subjected to the
treatment they now receive which is sure to alienate the
sympathy of outsiders.
The world is watching to see what ability Japanese will
show in handling an
alien people. Upon this showing will depend in large
part the acquiescence of
the Powers in more extended operations on the part of
the Japanese in the Far
East. The last clause of Dr. Wells’ communication is
very significant. He says
he will applaud the work of Japan “As long as
she keeps her promises.” We all know what those promises
are and we all know
that Japan is fighting Russia now because of the
latter’s broken promises. The
basis of the world’s sympathy with Japan is the
rectitude of her intentions and
her willingness to abide by her word. At the beginning
of the present war she
received from Korea a free and unmolested use of the
latter’s territory with
the distinct understanding that the independence of
Korea should be
preserved. Korea and the world at large took that
expression to mean what it
says and any subterfuge or evasion of the issue by Japan
will set her before the
world in approximately the same light in which Russia
was set by
her attempts to wriggle out of her engagement to
evacuate Manchuria. There is
no question that Japan has the physical power to do what
she pleases but the world
will look to see how she uses the power and what degree
of self-restraint she
is able to exercise in her solution of the Korean
problem. [page 149]
Questions and Answers. Q.
Who was the first foreign writer on Korea? A.
The first foreigner who wrote about Korea from actual
observation was Heinrich Hamel who, with several others,
was wrecked on the
coast of Quelpart Island and was held in captivity in
Seoul for many years. He
finally managed to escape and on his return to his
native Holland he wrote a
book about the curious country where he had suffered
such a long captivity.
Another early writer about Korea was Captain Basil Hall,
but he had far less
knowledge of the people than did Hamel, for he only
touched the coast at a few
points and for very short periods. Q.
Are potatoes indigenous in Korea? A.
That is a very hard question to answer. We only know
that they have been cultivated here for centuries and
that they form the staple
article of diet among some of the mountainous portions
of the north but it
would be rash to state on this account that they are
indigenous. There are
three varieties, all of which are of fair quality. There
are those which show a
deep purple color beneath the outer skin, those which
show a red color and
those which arc white. Q.
What do the Koreans mean by Heuk-pi? A.
This is, properly speaking, the word heulk-pi
but it is usually pronounced without the 1. It means earth-
rain or “dirt
rain” and refers to the heavy
haze which sometimes fills the air when a west wind is
blowing. The haze is
caused by the minutest particles of sand driven all the
way from the Desert of
Gobi across northern China and the Yellow
Sea. It is evident that only the finest particles could
come this far without
settling. The Koreans have named it quite properly and
are evidently aware of
its cause. Q.
Is there any administrative or ecclesiastical
connection between Korean Buddhism and that of China,
Japan or any other
country? [page 150]
A. We are not aware of any such connection. The Buddhism
of Korea is very
different from that of Japan. In the latter country the
cult is on a higher
social plane than here and men of influence give it both
moral and financial
support. Representatives of that religion in Japan
travel to different parts of
the world and visit its other branches and so a certain
degree of fellowship
and rapport has been established; but in Korea the
extremely low social status
of Buddhism and its political insignificance would not
warrant or encourage any
efforts to arouse enthusiasm along such lines. We
believe that Japanese
Buddhists have made more or less effort to get in touch
with Korean Buddhism
but so far as we can learn the returns for such effort
have been so small that nothing
much is expected to result from it. When Buddhist monks
live openly with a
wife, as many of them do in Korea, it cannot be expected
that they will be
recognized as reputable members of the brotherhood. News
Calendar. Some time
since it was reported that the number of Japanese
subjects arriving
at Wonsan exceeded one hundred and fifty by each boat entering
the harbor. Early
in the month
the prefect of Chunju reported that members of the
Righteous army and the
Il-chin-hoi were returning peacefully to their homes. A
request has been
made that all buildings belonging to the now defunct
Railway
Bureau be tempoarily loaned to the Japanese. The
Vice-Minister
of the Agricultural Department secured from the Foreign
Office a concession for
building wharves in Chinnampo, Kunsan and Masampo. The
wharves must
be built within two years, and a sale of the
concession to foreigners forfeits
the concession. Kim
Chai-soon, formerly inspector of the courts has been
made director of accounts in the Department of
Communications. Some
of the mines under the control
of the Agricultural Department will be developed by a
Japanese engineer employed for the purpose. On
the first of April the
agreement was signed whereby the Communication
Department of Korea comes under
the control of the Japanese [page 151]
government,
Mr. Yi Ha-yung Minister of the
Foreign Department and Mr. Hyashi,
Japanese Minister, signing the agreement.
Some of the stipulations and statements are
reported to be that all arrangements, rates, etc., shall
be in charge of the
Japanese. The Korean Government will assist the Japanese
Government in enlarging
and arranging the service. Many Korean officers will be
employed. The expense
of enlargement will be assumed by the Japanese, who will
keep detailed accounts
of the income and
expense, and any profits will be turned over
to the Korean Government.
When the Korean Government can attend to this service
alone the Japanese
Government will again put the Department in Korean hands.
Ordinary telegrams have been accepted on the
Japanese military lines since the last of March and the
public is availing
itself of the privilege. A
Japanese post office has
been recently established at Samkai. Min
Yeng sun has resigned as governor of North
Chung-chung province. His
Majesty has established
a school in Pak Dong, with Sin Mai-yung
as Head Master. There are also two
principals and more than twenty teachers,
graduates
of Japanese schools in Tokyo. The entire expense,
about two thousand dollars per month,
will be borne by the Royal Treasury. The
garden party given by Mr.
Megata at the Yun-wha bong
on the afternoon of the third of May was a distinct
success. The large tree
crowned height was tastefully decorated. Tables
loaded with good things to suit all tastes
were laid in different parts of the grove and near the
center the Korean Band
dispensed excellent music. The entertainment was largely
attended by Koreans, Japanese and Westerners
and to judge from the animated talking
and laughing one must conclude that the guests were excellently
well entertained. We
are pleased to learn that Mr. D. W Deshler is about to
put three new fast steamers on the run between Kobe and
Chemulpo and Shang-hai
and Chemulpo. We have seen the plans of these boats
and can say that they are very fine. It
will be a new experience to leave a Korean port at a
speed of fifteen or
sixteen knots an hour. It
is said that the treasure building of the Finance
Department will be remodeled and have glass windows so
that it can be used as a
bank for the exchanging of Korea currency. A manager
will be appointed,
who will confer with the Dai Ichi Ginko concerning rates
of exchange,
etc Min
Yung whan, Vice
Minister of the Supreme Court, has asked the Educational
Department for a
complete list of all graduates from the schools that
they may be available for
appointment to official positions. The Foreign
Office has asked the
Japanese Legation to furnish an additional man to assist
the adviser
to the War Department. [page 152]
The Foreign Office has received a communication
from the German Minister to the effect that all work has
been stopped on the Kun Sung mine
because gold could not be found in paying quantities, and
another
concessicn in another location is asked. A
recent statement shows the number of
foreigners in Fusan to be as follows : Nationality
Houses
Population
Male
Female Japanese
2,553
5,846
5,218 English
4
5
7 American
4
5
5 French
1
1 “ Chinese
23
417
4 The
governor of South Pyeng
An province reports to the Foreign Office that he has
many times applied in
vain to the Japanese general to
prohibit the staking of land near the railway lines.
Although it is pitiful to
see the suffering of the people over the lost homes and
fields he sees no
better plan than for the owners
to accept the nominal price offered for the land. The
magistrate of Si Heung reports to the Home Department
that a temporary branch railway
has been commenced in his district and many rice fields
have been destroyed. After
vain efforts to stop the work he demanded sixty dollars
Korean currency for
each field. Forty-seven dollars and eighty cents were
given to each owner and the
remainder will be used by the people in
repairing the streets. The
Italian Minister has presented an invitation for
Korea to send a representative to a meeting
of the International Agricultural Society to
be held in Rome. The Foreign Office has replied that one
of the secretaries or
clerks in the Korean Legation in Italy will be
delegated to attend the meeting. Pak
Tai-yeng, temporarily in charge of Koreans diplomatic
affairs in China, has sent word that it is impossible
for him properly to care for
Korea’s interests, and he asks that a more competent
officer be sent in his
place. For
years telegraph lines have extended from Seoul to the
remotest ports of Korea, and more recently there have
been installed local and
long distance telephones. Now Seoul is to be the
center for telephone
lines to Wonsan, Fusan and Euiju. The
French Legation has been notified by the Foreign
Office that for several years the Russian Whale Fishing
Company has failed to pay
taxes or percentages, and therefore of course its
concession is cancelled. The
magistrate of Pyeng Yang
complains to the Foreign Office that a certain foreigner
in that place had been
breaking down the city wall so that he might have free
ingress and egress. The
Foreign Office has asked the minister of the government
interested to
immediatetly put a stop to such action . [page 153]
Another article in the agreement concerning the
Communication Department
provides that any public lands or buildings may be used
without payment being
made, and any private lands required must be sold by the
owner. The
governors of all Korean ports have been ordered by
the Foreign Office to prohibit all Korean immigration to
foreign lands. The
governor of
Songdo reports that he has been compelled to turn over
certain lands for the
use of the military railway. The
kamni in each port sent telegrams to the Foreign Office
stating that they had tried to obey the law in not
allowing immigration of Koreans
to other countries, but the Japanese had informed them
there was an agreement
with the Household Department, and an indemnity would be
required in case the
order was enforced. They asked for instructions. The
demand of the Japanese for the building formerly used
by the Railway Bureau has been refused, the statement
being made that it is to
be used for a school . The
Foreign
Office has refused to grant a Belgian gold mine
concession at present. A
Japanese monastery near Haiju recently suffered
injury at the bands of police said to have been acting
under orders from the
governor. Complainants have arrived in Seoul demanding
justice. The
government has been notified that stone from certain
royal lands near Song-do will be required for the use of
the
military railway. The
II Chin-hoi sent a letter to the government
stating that here-after that society will act at its own
pleasure. The
communication was declined by the Vice-Minister of the
Supreme Court, Mr. Min Yung-whan.
The
governor of Kyeng-ki has been transferred and made a
special officer in the Household Department. Communications
have been numerous between the Foreign
Office and Japanese Legation over alleged unwarranted
exercise of power by the
commander-in-chief in Wonsan. Among other allegations is
that the seal of
office has been forcibly taken from certain Korean
officials and put into the
hands of other men.. Six
hundred members of the police department
will be relieved of office, leaving eight hundred to the
onerous duty of
preserving the public peace. The
vice president and several members of the II Chin-hoi
in Seoul went to Chunju to investigate matters connected
with the recent troubles
there. The
magistrate of the In Chea district is said to have
been a very proper officer during the three years he has
filled the position.
To confirm the statement is the report that recently a
youthful thief, convicted
of stealing a cow, excited the pity of the magistrate
because [page 154]
of his youth and general appearance of innocence, and
the prisoner was released
with only a warning. Natives say the boy has already
become a good man. His
Majesty is reported to have contributed ten thousand
yen toward the relief of the family of Mr. Hur Wi, who
for some time has been a
prisoner at the Japanese military headquarters. Mr.
Chung, a Japanese assistant adviser to the Police
Department, has been attending to his duties since
arriving in Korea and now
the request is made that his salary be fixed at seventy
-five yen per mouth. The
Finance Department has issued a decree concerning the
withdrawal of the nickel currency now in
use by the Koreans, and the substitution of another
currency. As one means of
collecting the nickels all public taxes may be paid in
nickels. At any money
exchange shop in Seoul or other districts when nickels
are presented for
exchange the transfer must be made without delay. The
exchange rate will be two
for one as the new currency will be on a gold basis, or
that of the Japanese
yen, while the old currency is supposed to be on a
silver basis.
The
withdrawal of nickels is scheduled to commence July 1.
Han
Chang-kyo has been appointed governor of North Ham
Kyeng.
After
the Home Department arranged for the appointment of
a number of magistrates it was given
out that none of the names would be sent in to His
Majesty if it could be shown
there was a single unjust man on the list. In
the examination of candidates for appointment to the
police force it was announced that no man would receive
an appointment if he was
over fifty years of age, under nineteen, or lacked
educational qualifications. A
number of decorations were conferred by the Emperor
of Japan on the Korean Special Envoy and the members of
his suite on their
recent visit to Japan. Five
Japanese accompanied by a Korean have left Seoul to
inspect the mining districts in the north. An
attempt has been made to insure future shade in the
streets of Seoul by planting slips of trees on either
side of the broad streets
in the city. The distance between the trees is somewhat
excessive, yet the
varieties used in the experiment are of a quick growth,
and if an average of
one half those planted live and thrive a few years hence
there will be an
abundance of shade. The
governor of Seoul informs
the Home Department that he will employ a survey
or to examine the property in the five wards into which
the city of Seoul is
divided with instructions to report the amount of public
and private land
within the bounds of the city. The
demand for an increase of salary for the teacher in
the government Chinese language school has been refused
by the Educational Department.
[page 155] Native
reports say that at least twenty inspectors will arrive
from the Agricultural
Department in Japan for the purpose of visiting the
interior of Korea and
reporting on the agricultural possibilities of the
country. The
secretary and clerks of the Korean Legation
in China have returned home in response to the orders sent
for their recall. Only one Korean secretary now remains
at Peking for the
transaction of diplomatic business. The
Chinese Minister has notified the Foreign office
that a Chinese subject accused of killing a Korean in
Wonsan nine years ago
has recently been apprehended and brought to Seoul. It
is now desired that the
complaining witness present himself at the trial. A
curious report comes in one of the native papers
concerning a school in the district of Kangwha
where it is said two hundred students and about six
hundred visitors, including
more than fifty ladies had organized a
debating class, and also that some of the ladies had
delivered very interesting
lectures. The
War Department will
in future have eight regiments of troops stationed in
the interior of Korea, and three regiments in
Seoul. Within the month a large number of Korean troops
have been disbanded. The
seventeenth semi-annual report of the Dae-Ichi
Ginko it to hand, with what appears to be an excellent
showing. The gross profit
for the half year ending December 31, 1904,
was Y 1,304,548.31. A dividend of 8
per cent
per annum was declared, Y200,000
added to the reserve fund, and more than Y164,000
carried forward to this year’s account. It has been
proposed to issue new shares
to the amount of Y5,000,000,
making a total capital stock of Y1,000,000.
New branches have been opened in Korea at Wonsan,
Pyen-Yang and Taiku. By
the special envoy to
Japan His Majesty sent a pair of vases in a
handsomely
carved case to the Emperor. A silver dish and ten pounds
of specially prepared
ginseng from Diamond mountain for the Empress. A pair
of silver candle sticks for the Crown Prince; and a pair
of silver vases for
the Crown Princess. The
Foreign Office has been notified that for military
purposes the Japanese will establish separate telegraph
and telephone lines
through Korea. Mr.
Yi Keun-ho has been appointed governor
of Kyengkei province, Mr. Sim Ki-won to North
Kyung Sang and Mr. Min Yung-sun has been
transferred from North to South Kyungsang. Whang
Woo-yung has been sent to Masan-po
to investigate the claims made by owners of rice fields
for
indemnity from the Japanese railway bureau for
the
use of their fields for military
purposes. A
Japanese in Taiku has applied to the Foreign Department
for permission to use a certain
piece of ground for the purpose
of establishing a school for teaching Kuk-mun. [page 156]
The governor of Seoul issued a statement that on the
land which is to be used
by the Japanese military railway there are two hundred
and thirty-four graves
in the South Ward and one thousand two hundred graves in
the West Ward of
Seoul. These were to be removed by the owners within ten
days, and the Railway
Bureau at Yung San would pay the expense of removal. Four
out of the five police inspectors in five wards
of Seoul failed to pass an
examination they were required to take, and four vacant
positions were for a
short time yawning before office-seekers. As
is well known a man in mourning cannot hold official
position in Korea. This law sometimes works
great hardship on the people. Many instances are
reported where upright and
honest magistrates are compelled to resign because of
the death of a parent.
One of the latest to be made public comes in the form of
a petition to the Home
Department from the Tan Chun district asking that notwithstanding
the law their magistrate be permitted to remain, as
otherwise people will
become scattered in all
directions if an unjust man should be appointed over
them. The
American Minister has presented to His Majesty
the personal condolences of President Roosevelt on the
death of the Crown
Princess. The
Korean legation in Paris has been instructed to send
the clerk, Kim Myeng-soo, to Korea, as he has recently
been appointed secretary.
His
majesty has issued an edict ordering military
affairs to be placed in good condition. It is not likely
this means an increase
of the army or its entire disbandmcnt. Unprincipled
officials or citizens in the guise of
officials have been entering villages and districts and
demanding money for
taxes without stating the name of the tax or purpose for
which the money was to
be used. Now the magistrate of Nak-an
district, Chulla province says he has reported such
actions to the governor with the request that he put
a
stop to such practices, and
the governor failing to act in the
matter he now asks the Minister to order the governor to
arrest these evil men.
Rev.
C. T. Collyer is expected to arrive from
America within a day or two. Mr.
A. Kenmure, who for a number
of years has rendered excellent
service as Agent of the Bible Societies in Korea, will
with his family return
to England via America by first boat on account
of a nervous breakdown. It is hoped the long
sea voyage and rest will completely restore his health.
Mr. Hugh Miller is now
Acting- Agent of the Bible Societies, and communications
on
Bible Society business should be addressed
to Mr. Miller, and checks made out to his order.
Mr.
J. G. Holdcroft will take steamer
in a few days for America via Europe. He is expecting
to enter a seminary in the fall. The
Wonsan kamni informs
the Foreign Office that he has been asked
by the Japanese to send a clerk to erect posts to
outline the limits of the
whaling concession (?). He
asks a ruling of the Department as to what he shall
do in the matter. [page 157]
A request has been made for an increase in
the allowance of salary and house
rent for the Chinese teacher in Government
Chinese Language School on account of the increase in
living expenses. A
special junketing trip to Japan has been arranged for
some half dozen or more Korean officials,
traveling expenses to the amount of Y. 10,000
each to be paid by the Finance Department. A
fourth line of telephones is being erected by the
Japanese Communication department between Seoul and
Chemulpo. A
fire in Yong San
destroyed one Korean building and more
than one hundred bags of rice. The
Agricultural Department has issued orders concerning
the concessions for cultivation of wild lands.
1. The land and concession cannot be pawned
or
sold to foreigners. 2. If the land is not cultivated
within one year after the date of the concession the concession
will be cancelled. 3. If the owner of the concession
wishes to dispose of it to a native he must first
secure the consent of the Department. 4.
Anyone failing to observe these rules will be punished,
and the concession will
be forfeited. The
Japanese Minister is reported to have been pressing
the Foreign Office for a decision as to the recall of
Korean
Ministers to foreign countries. The
Home Department notified the governor of South Pyeng
An province that any posts set by the Japanese Railway
Bureau for the purpose of advance occupation
of land should be pulled up immediately and people were
to attend to their
ordinary duties in peace. A
police inspector has been accused of imprisoning a man
of superior rank who had committed no crime, and
also
of being drunk and insulting his superior officer. They
have no record of such
offense having been committed even in ancient times, and
summary dismissal is
asked for. Mr.
Yi Tea chai, formerly at the head
of the Imperial Treasury, is seventy-seven years old,
and his wife is seventy-six.
On the first of April they celebrated their sixty-first
wedding anniversary. Five
sons and one daughter ate in the
home, four of the sons having obtained rank. There are
fifteen grandsons and
ten granddaughters, with three great-grand-daughters. At
the wedding
celebration a ceremony was performed as it was sixty-one
years ago, and a
Japanese photographer took views of the company
and the different acts in the ceremony. The
Educational Department is said to contemplate
employing a foreigner to inspect all educational work in
Korea. The
Korean Religious Tract Society has acquired title to
a suitable building site at Chongno,
opposite the Electric building, and will erect a
suitable office and depository
building as soon as funds can be secured for the purpose.
Mr.
Kang Poo a Japanese of
rank, has arrived in Korea for the purpose of inspecting
the interior
with a view to establishing Japanese subjects as
residents of Korea. [page 158]
The Japanese
adviser to the Police Department returned to Japan
with Mr. Hayashi on the 21st
instant. The
light-house on Kir Mun Island was finished on the
thirteenth instant, and the lights
have been in operation since that time. Mr.
Hayeshi,
Japanese Minster to Korea, has returned to Japan for a
short business trip and to visit
his family. A request has been made
that all Royal grounds in the empire be temporarily
loaned to the Japanese. More
than ten thousand soldiers have recently been
discharged from the Korean army. The
Japanese Minister has been notified
by the Foreign Office that Japanese
subjects have been engaging
in mining in the Soon An district without the formality
of getting
a concession. He is asked to immediately
put a stop to
such practices.
A
number of prominent
Koreans have identified themselves with the Japanese Red
Cross society since
the recent visit of the vice president of
that society. A considerable sum of money has also been
contributed. Dr.
Morrison,
eastern representative of the London Times,
has been devoting a few days to investigating conditions
in
Korea. Formerly
Royal Guards were stationed at the Queen’s Tomb
outside of East Gate, but by the new military
arrangements this guard was
abolished. Now the Acting Minister of Household
Department by special decree
has been ordered to raise a half regiment of
soldiers without reference to the War
Department, for the purpose of protecting the tomb, all
the
expenses will be born by the Imperial
Treasury. The
Vice Minister of the Supreme Court, Min Yungwhan,
asked His Majesty to receive the Ministers of all
Departments in audience daily, which request was
granted, and they all appeared
in the palace on the 16th inst. It
is reported that the present number of thirteen
provinces will be reduced to eight and the three hundred
and forty-four
districts will be reduced to one hundred and fifty. The
land taxes will be collected
by the banks. The
governor of North
Pyeng An province telegraphs to the Home Department that
eight Koreans have
been sentenced to be shot by the Japanese military
authorities. They have been
charged with stealing military goods. The
governor has sent a clerk to investigate. A
large number
of both Japanese and Koreans are engaged in mining gold
in the Soon an
district, Pyeng An province. The mine
is so profitable that workmen are flocking to the place,
and money is very plentiful.
From a village of six or seven houses the place has
grown so that now there
are about three thousand houses. The
Agricultural Department has notified the governor of
Kangwan and Hamkyung provinces that
the Japanese are building a military railway
between Seoul and Wonsan. The governors are asked to report
immediately on the amount of ground, number of
houses and number of graves which will be disturbed by
railway construction. [page 159] The
Minister of the Department of Finance has
gone to his country home in Euiju. The
chief of police reports, that he will at once
commence a systematic effort at cleaning the streets and
alleys of Seoul, that
the work may be completed before the arrival of hot
summer weather. The kamni of
Chang-won informs the Law Department that Japanese
detectives discovered the
robber Chung Won-kil, and he has now been
hanged. By
request of Min Yung-whan,
His Majesty has ordered the Law Department to arrest all
sorcerers and
necromancers. Mr.
Hayashi, Japanese Minister, was received in audience
before his recent departure to Japan on business. The
Belgian Consul General was received in audience and
presented letters from his government relative to the
death of the Crown Princess. The
commander-in-chief
of the Japanese army in Wonsan has posted a notice to
the effect that no vessels will be allowed to leave the
port before sunrise or
after sunset unless they have first received permission
from his headquarters. Women
have been installed by the Japanese in the
telephone headquarters, and it is said that after they
become proficient they
will have entire charge of the day work in the telephone
exchange in Seoul. Houses
near the magistrate’s
yamen in Yi Chun district were looted by robbers
and
many goods were carried away. Such was the fear of the
magistrate that he fled
from the vicinity. All
Korean butcher shops in the city have been ordered to
remove outside the Little East Gate within thirty days,
that a general clean-up
of the city may take place. Japanese
inspectors have been sent to the various
provinces to report on agricultural conditions. Several
offenders in the Si Heung district have been
imprisoned for a number of months. After a trial of
these cases sentence has been
pronounced as follows : Kim Wan-top, convicted of
stoning a magistrate to
death, to be hanged; Min Yong-hoon, convicted of writing
a
circular calculated to create the disturbance,
to be hanged; Sung Woo-kyeng and Ha Jun-yong, to be
imprisoned for life at hard
labor, because even though chief men of the village they
were unable to stop the
disturbance. Announcement
has been made of the coming marriage of Miss
Augusta, eldest daughter
of Dr. and Mrs. W. B. Scranton, to Mr. Horace Porter,
Secretary of the British
Legation in Seoul, The ceremony is to take place May 11th
at the Church of the Advent, and the bridal party
will almost immediately depart for England and the
Continent on their wedding
journey. More
than two hundred military officers have been
dismissed from service, including one colonel,
lieutenant and major. They will have another opportunity
after satisfactorily
passing examinations at the Military School. [page 160]
Mons. A. Monaco, Italian Minister to Korea, with Mrs.
Monaco and son has gone
to Japan for a short time. Doctor
Wunsch, German physician
to the Imperial Household, having completed the time for
which his services
were contracted, has returned to Germany, Secretary
Patten of the Young Men’s Christian Association
in India stopped for a little time in Korea on
his way to America. As the representative of the
International Committee he
investigated the work of the society in Seoul
and made several addresses to the members through an
interpreter. Mr. and Mrs.
Patten will shortly take up work in one of the large
cities of Canada. While
here they were guests of Secretary and Mrs. P. L.
Gillett. Rev
and Mrs. Griffith, of China, spent some time in Korea
as the guests of Dr. and Mrs. Avison, of the Severance
Hospital. A short trip
overland to Pyeng Yang
presented an opportunity for obtaining a better
knowledge of Korea before
continuing the journey to America on furlough. From
the Foreign Department a notice has been sent to the
Japanese Legation to the effect that the Korean Railway
and Irrigation Bureaus
have been abolished according to the new official
requirements, and now the
agreements with Japanese employees of the Bureaus must
be cancelled at once. All
the Generals and Ministers one day recently
journeyed to the Chong Choong altar and sacrificed to
the memory of ancient and
modern patriotic officers who devoted their lives to the
service of their country.
The
Foreign Department has notified the Japanese
Legation that a report from the governor of South Choong
Chung
province concerning certain land belonging to citizens.
Part was under
cultivation and part was in forest, owned by
wood-merchants. Now the Japanese
have occupied all the above-mentioned ground, and are
either building there-on
or making farms, and the Koreans are scattered in all
directions. A strong
protest is lodged against such action, and the formal
request is made that the
whole proceeding be stopped at once. The
Japanese Government mint in Osaka is said to have
received instructions from the Finance Department
to make Korean coins as follows: Fifty
thousand yen in gold coin of twenty yen each. One
million five hundred thousand yen in silver coin
worth fifty sen each. One
million five hundred thousand yen in silver coin
worth twenty sen each. Two
million yen with nickel
coin worth five sen each. Two
million yen with copper
coin worth one sen each. This
makes a total coinage of seven million and fifty
thousand yen. There is urgent need for the nickel
coinage to exchange for the
present Korean nickels, so the nickels will be delivered
first. THE
KOREA REVIEW, Vol. 5, No. 5, MAY 1905. CONTENTS [page 161] Korea
and Japan. The
attitude of the Korean people toward Japan has undergone
many changes during that past quarter of a
century.
The thing that we must always reckon with is the ancient
feeling of enmity
aroused, in the first place, by the devastating raids of
Japanese freebooters
during the tenth, eleventh and twelfth centuries. At
that time the Koreans suffered
so severely that the very name of Japanese became the
synonym of all that was
dreadful and to be hated. This was further intensified
by the great invasion of
1592 when the Koreans suffered untold things at the
hands of the temporary
conquerors. The result of these things are clearly seen
in Korean character today.
It would be very hard to find a Korean child who does
not drink in, almost with
his mother’s milk, a feeling of dislike against the
Japanese. On the other hand
the Japanese seem to have imbibed as strong a feeling
toward the Korean. This
feeling is one of contempt, bom of the less warlike
character of the Korean and
his strong conservatism. These sentiments we
firmly believe to be the real underlying ones and if so
the only genuine rapprochement
between the two people must be along the line of mutual
self-interest. If it
pays sufficiently to forget the old feud then forgotten
it will be, but it is
plain that the interest must be a mutual one. From the days of the
Great Invasion up to the year [page 162]
1868 the difficulties between Korea and Japan were
quiescent, though by no
means dead. After the Manchu invasion
of Korea the Japanese even offered Korea
help in throwing off the Manchu yoke. As we look at
conditions today we can
almost say that it was a pity Korea did not accept the
offer. The late Regent,
during the first decade of the present reign, conceived
a fanatical hatred
against all outsiders and, through a few
unfortunate victories over them, conceived the idea of
hermetically sealing the
country against foreign intercourse. He adopted the one
course which was sure
to effect the opening of the country, namely by banning
the Japanese commercial
settlement at Fusan. This was just at the time of Japan’s
great awakening and it is probable that she sincerely
hoped and believed that
Korea was capable of taking the same forward step which
she herself was taking.
When, therefore, Korea not only took no
forward step even but attempted to retire more deeply
into her political
solitude she aroused a good deal of feeling in Japan, a
feeling that was so
intense that it resulted in a sanguinary civil war
called the Satsuma
Rebellion. The leaders of the people in the Southern
island of Kiusiu, which
lies nearest to Korea, earnestly desired that Japan
should force upon Korea at
the point of the sword what time has at last effected.
If the leaders of that
rebellion could have looked forward to the year 1905
they would have left their
swords in their scabbards. In opposition to
these advocates of force the new government in Tokyo
took the wholly reasonable
and laudable ground
that Korea should be treated as a coordinate and
independent power and that she
should be approached from the diplomatic rather than the
military side. The
rebellion which resulted caused a long delay in the
carrying out of any plans
that Japan may have formed relative to the opening up of
Korea. At the same
time the approaching majority of the King of Korea, and
the consequent
retirement of the Regent, was sure to cause important
changes in the attitude
of the peninsular government. This became all the more [page 163]
evident as the queen and her powerful faction developed
a feeling of strong
hostility to the person and the policy of the Regent. Taking advantage of
this rift in the Korean lute the Japanese sent a
semi-official agent in the
person of Hanabusa who found means to secure frequent
access to the Queen and
her party and who doubtless used every argument to widen
the breach between the
Queen and the Regent. When everything was ready the
Japanese warship Unyo
Kan appeared off the Korean coast
near Chemulpo and got herself fired upon by a Korean
fort. This was the last, the dying act of the Regent,
but it formed an opening
wedge for the negotiations which were immediately
instituted and which resulted
in the signing of the treaty between Korea and Japan at
Kangwha in 1876. The
Regent had already retired from public life in disgust,
although his friends
were constantly plotting to bring him back to Seoul and
reinstate him in power.
The years 1876-1880
form one of the most important periods in the modern
history of Korea, even
though they were very quiet years. The king had entered
upon his career and his
course was to be determined upon. The court was in a
plastic state ready
to be moulded into any form which a strong mind might
suggest. Chinese
suzerainty had slept so long and was so nominal in
character that no protest
was forthcoming even when Korea and Japan signed a
treaty as between wholly independent
powers. The ruling faction had come into power through
the help of the
Japanese. The latter recognized to the fullest extent
the independence of
Korea, There was every reason in the world why Japan
should use her powerful
influence to direct the stream of Korean politics into
safe and progressive
channels. She had an unparalleled opportunity.
Everything was in her favor. England
never began to have such a favorable outlook in India as
Japan had in Korea
beginning with the year 1876. What then, was the
reason for the comparative failure that resulted? There
can be but one answer.
The Japanese failed to study the situation closely
enough and to [page 164] gauge the
quality of the instrument by means of which Korea must
he led. The king was
young and physically strong and a long reign was to be
expected. His will was
led by the powerful Min faction. It was the province of
statesmanship to study these factors and so gauge their
qualities as to be able
to mould them in the forms desired. The central figure
was the Queen. The country
and the court went with her. She was young and
impressionable and favorably
impressed by the Japanese. Behind her was the Min
faction, strong, ambitious,
selfish, tenacious of its prerogatives. That faction was
itself impressionable.
It recognized that a new era was opening, that the
policy of the Regent had
been cast aside. It felt the incentive of national
independence and was ready
and willing to undertake the responsible work of
leading
the nation into these new and untrodden paths; but first
and most of all it
held to its own prestige. The selfish element was
preeminent. There was no love
of country, detached and altruistic. It was their
conviction that the progress
of the country would enhance their own prestige. The
motive was not a very high
one but such as it was it should have received careful
study from the Japanese before it was rejected. The
latter strongly favored a
radical change in Korean conditions, a change
for which Korea had received no such preparation as
Japan had received and for
which it was not ready. There were two things which
might cause such a radical
change as that of the Japanese—education
or the rise of an intense nationalistic spirit. It was
the latter which worked
in Japan, but in Korea there was neither education nor a
national spirit to
work upon. These things had yet to be evolved. The Japanese saw with
impatience the slowness of the Koreans to take advantage
of their opportunity
and it was this impatience which spoiled the whole
thing. If the Japanese could
have realized the mental and traditional standpoint of
the Koreans at that time
and could have exercised tact and large patience the
outcome might have been
very different, but the truth is that the Japanese were
as unable
to understand the Koreans as the [page 165]
Koreans were to understand them. There were a few
Koreans who seem to have
taken hold of the problem in the same spirit as the
Japanese but they were in
such a hopeless majority and they were so far ahead of
their time that the
Japanese made a damaging mistake in forsaking the ruling
faction and pinning
their faith to these few progressives. Of course the
ideas of these
progressives were excellent. What they proposed would have
been for the good of the country, but they had no public
sentiment behind them
and their views were so radical as to bar them from the
field of practical
politics. It is not good statesmanship to attempt what
is better than the best
thing possible, and the mistake the Japanese made at
that critical point was in
supposing that the Korean people would fall in with a
radical progressive policy.
The result was seen
in 1884 when, throwing over diplomacy, they assisted the
Korean radicals in a
sanguinary emeute in which seven cold-blooded murders
proved the quality of the
would-be reformers. Here we see a second case in which a
diplomatic failure was
tided over by military force. But even so they did not
succeed, for the
Chinese, who were on the scene and who had been making
high bids for the Queen’s
favor by kidnapping the Regent and carrying
him away to China, were in greater force than the
Japanese and virtually forced
their retirement. Up to this time
people had not greatly favored either the Chinese or
Japanese influence but if
anything were inclined toward the latter. But now the
ruling faction turned
wholly toward China and with it went the mass of the
people. The common people
did not understand nor appreciate the ideals of the
progressives, and the death
of seven government ministers effectually weaned away
what little fealty they
had given to the progressive cause, A new phase of the
situation now opened during which the high-handed acts
of the Chinese Minister alarmed
the better class of Koreans and made them think more
kindly of the Japanese who
had at least not [page 160]
tampered with the independence of the country.
Japanese diplomacy did all it could
during this period to stem the rising tide of Chinese
influence, but the Queen
was so constituted mentally
that having once conceived a thorough dislike for any
person or policy it was
well-nigh impossible to change. From the time when the
Japanese, in 1884,
helped the progressives in their attempt to wrest the
power from the hands of
the Queen’s faction there was no peace between her and
the Japanese. But she
was the pivotal point in the whole situation, and this
the Japanese failed to
see, or, seeing, ignored. As we have said, the
Chinese were striving hard to make up for the mistake
which they
had made in allowing Korea to sign treaties on the basis
of independence, and
with such good results that Japanese diplomacy was again
frustrated. Once more
she had recourse to the arm of force to carry
out her ideas. The war with China resulted in complete
success for her arms and
again Japanese influence became paramount; but it should
be noted that this
aroused little enthusiasm among the Koreans. To be sure
they had been saved
from the threatened Chinese supremacy but the Koreans
had no confidence in the
ability of the Japanese to handle the situation wisely.
In this they were
right, for Japan began by enforcing unnecessary
sumptuary laws which did not strike
at the root of the Korean difficulty
but only wounded the pride of the Korean people. At that
time Japan had a
second opportunity to prove her ability to handle an
alien people and again she
failed. The assassination of the Queen and the enforced
detention of the King in his
palace, which resulted in his throwing himself into the
arms of Russia, was the
direct result. This series of events
convinced the Koreans that Japan was unable to effect
the changes which were
necessary in order to prepare for the real progress of
the country,
and they also demonstrated to the Western world that
however capable Japan may
have been in leading her own people toward civilization
and enlightenment she lacked
the peculiar power necessary to the handling of an alien
people. [page 167]
As time went on and Russian prestige increased in the
peninsula it became
evident that diplomacy would again fail to save the
situation and Japan was
again driven to arms. The result bids fair to be another
Jappanese success. So
far as Korea is concerned the situation is much the same
as it was at the close
of the Japan- China war. Japan is in a position to do
about as she pleases
here. The question arises whether, during the years
that have elapsed since her former failures to handle
the Korean problem, she
has gained the requisite ability to do so. At the
beginning of the present war
she concluded a special agreement with Korea by virtue
of which the latter gave
her the right of way through the peninsula for war
purposes. Korea, on her
side, received the solemn pledge of Japan to uphold her
independence and to
work for her welfare. To review the
successive steps of the policy which Japan has pursued
in Korea since the
ratification of that agreement is not a particularly
agreeable task. It must always
be borne in mind that the Japanese are working under a
terrible strain.
Hundreds of thousands of their people are perishing on
the battle field and
millions of treasure are being poured out to secure to
the Japanese nation a
guarantee of continued existence. It is a life and death
struggle and when a
man is in the midst of such a struggle we do not expect
from him the niceties
of courtesy which we should expect from him at other
times. There have been
many criticisms of Japan’s course in Korea during the
past year. She is charged
with having done little or nothing to stem the tide of
official corruption,
that she has not bent her energies to the bettering of
the condition of the
common people, that nothing has been effected in the
line of currency
reform. Whatever may be the reasons for this it must
appear to the unprejudiced
observer that the charges are substantially true. We do
not dare to say that
Japan has no intention of effecting these needed reforms
and it may be that there
are cogent reasons why they could not
be. Leaving out of view what the intentions of the
Japanese may be and holding
ourselves strictly to what has been actually [page 168] accomplished
we are bound to admit that up to the present time the
results have been
disappointing. But the fact that the
needed reforms have not been instituted should not lead
us to a wholesale
condemnation of the Japanese regime. The problem is an
extremely complicated
one and those who expected that by a single wave of the
hand a condition of
official corruption that has been fostered and fed by
centuries of precedent could
be rectified were doomed to disappointment from the
start. But unfortunately
both for Korea and for Japan the failure to carry out
reforms is only one, and
the lesser one at that, of the complaints that are
heard. It is stated from
various parts of the country that Koreans are being
deprived of their property
without receiving proper compensation. Doubtless some of
these stories are
exaggerations but enough of them have been witnessed by
foreigners of
unquestioned veracity to establish the general fact.
What we wonder at is that
in the midst of a great war, in which all her energies
are absorbed, Japan should
allow the already difficult Korean problem to become
complicated to such a
painful degree by an influx of the less desirable
element of their people into
the peninsula. We hear it repeatedly asserted that the
reinforcement of Japan’s
enormous army in Manchuria is gradually depleting the
supply of labor in Japan
itself. This must be so if something like a million
young men have been taken
away to the seat of war. But if it is so how does it
come about that thousands
upon thousands of Japanese are flocking into Korea? It
must be because they consider
their opportunties better here than in the home country.
But just at the
present crisis they are doing their own land a double
injury, first by further
depleting the supply of labor there and secondly by
complicating the already
sufficiently difficult Korean problem. The Japanese
authorities in Korea have repeatedly been heard to say
that a very undesirable
class of Japanese is pouring into this country. They are
thoroughly aware of
this and they feel very keenly the extreme difficulty of
holding their
nationals in check. What we [page 169]
wonder at is that the Japanese government, which has
shown such consummate
ability in holding its subjects in check in Japan should
allow itself to become
hampered by the lawless acts of its subjects in
Korea. It seems to us, and in this we are simply voicing
the general sentiment of
foreign observers in Korea, that the obvious course
would have been to prohibit
promiscuous emigration from Japan to Korea until the war
was over and adequate
arrangements could be made for the management and
jurisdiction of those who
wished to come. Whether we are
reasonable in this may be seen from the following
consideration. It is affirmed
by the defenders of Japan’s policy in Korea that as soon
as the war is over and
things quiet down these acknowledged difficulties will
be overcome and the
common people of Korea will be protected in their
rights. This sounds reasonable,
but does not every undesirable Japanese who comes here
before that time make
that solution more difficult? What, for instance of all
the Koreans who have been
forced to sell their property for a mere fraction of its value?
Will the justice which Japan’s advocates foresee be
retroactive, and will those
acts of injustice be rectified? The Korean government
guaranteed to secure the
land for the building of the great railway through the
peninsula. Was it not
the duty of the Japanese to see to it that this land was
paid for by the Korean
government before it was seized, or at least should not
each Korean whose land
was appropriated have received an official paper signifying
the amount of land he surrendered, such paper
constituting a claim on the
government for payment at some future time? Unless
something like this was done
it is hard to see how any future action of the Japanese
could right the
manifest wrong. The evidence has been lost. It seems to be an
object of general surprise that Japan should estimate at
such a small value the
good will of the Korean people. It was not to be
expected that the government
could look with satisfaction upon a Japanese occupation,
but at first the
people were enthusiastic over it and hailed it as a sign
that all abuses [page 170]
were to be done away. We confess to utter inability to
understand how or why
Japan should have sacrificed this heavy asset of good
will. It is the province
of diplomacy and statesmanship to make use of all such
moral
factors to the fullest extent. We hear on all sides the
statement that the
Koreans have brought the present state of things upon
themselves, but what we
would like to know is the reason why Japan has not only
failed to carry out
needed reforms but has rendered future work in this time
almost impossible by
allowing an army of adventurers to come in and
exasperate the people. We can
see only two possible answers, either the Japanese
government has concluded
that reforms will not pay or else they are not fully
aware of the actual conditions
that prevail in Korea. A few weeks ago
at a station on the Seoul-Fusan Railway a Korean stepped
upon a path leading
away from the station. There was no sign to indicate
that this was forbidden.
Instantly three or four Japanese rushed upon him,
knocked him down and beat him
into unconsciousness. He remained in that state two days
but finally recovered. It was an utterly brutal and
causeless assault, and this
sort of thing is going on all over the country. The
class of Japanese who for
the most part are exploiting Korea seem
to take delight in wantonly abusing the people, simply
out of braggadocio.
There is no use in multiplying examples of
this. We think that the Japanese are injuring themselves
in allowing this sort of
thing to go on. We are sorry to see that Koreans have
come to the conclusion
that all Japanese are like this. Such is far from being
the case. We believe
the average Japanese would act very different from this.
The
daily press of Japan is constantly recording acts of
generosity and kindness on
the part of Japanese even toward Russian captives and we
believe that if the
more respectable class of Japanese should come to Korea
the people would be
treated justly and kindly. We have consistently
upheld Japan in her opposition to Russian intrigues in
the Far East. Japan is
doing a splendid work and is fitting herself to do a
still greater [page 171]
work in this region. She probably aspires to be a leader
of opinion in this
part of the world and to bring her influence to bear
upon China for the
renovation of that enormous mass of humanity.
That is a much larger work than the mere absorbtion of a
little corner of the Far
East like Korea; but if Japan breaks her solemn pledges
to Korea and continues
to treat this people as she is now doing she is sure to
injure herself in the eyes
of the world. Japan is fighting Russia because of the
latter’s broken promises
in Manchuria, but if Japan herself breaks the promises
she has made to Korea,
how can she gain the countenance and acquiescence of the
Western powers in any
plan for large work in the rehabilitation of China? The
best thing for Japan
from the merely selfish standpoint would be to clear her
skirts of all
suspicion of double dealing with Korea, to give this
people even-handed
justice, to visit swift and exemplary punishment on any
Japanese subject who
treats a Korean less justly than he would a fellow
Japanese. We would ask what
Korea has done that her people should be
despoiled of their property and debarred from ordinary
justice. To be sure she
has not responded to the appeal which Japan made so many
years ago and still
retains the forms of conservation, but this can hardly
be called crime. If
Korea had been leagued with Russia against Japan and had
been conquered by
the latter then Japan would have some semblance of right
to absorb the
territory of the peninsula, but this was not the case.
Of her own accord Japan
formed an alliance with Korea and engaged to preserve
the interests of the country.
A failure to carry out this agreement would throw
suspicion upon all Japan’s
policy regarding the territory she acquires during the
present war and would make
it difficult to believe any of her promises. A man who is
prominent in the Japanese regime told us flatly a few
days ago that as soon as
this war is over Japan would declare a protectorate over
this country. The
excuse seems to be that it has been found impossible to
make anything out of
the Korean government or to effect reforms. This is the
merest subterfuge. No
serious [page 172] attempt
has been made to effect reforms, no one stands in the
way of reforms, the
people have been waiting for them and
hoping against hope that reforms would be instituted,
but so far as reforming this government for the sake
of
the Korean people is concerned there are few signs of a
desire or determination
to do so. Russia was severely blamed for making use of
corrupt officials to carry
out her schemes in Korea but we find today that Japanese
are doing the very
same thing in some parts of the country. We do not
believe the leading
authorities in Japan are aware of all the facts in the
case and we cannot
believe that they would countenance such a close
imitation of Russian methods.
What is needed is that the facts should be known. If
they are known there are those
who will attempt to have the evils remedied. Our attitude, and
that of most foreigners in Korea, is one of admiration
of Japan’s
wonderful ability and of earnest desire for the real
welfare of the people. We
want to see Japan’s military and naval record equalled
by a wise and
broad-minded solution of the Korean problem, a solution
that will secure to
Japan all the legitimate fruits of victory
and still ensure to Koreans immunity from
unjust reprisals. A
Visit to Quel part. There
appeared in the Korean
Repository in 1899 an interesting article on the
island of Quelpart by Rev.
A. A. Pieters, one of the few foreigners who have
visited that place. As a rule we hesitate
to use our pages for the reproduction of material once
published, but we believe
that comparatively few of the readers of this Review
saw
that article and the subject is such an
interesting one that we venture to reprint it here. The
island of Quelpart, or as Rev. W. E. Griffis, D.D. in
his book on Korea calls it, the
Sicily of Korea, or as Koreans call it, Chai-joo, is the
largest island of the
Korean archipelago and is situated south of the
peninsula [page 173]
at a distance of some fifty miles
from the mainland. The shape of the island
is eliptical, and straight lines drawn between the two
farthest and two nearest
points thro the center would be forty and seventeen
miles long. As you approach
the island from the north at a distance of twenty miles
it looks like an
isosceles, the two sides rising at an angle of about
seventeen degrees and only
near the top turning a little steeper, something
like Namsan as you look at it from the north gate of
Seoul. The island rises
gradually all round from the edges toward the center
where the foot of Mount
Auckland, or Hal-la-san, is planted. All over the island
are scattered small conical hills, which look very
insignificant before the
cloudy peak of Hal-la-san rising to the height of 6,558
feet. The origin
of the island is decidedly volcanic, the mountain being
most probably an
extinct volcano. The flow of lava was toward the north
and south-southwest, the
streams being, the first, some twenty miles wide along
the coast of the island
and the second, some thirty miles. Thus the lava covered
two-fifths of the
whole area of the island. This part of it is very stony
and very difficult to
cultivate and gigantic labor must have been spent in
trying to clear the fields of the innumerable stones.
Often on a field of one acre there will be four or
five
piles of stone eight or ten feet high. Another way of
disposing of these stones
was to build walls between the fields, so that from the
top of one of the small
hills the land seems to be covered with a large
irregular net. The other
three-fifths of the island are almost free from stones
and the soil is black
and rich. The mountain slopes gradually towards the east
and the west, but
comes down abruptly in deep ravines towards the south
and especially towards
the north. On the top of the
mountain there is a small, round lake and at the bottom
of one of the ravines
another large lake. The first one is probably the old
crater filled with water
from the melting snow. We were told that ice lies on the
top until June, altho
the climate on the island is so warm that cabbage grows
all winter in the open
air. When we were there, towards the end of [page 174]
February the grass
in some places was four inches high and on the southern
coast flowers were
blooming. In spite of that a third of the mountain was
covered with deep snow
which would make all attempts to climb to the top
useless. All the mountains as
well as the hills to the east of it are covered with
thick woods of oak. In these
forests deer, wild hogs, hares and other animals abound
but there are no tigers
or bears. The hills that have no trees on them, are
covered with the peculiar short
Korean grass which makes such fine lawns. This grass is
much prettier in
Quelpart than anywhere on the mainland
and often one comes across natural lawns four or five
hundred yards square,
with not a weed on them and all covered as with a heavy
velvet carpet. The
coast of Quelpart is devoid of harbors or any shelters,
rocky,
and the numerous small islands which are scattered so
thickly all along the
southern and western coast of Korea are absent here. This absence of
shelter together with the constant strong winds makes
navigation very difficult.
One is surprised at
the absence of streams and springs. On making our trip
around the island ,we
came across only two streams, and that after a whole
week of rains. While there
are some powerful springs in the city of Chai-joo, in
the other two
magistracies there are no springs nor any
wells and the people have to use rain water gathered in
artificial ponds. Where
the water from the melting show on the mountain goes is
a mystery.
As I above mentioned
there are three magistracies on the island : Chai-Joo on
the northern coast,
the capital and the seat of the Governor
(Mok-sa).
Tai-Chung on the southwest coast and Chung Ui in the
east part of the island.
All the three cities are walled. Chai Joo counts some
twelve hundred houses,
Tai-chung, four hundred, and Chung Ui three hundred. The
distance from Chai Joo
to Tai Chung is ninety li, from
there to Chung Ui a hundred and thirty li,
and from Chung Ui to Chai Joo seventy li. Until the war
the island belonged to
Chul-lado : soon after the war it was made independent,
and again when Korea
was divided into thirteen provinces, [page 175]
Quelpart was put under the jurisdiction of the Governor
(Quan-chul-sa) of South
Chul-la-do. On the whole island there are said to be
about a hundred villages
and some hundred thousand people. These figures are
given by the Koreans and of course are probably not
quite true. All the
villages lie either along the coast where the people can
raise some rice or at
the foot and along the sides of the mountain where fuel
is plentiful and where
Irish potatoes grow very well. The space between the
shore and the foot of the
mountain is not populated and long stretches of rich
soil lie uncultivated.
Only those woods and fields that are near the towns and
larger villages have owners.
All the rest of the island belongs to nobody and anyone
may come and cut the
trees or cultivate the ground. An oxload of wood which a
man has to bring on
his ox for ten or fifteen miles is sold in the cities
for twelve cents. Of the
cereals raised on the island millet takes the first
place, and this is the main
article of diet. Rice is a luxury and is eaten only by
well-to-do people in the
cities. In the villages the people never use it. This is
on account of the
scarceness of rice fields, of which there are only a few
along the coast. The
little rice there is mostly brought
from the mainland. Besides millet,
rice and Irish potatoes, the people raise barley
wheat, buck-wheat, beans, sweet potatoes, tobacco,
vegetables and a few other
less important cereals. Of fruits peaches, oranges and
pomeloes are the only
things that grow there. Of animal food the islanders,
like the people of the
main land, eat very little. It consists of beef, horse
and dog meat, pork,
game, fish and pearl oysters. Crabs, common oysters and
all the different kinds
of clams that arc so plentiful on the southern and
western coast of Korea are
absent in the Quelpart waters. Owing to the rocky bottom
of the sea very
little, if any, net fishing is done and the fish are
mostly caught with hooks.
For going out into the sea to fish, boats are not
employed. Instead of them
people go out on small rafts made
of some ten short logs with a platform built a foot above
them to which an oar is fastened.
Instead of the tiny little frames not
more than eight inches long, used by the [page 170]
fisherman on the mainland for fastening the
string, the Quelpart fisherman uses regular rods made of
bamboo some twelve
feet long, and lack of fish, clams, etc., is supplied by
the abundance of pearl
oysters and seaweed, which are both used on the island
and exported. The pearl
oysters are very large, some
measuring ten inches in diameter, and very fleshy.
Unlike other oysters, it has
only one shell, which is often used by the Koreans as an
ash tray and from
which mother of pearl is obtained. Covered with this
shell as with a roof the
ovster lives fastened to a rock. Its meat is considered
a luxurious dish and
one oyster costs as much as six cents on the island.
Pearls are but very seldom
found in the oysters. For export the oysters are torn
out of the shell; the
intestine bag cut off, the meat cleaned, dried and
strung on thin sticks. Altho
white when fresh the color changes to a dark red, like
that of a dried apricot.
They can be seen displayed in the native grocery shops
in Seoul, flat reddish
disks about four inches in diameter fastened by tens
with a thin stick stuck
thro them. Of the seaweeds there
are several different kinds: some of them are used as
fertilizers, some are
used for food and some are sold to the Japanese for
making carbonate of soda.
The first kind is gathered on the seashore, but the
other two have to be
obtained from the bottom of the sea. It is strange to
say that the diving for
these weeds as well as for the pearl oysters is entirely
done by women. Dressed
in a kind of bathing suit with a sickle in one hand and
a gourd with bag tied to it in front
of them, they swim out from the shore as far as half a
mile: boats cannot be
afforded and there dive, probably a depth of forty or
fifty feet, to the
bottom, cut the weeds with the sickle, or if they find a
pearl oyster,
tear it off from the stone, and then put it into the bag
which is kept floating
by the gourd. They do not go back before the bag is
filled, which often takes
more than half an hour. Altho they
are magnificent swimmers, one cannot help admiring their
endurance, when he
thinks that this work is begun in February. Of late
Japanese supplied with
diving apparatus, have been coming to Quelpart and
catching all [page 177]
the pearl oysters, so that the poor women have to be
satisfied with the weeds
only. The magistrates told us that these Japanese never
asked for permission
nor paid anything for catching the pearl oysters. If it
is so, the imposition
upon the weak Koreans is surprising. The Quelpart women
not only dive for weeds and oysters but do the largest
part of all work. Even
ox loads of grain are brought to the city market for
sale by women. The
carrying of the water is done entirely by the women, who
have often to go a
long distance to fetch it. For carrying the water they
use broad low pitchers
set in a basket, which is fastened with strings around
the shoulders and
carried on the back. I never saw this done anywhere else
in Korea as it is
considered very disgraceful for a woman to carry
anything on her back. I was
told by the Koreans whom we had with us, that if on the
mainland a man made his
wife to do so he would be driven out of the village.
Native hats, hair bands
and skull-caps, which are extensively manufactured on
the island are also
mostly made by women. In fact the women of Quelpart
might be called the
Amazonians of Korea. They not only do all
the work but greatly exceed the men in number, and on
the streets one meets
three women to one man. This is because so many men are
away
sailing. The women are more robust and much better
looking than their sisters
on the mainland. As almost everything is done by the
women, there remains nothing
else for the men to do but to loaf, and to do them
credit they do it well.
Except for a shop here and there in which a man is
presiding with a long pipe
in his mouth, it is very difficult to find a man doing
anything. For this,
however, they are not any better off, as all the
islanders seem to be
strikingly poor. Not only the food, but the clothes and
houses are much worse
than on the mainland. Dog skins are extensively used for
making clothes. Hats,
the shape of a tea-cup, overcoats, leggings, like those
worn by the Chinese,
and stockings are all made of dog skin with the hair
outside, which for greater
warmth are used untanned. A suit of such clothes is
handed down from generation
to generation, [page 178]
and the smell of it is far from being sweet. The women’s
clothes as well the
men’s trousers and shirts are made of native or
Manchester sheeting. To make
the sheeting stronger they dip it into the juice pressed
out of some kind of a
wild persimmon. This makes it a dirty brown color, which
saves the trouble of
washing it. The cloth is thus worn until it falls to
pieces. Besides skin hats
the men also use felt hats of the same shape as those
worn by the Seoul chair
coolies, only much larger, the brims measuring more than
two feet in
diameter. The one exception in respect of clothes is
made by the people in the
magistracies who wear the same white clothes and black
hats
as the people on the mainland. The houses consist of
one six foot room and an open kitchen. The walls,
ceiling and floor of the room
are bare, and the floor has no flues for heating it.
Instead of this a large
hole is dug in the floor of the kitchen and in the cold
weather a fire is kept
there day and night. Around this fire they eat, work,
and sleep. This again is
different in the cities where the houses are much the
same as on the mainland.
All the houses with a few exceptions are thatched. On
account of the strong
winds the thatch is fastened by a net of straw ropes two
inches thick and eight
inches apart. The needs of the
people for things outside of their own products seem to
be so small that a few
shops supply them all. In the capital, Chai-Joo, there
are some eight small
shops; in Tai-Chung one; and in Chung-Ui perhaps one.
These are probably the
only shops on the whole island and from them the people
obtain the few needed
foreign articles, such as shirting, dyes, thread,
needles, nails, etc. The
periodical markets which are held on the mainland and in
all the towns and many
villages every five days, are altogether absent, and on
the whole trading seems
to be yet in its infancy. The things exported from
Quelpart are pearl oyster, seaweed, native medicine,
cosmetic oil, horse and
cow hides, horses and cattle. The cosmetic oil is
pressed from the seeds of the
fruit of the Ditnea Strawmium or, as the Koreans call it,
[page 179] Tong Paik.
This tree grows abundantly all over the southern part of
the island. It is
evergreen and blooms in February with beautiful crimson
flowers. On the
main-land this tree is very rare. (to
be continued.) The
Magic Ox-Cure. A
wealthy country gentleman,
whom we will call Mr. Cho, tiring of the otium
cum dignitate of provincial life and wishing to
throw himself into the
vortex of official activity, came up to Seoul and became
the anteroom loafer and flatterer in general to one of
the highest dignitaries
in the land. Morning and evening he inquired assiduously
after his patron’s
health and backed up his words with frequent and costly
gifts. Of course this
began to tell upon his finances and after ten years of
perseverance he received
word from his family in the country that he was bankrupt
and that as his
household were about to die of starvation they must
write and let him know. This disclosure
aroused Mr. Cho to violent anger against the official
who had so long accepted
his gifts with complacency but had never suggested any
equivalent in the shape
of a government position. He hurried
to the official’s house and explained that as his
property was all gone be must
return to his shattered home and his starving family. “Very well,” replied
the official. “Of course you will consult your own
convenience.” This made Cho’s anger burn seven times
hot. He stalked from the
room and posted to his country place vowing that he
would find some way to
bring the unfeeling official to terms. Arrived at his
ancestral village he found that his family had given up
the spacious mansion he
had formerly owned and were living, or rather dying, in
a wretched
straw-thatched hovel. It was necessary to raise
some money, and so he started out for a distant town
where his fourth cousin
lived, in order to negotiate a small loan. As he was on his way
he was overtaken by a [page 180]
severe storm. He looked all about but could
see no shelter anywhere. He struggled on, looking to
right and
left through the pouring rain, and at last sighted a
little cottage among the
trees. At the door he called out to the good-man
of the house but there was no reply. The house was not
deserted, for he saw a
thin line of smoke issuing from the chimney. He shouted
aloud and at last an
old woman appeared at the door and questioned who it was
that thus rudely
demanded entrance, though uninvited. When the bedraggled
Cho explained the
situation the woman relented and let him in. There was
but one stone-floored
room but this she gave up to him with good grace and
went about preparing him a
nice supper, after which he lay down and fell asleep. How long he had slept
he could not tell, when he awoke with a start to the
sound of a man’s
voice who was asking of the woman gruffly: “What time is it,
anyway? I must get off to market early with that ox”
whereupon the couple entered Cho’s room, the man
carrying four sticks and the
wife a halter. The farmer dragged the bedclothes off the
guest, bestrode his
chest and began to belabor him with the sticks while the
woman fastened the
halter around his neck. He was then dragged out of the
room, but to his horror
he found himself going on four legs and when he tried to
speak he could only
low like an ox. When one of his horns caught against the
door-post he learned
that he had indeed been transformed into
a four-footed beast and was being taken to market. To
say that he was
experiencing a new sensation would be to put it very
mildly indeed. At the market town he
was herded with a drove of cattle, among which he
was the largest and fattest, and consequently there were
many eager buyers; but
the farmer asked such a high price that none of them
could buy. At last a burly
butcher came to terms with the farmer and poor Mr. Cho
found that he was being
led away to slaughter. But as fate would
have it, the butcher was of a bibulous temperament and
when they came to a wine
shop [page 181]
the ox was tied to a stake
while the butcher indulged in the flowing bowl. And so
copiously did the latter
drink that he forgot all about the animal. Mr. Cho
stood waiting for hours but his master did not appear.
Just over the hedge to
the right was a field of succulent turnips. To the
bovine nostrils of Mr. Cho
this proved as tempting as the wine had proved to the
butcher. Mr. Cho had a ring
through his nose which was very awkward but at last he
managed to get loose
from the stake and, crowding through the hedge, he
pulled a turnip and began
to munch it. After the first bite a curious sensation
overtook him and he began
to have an over- mastering desire to stand on his hind
legs only.
A thrill went through him from tail to horns and in
another instant he found
himself an ox no longer but the same old two-legged Cho
as of old. This was
eminently satisfactory and the satisfaction
was doubled when, coming through the hedge into the
road, a befuddled butcher asked
him if he had seen a loose ox anywhere. He assured the
purveyor of beef that he
had not, and walked away toward home pondering upon this
rather unusual occurrence.
Suddenly he stood
stock still in the road, uttered an exclamation of
triumph, slapped his thigh
and hurried forward with his mind evidently made up. “Sticks
and turnips! Sticks and turnips!”
he repeated over and over again as if it were a magic
formula. He kept straight
on till night overtook him near the very house which had
witnessed his
metamorphosis. He called out again as before and was
similarly received, but
instead of sleeping, he arose in the night and sneaked
about the premises until
he found and secured the four sticks with which the work
had been done. He
followed this larceny with a silent and speedy
departure, not toward his home
but toward Seoul, still muttering in his beard, “Sticks
and turnips! Sticks and turnips!” Of course he knew the
ins and outs of the official’s house which
he had haunted for ten long fruitless years, and as it
was summer time and
very hot all
the windows were [page 182]
open. So he had no difficulty in marking down his prey.
He found him sleeping
profoundly. Cho knealt beside the recumbent form and
taking only two of the
sticks began tapping very gently upon the sleeper, but
not hard enough to
awaken him. By the dim light of the moon he soon saw two
horns grow out of the
sleeper’s head and his two hands gradually turn into
hoofs. This was enough. He
arrested the operation at this point and silently
departed. When morning came
there were hurryings to and fro and whispered
consultations in that high
official’s house. A celebrated physician came hurrying
up in his two man chair
and disappeared within the house. On a distant hill a
devil shrine awoke to
life at the howlings and twistings of a mudang who was
begging the imps in
frenzied terms to lift their heavy hands from the person
of a high official. But there was no
relief The great man sat there dumb as a brute with two
great horns protruding
from his forehead and his two hands turned into horny
hoofs. At this juncture Mr.
Cho appeared upon the scene, announcing that he had just
come from the country,
and when told of the terrible affliction of his former
patron expressed the
utmost concern. Admitted to the chamber of the official
he inquired what had
been done for him. He learned that physicians had
exhausted their skill and that,
at the instance of the lady of the house, mudangs
had done their best but all to no avail. Mr. Cho assumed a
mysterious air and asserted that there was one remedy
that had been left
untried and that he was sure it would prove effective.
He promised to secure
some of it and hurried away. Purchasing a turnip at the
comer grocery he cut it
up fine, macerated it and dried it into a powder. Late
in the afternoon he returned
to the official’s house and in the presence of the
family administered the
potent drug. An instant later the two horns were seen to
recede slowly into the
cranium of the patient and the hoofs to change their
form, and at last all
evidence of the bestial metamorphosis was wiped out. The
official’s voice came
back and he [page 183] joined
with the rest of the family in heaping thanks upon Mr.
Cho. But if anyone
supposes that his reward ended with mere thanks he will
make a grievous
mistake. Honors poured in upon him, peysil unlimited
and kwanzey
without alloy. Yi
Chong-won. The
Seoul- Fusan Railway. The
completion of this important line of communication is
an event of international importance, for it marks a
definite period in the
construction of a through line that will connect Fusan
with the whole of
Europe. The trip from Tokyo to London will then require
but a few hours of sea
travel. The Korean Straits and the Straits of Dover are
the Eastern and Western
sea barriers which separate the two Island Empires from
the great continent. To
think that only a few miles of track require to be laid
before this stupendous
piece of work is completed is almost enough to take
one’s breath away. A few years
ago it was laughed at as being the dream of a fanatic.
Today it is an
accomplished fact. The dreams of yesterday are the
realities of today. The formal opening of
this branch of the through line called for appropriate
ceremonies. No other one
thing has done so much to strengthen Japan’s hold upon
the peninsula, and the
way Japan has poured money into Korea to complete it
shows how confident she
was of ultimate victory in this present conflict. Of all
known things capital
is the most timid, and the unreservedness with which
money was handed out for
this purpose is a measure of Japan’s confidence in
herself. For weeks before the
opening ceremonies took place the broad space acquired
by the railway for
terminal facilities outside the South Gate of Seoul was
being prepared for the
occasion. Enormous arches of evergreen were erected, a
score of temporary
buildings of various kinds were put up. The steep hill
to the east was laid [page 184]
out with care and many forms of curious and beautiful
ornamentation were
devised to please and interest the guests of the
occasion. In honour of this
occasion Prince Fushimi came from Japan to act as
chairman of the opening
ceremony. He is the son of Prince Fushimi who has lately
been travelling in
America. In preparation for his coming, the city went
through a species of
Spring house-cleaning and all the main thoroughfares
were covered with a thick coating
of fresh red sand. On the momentous day
a large company gathered about nine o’clock in the
morning. Special trains had been
run from Fusan and Chemulpo and besides the great number
of Japanese and Korean
officials there were upwards of fifty Europeans and
Americans present. Gathered
under a spacious awning the company had not long to wait
before the exercises
began. On the platform, Prince Fushimi for Japan and
Prince Eui Yang for Korea occupied
the places of honor. Various addresses were made in
Japanese and in Korean and
the Prince declared the railway open. Hon. H.N. Allen
made an appropriate speech
in English. It was partly reminiscent in character and
carried his hearers back
to the time when even between Seoul and Chemulpo there
was nothing more than a
bridle-path. After the formal exercises
were over the audience were treated to excellent samples
of Japanese histrionic
art. Poems were acted in character and though the words
were lost upon some of
the audience the acting was fully appreciated. About eleven o’clock
an elaborate banquet was served in a long pavilion where
one thousand guests
were seated. After this was concluded and the toasts had
been drunk the guests
wandered about the extensive grounds and listened to the
excellent music
discoursed by the Imperial Korean Band, or examined the
curious objects of
interest which had been prepared by the hosts. In one
part of the grounds a
company of jugglers drew the attention of many of the
guests and in another
part trained Japanese wrestlers were exhibiting their
skill. [page 185]
Late in the afternoon the guests dispersed, but only to
return in the evening
and witness the fine display of fire-works, which closed
with several set
pieces of great beauty. Among the guests of
the company was Mr. E. W. Frazar of Yokohama, the head
of Frazar and Co. who furnished
the line with a large part of the rails and the rolling
stock. He is the son of
Everett Frazar who was for so many years the
Consul-general for Korea in New York.
He expressed himself with great satisfaction over the
fact that the Japanese
had adopted the American system throughout, in their
Korean railways,
contrasting it with the heterogeneous system found in
Japan itself. The guests from Fusan
were enthusiastic over the new 120 ton Baldwin engines
that are being put on
the road and over the fact that soon we shall see a
nine-hour schedule between
Fusan and Seoul. This will be an average of thirty miles
an hour including stops.
The road bed, the bridges, the culverts and tunnels are
all of the most substantial
character and do great credit to the constructors. It is asserted that
the traffic on this road is already quite
considerable and that the Koreans are taking advantage
of it very freely. The
influence of such an artery of traffic and travel cannot
but be immense. It
will almost surely cause great changes in former
methods, and during the period
of readjustment it may be that more or less hardship may
be caused. But this is
incident to all great improvements and the ultimate
results must be highly
beneficial to all such Koreans as have energy and
ability to take advantage of
the opportunity. When we think of the
enormous appreciation of land values all along the line
we feel as if Koreans
ought to inaugurate a campaign of education, to make
their countrymen aware of
this enhancement of value and to urge them to make the most
of it rather than sell to the first bidder who offers
them a ten per cent rise upon the original value of the
land. If a bag of rice
formerly cost nearly its full original value to get it
to market, while [page 186]
now it will cost only a few cents to do so, it is plain
that farm land has
nearly if not quite doubled in value. But there are
other factors at work as
well, which enhance the value of land, and unless the
Korean is apprised of
this he is likely to sell for much less than his land is
worth. Whatever sentimental
notions one may have about the Koreans it is quite
certain that the Japanese
have come here to stay and they come with money, ready
to buy liberally. One of
the most important problems in sight, therefore, is that
of the future of those
Koreans who elect to sell their fields. They are not
accustomed to handle large
sums of money and it looks as if there would be
considerable danger of their
suffering loss. Koreans should be exhorted to
hold on to their property at least
until they have clearly decided what to do next.
The
Koreans will have to learn by hard
experience just as the Japanese themselves did between
1868 and 1880. The
stories that are told of old worn-out steam-ships sold
to the Japanese at high
figures in those days would fill a small
volume. The Korean must also learn by his
failures. We believe that in this school he will develop
a fair degree of
ability to take care of himself. It will take time and
there will be many
unpleasant experiences in the process, but it is certain
that he is now up
against a genuine business proposition and unless he can
bring to bear upon the
situation a keenness and an energy proportionate to that
of the Japanese he
will go to the wall. All we ask is that
the Korean be given a fair chance. If he is given an
opportunity to obtain
redress in case he is treated in an illegal manner the
rest may safely be left to
his native genius. But what he surely should receive
from the Japanese is a
square deal. If this is denied him of course he will
have nothing left but to
succumb or rebel. In spite of many
cases of injustice which have been reported we still
believe that as soon as
the war is over Japan will put forth strenuous and
successful efforts to govern
the unruly element among her nationals in [page 187]
Korea. She may proclaim a protectorate over
the
country and temporarily impair its independence. This
will be contrary to her
express promises but there will be no one to make a
successful protest and it
may be that in time events will so shape themselves that
Korea may again be given
an autonomous position. Meanwhile there are important
lessons of industry and thrift
for the Korean to learn and upon his success in learning
them will depend in
large part the recovery of his political autonomy. Editorial
Comment. The
great event of the month has been the crowning victory
of the Japanese over the Russian fleet. The details of
the fight are now at
hand and enough is known to demonstrate that the Russian
fleet was a mere man
of straw, to be blown over by the first wind. When we
think of the tons of
printers ink that have been expended upon a minute
description of every
movement of this doomed armada from the time it left the
Baltic Sea until it
was swept away like a mere cob-web by the
Japanese navy there seems to be a grim humor about the
whole thing. It was a
tragic comedy! The thought of the doomed men who went
down in this forlorn hope
is inexpressibly sad. They were trying to do
their duty as they saw it; but when we look at this
event as a war measure and
see how totally the Russians misconceived of the prowess
and the skill of the
Japanese we can only say that Russia is lacking in the
first essential of war,
a knowledge of the forces that she must contend against.
The Japanese command
of the sea is now assured so far as Russia is concerned
and this will put an
end to all speculation as to whether Japan will be
permitted to carry
out her plans in Korea unmolested. This is a severe
disappointment to many
Koreans but it may prove best for the
peninsula after all. After the strain and stress of war
has been removed and
the Japanese authorities have
[page 188] time to
examine the Korean question in all its bearings, it is
reasonable to hope that
they will see fit to arrange for the proper jurisdiction
of their people in
this country. In spite of the views of some extremists
we believe that affairs
may be so arranged here
that the latter state of Korea and of Koreans will be
better than the former
one. We see from the Times
of London that Dr. Morrison’s recent brief visit to
Korea led him to make such
optimistic statements, that that influential periodical
judges Japan’s work in
Korea to be superior to the work of England in Egypt.
But we would like to
inquire what Japan has done for the common people of
Korea that is any way
comparable with England’s work for the Fellahin of
Egypt. We would not for a
moment disparage the splendid work that Japan has done
along the line of railway
construction and of general trade in Korea but when
anyone reports the
condition of affairs here in such terms that England’s
peaceful achievements in
Egypt and India seem to be thrown into the shade, then
we are compelled to
interpose a decided negative. Are the people of Egypt
governed better than
before the English occupation? Incomparably
better. But the Koreans are governed no better than
before, if as well. The
great public works put through solely for the benefit of
the people of Egypt
have absolutely no counterpart whatever in this country.
The railway was a war
measure which will benefit the people of Korea, but such
help was a secondary
consideration entirely. One good result of
this great victory is that the state of harrowing
uncertainty in which the more
conservative officials of Korea were plunged has been
cleared tip. They know
now definitely who their masters are to be and they can
prepare as best they
may to accept the inevitable with good grace. There are so many
rumors circulating that one can hardly put confidence in
the statement of any proposed
reform in Korea until after the actual event, but we
hope that there is more
than the ordinary amount of truth in the report that
Japanese police are to be
stationed in each of the prefectures of [page 189]
Korea. If this means a court of appeal to which Koreans
can bring cases of ill treatment
with some hope of redress, a very important step in
advance will have been
taken. Whatever happens to the official ranks of Korea,
we protest that the
common people should be left unmolested and that their
personal liberty and
their property rights should not only not be impaired
but, under the influence
of the more enlightened power of Japan, they should be
more carefully preserved
than they ever have been under purely native
control. American sympathy for Japan is based upon the
belief that Japan stands
for the “square deal,”
and Americans believe the justice of Japan’s contention
in this present war is
based upon Russia’s departure from this principle.
Whatever America’s good will
may or may not mean to Japan, it will be lost if in
the
flush of victory the latter should take undue advantage
of their power to
despoil the Korean people of their territory,
either by seizure or by forced sale. Such acts have been
going on all about us,
but it is the hope of Japan’s well-wishers that the
Japanese authorities will repudiate
such actions and put themselves on record as being
unalterably determined to
give the common people of this country a “square
deal.” The
appearance on June 3rd of the first number of the
weekly Seoul
Press is a matter on
which foreign residents in Seoul and every other portion
of Korea should be
congratulated. It is published by the
firm known as the Seoul Press of which Mr. J. W. Hodge
is the manager. No
intimation is given in the first number as to the
personnel of the management
of this weekly but we are pleased to learn from the
editorial column that “Our
little paper will be run on a strictly honest and
independent
basis, and will be the tool of no particular party, but
maintain itself on
sound journalistic lines and principles.”
The editor invites all who are of a literary
turn of mind to make use of his columns and to endeavor
to make the paper a
success. We trust that our new contemporary will
not be
disappointcd is
his plan and that [page 190]
he will have the hearty
support of the reading, the writing and the advertising
portions of our foreign
community. We feel sure that
this publication will meet a very decided need in our
community and the fact
that it is not a party organ nor committed to any
faction makes it doubly
valuable. We shall expect to see facts published,
whoever may
be pleased or displeased thereby. Almost all the
news that foreign papers in Japan get about Korea is
taken from the reports in
native papers, from Japanese reporters in Korea. They
thus get but one side of
the story. The world wants to know what is being done
in Korea not mere statements of plans and theories.
Every effort which the
Japanese authorities or private citizens put forth for
the benefit of the
Korean people should be clearly and fully stated and
full acknowledgement
should be made, and if there are evils which need to be
remedied they should
be, in a kindly way, brought to the notice of the public
so that an intelligent
opinion can be formed as to the exact situation here.
Public opinion is a
mighty agency, either for good or ill, but the only way
it
can be legitimately used is by feeding it upon cold,
hard facts. That is what
makes the difference between public opinion in England,
and in Russia. So we
hope that this new periodical will hunt assiduously for
facts, and give them to
us. We would rather have one column of facts about Korea
than ten columns of
clippings from abroad. For this reason we are pleased to
see that the management
of the Seoul Press intends to increase gradually its
staff of reporters and
correspondents throughout the peninsula. We wish this
journalistic venture all success. The past ten years of
Korean history are
strewn with wrecks of similar ventures but we trust the
time has now come when
something permanent can be
undertaken; and when in about 1970 the citizens of Seoul
look over the back
files of the Seoul Press, which
will then be in its sixty-fifth year, they
will say with pride: “This
is the first genuine foreign newspaper in Korea.” [page 191]
News Calendar. The
Home Department has written to all the provinces to
the effect that many of the laws are being disobeyed and
people without means of
livelihood are wandering about the country accompanying
powerful Koreans or foreigners and tempting young people
to sell or pawn their rice
fields or other property, generally in secret and then
spend the proceeds in
riotous living. These debts have finally been collected
of parents or brothers by
force, and these innocent parties complain that their
property is taken from
them without cause. It is a shameful state of affairs,
and hereafter a father
will not be compelled to pay the debts of his son and the
son cannot
sell the fields of his father. Anyone
charged
with this offence in future will be severely
punished and the governors are asked to notify all the
magistrates. Early
in the month it was reported that the Russian
soldiers in northern Korea had exhausted all their funds
and were demanding
both money and rice from every village. The
II Chin Hoi in Chin Ju district expelled eighteen
members and brought six of them into court for
punishment for illegal acts. The
following terms have been agreed upon between Korea
and Japan for the regulation of marine traffic between
the two countries; 1.
According to treaty Korean and Japanese vessels can
sail along the coast and on the rivers of both countries
for commercial
purposes. 2.
To secure proper permit the owner or master of a
vessel after applying to the government authorities
through his consul at any
commercial port, must apply to the customs authorities
for a navigation permit.
This permit is good for one year only, and must contain
the following : a.
Name and address of ship’s owner. b.
Kind of ship and number of tons. 3.
The following rates must be paid either to secure the
permit or to have it renewed : a.
Twenty yen for each steamship or sail boat less than
100 tons. b.
Fifty yen for each steamer more than 100 tons and less
than 500. c.
One Hundred yen for each steamship more than 500 and
less than 1,000 tons. d.
Five hundred yen for each steamship of more than r,ooo
tons. 4.
With this permit a ship may sail along any
coast or on any river, but cannot sail through a closed
harbor for any foreign
part. 5.
The permit must be exhibited on demand of any Customs
officer or magistrate. [page 192]
6. After government consent has been granted only one
storage house may be
erected at any given port, the maximum area to be not
more than two hundred
square meters. This land must be cured by application to
the magistrate, and on
expiration of the contract may be returned at
original price. 7.
If the owner or master of vessel acts contrary to this
agreement his permit may be suspended by
the Customs authorities, and if a serious wrong is
committed the permit may be
cancelled. 8.
Any ship sailing along the coasts or on the rivers of
either country without the above-mentioned
permit will be examined by the consul and a fine of not
less than one hundred
nor more than five hundred yen shall be imposed. 9.
If sailors on these ships act contrary to these
articles and the commercial treaties or disturb the
peace the matter must be
investigated and adjudicated according to treaty. 10.
This agreement shall be in force for five years. It
is reported that a new issue of 3-cent postage stamps
for use in Korea have been ordered from the Printing
Bureau by the Japanese government.
In
northern Choong Chung province the Righteous Army is
said to be increasing daily. While
here several members of the Japanese House of
Commons visited the Justice Court and city jail. Yi
Yang pak, of Euiju, has been executed, having been
charged with injuring the military telegraph lines. The
Yang Chung prefect says the Japanese railway
authorities have demanded of him five hundred men to
work thirty days each on
the railway line. He finds it difficult to get fifty men
for ten days, during this
season of the year, and thinks the people should not be
robbed of their time
for plowing and weeding their fields. At
the ceremony of opening the Keo-Fu Railway there were
present
from the Japanese House of Peers, Count Ohgimachi, Count
Matenakoji, Viscounts
Juonye, Tsutsumi, Akabe, Torii, Joiye, Mats- daira,
Makino and others to the
number of twenty-eight, and from the House of Commons
there were Messrs.
Yebarar, Sugita, Morimato, Hoselba, Ogino, Asano, Honai,
Ando, Fuknoka.
Takenchi, Iwamato, Tsunada, Nagai, Ishida, Terada,
Kimura, Haseawa. Matsumoto
and others to the number of one hundred and seventy
five, besides bankers, editors,
shareholders, contractors and railway managers. This
distinguished company very
strongly impressed the Korean officials and the
foreigners of various
nationalities in Korea with the substantial character
behind Japanese
commercial enterprises in Korea. [page 193]
The governor of South Choon Chung asks the Home
Department what disposition to
make of the request of the Japanese army that he shall
report concerning all
the horses in the province. Mr.
Cho Min Huy, Korean Minister to Japan, has been
notified by the Foreign Office to return to Seoul. A
reply has been received that Mr. Cho is seriously
ill, but will return after his recovery. The
governor of North Pyeng An province reports to the
Foreign Office that the prefect of Kang Kai has received
a demand from the Japanese
army for two thousand oxen, to be delivered on the
border of China, five
hundred miles distant. He bitterly complains because of
the difficulty in
securing the oxen and the hardship imposed on the people
during the cultivation
season. All
the French Legation Guards have departed from Seoul
with the exception of four who remain to look after the
Russian
Legation property. In
Juksan district
about one hundred evil characters have gathered under
the name Righteous Army
and have been squeezing money and rice. The magistrate
reported that his
efforts to arrest them had failed because each had a gun
and ammunition. The
government has asked that the following be inserted
in the agreement between the Japanese and Korean Communication
Departments: 1.
All officers appointed must be Koreans. 2.
Salaries of officers must be paid by Korean Finance
Department. 3.
Korean postage stamps must be used . 4.
The duration of this agreement must be settled. On
the first of May the contract for communication
service between Korea and Japan was published in the
Official Gazette. From
his country residence Mr. Min Yeng Ku,
Minister of the Finance Department, sent in his
resignation, but
it was not accepted. The
Minister of Finance has been requested to allow the
free and uninterrupted circulation of Japanese bank
notes, without regard to
the condition of the Korean market. One
night recently many valuable jewels and several
thousand yen were taken from the home of one of the
leading Ministers in the
Korean government. Thorough investigation revealed a
trusted servant as the guilty
party. The goods were returned, and after a lecture in
which he was reminded
that according to the law of the land he should be
imprisoned, the man was
given a handsome present and dismissed
from service. The
Home Department has asked the War Department to
despatch soldiers to Choong Chung province to hasten the
dispersal of robber bands.
Ten
thousand boxes of gunpowder for the use of the
British mines are just now being imported into Korea. [page 194]
Syn Tai-hu, Chief of Police, has sent identical notes to
the police in the five
wards of Seoul to the effect that young boys found
smoking
cigarettes must be whipped, and fathers neglecting to
get the boys in school
must be punished. The
German Minister has requested the government to
remove the granite blocks from the compound of the new
German Legation being erected
outside the West Gate of Seoul, and he also asks that
the stones be used in the
repair of the city wall in that vicinity. The
Vice Minister of the Supreme Court asked for a
modification of the Communication agreement so that all
officials and postage stamps
be put under the control of the Korean government, but
the proposition has been
refused by the Japanese. On
the twenty-second instant nearly three hundred members
of the Young Men’s Christian Association went to the
Synheung Temple for a
picnic. In addition to a splendid luncheon, cooked in
foreign style, debates
and several unique races were features of the day’s
outing. The
Vice Minister of the War Department, Mr. Om chu-ik,
has resigned and his resignation has been accepted. More
than one hundred post office clerks are said to have
been ordered from Japan to Korea to assist in the new
postal work undertaken by
the Japanese. The
regulations requiring examinations in order to secure
appointment to any of the Departments, include the
Chinese language (reading
and composition) international history and international
law. Only thirty may
pass the examination at one time
and the first thirty have already been passed and have
received their
appointments. The
Korean Minister in Washington telegraphs the Foreign
Department that Korean immigrants in Hawaii
desire a Consul of their own nationality instead of a
Japanese subject. When
the Japanese officials took possession of the post offices
on the seventeenth instant the Korean clerks and
officials were assigned certain
duties, which they refused to perform. Resignations were
sent in and the
Koreans went to their homes, and for several days
refused to attend the
offices. A few were arrested by the Japanese. Nearly
all the officials of the Communication Department
presented their resignations a number of times but the
resignations were not
accepted. In
addition to the previous regulations issued by the
Japanese commander-in-chief, the Foreign Office has been
notified of the
following : 1.
When the Korean government appoints a magistrate the
office of the commander-in-chief must
first be notified. 2.
Without the consent of the commander-in chief the
magistrate will not be permitted to go to his post of
duty. 3.
No mines can be worked or forests be cut down without
permission of the commander-in-chief.
[page 195]
Complaint is made that coal stored in Pyeng Yang
has been secretly sold without an account
being rendered. Request for payment has been made and a
demand to discontinue
secret selling. The
magistrate of Chin Chun district reports that more
than seventy members of a so called Righteous Army
entered his district from Chook-san,
with their leader Pak Chai-man. They had robbed the people
of rice, money and guns, and departed in the direction
of
Chung an district. Mr.
Chung Choo-yeng has been appointed governor of North
Kyeng Sang province. The
Law Department has ordered all judges to post
bulletins of the trials of those sentenced to be hung,
so that the public may
know the charges, evidence, and law under which the
criminal has been condemned
to death. The
Wonsan Kamni cannot see how ten policemen can
satisfactorily perform the labors it formerly took forty
policemen to perform. He
wishes to know why thirty of his policemen
have
been dismissed, and he further greatly desires
to have their places filled at once. The
Agricultural Department has been requested to grant
the use of the silk worm compound to
the Japanese commander-in-chief. Graduating
exercises of the Japanese language school in
Chemulpo were held on the twentieth inst. The Minister,
Inspector and other officers
of the Korean Educational Department were in attendance.
The five graduates
have been appointed assistant teachers. The
Foreign Office has been notified that the salaries of
Japanese police inspectors in the five
wards of Seoul must be paid at once. On
the eighteenth inst. a Japanese notice was posted on
the bulletin boards of the Korean Communication
Department that from that day
the Japanese would 1.
Take charge of the Korean ordinary postal service. 2.
Take charge of the Korean telegraph and telephone
service. By
a special Edict Prince Eui Yang-koon represented His
Majesty, the Emperor of Korea, at the formal ceremony of
opening the Seoul- Fusan
railway. The
Japanese Prince received from the Emperor of Korea
the decoration Keum Chuk Tai-soo and the attaché received
the Pal Kwa and Tai Keuk
decorations from His Majesty. It
is proposed to place Korean assistants under the
Advisers of the various Departments in the Korean
government, with salaries
paid by the Finance Department. The
director of all the foreign language schools,
Mr. Yi Chong- tai, has communicated with each school to
the effect that
education is for the mind, the soul and the body. Of
late some students have
taken a dislike to bodily exercise. The teachers are
instructed to require students
to take exercise regularly, and all who refuse to obey
the order must be
dropped from the rolls. [page 196]
Prince Yi Chai-wan has asked permission
of the Household Department to erect a paper mill in
Yang Kun district, and it
has been granted. When told of this His Majesty ordered
the Household Department
to collect the old and useless paper from all the
Departments now and in the
future and send it to the paper company without charge.
On
the 13th inst. public exercises of all the primary
schools were held and some suitable rewards were
distributed by the Educational
Department to those excelling in their studies. Trains
are running daily over the military road between
Seoul and Pyeng Yang, and the mails are carried
regularly. Passenger coaches are
not used, and at present no passenger business is
desired; but an occasional
pass is issued so that one may make the journey on an
open flat car, usually
loaded with railroad or army equipment. The trip would
doubtless be rather taxing on ladies, and the
authorities are at present chary
in granting them permits. The
governor of North Choong Chung asks the Home
Department to see that all magistrates residing in Seoul
be sent to the country
at once, because robbers are numerous and the people
cannot peacefully attend
to their crops. The
Foreign Department has announced that it will be
impossible to send a special representative to Belgium
to the forthcoming
congress. Six
inspectors have been appointed by the Law Department.
The
Home Department has provided for the stationing of
police as follows: ten each for Mokpo, Sam-wha, Masanpo,
Gensan, Sung-chin,
and Yongampo; eight each for Pyeng Yang and Euiju; and
four for Kyeng Heung.
The annual expense will be twenty-three thousand four
hundred and eighty-six
dollars. A
band of more than thirty robbers have been carrying on
their work by daylight in the Poo Pyung district, and
several wealthy Koreans
have fled to Seoul to escape trouble from them. The
II Chin Hoi have organized a company for the
ostensible purpose of cultivating
waste lands, and the Agricultural Department has been
asked to allow it. Since
the second instant only Japanese steamers in
special instances have been permitted to go north of Wonsan,
by order of the commanding general. Five
magistrates
dismissed for squeezing money
from the people have voluntarily appeared before the
Justice Court. Sixteen
thousand one hundred twenty-three dollars ninety
cents and two cash is the amount paid for work on the
railroad in Pyeng-San
district, Whang Hai province, as reported to the Home
Department by the Finance
Department. Yi
To Chai, Minister of the Home Department, sent in his
resignation four different times, and then it was not
accepted. [page 197]
Mr. Hayashi, Japanese Minister to Korea, has returned to
Seoul, as has also the
Japanese Adviser to the Korean Police Department. Much
of the material for the new water works system has
arrived, but government delays have thus far prevented
actual work of
construction. The
Korean Consul, Mr. Ma Kyeng, has been appointed
acting Minister of the Korean Legation in London. The
Constitutional Society, with Yun Hyo-chung
at its head has received from the Japanese authorities a
permit to hold
meetings. The
acting Foreign Minister, Yun Chi Ho, has received a
request from the Chinese Minister for the release of a
Chinese merchant
recently arrested at Haiju. A
telegram from the Korean Legation in London announces
to the Foreign Department the death of the Acting
Minister, Mr. Yi Hon-eung. A
telegram from the Foreign Department to
the Legation in Paris orders the Secretary, Mr. Kim-
Myeng-soo, to take charge
of Korea’s diplomatic affairs in London. Very
numerous complaints have reached the Foreign Office
on account of large quantities of nickels having been
refused when offered for
exchange. All magistrates in the thirteen provinces bad
been warned not to
receive nickels not coined by the government; but of
late counterfeit coins
have become so numerous that innocent people suffer
greatly and cannot protect
themselves. The government out of pity for the innocent
have decided to accept
coins whose quality and form compare favorably with
government coins, even though they may be counterfeit. No
celebration in Korea in modern
times has equaled that in Seoul on the 25th inst. at the
formal opening of the
Kei-Hu, or Seoul-Fusan Railway. Many
oxen have been demanded in the north for the purpose
of transporting rice and other commodities to the
Japanese army in Manchuria. Books
are now being printed for the use of those
Koreans who desire to study Japanese without a teacher.
Sample volumes have
been presented to His Majesty, the Crown Prince, and
others in the Royal Household.
The
Foreign Department
has been notified by the Japanese Minister that
according to the announcement
of the Japanese Chief of the Communication Department
since he has assumed
control of Korean Communications he will collect all
rates from telegraph,
telephone and post offices, and the official salaries
will be paid by the
Japanese government. A contract has been signed with a
Japanese fishing company
defining the limits of waters between Japan and Korea
where whale fishery may
be carried on in three different districts. The yearly
rates have been increased
from four hundred and fifty to nine hundred yen. [page 198]
From the Korean Legation in Paris a despatch has come
stating that the
secretary, Min Sang Hyun, is starting at once for Korea
as he has received
notice of the sudden illness of his father. As immediate
departure is necessary there is not time to secure leave
of
absence. The government is asked to pay the
return expenses. The
magistrate of Hong Wan
district has been changed, but as the former magistrate
was entirely
satisfactory to the Japanese army representations have
been made that a change
is not desirable. The
railway company has been asked to remove posts placed
around the hill near the South Temple. Agreements
with four French engineer have been cancelled
and the Foreign Office has sent to the French Legation
eleven thousand seven
hundred and seventy-three yen and thirty cents
for salaries, house rents and traveling
expenses. It
is asked that the material which
arrives at Fusan to be used in iron bridges be admitted
duty free. The
willow trees in An Pyen district
are asked for by the Japanese authorities
for the railway. Civil
service examinations were announced to be held
between the thirteenth and seventeenth of May, to which
each Department was privileged
to send not to exceed five men. Vacancies in the office
of clerk in any
Department are to be filled in regular order from the
ranks of
those passing the examination. The
Home Minister, Mr. Yi To-chai, sent his resignation
to His majesty. A
dealer living in Chongno has secured the monopoly
of furnishing all the Korean national flags throughout
the country. The
resignation of Miu Yeng Whan, Vice Minister of the
Supreme Court, has been accepted. The
former Chief of Ceremonial Department has been
appointed Vice Minister of the Supreme Court.
Governors
of the various provinces have been asked by the
Japanese commander-in-chief to report the number of
horses in each district. The
ex-magistrate of
Ko-Wan district, Hamkyeng province, unfolds a tale to
the Home Department of
how he was appointed prefect last September, and
proceeded as far as Wonsan on
his journey to take up his work. At Wonsan the
commander-in-chief of the
Japanese army detained him. He telegraphed
to the Home Department seven different times
but
received no reply. Finally the police inspector of
Wonsan took his official seal
by force and there was nothing
left for him to do but to return to Seoul which he did
four months ago. Now he has
been dismissed charged with being absent from his post
of duty, and he desires
to be relieved of the charge. Nine
Japanese police inspectors and thirteen policemen
for the various districts have arrived in Seoul. [page 199]
According to the recent military adjustments the monthly
expense for the army
is about two hundred and seventy thousand dollars, and
the adviser of the
Finance Department is willing to pay but one hundred and
eighty thousand
monthly, hence the War Department is short
on salaries. The
home Minister and
acting Minister of the Finance Department presented
their resignations but they
were not accepted. On
the sixth instant the Japanese representatives
appointed to receive the transfer of the Korean
communication Department made a
demand for said transfer on the ground that the
government would appoint
special agents to attend to the matter His
Majesty has issued a proclamation concerning the new
laws which have been promulgated. He
calls attention to the fact that there has been doubt in
the minds of
magistrates as to whether certain ancient laws were
repealed, and it has
therefore been found difficult to enforce the existing
laws. The new
laws are made up of the best of the ancient laws
conformed to modern foreign
regulations, to be published throughout the country and
observed forever. The
Sunju prefect has been summarily dismissed for
squeezing money from citizens of his district. The
governor of South Pyeng An province reports that the
people are greatly disturbed, and he asks that a good
magistrate be sent there at
once. Cutting
of trees on South mountain by the Japanese has
been complained of, and the authorities have been asked
to put a stop to it. The
Minister of the Law Department memorialized His
Majesty, stating that law should mean justice and asking
permission to appoint special
agents from his department to investigate all the courts
of Justice and Judges
and examine the evidence and judgments carefully to see
that no wrong is done.
His Majesty acquiesced, and six agents have been
appointed. The
Japanese gendarmes have been asked for permission to
form another political organization by several prominent
Koreans. Human
bones are said to have been found scattered along
the road-side near the railway outside of South Gate,
probably having been disinterred
when the many graves were removed by
railway workmen. The Home Department has ordered
policemen to see that the
bones are properly interred. The
former secretary to the Korean Legation in Russia
returned to Seoul this month. The
Minister of War, Kwan Choonghye, has repeatedly sent in
his resignation because of the reduction in the allowance
for military expenditure. He has now been dismissed and
Yi Yong Ik, formerly governor
of North Kyeng-san province, has been appointed Minister
of War. [page 200]
The magistrate of Si Heung
district complained that the conduct
of Japanese workmen on the railroad is such that the
Koreans are
all leaving the district, A reply bas
been returned that of course such conduct will cease
on completion of the railway.
The
kamni of Chemulpo
reports the request of the Japanese authorities
for the removal
of all the inhabitants from Walmi Island,
and the people are in an uproar. The
chief of Police has proposed to the Home Department
to employ a force of ten men in each ward at ten Yen per
month to keep the
streets and gutters free from filth. As there are no
funds for the purpose
he proposes to tax each jinrikisha one
dollar
per month, and after defraying the expenses of the
department
he will pay
any remaining money into the Royal Treasury. In
the Chungju
district the magistrate has been requested to furnish
one hundred and thirty
men daily for work on the Japanese railway with a daily
wage of seventy
cents. It is very difficult to take
the men from
their fields during the sowing and cultivating
season, and if the fields are neglected the crops will
be a failure. The
magistrate asks the government
what he shall do. Special
thanks have been sent in an official communication
to the Japanese Minister for exceptional greetings to
the Korean Envoy to Japan,
such as providing a Royal ship for the journey
and one of the Royal palaces for his hotel. The
governor of Pusan reports that since the action of
the Home Minister in relation to the police force many
police inspectors are resigning,
and he asks that new police regulations be promulgated
as speedily as possible.
A
complaint is made to the Foreign Office by the Chinese
Minister that many Koreans are crossing the border into
China and causing disturbances.
He asks that this be stopped at once. The
Finance Department has authorized the governor of
North Chulla province to collect taxes by accepting
copper cash. All
the governors
of the thirteen provinces have been cautioned by the
Finance Department to
collect the taxes with great care. In
a cabinet meeting the Ex-minister of communications,
Gen. Min Sang Ho, is said to have created a
sensation by declaring the agreement between the Korean
and Japanese
governments on postal matters to be sheer nonsense, and
the other Ministers are said to have remained silent
after his
denunciation. By
a special Edict the Minister of the Royal Household,
Min Yeng Chul, the General of Royal Officers Yi Koun
taik.
and the Minister of the War Department, Yi
Yong-ik have been decorated with the First Degree of Pol
Kevai. Yi
To-Chai, Minister of the Home Department, resigned and
Yi Chi-yong, Minister of
the Law Department, has been appointed to take his
place, and Yi Keun-ho,
governor of Kyeng-kea province has
been made Minister of Law. THE KOREA REVIEW VOL.
5. NO. 6. JUNE. 1905. [page 201] Dr.
Morrison on Korea. In the last issue of this magazine a brief
mention was made of Dr. Morrison’s report of the
condition of things in Korea,
a report which caused the Times to say that England’s
work in Egypt would not
compare favorably with Japan’s work in the peninsula. We
have now received
through the foreign press of Japan the full text of that
report. But before
reviewing it we wish to say one word upon the work of a
newspaper reporter or
correspondent. As we understand it, his office is simply
and solely to
ascertain and transmit facts to his paper uncolored by
theories and
uninfluenced by the policy which that paper adopts. He
may know very well what
his paper would like to hear but if the facts do not
coincide with that desire
he has no option. It is the main purpose of this Review
to place before the
English reading public the facts of the case as regards
Korea. The statements
made by Dr. Morrison are diametrically opposed to
many statements we have made. Either he has been sadly
misled or else we have.
We propose therefore to examine briefly the main
statements of the famous
correspondent in a perfectly dispassionate way and see
if we can get the issue
squarely before the public. We need not reiterate that
our position is one of
entire sympathy with every legitimate aspiration of the
Japanese. The development
of the resources of Korea depends upon their initiative
and we shall welcome
every attempt [page 202] to develop
these resources, provided Japan will
recognize the personal and property rights of individual
Koreans. Dr. Morrison says
that “Reforms already effected are remarkable and an
unmixed benefit to the
people.” One would suppose
that the Times would be interested in publishing a list
of these remarkable
reforms or at least a list of them, even if there be
no
particulars given. But Dr. Morrison does not give a
single reform already
effected, not one. He has much to say about the railway,
but a railway is not a
reform. We admire it as much as anyone but we see in it
a business proposition
carried out solely for the benefit of the Japanese. It
must, incidentally,
be of great advantage to the Koreans along the route but
we cannot include it
in any list of reforms. Near the end of his
communication Dr. Morrison does speak
of some genuine reforms. He says the reform in currency
will begin on July 1st,
that the Japanese Bank will
reorganize the currency, and
collect the land tax and will handle all state finance.
It is all in the future tense and these
prospective reforms cannot be put in the list of those
remarkable ones which
have already been effected. He says that these
reforms that have been already effected are causing
dismay to the Emperor and
his “corrupt Court of eunuchs, soothsayers,
fortune-tellers and foreign parasites.” It may be
granted that considerable dismay
is being caused by the Japanese occupation, although it
should be noted that
the latter had it well within their power to handle
affairs here in such a way that
there should be no dismay; but when it comes to
asserting that the Emperor’s
court is composed chiefly (for this is the plain
implication) of eunuchs,
soothsayers, fortune-tellers and foreign parasites we
simply say the language
is contemptible. Does he mean to tell us that the
Minister of the Household and
the various officials under him are so low in the scale
of society
that eunuchs, mountebanks and foreign parasites are
to
be mentioned before them? This matter of foreign
parasites, too, deserves attention.
One unacquainted with the circumstances [page 203]
would judge from these words that there must be at least
a half dozen foreign
parasites about the person of the Emperor. Now we are
acquainted with every
foreigner near the person of the Emperor. There is one
German lady who has
charge of, or has had charge of, the preparation, and
serving of collations and
dinners in European style. Her duties are arduous and
they
are performed to the utmost satisfaction both of her
employer and of his
guests. There is an English lady employed as tutor to
the Crown Prince, but she
does not attend the Court. There is an American in
charge of the electric lighting
plant in the palace but his work is solely that of an
electrician. Now these
three people, English, German and American are
stigmatized as parasites and are
said to form a part of the Court of the Emperor. They
are all salaried
employees of the government and people of irreproachable
standing in the
community. If they are parasites then every foreign
employee of the government
is a parasite. We are told that “the
Japanese are paying liberally for
everything.” Now at the beginning of the war when speed
was essential the Japanese Government paid Korean
coolies a comparatively large
wage for transporting provisions. The coolies left their
homes and followed the
track of war. Their wages were high and their expenses
were also high. We are
prepared to say that under the circumstances
the coolies were in no way benefitted
by the sudden demand and the high wage. When the
pressure was removed these
high wages did not continue. Today the Japanese pay a
Korean coolie thirty sen
a day, out of which he has to pay for his food. But the
regular coolie wage in
Seoul is one Korean dollar which is at least equivalent
to forty sen.
The Japanese are not paying liberally for everything. In
Wonsan and in many
other places the people’s houses and fields have been
appropriated, ostensibly
for military purposes and they have received only a
fraction of the current
market price. We have reliable correspondents in nearly
every province in Korea
and the same story comes from every direction.
[page 204] We
can hardly be charged with hypercriticism when we say
that, having obtained
from the government a grant of the land for the
railroads, the Japanese should have
seen to it that the people were paid at least a minimum
market price for the
land. We must leave it for the casuist to decide whether
it was not distinctly
immoral to secure such a concession from the government
when it was notorious
that the finances of the country made it impossible to
secure the right of way
except by enormous confiscations. By this process the
Japanese identified
themselves with an act of spoliation that in any other
country of the Far
East would have been the signal for instant and
sanguinary protest. We do not say
that none of the people were paid for the land but we do
say that many of them
were not. We are told that “order
is preserved with the smallest evidence of force.” Some
Koreans near Seoul were
deprived of their fields and when they protested they
were told to look to the
government for their pay. There was not even a
government commission or bureau whose
special duty it was to attend to such claims. These men
were desperate, and in
the night they tore up some rails of the track which was
being constructed
across their land. They knew nothing of martial law and
a few days later they
were taken out and tied to stakes and riddled with
bullets. This was effective,
and no more Koreans have protested but if Dr. Morrison
calls this the smallest
possible evidence of force we would like to hear what he
would call a fairly
large exhibition. We are told that
there is a great contrast between the policing of the
Korean railway and that
of the Russians in Manchuria “where the
people were set at enmity by the harsh treatment that
they suffered.”
Well a few days ago some American gentlemen were
travelling between Seoul and
Pusan. At a certain station a Korean gentlemen about
seventy-five years old
came on the station platform leaning heavily upon his
long staff. As he was
looking with interest at the train a Japanese employee
of the station about
eighteen years old and
nearly nude, came up behind the old man and threw him heavily
on his [page 205]
back and then stood aside and laughed. The old man
painfully regained his feet
and then the young Japanese threw him off the platform
onto the track. The old
man was unable to rise and his Korean friends hastened
to pick him up. We can
bring irrefutable proof of this transaction. It would be
well if the ‘mere
handful of gendarmerie’ mentioned by Dr. Morrison
could
be largely increased in order that the Koreans could be
secure from such wanton
acts of brutality as this. The most astonishing
statement made by the correspondent of the Times is that
“The Korean police
have been suspended and a Japanese gendarmerie
has
undertaken since January the maintenance of order in
Seoul and the surrounding
country.” To our certain knowledge there has never been
a day that the Korean
police were suspended. They are in evidence everywhere
in Seoul and its
vicinity and Dr. Morrison could not have walked two
hundred yards along any
thoroughfare in this city without passing the little
sentry boxes where they
are stationed. We do not think the
extremely one-sided view presented by Dr. Morrison is
accurate nor will it do
Japan any real good. The latter have acquired certain
rights in Korea which all
are bound to respect. Railroad building is a thing of
national and
international importance and the impulse given to the
development of the
country’s resources and industries is wholly
praiseworthy; but that, connected
with this work, there should be no mistakes,
no practices that are questionable is hardly to be
expected. As well-wishers of
Japan as well as of Korea we indicate the bad points as
well as the good, feeling
that this is best for everyone concerned.
A
Possible Protectorate.
As
we announced in a previous
issue, it has been intimated to us in unequivocal terms
by a gentleman intimately
connected with the Japanese regime in Korea
[page 206] that upon
the conclusion of peace Japan will declare a
protectorate over Korea. The question
forthwith arises what the excuse can be. We use the word
excuse advisedly for
at the beginning of the present war Japan concluded a
special agreement with
Korea guaranteeing the integrity of the country and
therefore Japan must show
good cause why that agreement should be impaired.. The
reason must be something
more than mere convenience and, since peace will then
have been declared, it
must be something besides military necessity. The first possible
reason may be that at heart the Korean government has
never been loyal
to that agreement, that it has always wished for the
success of Russia. This
excuse will not stand the test of critical examination.
At the time it was made
the Japanese knew very well where Korea’s sympathies
were. But it is well
recognized in law that action cannot be brought against
a man on account of his
mental attitude unless that attitude results in overt
acts of hostility. Now we
shall hardly be called in question if we say that Korea
has, in practice, lived
up to her agreement. She has given the Japanese
everything that has been asked
for so far as it was in her power; military occupation
of the country for
strategic purposes, supplies, labor, land. She has
actively cooperated with
Japan in this war. That this is so may be seen when we
try to imagine what
Russia might have done to Korea had she been successful.
She could rightly have
charged Korea with being the active ally of her enemy
and she could have
rightly annexed the territory of the peninsula without
any sort of intermediate
protectorate. What certain men in the Korean government
wished has nothing to
do with the question. It is what the government did that
would have justified
Russia in taking the final and irremediable
step. Without making any claim to special knowledge of
the finer points of
international law we think this statement is
unassailable. There must therefore
be some very strong reason that would justifA^ Japan in
depriving Korea of her [page 207]
independence since, in law, Japan’s success
was
Korea’s success as well, and in case of failure Korea
would have lost
everything. It has been said that Japan has acquired
special rights in Korea
because of her successful military operations against
Russia. It is said that
Japan has staked so much and spent so much that she has
a right to look to
Korea for part compensation. We consider such a
statement to be pure sophism.
Two men, A and B, form an alliance to overcome an enemy
of B’s. When that end is attained B claims that A must
sacrifice his private
rights and his personal property to reimburse B for his
expenditure.
A has a right to reply that it was not his enemy, but
B’s, that was being
fought and that, having risked his own life and aided B
in every possible way,
he, A, should be exempt from further
impost. Not only so but in all fairness he has a right
to demand that a certain
proportionate part of the fruits of victory should be
turned over to him. If
the loan of Korea’s territory hastened the end of the
war by ten days (and it
surely did this) then the very least that can be said is
that Japan owes her
hearty thanks and unlimited good will. If anyone is to
be mulcted to pay Japan
for her losses surely Korea is the very last. If this is
not law, morals and
common sense then we have missed the essential meaning
of those words. If there
is any one thing that has marked Japan’s military
operations throughout it is foresight. If then Japan
intended or desired to
follow up a successful war by appropriating the
territory of Korea, she should
have assumed at the outset, as she well might have done,
that the Korean government
was in secret alliance with Russia and that the
peninsula was to all intents
and purposes Russian territory. Knowing what the world
knows of Korea’s attitude
immediately before the war can anyone be hardy enough to
deny that such action
would have been legally sound? But this is
not what Japan did. Knowing full well
where the sympathies of the Korean government were she
said in effect
“you had better
reconsider your position and make friends with us, lend
us your territory and facilitate our work as best you
may.” Korea [page 208] acquiesced
and by this act and by her subsequent scrupulous
observance of her duties as an
ally she took from Japan all semblance of an excuse for
such action as seems now
to be contemplated.
But the
advocates of a protectorate may say, and have said, that
it is necessary to the
development of the resources of Korea. Here we come to
something tangible.
Waiving the question as to whether a government has a
right to determine for
itself in what way, and indeed whether, its resources
shall be developed, we
must ask whether it is true that a protectorate is
necessary for the
development of Korea’s resources. We think a negative
answer should be given.
What stands in the way of such development? An American
company is mining gold
in the north on a large scale and in a most successful
manner without any
thought of impairing the autonomy of the government.
Japanese have fishing
concessions. To say that the Korean government is
blocking the development of
Korean wealth is a falsehood. They put no stumbling
block in the way of monetary reform. Foreigners of every
nationality have
acquired the indisputable right to buy and hold real
estate anywhere in the
country subject to their own consular jurisdiction. It
is utterly untrue that a
protectorate is necessary except upon one single
hypothesis. If Japan intends to
allow her subjects to swam into Korea and occupy the
country everywhere,
forming a considerable fraction of the whole population,
then steps must be
taken looking toward the government of these immigrants.
If the Korean
government is unable or unwilling to provide the
administrative machinery
necessary for such jurisdiction then some other plan
must be adopted. Here seems
to be the strong point in the argument of the
protectionists. But there are one or two observations in
this connection that
are perhaps worth making. Such wholesale immigration
presupposes the acquirement
of agricultural land, since it is well known that a very
large proportion of
the immigrants must be farmers. This land can be
acquired in either one of two ways,
government grant and private purchase. Let us [page 209]
consider these separately. The Korean Government has
certain land in different
parts of the country. Some of it is tilled and some is
not. The best of all
this land is now tinder cultivation at the hands of
tenant farmers. There are
other portions which, being inferior in quality and
situation, are not
occupied. What then would a government grant mean? It
would mean either the
removal of the present tenants or the relegation of the
Japanese immigrants to
the less desirable portions of the country. The former
of these two courses is
a very possible one judging from antecedent cases and
the manner in which the
government acquired much of the land for the railroads,
but it is manifestly
unjust and iniquitous. If what European
and American papers say of the Japanese is true, the
latter cannot descend to
such tactics to secure land. It is well known that
all over the country there are large tracts of arable
land that lie fallow
because of the impossibility of irrigating them. If the
Japanese would come in
with modern appliances and redeem such land by
scientific irrigation the work
would be praiseworthy in the extreme. But we have not
heard of a single case in
which this has been done nor is there any reason to
believe that the Japanese
would be willing to undertake such arduous and expensive
labor while below them
in the valleys Koreans are enjoying the use of rich and
well-watered fields.
The Japanese have demonstrated during the past year that
they want the best
there is, or none. We must come then to
the second method of acquisition, namely private
purchase. If we look at the
city of Seoul and note the rise in the value of real
estate we shall find that
it is caused mainly, by the large influx of Japanese and
the heavy demand that
followed. The Koreans are very keen to discover the
value of their property and
they can always be trusted to do so, whether in town or
country. Now at first,
before Koreans have succeeded in adjusting themselves to
the new values of real
estate, a certain fraction of them will sell at
approximately the old figures,
but it will be but a short [page 210] time
before they grasp the situation and ask the full value.
That time will come
before any considerable fraction of the arable land is
sold, and when the
Koreans begin to put a price upon their land
approximately as great as that in
Japan the immigrants are going to find themselves in
trouble. They will not be
able to acquire land by purchase, the cessation of the
war will have put an end
to the confiscation of property for military purposes
and we do not see how it
can be obtained by any honest means. If it were the
better class of Japanese farmers,
men with more or less capital, that came we might expect
that they would buy
land even at greatly enhanced prices, but even so a
limit would soon be reached,
beyond which it would be unprofitable to go. In what way
would a protectorate
aid the Japanese to develop agriculture in Korea except
it be by providing means
whereby their people could gain possession of the soil.
We cannot believe Japan
would lend herself to any such iniquitous undertaking. Another argument is
put forth by the advocates of the protectorate. They say
the Korean government
is so corrupt that it cannot carry on the administration
and that it is useless
to attempt reform along that line. The only way, they
say, is to sweep the
whole thing aside and let the Japanese administer the
government. Now this is
mere assertion and requires proof before those who know
the Koreans best will
believe it. If the Japanese from the start had insisted
that good men be put in
office and that every form of official oppression must
cease, and even under
pressure the Koreans had rebelled against the demand,
then it might be in order
to make the above sweeping charge; but we are ready to
affirm, without danger
of contradiction, that there is no evidence to show that
the Japanese have made
any effort whatever to have good men put in office. Many
of the very men who
were the most corrupt and whom the Japanese charged
Russia with using for
questionable purposes have been left in office. The
notorious Yi Yong-ik still
flourishes and many another man whom we might name. It
is a melancholy fact
that if only the official [page 211]
works in the interest of the Japanese he will not only
be left .in office but
pressure will be brought to bear to prevent his removal.
With what face then
can the advocates of a protectorate claim that the
government cannot be reformed?
The attempt has never been made, and no one knows
whether it would succeed or
not. Not only so but the Japanese authorities have never
seriously demanded
reform along this line, and it must be reluctantly
confessed that there is no
evidence that they desire it. If a determined attempt
had been made to do this and
had failed, then the argument would have weight; but
whatever the probabilities
of success or failure of such an attempt may
be, the Japanese will commit a great injustice if they
consign the Koreans to
political serfdom, untried and uncondemned. But even if it could
be demonstrated that at the present time the Koreans are
not able to govern
themselves in an enlightened manner one would want to
know what the conditions
and limitations of the protectorate would be. If we
understand what the term
protectorate means, it is that one nation is taken in
hand by another in order to
protect both of them from internal or external harm. There
may be many secondary considerations which will conduce
to the financial,
political or industrial benefit of the protector, but
the main reason must be
the safety of the two. Now no one at all acquainted with
the situation in Korea
today will deny that Japan already has in this country
all the power that is
necessary for the protection of herself and of the
Korean people from internal
and external foes. What the Koreans need is self-respect
and education. To take
away the semblance of autonomy will be the first step
toward the extermination
of the nation, for it will take away all incentive to
self-improvement.
It will destroy their self-respect and render help
impossible. Is this what
Japan wants? We do not believe that it is what the best
element in Japanese
statesmanship wants, but there are unfortunately some
who look upon the Koreans
as the Boers of South Africa looked upon the blacks. We
believe there is a strong
element among the Japanese statesmen who [page 212] recognize
Japan’s obligations toward Korea and who believe
that it is to Japan’s interest that those obligations be
met in a fair and straightforward
way. If any reader of
these lines thinks that he discovers in them any
ill-feeling toward the
Japanese or lack of sympathy with the best interests of
that wonderful people
he reads wrong. It is possible to sympathize with both
Japan and Korea, and an
attempt to discover what equitable basis there can be
for the declaration of a protectorate
over the latter people implies no hostile bias against
Japan but only a desire
to arrive at the basic facts of the case, whomsoever
these may favor. Fragments
From Korean Folk-lore, By
Mr. Yi
Chong-Wun. A Trio of
Fools. Three fools were
once invited to attend the birthday festival of a
friend. On the day appointed
they donned their best clothes and set out in high
spirits for the village
where the friend lived. It was a hot summer’s day and
the blistering heat soon
induced that gentle somnolence which is so tempting to
the true Korean. Lured by
the shadow of a wide-spreading tree they reclined sub tegmine fagi and took a nap. But
before doing so, one of the
fools, knowing in some dim way that his memory was
unreliable, and fearing that
he would leave his hat behind when he resumed his
journey, hung it on a branch of
a tree directly over his head, so that when he should
wake up it would not fail
to be noticed. After wide excursions into the land of
Morpheus he awoke, and
the first thing his eyes rested upon was the hat. He
sprang up and exclaimed : “What
a lucky man! On my way to a festival I find a new hat.
It is surely a God-send.”
So at the next village he sold the “extra” hat
at a reduced price and went along merrily with the money
jingling in his pouch.
A summer shower came on and they looked
anxiously for [page 213] a place
of shelter where they could keep their good clothes dry.
One of the fools, seeing a hole in a rock, thought to
keep at least his hat dry
and so inserted his head in the orifice. When the storm
was over he found that
he could not desengage himself. One of
his friends seized him by the heels and pulled so hard
that he came away, minus
his head. This was awkward. The friend concluded that
the rock was to blame and
in his anger gave it a vigorous kick which resulted in a
broken leg. So only
one of the trio was left. He reached the scene
of festivity late and found the company
far gone in wine, but there was enough left to befuddle
one more. He arrived home late
in the afternoon and threw himself heavily on the mat
and slept. Meanwhile his wife,
who had succumbed to the blandishments of a Buddhist
monk, was planning with
her paramour how to get rid of her marital encumbrance.
At
last, they hit upon a plan. They shaved the head of the
slumberer and put a cowl
on him and left the rest to his natural imbecility. In
time he arose from sleep
and called to his wife. There was no answer. He saw a
looking glass hanging
before him. Peering into it he beheld a shaven monk. “Very
curious,” he muttered. “I thought
I was a married man, but here 1 find I am a monk. This
is a woman’s apartment
and I have broken the law by coming here. I must inquire
about this at once.”
He hurried out into the kitchen and there encountered
his wife. “Woman,
am I your husband or am I a monk?” She fell into a
pretended passion, heaped
all sorts of abuse upon him and told him to be gone
or she would have him locked up in jail. “Pardon,
pardon!” he cried “I have evidently been
dreaming; but I will go away quickly if you will only
not set the law upon me.”
As he climbed the hill to the monastery he pondered
sadly in his
dim way upon the mutations of fortune. [page 214] A
Fox-Trap. A woman
became,
in the natural process of things, the possessor of a
daughter-in-law. But
instead of the preternatural dilligence which is
supposed to characterize the
daughter-in-law, this one cared for nothing but sleeping
and eating So very
marked was this trait that the mother concluded the girl
must be a fox
transformed into human shape. If so, a great danger
overhung the house, for at
any hour the thing might change to its original and
native shape and work havoc
in the household. It was necessary to discover the truth
without letting the
girl know that it was discovered. That night the mother
watched and saw that the girl slumbered heavily and
never waked once. At
breakfast the woman said to her daughter-in-law : “Last night two foxes
on the hill kept barking so continuously that I could
not get a wink of sleep.”
“The same with me,”
answered the daughter, “I was kept awake too. That is
why I got up so late this
morning.” “So you heard them
too? What a queer sound they made – like this,”
and she pretended to try and imitate the barking of a
fox. “Oh I can’t do it. I
suppose my throat is too old to make
the noise. How was it?” “Oh,” said
the girl falling readily into the trap “it is very easy.
They simply cried Yu-horang!
Yu-horang’!”
Then the mother knew
her suspicions were correct, and the next night she had
the evil beast in human
shape strangled while she slept. An
Unworded Bequest. A country
gentleman acted for years as the hanger-on and general
satellite of a high
official in Seoul but never received any quid
pro quo in the
shape of office or emolument of any kind. The official
at last came to his end
and his sons stood about him weeping.
The faithful but [page 215]
disgusted
parasite was there too, and when for some reason the
sons were called from the
room and he was left alone with the dying man he vented
his anger and
disappointment by giving the sick man a heavy kick in
the chest and an ugly
punch in the face. The sons came back
and the old man who had lost power of speech pointed to
the satellite and then
at his own face and chest. At first the sons did not
know what to make of it
but at last they fell on their knees beside him and
exclaimed through their
tears. “Yes, father we
understand. You wish us to repay this good gentleman
for all he has done. Your parting wish shall be
remembered. He shall be one of
us and your wealth will be shared between us all as
between brothers.” A spasm
passed across the old man’s face and he passed away, but
the astonished and
delighted gentlemen had slipped into the hallway to hide
the grin which
betokened his joy that the old man had passed away
before he had time to add a
codicil to that will.
A
Visit to Quelpart.
(continued) Horses and
cattle
are very important items of export from the island of
Quelpart and a good many
of the Korean horses come from there. The cattle are not
nearly as large and
strong as on the mainland. The average price of a horse
is sixteen dollars and
of a bull or cow twenty-five. The ponies and cattle are
turned loose all over
the island and are left to take care of themselves, altho
they all have owners. In the winter they feed in the
fields and in the spring
they are driven into the mountains for the summer. The
stone walls built
between all the fields are intended for keeping the
ponies from running about
from field to field. A good many of the horses and
cattle belong to the
government and an official is kept there for the purpose
of taking care of
them. [page 216] Some
years ago he had to send up annually a
certain number of horses and cattle to Seoul for the use
of the government.
Since taxes in kind were abolished, he has been selling
the animals and sending
up money. As there is no watch kept the islanders have
no hesitation in
catching and utilizing a government cow or horse
whenever they have need for
it. Not only is the trade in its infant state
but the mode of life of the people is
quite primitive. Owing to the isolation of the island
the people are much more ignorant and much less
civilized than those of the
mainland. As on the mainland, so on the islands, the
people have little
religion. A Confucian temple in each of the three
cities, six or eight large idols
cut from lava and placed outside of each gate, and a few
shrines seem to
satisfy all the spiritual needs of the hundred thousand
people. There is not
one Buddhist temple nor a priest on the whole island. It
is said that about a
hundred years ago a sceptical governor
ordered all the temples to be destroyed and all the
priests driven out. Since
then they have never been allowed to return. The
governor was punished, though
for his atheism and soon died at Che-ju far away from
his relatives and friends.
There are a few interesting
sights on the island. Within ten li from Tai-Chung one
sees a peculiar rock
rising abruptly to the height of some eight hundred
feet. On the south side of
it at the height of about three hundred feet there is a
cave some twenty feet wide
at the entrance, twenty feet long and forty feet high.
From the opening of the
cave the view over the country and the sea is
magnificent. We were told that
many years ago a Buddhist temple was standing in the
cave, but was destroyed at
the same time as the others. At a distance of thirty and
sixty li from Tai
Chung, on the way to Chung-Ui there are two waterfalls
formed by two circular
holes in the rocky ground, about thirty feet wide and
forty feet deep. The
walls are quite vertical and two small mountain streams
fall into them. When we
saw them, one of the streams was
almost dry, and the other one had but little water, but
in the rainy season they
must present a [page 217]
splendid sight. It is interesting to note that both
waterfalls are exactly
alike. Not far from the top of Mt. Auckland there stand
up in one place a
number of rocks all alike and of the size of a man; when
seen from a distance
they resemble a company of people and this caused the
Koreans to call them
O-paik chang-gun
(five hundred heroes). Not far from Chung-Ui there is a
place with which the
following legend is connected : Many years ago a very
large snake lived there, and from time immemorial a
yearly sacrifice of a
beautiful virgin had to be offered. The snake used to
devour her alive. If the
virgin was not brought, rains would not fall, strong
winds would begin to blow,
horses and cattle would die, and sickness and other
calamities would befall the
people. About a hundred years ago a man had a very
beautiful daughter, who was
the pride and the pet of the family. Soon her turn came
to be sacrificed. The father,
however did not care to part with her and made up his
mind to try and rid the
island of the blood-thirsty pest. So when the time
for offering the sacrifice came this Theseus of Quelpart
took a sharp ax with
him and led his daughter to the sacrificial spot. He
left her there and hid
himself not far away. Soon the snake came out, but
before he had time to touch
the maiden, the man was on him and with one blow chopped
off his head. After this
he cut the snake all to pieces and put it into a large kimchi
jar covering it tightly up. The people were thinking
they were
going to live now in peace. But from that day the snake
began to appear to the
people in their dreams begging them to take out the
pieces of his body from the
jar and threatening severe vengeance if they did not do
so. The people became
frightened and at last decided to do as the snake had
bidden them. But when
they emptied the jar every piece of the former snake
turned into a whole
individual snake and the place was filled with them.
However the supernatural
power of the snake was lost and no more virgin
sacrifices were needed. Still,
to be sure about it, sacrifices of a pig, rice, whisky
etc., are offered yearly
on that spot. The ceremony is performed by mutangs,
who of course only show the [page 218] eatables
to the snakes and afterwards feast on them themselves.
These mutangs, or
sorceresses, I suppose, would not hesitate to swear to
the truth of this story. We were very curious to see the famous
three holes from which the founders
of three noted Korean families are said to have come
into the world. But I fear
that these holes as well as the three heroes are
legends. Nobody on the island
seems to know anything about either. Quelpart used to be a place of
banishment. The last exiles were sent there
about 1895. There are twelve exiles there now, mostly
political. Two of them
came to see us and told us that they were all free to go
wherever they liked on
the island. They are supported by their own relatives.
To prevent them running
away, no Korean is allowed to leave Quelpart without a
pass from the
authorities. After finishing our tour around the
island, our first thought was to
enquire about the steamer. Nothing was heard of her and
nothing was certain
about her coming. There was nothing left for us to do
but to hire a boat which
was open and was about thirty feet long and ten wide.
The channel between
Quelpart and the first island near the coast of Korea
being forty miles wide,
we had to wait for a favorable wind to cross it. So the
boatmen began to watch
the winds. In the evening of the second day, just when
we were ready to go to
bed, a boatman came and said that now was a good time to
start. However, we
were of a different mind. The night was cold, windy and
very dark and to take
up our warm, comfortable beds, which were ready to
receive us, pack up all our
things, and start off in a small open boat was not a
pleasant prospect. We told
the boatman that we would start the next morning. He
tried in vain to persuade
us to go at once but had to give in. Next morning after
breakfast, we packed
up, hired coolies and went to the boat which was half a
mile from our house.
But there we found that the Chai-Joo custom (poong-sok) was for boats to start only
after midnight, and that any
other time was unfavourable. No amount [page 219] of
persuasion could make them
go and we had to take a few of our things and go to a
fisherman’s hut. In the afternoon
it began to rain, and next morning a strong wind from
the north was blowing.
This wind did not cease for six days, during which we
had time enough to repent
for not going when we were called. At last the wind
changed and one night,
according to the poong-sok,
we
started at two o’clock having slept not more than three
hours. After sailing
for some five miles it began to dawn, and the usual
morning breeze began to
blow. This being from the north, the boatmen made up
their minds to go back,
and got ready to turn the boat. But we had also made up
our minds that we were
not going to go back unless for a very good reason. So I
spoke to them very
sternly telling them to go ahead and row until the sun
was up and then if the
breeze did not change, we would go back. My voice and
manner must have been
pretty suggestive as they took again to the oars and
made for the mainland.
When the sun arose the wind changed to the east and we
unfolded our two sails
and went flying over the waves. It was pleasant to think
that we were moving
toward Korea at a good rate, but to be in the boat was
not so pleasant. The boat
seemed to be very small, indeed and was leaning on one
side and jumping up and
down the waves in such a manner that it made us very
sea-sick to say the least.
In the evening we arrived at the first island, spent the
night in an inn, next
day had a magnificent sail among the numberless small
islands, spent another
night on the boat, and next day at noon arrived at
Mokpo. There we found a
steamer leaving for Chemulpo in three hours. At once we
transported our goods
from the sampan
to the steamer, and
next noon we were fighting the Chemulpo coolies. Korean Business Life
Until recent years the currency of Korea was only
the unwieldy cash and
this had much to do in preserving [page 220] the
immemorial custom of barter. Even today this form
of trade has by no means ceased and many Koreans still
look upon rice or cotton
or linen as legal tender. In the country there are
stated places where
periodical markets are held. There are few people who
cannot find one of these chang within
thirty miles of their
homes. As a rule these are held once in five days but
there are many special markets
for special objects. Almost every Korean product has its
special season. The
agricultural products are naturally more in evidence in
the summer and autumn.
Almost all farmers add to their income by
some sort of handicraft during the winter and the
products of such work are on
sale during the winter and spring months. For long centuries
there existed a peddlars’ guild composed of thousands of
men throughout the
country who travelled on foot with packs on their
backs and peddled their goods from house to house. They
had regular circuits
and their organization was quite complete. In later days
this guild fell into
decay and was superseded by a gang of
evil men who were used by corrupt officials to do
questionable work. They were
not peddlars and the unsavory reputation of the “Peddlar’s
Guild” should not attach to the genuine peddlars. It was mainly through
the markets and the peddlars that domestic trade was
carried on in the country.
In the great centers ordinary shops were common and
almost every commodity
was handled by a separate guild. The freemasonry of
trade reached very
extensive bounds. Many of these guilds were incipient or
partial insurance companies
and loss by fire or death became a matter of mutual aid.
These guilds were
taxed, not regularly but as occasion might demand.
Whenever some sudden
pressure was put on the royal household for money a
draft upon the guilds was
always honored, Korean shops are of
two kinds, open and closed! The ordinary shop is hardly
more than a stall; open
directly upon the street where the purchaser can
pick up and examine almost any article in stock. The
large merchants, however,
who handle silks, cotton, linen, [page 221]
grasscloth, shoes and some other goods have nothing
whatever on view. You enter
and ask for what you want and it is brought forth from
the store room or
closet. This seems very strange to foreigners who always
want to compare and
select their goods. Often enough a truculent merchant
after showing one shade
of silk will refuse to show more and say that if this is
not what you want he
has nothing that will satisfy you. You arc expected to
state exactly what you
want and when that is produced and
examined the price alone is expected to require
consideration. Shopping in
Korea is not reckoned one of the joys of life, as is
so
often the case in the west. The sale and purchase
of real estate in large towns is always effected through
house-brokers but
fields change hands very commonly by direct
communication between the parties
interested. The legal rate of commission to the broker
is one percent of the
purchase price of the house and is paid by the seller.
The purchaser furnishes two
pounds of tobacco to be consumed during the process of
negotiations. There is a
house-brokers’ guild and the name of each member is
registered at the Mayor’s
office. If a broker falsifies the amount demanded by the
seller and “eats”
the extra money, he is very
likely to be found out, in which case he will be
expelled from the guild and
his license will be taken away. Until very recently
there have been no banks in Korea, but the copper cash
is so unwieldy and the
cost of transportation so great that various devices
have been hit upon to save
the expense of handling. Large firms in Seoul,
especially the guilds, have been
accustomed to put out private notes of land which are
uniformly honored. The
credit of these houses is well established and it is
very seldom that a Korean
loses by using these notes. When taxes were paid in rice
an enormous amount of labor
was entailed in its transport to the capital, but since
taxes have been paid in
money it is much simplified. Yet the difficulty of
bringing up the money to
Seoul has resulted in a sort of exchange which is
mutually beneficial to all
parties. A man with capital will pay in to the
central government the entire taxes of a district and
receive [page 222] an
order on the prefect for the amount. Having received it
in the country he buys
goods or produce and markets them in Seoul or some
provincial center and makes
a hand- some profit. Of late years the government has
accepted their own
depreciate nickel coins in payment of taxes. It takes
upwards of four dollars
in this currency to equal an American dollar. But in the
country
the payment must be in copper cash since the nickels do
not circulate there.
But it takes only three dollars of the cash to equal an
American dollar. It
follows then that the operation is an immensely
profitable one for the
speculator. For this reason the prefects themselves
generally finance the thing
and reap the profits. In no land is there a more
practical application of the
adage that to him who has shall more be given and from
him who has not shall be
taken even that which he has. The rate of interest
is everywhere proportionate to the safety of the
investment. For this reason we
find that in Korea money ordinarily brings
from two to five percent a month. Good security is
generally forthcoming, and
so one may well ask why it is so precarious to lend. The
answer is not
creditable to Korean justice. In case a man has to
foreclose a mortgage and
enter upon possession of the property he will need the
sanction of the
authorities, since possession here as elsewhere is nine
points of the law. The
trouble is that a large fraction of the remaining point
is dependent upon the
caprice or the venality of the official whose duty it is
to adjudicate the
case. In a land where bribery is almost second nature
and where private rights
are of small account unless backed up by some sort of
influence, the thwarting of
justice is extremely common. For this reason the best
apparent security may be
only a broken reed, as the creditor often finds to his
cost, when he comes to
lean upon it. Let us take a concrete case. A man borrows
a sum of money giving
his house deed as security. He then makes out a false
deed and sells to a third
party and leaves for parts unknown. The mortgage becomes
due and the mortgagee
proceeds to foreclose. It is now a question of which
deeds are the right ones.
The owner [page 223] may have
gone to the mayor’s office and obtained a new deed on
the ground that the old
ones were lost. There should be no difficulty in
adjudicating the case but the occupant
having purchased in good faith is naturally loath to
move out. He is willing to
put down a neat sum to secure his possession. It all
depends, now, upon the
character of the official and is no longer a matter of
mere jurisprudence.
Herein lies the uncertainty. When money is loaned at the
minimum rate of two
percent, or in exceptional cases one and a half percent,
a month, the borrower,
besides giving security, generally gets some well known
and reliable merchant
to indorse the note. As the merchant cannot afford to
have his credit brought in
question, the chances of loss are very small. Considering the great
inequalities in commercial ethics here, the Koreans
trust each other in a
really remarkable manner. The aggregate of money placed
in trust is very large.
The average Korean would scorn to ask from his friend
more than a simple
receipt for money turned over in trust and it is my
deliberate conviction that
in all but a small fraction of cases the ordinary sense
of justice and decency is a far greater deterrent to
indirection than any legal
restraints could possibly be. Unknown
Land. “You are the
first
foreigners who ever came to this city.” So said the
hotel keeper with whom we
staid over Sunday in Sanchung City. It is a matter of
much regret that so great a part of Korea is as yet
unknown to the foreigner.
As soon as we leave the ports and large centers and the
connecting main lines
of travel hardly anyone, save perhaps one or two
missionaries, ever penetrates,
and even the missionary knows very little of the country
except that part which
lies on the road to and from his churches. I was greatly
impressed with the
white man’s small knowledge of Korea when last November
I took a trip with Rev.
E. F. Hall [page 224] into the
northwestern part of South Kyung Sang Province. After
crossing the lazy Naktong
River some eighty miles from Fusan we traveled through
six magistracies before
we reached the Chulla border, and careful
enquiry seemed to indicate that not more than one
foreigner had ever been seen
in any magistracy. We thought we were able to identify
Mr. Adams as the
foreigner who had sold tracts and preached some eight
years ago in Chogei and
Hapchun; Mr. Ross as the one who had been seen in Samga
some six years ago, and
Mr. Hugh Miller as the white man on a two wheeled
machine who had passed through
some four years ago on the main road from Chunju,
capital of North Chulla,
to Chinju, capital of South Kyung Sang Province. Besides
these three men seen
in the districts named, no white visitors were reported
to us. Even the French
fathers whom I had considered ubiquitous in Kyung Sang
Province seem to have
left these magistracies out of their travels, though
indefinite rumors led me
to think perhaps three out of the six had been touched.
The part of the
country through which we passed, traveling by the main
roads from city to city,
seemed more mountainous than that nearer Fusan and
Taiku. Certainly the valleys
grew narrower and the aspect of the
mountains more forbidding. As the valleys shrank more
and more until they
became mere farrows in the gigantic back of the
mountains, the arable land
rapidly decreased and the population decreased in like
proportion. We were led
to believe by our own observation and by diligent
inquiries as to markets,
etc., that there were comparatively much fewer people in
that western district
than in the richer district through which the railroad
passes. For the first
time in my Korean experience I traveled twenty li
without seeing a house. Our trip brought us
within view of the famous mountain, Chirisan. This is
the highest mountain in southern
Korea, and is on the border between South Kyung
Sang and the Chulla Provinces. The voluble Korean, who
was anxious to tell us
everything, insisted that its foot rested on eight
different magistracies, that
[page 225] it was
600 li around it, that it was 50 li from bottom to top
by the shortest road,
that it abounded in bears, tigers and wild boars, and
that its summit could
only be reached in the summer months, for as he said,
even then—it
was Thanksgiving day—the snow would be up to
one’s neck. This mountain with its numerous spurs is
certainly a formidable
barrier to travelers, and by its height has won for
itself a place of
prominence in Korean mountain lore. Entering the district
of Hapchun from the eastern side we came upon
the
prettiest natural scenery I have found in Korea. It was
a gigantic mountain
cliff overhanging for perhaps half a mile a
delightful little stream. About halfway up the cliff was
a winding natural road about eight feet wide, while
above, the rocks towered up
a straight column and below, there was a sheer drop of
two hundred feet or so
to the glistening stream. But not only was this natural
roadway a wonder to us,
but we marvelled at the rich verdure on that rocky
prominence. Large trees a foot
in diameter sprang sideways out of solid rock and then
coming upwards sent out
their branches as naturally as if the roots were
imbedded in rich earth. The
November weather had tinted the leaves with every
autumal hue, and the colored
foliage was so thick we hardly saw the sun from one end
of the beautiful walk
to the other. Toward the end of the
walk which we named “The Cliff Walk” we came across two
huge boulders which nearly
blocked the way. They had dropped down from the mass of
rock above, and the
sight of them added to the fear which had lurked within
us from our entrance into
those scenes lest we should be struck by some falling
rock. The inhabitants of
the village nearby say that whenever a rock falls some
one in the village dies
within a few days. Not long since an old man passed away
ten days after a piece
of rock had broken loose from the cliff and fallen. Towering cliff,
shining stream, romantic path, curious trees, glorious
foliage, appalling
height;--if it were in some
more favored land, it would be bought at a [page 226] fabulous
price as a national park and fast railroads would convey
the multitude to see
this wonder, and lovers to whisper secrets in its
deepest shade. Our trip was not
without its amusing experiences, and many were the cows
which created fun for
the on- lookers but consternation for their owners. Just
as we were entering
Hamyang City we came upon a young man plowing with a
cow. The cow did not like
our appearance and began to look wildly alarmed. “Hold the cow tight,”
I shouted. “There is no cause
for worry,” came the response. But as the cow was
worrying, whether I was or not, I shouted again, “Take
hold of the cow’s head.”
“It is all right. Don’t
you see I have hold of this rope”—a rope
about 15 feet long. But the cow, being
sure it was not all right, made a lunge, the rope broke,
and away she went,
over a low wall, through a stony bottomed creek, across
the sandy plain, terror
pictured in every jump, while the plow turned
somersaults and handsprings,
poked its nose into rocks, smashed its handles on the
cow’s back,—away
and a never slackening speed until it was lost to view
behind a sheltering
strip of woods. The young man
immediately began to howl, “Aigo! Aigo!! Aigo!!! It was
a borrowed plow and
will cost me thirty nyang and I only get thirty
nyang a year;” and with huge sobs and mighty crying the
young man followed us
to the entrance of the city, where he left us to search
for the truant cow. The next morning he
came bearing several pieces of the shattered plowshare
that we might look on
the ruin. We lectured him—we had to
do something—on not seizing the cow when told, but to
make
the lecture sit easily we gave him a little present. He
warmly protested he had
not come for money, only to show the damage, but he took
the gift without much
urging. However in the evening our hotel keeper handed
us ten eggs. “We have enough eggs,
thank you, we do not need these.” “But these are the
eggs the young man with the [page 227]
broken plow left as a token of his gratitude for your
unexpected present.” So we ate them, and
have never heard of the cow, plow or young man
since. We were somewhat of a
curiosity in that unexplored region, but the Korean who
never sees a foreigner evidently
has not much of an appetite for a vision, for tho
they were curious as to our food and did swarm the doors
at times, yet we were
not as badly beset by gaping natives as we used to be a
few years ago almost in
the streets of Pusan. We did not repeat the
robber experiences I had enjoyed five years ago on the
way to Taiku, tho we
were not free from alarms. On the highest mountain
slope, we passed a body of
men just emerging from a village while the cries of
distress arose wildly from
the place. They had no visible arms, but our Koreans
assured us they were a
lawless band given to robbery and violence. We were
allowed to pass
unchallenged. That whole western region swarms with
highwaymen, and fifty
soldiers were quartered near by to seize them, but the
influence of the soldiers
spreads visibly only a few miles. In Sanchung we were
told that not long
before, at night, twenty nine men had come into town
stark naked, who had been
seized one by one as they came over the high mountain we
had just crossed; and
then after hours of hungry waiting they had been
stripped of their all and let
go. We sincerely hope the Japanese in their many reforms
will discover a way of
suppressing highwaymen. Our trip ended
pleasantly after we had touched half the districts of
south Kyung Sang
Province, and had seen more of this part of the world
than any other Protestant
missionaries. Would that we all might travel more. A
reliable knowledge of
Korea’s interior could be thus most rapidly gained, R. H. SIDEBOTHAM.
[page 228] Editorial Comment In spite of all
criticisms that may be made of the actions of
a certain class of Japanese subjects here in Korea there
is a brighter side to
the picture. We have consistently held to the view that
when the authorities in
Japan get some far weightier matters off
their minds and have time to attack the Korean problem
they will discover the
unfortunate trend of events and find a remedy for them.
We have more than once
expressed the belief that the condition of affairs among
the common people here
is but vaguely understood by the legislators in Tokio.
We have just received a
striking proof of the truth of this surmise. We are told
on the best authority
that a number of Japanese Members of the Diet recently
came overland by rail
from Wiju to Seoul and when they arrived expressed
themselves as astonished and
disgusted with the deportment of the lower classes of
Japanese in the North.
Their language was much stronger than any we have used.
One of these gentleman
was very rudely treated by a Japanese coolie on the
train and the M.P.
called a policeman and had the fellow put off. This was
something of an
eye-opener and it would be a very good thing if every
member of the Diet could
make a personal inspection of the state of affairs here.
We firmly believe that
all that is necessary is that the facts should be
stated, and a remedy will be
found. The day has
arrived for the beginning of the currency reform. We
have never for a moment
believed that Japan would be guilty of the monstrous
injustice of entirely casting
out the counterfeit nickels and leaving thousands of
innocent Koreans bankrupt.
The government has received these coins as legal tender
and has practically legalized
them. It has paid salaries and wages in them and
the Japanese, as everyone knows, have done more than
their share in furnishing
counterfeits. We hear that sharpers have been buying
Korean nickels,
culling out the good ones and throwing the rest back
upon the [page 229] ignorant
people. A man came up from the country the other day
with a fat bag of nickels
but among them all there were not
enough to pay his railway fare from Chemulpo to Seoul!
It now appears that we
were right in not believing these counterfeit would be
repudiated. We are told
that a way will be found to do justice in this matter.
One suggestion is that
the good nickels should be bought in at two dollars to
the yen and the others at
three dollars to the yen. Even this will entail hardship
but it would at least
be a partial attempt at justice. Our feeling is that the
government who, after all,
are mainly instrumental in bringing about the
demoralization in currency,
should bear the brunt of the burden and buy back every
nickel at the rate of
exchange now prevailing—say 2.30
to the yen. We have great faith in Mr. Megata’s good
judgment and whatever is
done: we feel that the antipathy of the Korean people
will be roused as little
as possible. Meanwhile it is universally acknowledged
that the circulation of a
single homogeneous
currency with a fixed value will be of immense
value to the Koreans and Japanese alike. For one thing,
it will stop the
exchange gambling and the constant fleecing of the
common people by the
finger-tricks of shysters. The
taking over
of the Post Office by Japan is a logical outcome of the
situation and one that
was to have been expected. It is very unpalatable to the
Koreans, for they see
in it a definite step toward the absorption of the
country by Japan. In other
words we have here today all the fundamental
elements of a protectorate, but without any formal
announcement of such a
protectorate. We have elsewhere submitted our views on
this subject, but there
is one word that should be added. There is
one way by which the establishment of a protectorate by
Japan over Korea could
be effected in a legal manner and without the breaking
of any previous promises
that Japan has made. The Korean government and people
are now thoroughly
convinced that something radical will be done by the
Japanese in spite of
everything. They are looking about anxiously
for ways and [page 230] means
to reconcile themselves to the inevitable. Now if the
Japanese government
should approach Korea with a proposition, in which the
ultimate independence of
Korea would be guaranteed conditional upon the genuine
waking up of Korea, but
with the understanding that for the time being Korea
voluntarily put herself
under the tutelage of Japan as a “protected” government,
we believe that Korea
would acquiesce and that she would even request such
action. What Koreans want
is the ultimate independence of the country. If this can
be assured by a solemn
agreement to which all the treaty powers are witnesses
we believe that Koreans
would enter heartily upon the work of fitting themselves
for that ultimate
independence. If Japan takes over Korea arbitrarily
she breaks her promise and the Koreans
will rightly believe that the end has
come. This will breed only hatred and rancor without
end. The Koreans will be
desperate and they will have no ambition except to
thwart
Japanese interests here. If, on the other hand,
Korea
could be assured that under proper conditions
she could attain to ultimate full independence the mass
of the people would be
given a powerful incentive to win to that goal.
Education would flourish, hope
would spring up and we should see a renovated and
progressive Korea. She would
gradually and increasingly come to see that Japan is her
best friend and the
two peoples would be welded into a friendship that would
last for all
time. To such a plan we believe that almost every treaty
power would willingly
consent. Of course we know that Japan need ask no-one’s
consent to form an
arbitrary protectorate, but if the other powers should
heartily endorse this
milder plan and advise Korea to submit to a temporary
protectorate for her own
good, we believe that the fair fame of Japan would be
enhanced, for the consent
of Korea would save her from breaking her solemn
engagement to uphold Korean
independence, and hope would take the place of despair
in the Korean mind. Never
until the last moment will we give up the belief that
Japan will do the
broad-minded, the just, the generous
thing. [page 231]
News Calendar. On the 27th. alt
the Japanese Emperor sent a message to the
Emperor of Korea thanking him for his hospitality to
Prince Fushimi.
Jr. The Emperor replied in an appropriate note. The term of
contract of M. Cremazy, as adviser to the Law
Department, expired
last month and the Foreign Office sent notice
to the French Legation that the contract would not be renewed.
The Government will lose the services of a
faithful and diligent and distinguished
man, and we wish him all success in
his future work wherever that
may be. The Foreign
Minister has asked that Japanese be stopped in the
work of cutting down valuable timber in the vicinity of
royal tombs in the
district of An-byun. The Dai Ichi
Ginko
has given notice that (1) It will
issue bank-notes in Korea. (2) These notes
will be exchangeable for
Japanese currency at any time. (3) The bank
will
keep in its vaults a reserve equal to the issue of notes
and at least one
fourth of this will be in gold and silver. (4) This issue
will be secured up to the limit of Yen 10.000,000. (5) When Korean
market conditions require, this limit may be exceeded,
but only with
the permission of the proper authorities. Before his
departure for America the retiring American Minister,
Dr. H. N. Allen sent a
communication to the Foreign Office saying that the
number of patients of the
Severance Memorial Hospital is rapidly increasing and
that he hoped the Korean
Government would see its way clear to making a monthly
grant of five hundred
yen to help carry on this excellent work. It is said that
the new Korean currency which has been minted in Japan
has arrived at the
Finance Department and is ready for the change which is
expected to begin on
the first of July. The Korean
Minister to Japan requests that Yen 3,000 which he paid
out on account of the
visit of the special ambassador, Prince Eui-yang
to Japan some time ago, be repaid. News has reached
the capital that recently a gang of robbers entered the
town of Chung-yang and
after looting burned it. A Korean, Pak
Wan-sik, and others have applied to the government for a
franchise for a
butchers company to carry on business in Seoul as
follows :- All butchers
west
of Chong-no to remove outside the West Gate and all
those east of Chong-no
to go outside the East Gate. There will be a competent
veterinary surgeon at
each of these places to examine the cattle and see that
none of them are diseased.
A tax of five dollars [page 232] will
be paid for each animal slaughtered
and one thousand dollars will be paid to the Department
of Agriculture, Commerce
and Public Works yearly, in the Spring and the Autumn. On the evening
of
June 1st. Hon. T. H. Yun gave an interesting
lecture
before the Y. M. C. A. on the subject of Korean Women. Yi Keun-ho
the Minister of Law has ordered that a box should be
placed in front of his
office in which the people can place petitions on
matters in which they desire redress. The Japanese
Minister has notified that all the postal headquarters in
the various
districts will be taken over gradually by the Japanese
and that
the present
incumbents in those offices will be paid their salaries
as usual until
some other arrangement is made. On June 4th. Mr.
Stevens, the Adviser to the Foreign Office, gave an
entertainment at the old
Palace grounds to all the Korean Ministers and all
Foreign Ministers and
Advisers. The prefect of
Chung-ju announces that in that district certain
Japanese subjects have
forcibly seized a large amount of land
including many rice fields, ostensibly for the purpose
of digging clay. Many
Koreans are moving away, having been deprived of their
means of subsistence. The Supreme
Court
recently sent an order to each of the ministers of
state, calling upon them to
attend the cabinet meetings each afternoon at three
o’clock. It is reported
that Japan intends to place commissioners in each of
the provinces to attend to the matter of the monetary
change. By special
edict,
Hon T. H. Yun has been decorated with the third order of
the Pal-gwa and Mr. Ko
Heui-sung with the fourth order of the Ta-geuk. We have received
from the Japanese Postal authorities a sample of the new
Japan-Korea postage
stamp which will go into effect on July 1st.
Only one kind is to be issued and
the denomination is three sen. It is for domestic use
only but will carry a
letter to any part of Japan or to any China port where
there is a Japanese post
office. It is emblematic of the close union between the
two countries and there is nothing on it to indicate
that the two powers are
not coordinate. It is a nicely gotten-up stamp. It is
red in color with a
double ring in the center, one ring within the other.
Between the two rings we
find on the right hand and the left the two national
flowers, the chrysanthemum
for Japan and the plum blossom for Korea. In this same
space, at top and bottom
there is the representation of two carrier pigeons which
are quite appropriate.
In the center ring are the Chinese characters meaning
three sen or cents. Above
the circles is a scroll on which are written in Chinese
**********
to commemorate the union of the Korea and Japanese
postal and telegraph
systems. [page 233]
It is stated that the Japanese have definitely decided
to build a railroad from
Wonsan to Pyengyang rather than to Seoul. His Majesty has
issued a special edict.to the effect that education, must
be
fostered and that the whole people must have an
opportunity to acquire knowledge; that the laws must be
so administered that no
one shall be unable to secure redress in case he is
injured; that men shall be appointed to office who will
not squeeze the people’s
money. This sounds very well and we know of one case at
least that will prove whether
the officials have heeded this edict or propose to let
it pass—as
so many have in the past, as a dead letter. The Governor of
Whang-hai Province reports that the Japanese
military have asked him to give the figures as to
population, school, monasteries,
area of rice-fields and amount
of taxes throughout = his province. He asks what he
shall do about it. The Japanese
Minister has demanded Yen 3,000 from the Korean
Government as payment for the
repairs of the road from the South Gate to the Imperial
Altar at the time of
the coming of Prince Fushimi, Jr. The retiring
American Minister, Hon. H. N. Allen, had a final
audience with His Majesty and announced his departure
from Seoul.
The Emperor spoke of Dr. Allen’s long residence and
complimented, him upon his
diplomatic success, and he expressed his regret at
seeing a friend of so many
years’ standing leave the country. On the sixth of
June the German Legation was besieged by callers who
wished to offer their
congratulations upon the marriage of the Crown Prince of
Germany. A number of
Songdo
people have complained to the Foreign Department that
Japanese subjects in that
town have seize upon two large business houses there to
establish a bank
and a postal telegraph office. They petition that the
Japanese be made to
return the property. It has been
settled that one Japanese inspector and a number of
police be regularly
stationed at many of the important prefectural towns
such as Pyengyang, Hai-ju,
Hamheung, Suwun,Taichun,
Taiku, Chunju, Kongju, Yungbyun, Kyungsung,
Kwangju and Chinju. The Department
of
Agriculture, Commerce and Public Works has been busy
drawing up a scheme for
the taxation of industrial enterprises in Korea. It has
determined upon ten
different grades of business. The hot springs
at
One-yang have been greatly improved by the
Japanese,
a hotel has been built and it is said that there are
many visitors to the
place. On June sixth
occurred the opening ceremony of the Masanpo branch of
the Seoul-Fusan Railway.
His Majesty has
presented to the Empress Dowager of China a gold
finger-ring, a pair of silver
vases, four embroidered panels and twenty pounds of red
ginseng. [page 234] The
Japanese military authorities demanded the use of the
government silk farm for
use of the Japanese soldiers. The Minister of
Agriculture &c. requested
that they wait about ten days till the silk- worms had
spun their cocoons, but
the request was unheeded and the Japanese
forthwith removed the worms to another place in baskets
and cut down several
thousand mulberry trees. As was to
have been expected most of the worms
died in transit, as the time of spinning is a very
critical one with them. This
is a Korean report. We suppose the Japanese had some
better excuse for their
action than here appears . Unfortunately the Koreans do
not know what that
excuse is. The Foreign
Office
received from the French Legation a demand for the
payment of Yen 8,640. This
money is due, according to contract, to the French
inspector of the late
Railway Bureau. It is said that
the Minister of the Household contemplates establishing
a system
of water-works in the city of Pyengyang. A curious story
is
told of a floating mine which reached the shore of
Kangwun Province. The people
crowded about it and one of them proceeded to open it
with a hammer. It opened. Thirty seven people were
killed on the spot, if
Korean accounts of the tragedy are correct. On June 7th.
1,390
packages of ginseng were exported to China from
Chemulpo. A deserter from
a
German man-of-war is said to have been arrested at Suwun
and returned to his
vessel. On the eleventh
of
June a placard was publicly posted at
the Great Bell to the effect that Japan and Russia were
about to negotiate peace.
This may have been a little premature but we hope it is
true Koreans say that
wonderful “water-machines”
have been installed in the palace, equal to “nine
dragons pouring the water from their mouths.”
These marvels were imported from Japan. An agent of the
Japanese
Agricultural Department has been making a tour of
southern Korea for the
purpose of examining the cotton prospect of that region
and he finds that the
lands about Mokpo and Kun- san are in excellent
condition for the growth of
this plant. The police
Department determined to levy a monthly poll tax of one
dollar on each dancing
girl (?) but the adviser overruled it. Mr. Sin Tai-mu,
the acting Korean Minister in Washington has asked to be
relieved for the time
being because of illness. A report from
Chipyung district says that nine men have been shot down
by members of the
so-called Righteous Army. Soldiers were
asked for and have been sent. The Seoul Young
Men’s Christian Association closed its spring
campaign
with a rousing meeting at which several of the ministers
of state were present.
A large number of Koreans took part. As each spoke
briefly and to the point it
was a most enjoyable occasion. It is evident that the
Korean Government looks
upon this organization with great favor.
[page 235] Some
Koreans have asked the Government
to be allowed to form a joint Japanese and Korean
company for the purpose of
reclaiming the waste lands. Among other things,
they
offer to pay taxes from the very start. When they
furnish water from their
irrigation ditches to the people they want to collect in
payment two bags of
rice from every plot of ground that requires one bag of
rice to plant. They
propose to raise 500,000 dollars capital, divided into shares
of 200 dollars each. The Law
Department has now properly requested the Finance
Department to make a special
grant of Yen 2,500 as a token of appreciation of the
services of the retiring
Adviser, M. Cremazy. The native press
gives a very pathetic account of the plight in which all
the clerks of the
postal and telegraph bureau found themselves when the
Japanese took over this
department. Throughout the country the number of
incumbents was very large, and
to be summarily thrown out of employment must have been
something of a
hardship. Some of them were probably not very efficient
servants of the government, but so far as we are
concerned we always found the
Korean arrangements fairly satisfactory. The prefect of
Yangju reported that the Japanese mihtary authorities
applied to him for 500 workmen
on the railway line for a month but as it is a busy time
on the farms he cannot
comply. It is said that
the Japanese authorities pay one dollar and a half for
the removal of each
grave along the railway line. The Koreans are
much agitated over the fact that a Korean “lady”
has opened a shop and attends it in person. She is the
former
concubine of one of the high officials and the Koreans
flock to her shop in great
numbers to buy goods. She is said to be
making the business venture very successful. The proposition
that the Japanese police inspectors in the various
districts take charge of the
collection of taxes is meeting with great opposition.
The reason may be partly
a patriotic one but there is too much reason to believe
that less worthy
motives find a place here too. It is curious to note, in
this connection, how
thoroughly convinced a certain portion of the Western
public is that the
Japanese are not subject to the same pecuniary
temptations that ordinary people
are. We are glad to
note that the Korean officials are
waking up to the fact that Japanese subjects are
appropriating extensive plots
of land at the foot of Nam-san to which they have no
right whatever. This is government property and is not
for sale and we hope
that something can be done to put a stop to this
particular form of theft. Several prefects
have complained during the past month that Japanese have
been digging for gold
in the country without permits. In Chang-geui extensive
operations have been
carried on. The Koreans have
been talking about a “rain of
dead butterflies” which is said to
have occurred in Songdo a few days since. They take it
to be a very bad omen .
[page 236] In
the district of Siheung Japanese subjects
hare been cutting the fuel upon which many Koreans in
that region depend for their winter supply.
The prefect has appealed for help against
this injustice. Again according
to
custom all courts of justice in Korea are to be closed
until about the end of
August “because of the hot season.”
In whatever manner or degree a Korean may be injured by
another he will have no
means of redress until the end of this hiatus of
justice. It is said that
the service of collecting taxes from all provinces will
be given to the Japanese
assistants under the Adviser of the Finance
Department. The Imperial
Treasury Department made an agreement with some Japanese
gentlemen to build a
mill outside the South Gate for grinding rice. The mill
has been completed and
is ready to convert great quantities of rice into flour.
It has a capacity of
one hundred bags of rice per day. On the 23rd inst
the Minister of Home Department, Mr. Yi Ch Yong,
proposed the appointment of
twenty-eight Magistrates in the Cabinet Meeting. His
Majesty accepted all of
the twenty-eight men. The Finance
Department issued a regulation for exchanging the nickel
currency as follows:
The Royal currency will be changed for one-half value.
The counterfeit money of
good quality will be changed for one fifth
value. The money of bad quality can never be exchanged
at any rate. The exchange places have been fixed at
Seoul, Pyeng
Yang, Chemulpo, Kunsan, and Chinnampo. In Seoul the
exchange will begin on July 1st. The hours of accepting
the old currency are
limited from nine to twelve A.M. and the paying out of
the new currency will be
from twelve to four P.M. The amount of money exchanged
by one man must be more
than one thousand dollars and less than ten thousand
dollars. Amounts less than
one thousand dollars will be accepted from the first of
November.
These amounts must be placed in hard wood boxes each
containing 250 dollars or
500 dollars. Smaller amounts must be put
in packages with amount marked upon outside of package.
Any one desiring
to exchange must send a proposal to the
Finance Department with his address and amount
of money for exchange. On the 11th
inst at Ker Chea Island, about 30 miles from Masanpo,
the Korean and Japanese
fishermen had a disagreement and the outcome was 14 men
killed. Japanese agents
from Fusan were dispatched to the scene to
straighten up affairs. The Japanese
population in Seoul is as follows: Males 4,125;
females 2,866; total 6,991. The number of houses is
1,666. The American
Minister, Mr. B. V. Morgan, had an audience with His
Majesty yesterday. The subject of
Japanese vessels sailing up the rivers for trade with
the interior, was
discussed again in the Cabinet Meeting a few days ago,
but nothing
definite has been settled upon as yet [page 237]
The Magistrate of Kang-Kyea
District, Mr. Sin Chung Kiu, reported to the Home
Department that the Commander
of the Japanese soldiers in that
district compelled the people to furnish 850 oxen for
war purposes and the
people are unable to do their work. The officer
also asked for 200 coolies and 500 horses. These demands
are causing much
distress among the poor people. The Governor of
South Kyeng Sang Province, Mr. Min Yung Sun, is to
be commended for his fine services rendered and for his
cleanness in his
administration. The consequences are that his under
officers perform their
duties with care and the people are very glad to have
such a good governor. The Household
Department Clerk, Mr. Yi Chang Pyel
and some other influential men requested the
Agricultural Department to grant them
the right to cultivate the waste lands. Mr. Kim Choong
Whan, president of Po Sung School is receiving much
praise from his pupils
because of his interest in them and his thoroughness
in their education. Of late he has cut his hair and
now all
his pupils beiig anxious to follow his example expect to
have their locks
shorn. Some thirty have already had their hair
cut. The Japanese
Police inspectors of the five wards in Seoul have
decided to establish
telephones in their homes and they are planning to be
connected with Japan in
the near future. All the Russian
soldiers in Hamkyeng Province have retreated northwards,
so now there are only
two thousand cavalrymen in the vicinity of the Tuman
River. All the
store-keepers in Seoul will constitute the Commercial
Meeting Society according
to the order of the Governor of Seoul. The Governor of
Seoul, Mr. Pak Ena Pyeng reported to the Home Department
that he had complained
to the Japanese Consul about the matter of putting posts
around part of Namsan.
The Consul replied that the land will be used as a park
for the Japanese
people. Now the Governor intends to put in posts for the
city park instead of
the Japanese. A number of
Korean
scholars who have been studying in Yong Hai
School in Tokio for about three months can already carry
on conversation
in Japanese. The president of the school is charmed with
these talented
individuals and he says there are no scholars in the
world who can learn more
quickly than Koreans. Recently in the
Cabinet meeting the list of all officers’
yearly salaries was reduced and is as follows : (1)
The list for officers who have been appointed by decree,
as
ministers. First
degree is four thousand dollars. Second
three
Third
two thousand
and two hundred dollars. [page 238] Fourth
degree is two thousand dollars. Fifth
one “
and eight hundred
dollars. Sixth “ “
six (2) The list for officers who
have been appointed by proposal, as
secretaries. First
degree is
one thousand
and four hundred dollars.
Second
“
two “ “ Third
“
dollars.
Fourth
nine
hundred dollars. Fifth eight
“ Sixth
seven
“ Seventh
six
“
Eighth
five “ (3)
The list for officers
who have been appointed by introduction, as clerks. First
degree is six hundred dollars. Second
five “ forty dollars Third
four “ eighty “ Fourth
“ “ twenty “ Fifth
three “ sixty
“ Sixth
“ “ dollars.
Seventh
two
“ and forty dollars Eighth one “ eighty “ Ninth “ “
forty-four
dollars. Tenth
“ “ twenty
“
A
Serious Disturbance, There occurred
in
the southern part of
Chung-chong
Province, about the middle of June, an event which gives
food for serious thought. The facts
as brought out by impartial investigation are as
follows. Sometime last year a
number of Koreans had gathered at a Buddhist monastery
in the town of Eun-jin.
Among them was a boy about twelve years
old. By accident he overturned a small image of some
kind and caused a very
little damage. Koreans agreed afterward that it could
be perfectly made good for a few cents. But the monks caught
the boy, intending to hold him as hostage until his
parents or relatives
should pay an indemnity for the indignity put upon their
monastery. But they
soon discovered that the boy was an
orphan and therefore worthless
from the financial standpoint. The monks therefore
seized one of the bystanders,
charging him with having witnessed the
sacrilige without raising a
hand to stop it. This man was wholly innocent of any
wrong. The accident
occurred suddenly and he probably could not have
prevented it.
He was imprisoned there
for three days pending [page 239]
his payment of forty Korean dollars as indemnity.
He was unable to get it and was finally released but a
few days
later he was seized again and the demand had now
risen to two hundred and fifty dollars. After beating
about the bush a long
time he was again released. After this a Japanese monk
came
to live in the place and obtained some influence over
the monks of this
monastery. Again the Korean was arrested and the monks
together with
the Japanese now claimed that the man owed
1,200 dollars! As the man declared his inability to pay
the money and denied
that he owed it, the monks formed a
company and went to the man’s house which was
in
the neighboring village of Nolmi and searched his house,
stealing therefrom
deeds to rice land and other valuables. That occurred
this spring. Meanwhile Dr. W. B.
McGill of Kong-ju a member of the Methodist Episcopal
Mission had begun work in
Nolmi and had established a small church there
containing eleven baptized
probationers and about two hundred and
fifty inquirers who attended the services with some
regularity and were known
as adherents. Among their number was this man who had
been so badly treated.
The adherents had also bought and paid for two pieces of
land on rising ground
near the village, one for a church and one for a school.
On the former plot a
building was erected but as yet the other plot
had only been staked out. There was no possible question
as to the ownership of
this land. It had been legally bought and paid for and
the deeds were deposited
with the mission authorities. One day a crowd of
Il-chin men came, pulled up the stakes driven by the
Christians about the plot
of land that they had bought for a school and set their
own stakes. They said
the land was theirs and they were
going to build a school there. They were at last
persuaded to withdraw but then
the Japanese came and seized the land saying
that they were going to build a school there. When this Korean was
caught and ordered to pay over 1,200 dollars to the
monastery
the Christians or mission adherents attempted to aid him
in a purely pacific
way by consulting with his captors.
This aroused the anger of the Japanese, of whom
there were several then in the town either as merchants
or farmers, and they
sent out word to all the Japanese in the vicinity to
congregate in the town.
The Christians hearing of this sent in haste to Rev.
Robert Sharp of Kongju
asking him to come down and aid them. He went down on
June 14th and stayed overnight
but in the morning hearing that there was to be a
determined attack made, he
hurried to the nearest point where he could find a
telegraph station. This was
at Kang-gyung-yi six miles away. There is incontestable
proof that the Japanese
had declared their intention of killing both Mr. Sharp
and the Christians. He
arrived at night and immediately telegraphed to Seoul
for help saying
that his life was threatened. He could get no help from
the Japanese police
that night though there was a police station there and
it was not till after
eight o’clock the next morning that a start was made. He
was accompanied by Japanese
police back to Nolmi were it was found that during the
night [page 240] a
gang of Japanese and ll-chin-whoi
men had come to
the church and had demolished
all the doors and windows and wrecked the
place badly. They were armed with guns, knives
and clubs, for it was found that guns had
been fired and that several of the Christians
who were staying at the
church had been cut with swords
or beaten with clubs, some of them so severely that they
could not walk. One
man had a broken rib. After wrecking the
church a gang of five Japanese, armed with clubs, went
to the place where Mr.
Sharp had lodged and demanded admittance. Two of them
stood guard at the
door with raised clubs and
the other three entered. They demanded where Mr. Sharp
was, but as he had gone
to Kang-gyung-yi for help, could not be
found. There is even reason to believe from the language
of these men that had
they founa Mr. Sharp
his life would have been taken. Soon after
this Rev. W. B. Scranton, M. D., the Superintendent of
the Methodist Mission together
with Mr. E. H. Holmes a secretary of the British
Legation in Seoul arrived at
Nolmi with a number of Japanese gendarmes and they found
that other gendarmes
had already arrived from Kong-ju
and all was quiet. The Japanese in Nolmi assumed a very
humble
attitude and the Il-chin-whae people
confessed themselves to have been wholly in the wrong. A
careful investigation
was made by the Americans and by the Japanese gendarmes
independently. The
Japanese gave up all claim to the land and removed their
stakes
but none of the ringleaders were arrested although it
was well known
who they were. We have ascertained
that the results of the two independent
investigations
were practically identical. The Japanese
authorities promised to make a
thorough investigation and settle the matter properly. They
referred the matter to the Japanese
consul in Kunsan.
Since that time nothing
has been done so far as the missionaries
know or so far as
the Koreans in Nolmi know. The Korean Christians
there have written repeatedly saying that if this matter is
allowed to pass without the Japanese
miscreants being brought to justice it will be
impossible for Koreans
to live in any place where a score of Japanese have
settled. At the time when
the investigation was made these
Japanese withdrew their stakes from the grounds
belonging to the church and
acknowledged that they had no right to it but
we learn that since the
beginning of negotiations in Seoul they
have again seized the land and set their
stakes. The public will wait
patiently but eagerly to see what
will be done about this case. It
is in a sense a test case and it
will show fairly well what we have to expect
in
such cases. From the very start there has
been no question as to the culpability of the Japanese
in Nolmi. Will they
be punished or not? Will restitution be
made for the damage done and will the Koreans there be
assured that hereafter
they will be allowed to live at peace from these
outrageous attacks? We shall
watch the case and report what is done. There may be
those who doubt whether
anything will be done but we cannot believe that
in
a pain case, brought to the notice of the Japanese officially
by a foreign power, they
will fail to do at least partial justice.
THE KOREA REVIEW VOL.
5. NO. 7. JULY, 1905. Six
Hundred Miles Overland. It was on the
morning of May 4th, 1905, that Rev. J.
L. Gerdine and I, in company with some of our
Korean
Christians, started for Wonsan by way of Kang-neung.
This town is on the
eastern coast of the peninsula almost directly east of
Seoul. To take the
nearest route from Seoul to Kang-neung the distance is a
little more than one
hundred and fifty miles. Then from Kang-neung to Wonsan
it is one hundred and fifty
miles, and from Wonsan back to Seoul one hundred and
fifty miles. The route thus
forms an equilateral triangle of one hundred and fifty
miles to the side. We
were out for the purpose of preaching and selling
Scriptures and therefore did
not go direct but visited several points which took us
considerably off of the
direct road, thus making the distance much greater than
it otherwise would have
been. We knew that it would
require a month’s time to reach Wonsan and so the
necessary supplies of food
and clothing for that time were packed and carried on a
mule and a pony. Mr.
Gerdine rode a donkey and I mounted a bicycle – for
traveling in Korea give me a bicycle, it beats all the
donkeys or ponies that I
have tried. As the packs and Mr. Gerdine’s donkey had
been sent out a day ahead,
when we started from Seoul we traveled by “tying” – that
is one rode ahead for some distance, then leaving the
bicycle by the road-side
walked on. Then the other, coming up, mounted the
bicycle and was soon ahead of
the first. By this method we overtook our packs before
noon the first day
out. [page 242] I
will say just here that in all my travels in Korea I
have never found the
people so willing to hear the Gospel nor so ready to buy
books as they were on
this trip. The country people are waking up and are
seemingly anxious to learn
something new. We found much to encourage us in our
work. The second night out
we spent in the county seat of Yang-geun, which is a
town of nearly four
hundred houses and is most beautifully situated on the
banks of the Han River
one hundred and twenty li southeast
of Seoul. There is nothing here of special interest to
one who is out only for
sight-seeing; but to us who are interested in
soul-saving any Korean village is
interesting, and wherever there are Christians, as is
the case here, it is
doubly so. From Yang-geun we
went on through Che P’yung county
seat which is very much like all the other towns of its
class. The most
conspicuous feature of these county seats is the old and
dilapidated appearance
of the public buildings. The approach to this town is
marked by a number of
tablets which have been erected to perpetuate the memory
of the heroes and
statesmen of other days. Many of these tablets, now
fallen and fast being
covered over with earth, are fit emblems of departed
glory. Speaking of tablets
reminds me of one that we came suddenly upon one day in
a place remote, about
twenty-five or thirty miles from the county seat of Wun-ju.
It is what is known as a turtle tablet from the fact
that the base is a huge
turtle carved from one solid block of gray granite. In
general form this tablet is similar to the one in Seoul,
though to my mind the
workmanship is superior to the one in the Capital. The
turtle’s head is curved
back so as to rest upon his back in a way that displays
much skill in the
artist. The tablet itself stands more than twelve feet
high and is capped with
a most artistically carved dragon. I was sorry not to be
able to learn anything
of the history of this piece of work which is a standing
witness to the skill
of the Korean artist and the departing glory of old
Korea. [page 243]
This was my first visit to Wun-ju, the
former capital of Kang Wun Province. It has been visited
by foreigners, in fact
one French priest has lived there several years, but the
curiosity of the
people has not been satisfied and the crowds that
gathered about our inn were,
to say the least of it, interesting to one who delights
to study queer
expressions on the faces of gaping spectators. But when
one is tired and his
nerves call for rest, to have this crowd of hungry
gazers stand by the hour is somewhat
trying. I tried a new plan for dispersing them and it
worked like a charm. It
was on towards ten o’clock at night. They had, with all
the interest of a small
boy at his first circus, watched us eat, and the boxes
had been closed and
placed outside. This, it seemed to us, ought to have
been a hint that the show
was over; but not so to this crowd which still stood
anxiously waiting to see
what would next be done. We were anxious to attend to
some business before
retiring but how to get at it with all this mass of
humanity closely crowding
our doors was more than we could tell. At last a new
thought came to me and I
suddenly blew out the lights, thus effectually closing
the show for the night. From
the darkness came exclamations of surprise and the
sound
of hastily retreating feet and we were at last left to
ourselves. This old capital has
about a thousand houses and is located in a most fertile
valley surrounded on
all sides by high mountains which give at once splendor
and beauty to the whole
scene. It was market day when we entered and there was
an air of push and
business that I have not often seen in a Korean town. From here we went
about twenty -five miles south east to Che Ch’un
which is in North Ch’ung Ch’ung
Province, The road led us over mountain passes, through
fertile valleys and
down sparkling streams that presented one continual
changing scene of beauty
and grandeur. Here the azalia in all its loveliness
appears at almost every turn
while many other varieties of wild flowers add their
charm to the scene. On
leaving Che Ch’un county we entered
Pyung Ch’ang
county. It was in this county just [page 244] out
a short distance from the county seat that
I found one of the largest pagodas that I have seen in
Korea. It stands in a
field quite alone, with no signs of other buildings near
it; though I was told
by the people in the nearest village that
many
years ago there was a Buddhist temple there. It is about
fifteen feet in
diameter at the base, seven stories high, the stories
varying in height from
three to ten or twelve feet. The material is slate about
three inches thick and
of various sizes from a few inches to two feet wide. The
outside edges are quite
smoothly cut while the inside is left rough just as they
were broken at first.
The foundation stones are of cut granite and are left
plain with no inscription
or carving of any kind. In each side there is what has
the appearance of a door
made by heavy side posts and large double shutters of
stone, which were never
intended to open. The inside of the structure is filled
with dirt. It would be
interesting to know something of the history
of this pagoda but no one with whom I talked could give
me any information as
to its age or by whom it was built. It is now leaning
considerably and a few
more years will suffice to reduce it to a heap of
rubbish. It was also in this
county not far from this pagoda that I found a fine
piece of engineering. I
noticed a stream of beautiful clear water which flowed
near the roadside and
was used for watering the rice fields. Following this I
soon came to what
seemed to be its source; but imagine my surprise to find
it flowing out of the
hill-side through a tunnel about four feet wide and ten
feet high. This I
supposed to be the entrance to a cave, but could hardly
believe that a cave
with so much water in it would be found in so small a
hill though the hill was
of considerable size, being the point of a spur
extending from a mountain
several hundred feet high. Further investigations
revealed a river on the other
side of the hill. I was told that a gentleman from
Seoul, more than thirty years
ago, had this tunnel made for the purpose of irrigating
the rice fields. It is more than three hundred feet
in length and required no small amount of labor to
construct it with such tools
as the Koreans have. But [page
245] as the formation of the hill is limestone
the construction was more easy than it
would have been had the hill been of some harder
formation. I have seen nothing
like it in any other part of the country. This entire region is
of limestone formation and there are literally mountains
of marble, much of
which seems to be of a very fine quality and in great
variety of color, from
snow white to dark blue, almost
black. Our road, or path, led on for miles through these
mountains of marble
presenting one change after another in the scene which
is continually one of
beauty and of rugged splendor. In some places these
great walls of marble stand
hundreds of feet high, almost perpendicular, sometimes
covered with bushes and
wild flowers, sometimes entirely
bare. Here in the hills and mountains of marble are vast
stores of wealth only
waiting for the hand of enterprise to develop it. As we went on from
day to day towards Kang-neung we found the mountains
higher and so close
together that rice fields entirely disappeared; the
villages are few in number
and present a very poor appearance, the houses being
covered with bark from
trees, rough boards held in position with stones, or
thatched with weeds of the
sam or hemp, of which there is a great deal cultivated
in these parts. All
through this region rice is scarce and millet is one of
the principal food
stuffs along with barley and potatoes.
Just at this season the people gather wild vegetables in
great quantities from
the mountains. There is a sort of root which they call tu-duk,
which sounds like the Korean for “more
bread.” This is gathered in large quantities by
the
women and girls whom we often saw returning home with
great bundles of it on their
heads. I have never seen this root in the rice-growing
sections of the country.
It is wonderful how God has supplied every part of this
country with whatever
seems to be most needful for the people. The last range of
mountains extending along the coast is only
about fifteen miles from the sea and the height we think
is about four thousand
feet; as we had no means of ascertaining the
measurements we could only [page 246] guess
at them. From the top of this last pass the view looking
out toward the sea is
one of the most beautiful I have seen in any part of the
world. The ascent to
the top of the pass is so gradual that one would hardly
think it a pass at all,
hut the descent to the coast is so steep and rugged that
it is very difficult
for loaded ponies to go down. We stopped and looked over
the Japan Sea, which
in itself is a thing of beauty, while all the distance
between is one varying
scene of green hill-tops separated by small valleys
through which little
streams of clear water wind their way to the sea. Here
the azalia is profusely
abundant, the most beautiful variety being
almost white and very large, and the
luxuriant fern calls forth the admiration of the weary
traveler. Kang-neung is the
largest town in this part of the country, though I do
not think it has more
than five hundred houses. It has a wall which is in
somewhat of a tumbled-down
and dilapidated state and there are signs here of “departed
glory.” Some of the old public buildings are yet
standing though in a bad state of repair. One of these
is quite large and seems
to have been used only for a repository of the picture
of some former king. The
town is near the coast but there is no sort of harbor
here — in
fact there is none anywhere from this point to Wonsan,
except at one place
there is a small bay into which boats of considerable
size may enter, though it
could never be a first class harbor. From Kang-neung the
road leading to Wonsan runs close to the beach nearly
all the way; in some
places the hills stretch down to the sea so that the
road must turn back nearer
the main range of mountains. This range follows the
coast closely all the way
as far north and south as I have been, there being at no
place more than twenty
miles from the high range to the sea. From Kang-neung to
Wonsan there are five
counties with their county seats situated along in this
narrow strip of land between
the mountains and the sea. The population is sparce, the
villages small and the
people as a rule poor—for Korea.
Farming and fishing arc the principal [page 247]
occupations, neither of which seems to be pursued very
vigorously. The
manufacture of salt, which is carried on quite
extensively along this coast, is
very interesting to those seeing it for the first time.
A level plot of ground
about one hundred and fifty by fifty yards is selected
and made quite smooth;
it is then surrounded by a trench for water. From this
trench almost to the sea
is a line of gutters made by digging out one side of
logs. The sea water is
carried a short distance in buckets and poured into this
line of gutters which
carries it into the trench where it completely
surrounds the yard which has been previously covered to
the depth of two or
three inches with loose dirt. Then by means of dippers,
made of half a large
gourd tied to a long pole, the water is taken from the
trench and thrown over
the yard till all the loose dirt is thoroughly wet; this
is repeated several times;
then the dirt is scraped up by means of wooden scrapers
drawn by cows; after it
has thus been collected it is made into mounds with a
depression in the top which
is filled with water; by this means the water passes
through the dirt carrying
the salt with it into a pit in the ground from whence it
is ready for the pan. Of
course this process colors the water in proportion to
the color of the soil of
the salt plot and this accounts for the dark color of
most Korean salt. The
pans which are about nine by fifteen feet are made of
oyster shells and nothing
more crude could be imagined. After the shells are
collected and piled in heaps
mixed with wood they are burnt till reduced to lime, out
of which these huge pans
are made. They are not strong enough to support their
own weight, but this
difficulty is overcome by means of iron anchors which
are tied with straw rope
to poles across the top of the pan, and go through the
bottom of the pan thus
giving support to it. There is one of these anchors to
every square foot of the
pan. It is about eight inches deep and we were told that
one boiling, which
requires about twenty-four hours, turns out about three
bags
of salt. The boiler is surrounded by thatched walls but
has no roof, an opening
being required for the escape of steam and smoke. Under
thatch on [page 248] either
side are storage pits for the
brine earned from the yard pits
and also for the finished product. Here also is a little
room or two in which
a family lives; and another department for the cows
which are used in scraping up
the dirt on the yard. We turned off from the main road
and spent one day in the
Diamond Mountains, which have so often been described that
I shall not attempt it here. The Buddhist temple at
which we stopped and which
the priests told us was founded there during the Silla
dynasty, is quite large
though it seems to be in a poverty
stricken state at this time. The mountains here being
high and exceedingly
rugged it is impossible to ascend many of the peaks. In
the morning as we
approached these heights the clouds gathered and the
falling rain drops dancing
in the struggling sunbeams covered these grand old peaks
with a perfect sheen
of splendor in the form of a veil of rainbow. This
variegated veil of dazzling
beauty drifted slowly before the morning breezes for
more than thirty minutes
making, in all, one of the most beautiful sights it has
been
my fortune to witness. Near this temple we
found a hot spring which if in the United States of
America would at once be
famous and a fortune to its owner. In these mountains,
so far as I can judge, there
are no signs of volcanic action; so I was surprised
to find this hot spring bursting forth as if from the
regions of eternal fires.
It is in a small valley about five miles inland from the
coast, seventy miles down
from Wonsan, and has been used by the Koreans for
hundreds of years. There are
the remains of what seem to have been substantial
buildings of considerable dimensions;
but now there are only about half a dozen thatched
houses standing. The spring
is walled up with large slabs of stone and is about six
by nine feet, and a foot
and a half deep; though it may be made
twice that depth if so desired. The water, which is so
hot that it is with
difficulty one can lie down in it, is abundant, clear as
crystal and very soft,
leaving the body in a most delightful condition when the
bath is over. This
will some day in the not distant future be one of
Koreans famous [page 249] resorts
and those who are seeking health and recreation will
find it pleasant to linger
here. A little farther up
the coast from this point is one of the eight wonders of
Korea, in the form of
a geological formation, the most wonderful that I have
ever seen. There are
hundreds of columns of stone from fifty to one hundred
feet high, perfectly
straight, not more than three feet in diameter, six
sided in shape, standing in
groups of ten or more and presenting the appearance of
huge lead pencils
standing on end. To give a full description would
require a whole article such
as this. From Wonsan I
returned to Seoul by the way of the big
road which I found to be a very good one now that the
Japanese have spent
thousands of yen in grading down the hills and building
bridges. J. Robert Moose. A
Notable Movement in Korea. The past few
months have seen the inception of a movement that gives
promise of very
important results both for the Korean people and for
humanity at large. We
refer to the proposed union in evangelistic, medical,
journalistic and
educational work by almost all the Protestant
missionaries of the country. The
most striking feature of the movement is that it
includes not only those forms
of philanthropic work which are the same in all
different creeds and
denominations but extends to those branches of the
service where dogma has
heretofore shown clear demarcations between the
different branches
of the Protestant Church. Presbyterian and Methodist
have agreed that the differences
between the two great bodies are philosophical rather
than practical and that the
essential teaching of the Bible admits of no such
segregation of interest and
dissipation of effort as has been witnessed during the
century that Protestant
missions have been in operation. It would require no
genius to surmise that if the [page 250] highly
subdivided and in some sense antagonistic portions of
Protestantism in America
and England are ever to be welded into a single,
harmonious, though highly articulated,
body, the initial impulse would be likely to come from
the outside, and what
more promising field for the inauguration of the new
order of
things than in such a place as Korea where a large and
flourishing Christian
constituency has been secured and where, as yet,
the Christian people know nothing of denominational
lines except the fact that
there are different societies at work here. The
missionaries have been driven
to recognize the genuine injury which the Church must
suffer here if these
questions of dogma are brought forward in a polemic way.
They know, as all men
know, that these moot points of theology are academic
rather than practical and
that to make the adherence to one or other of them a test
of Christian fellowship
is as absurd as it would be to make a difference in
degree of education a bar to marriage. It is only when a
dogma tends to make an
essential difference in the quality of men’s faith in
divine things that it can
rightly be empowered to establish a separate
division of the Church. Christendom looks forward to the
definite
union of all Christian bodies into a single fellowship
but this can come only
when all men consent to relegate to a secondary place
all dogmas which are not
essential to the processes of salvation. This will be
but the first step in the
desired direction and it is this step that is now being
taken in the interests
of the Protestant Churches in Korea. This is but one of
the ways in which the
more stereotyped forms of Christianity in the home lands
will have been
reflexly acted upon by their own “colonies” in these
outlying lands. They will be,
in a sense, shamed into discussing the
question as applied to themselves and the result will be
a still farther breaking
down of the fences which mar the beauty of the field of
Christian effort there.
Among the different
forms of work that are thus to be brought
under joint management one of the most important seems
to be that of education.
There we find peculiar difficulties
to be met which are fortunately [page 251]
absent from more enlightened lands. The first
is that there is practically no such thing as a system
of national education. A
few boys are in schools but they are so very few that
they only make the
general darkness visible. It becomes necessary for the
missionaries to decide whether
they will enter upon the broad field of general
education which must, of
course, form the basis for particular or professional
education. They look
primarily to the interests of the children of the Church
and must plan for a
common school education tor them, whatever the
subsequent form of life and
service of the child may be. They cannot depend upon the government
to provide the first rudiments of learning. There must
be therefore in every
Christian village, or wherever there is a considerable
group of Christians, a
native school which shall provide instruction in the
rudiments of what we call
education. One of the first questions will be that in
regard to the admittance
of children not connected in any way with the Christian
element of the place.
It may be taken for granted that definite Christian
instruction will form an
important part of the curriculum and for this reason we
should think that the
admission of all children would be desirable except in
case a child is openly
hostile to Christianity or his moral influence
distinctly harmful. The teacher
would have to be given large discretion in such cases. We think this
question of common schools for the general body of
Christians throughout the
country should take precedence of the question of a
large central school of
academic or collegiate grade. No such central school can
thrive unless it has
back of it a strong constituency to draw from, a body of
common school students
so considerable that when an annual selection of the
best students is made for
promotion to the higher school a fairly high grade of
excellence can be made
the standard. But how can we have
these common schools when as yet we have no teachers for
them, or at best only
a few? Must we not first have a school whose graduates
will become teachers? We
would answer this in the negative. [page 252] The
graduates of such a school would be in such demand
elsewhere that they would
not be willing to go to remote country places and teach
for small salaries.
What we would suggest is something like the following.
Let one bright young man
of twenty or twenty-two be selected from each of the
groups where schools are
to be established and let them come together in a normal
class at some
center where there are foreign workers. Let some of the
best-educated Koreans,
or failing this, the foreigner, take them in hand for
two months each year,
teaching them what they are to teach their classes and
then send them back to
their schools. These men will not be ideal teachers but
they will keep well
ahead of their classes and in time will become
thoroughly efficient. At present
and for several years to come it will be a question of
doing not the ideally best but the best we can. The
important thing is to get a
large number of boys under as good instruction as
possible. Out of this large
constituency superior quality will show itself and a
good body of teachers
gradually emerge. It will be at least four years before
this body of students
can he drawn upon to form a class in some large and more
central school. But
more than one such middle school will be required. There
will be need of at
least eight of them situated at strategic points
throughout the country. While
the common schools are being carried on men should be preparing
to teach in these large schools. Out of the teachers of
the common schools who
meet each year for instruction there will be some who
show exceptional energy
and ability. Let them understand that the best among
them will, after four
years, be promoted to the middle schools, and this will
cause much useful
emulation. When the middle schools have been under way
for a few years it will
begin to appear whether a college or university is
necessary. If so it can be
established. What we contend is that we must begin
at the very bottom. What have our little attempts so far
amounted to? It is
safe to say there are three or four thousand boys and
girls of school age among
the Protestant Christians of Korea. How many have we in
our schools today? Less
than a handful. It [page 253]
will never be possible to establish a good school of
high
grade in Seoul in this way. We must begin at the bottom
and work up the school
matter among the masses until we have a constituency, a
feeder for one big
central school. At present we have a few students but
are they picked men who
have shown preeminent ability? I think not. They are
most anything we can get.
And we will never have any better until we get back of
us a body of primary and
intermediate scholarship which shall push the best to
the top. Then we can have
the school we want, and not till then. I should propose that
the foreign missionaries who have
been designated for educational work lay aside all
thought of an immediate
central school of large dimensions in Seoul or elsewhere
and begin the general
work thoroughly by getting together from the various
districts the men who are
to form the body of teachers; confine themselves to
normal work for a year;
send out these men to start common schools in the towns
and villages; take more
men and continue the same way until we have a network of
common schools all
over the country. Let all these teachers gather in
summer schools each year for
further instruction and during the months while they are
teaching let the foreign
teachers go about among the schools
inspecting the work, correcting mistakes and adding the
needed enthusiasm. How
many years would it be before larger and
higher things would be necessary? Not many. Some of the time must
be spent by the foreign teacher in preparing the
necessary text books for use
in these schools. At first the Korean teachers could
teach some of the branches
directly from the black-board but in time a full line of
text books must be
forthcoming. These the foreigner must prepare and see
through the press. Next Autumn at the
time of the various Annual meetings some such plan as
this could be discussed;
the body of teachers could be gotten together and normal
and text-book work
could be carried on simultaneously for a year, by which
time arrangements could
be made in the various Christian communities for the
establishment of the [page 254] system
of Christian common schools. Five years from today the
country would be covered
with a network of good schools and in eight years a full
system of common, middle and collegiate schools would be
in full working order.
On the other hand, if
we continue our present methods what will we have? We may
have a handsome building in Seoul with a large
attendance, mostly of non-Christian
men from whom neither the ranks of the ministry nor of
teaching can be largely
recruited, because most of them will have gotten their
initial training in all sorts
of schools and their ambitions will all be in other
directions. What we want is
something in the shape of a great national
movement in favor of education. These common
schools will be an object lesson which will open the
eyes of the people, and
perhaps of the government, to the need of a national
system of government
schools and a beginning will be made toward an
enlightened Korea. But whatever we do
let us start at the foundation and work up and let us
not plan a college or
university before we have provided feeders for it; for
if so we may tall under
the censure of that trenchant though inelegant Korean
proverb which says. 혼인하기
전에 포대기를
만다려소. Japanese
Plans for Korea. In spite of all
criticism which have been made of Japanese actions in
Korea we have never lost
sight of the fact that there are those high in authority
in Tokyo who are
thoroughly determined that this transition stage shall
be as short as possible
and we have often affirmed our belief that as soon as
the actual conditions
prevailing here were known in Tokyo steps would be taken
to remedy
them. In pursuance of this belief
and with a desire to state [page 255]
both sides of the case with perfect fairness we have
made careful inquiries as
to the attitude of Japanese officials here toward the
unlawful acts of their
nationals and also as to what steps are being taken in
Tokyo to meet these
conditions. The result has been a pleasant surprise to
us and while time alone
will tell whether our optimism is justified
we feel inclined to set down in black and white the
reasons for the hope we
have that the night is nearly over. The first is that we
know the highest authorities in Tokyo have
been informed of the condition of things here. The facts
have been told them
without any attempt to extenuate or excuse. And we can
affirm on good authority
that those leading men in the Japanese government
deprecate the condition of
things as much as anyone and are as eager to remedy them
as we who live in
Korea are to have them remedied. We do not think they
have been long aware of
the state of things here. We know at least some of the
avenues through which
they received their information and one might be safe in
guessing that part of
it has been accomplished during the past month. Now the promptness
with which they have moved bears witness to the truth of
our surmise that all
that was needed was that the facts should be known. It
is not because the war
is not over that there has been delay in this, although
no one could have been
surprised if the Tokyo authorities should have been
preoccupied until the fate
of the Baltic Fleet was decided.
We are
informed that the authorities in Tokyo consider it of
prime importance that
there should be established in many places in Korea
courts of appeal where all cases
between Koreans and Japanese can be attended to fairly
and promptly. There must
be enough of these so that they will be fairly easy of
access from every
point where Japanese have settled in any numbers. For
this purpose twenty-four
men have been appointed, all of them specially selected
for their fitness for
the work. They will be placed in various parts of this
country and there will
then be no difficulty in a Korean’s obtaining [page 256]
speedy redress for any wrong. These men receive only the
small salary they had
in Japan plus a bonus to cover the extra cost of living
in this country. It
goes without saying that the Korean
Government puts every possible obstacle in the way of
every such action, on the
ground that it impairs the independence of the country.
The question is whether
these complaints are to outweigh the demands of the
people for justice. The
Korean prefects are either absolutely supine or are in
league with the worst
elements of the Japanese. Look at a case which has just
come up from a town
within fifteen miles from Seoul. The
Seoul-Wiju Railway Co. puts down $1.40 a day for a
coolies’ wages. The money is
all paid to the prefect of the town in which work is to
be done and he
guarantees to produce the coolies. By an arrangement
with the Japanese bosses the
prefect gives permission to these foremen to go among
the villages and coerce
the people. Gangs of Japanese armed with knives and
revolvers go about the
villages compelling every common laborer or farmer to
work one day in five or
one day in six according as the work is large and the
laborers plentiful. These
men get just thirty Japanese sen a day or seventy Korean
cents, which is just
half of what the Railway Company has put down. The other
half lies somewhere
between the prefect and the Japanese bosses. If the
Korean were paid the full
sum he would work cheerfully but the Korean prefect
connives at things and gets
rich off the half-payed peasant. Often the Korean lives
twelve or fifteen miles
from the work and has to spend half a day going to his
work and as much more
returning from it. Thus two days are consumed and out of
his thirty sen he
carries no more than five back to his family to show for
two days work. Of course everyone
acknowledges this to be an outrage
and the Japanese military authorities stand ready to
punish it rigorously, but
the Korean officials are as much to blame as the
Japanese. This complicates the
matter, as the splitting of responsibility always does.
Koreans complain that
it is difficult to obtain redress, [page 257]
that when they complain of the actions of Japanese they
are told they must
bring the name of the offender, which is not possible.
The Japanese authorities
in high places recognize and deplore this fact and it is
just for this reason
that the twenty-four commissioners are to be sent, namely
to relieve the pressure on the Consuls who are said to
be so overwhelmed with
applications that they get tired out and pevish and
careless –
being only human. There is every reason to believe that
some if not many of the
Koreans’ complaints are grossly exaggerated. They all
have to be looked into
very carefully and we all know that the Korean is not
likely to look at his
grievance through the big end of the telescope. From the practical
standpoint it is now useless to ask whether the Japanese
might not have
prevented the mixed and unsatisfactory state of things
in Korea. But the cause
of the failure to prevent it has an important bearing
upon the future. If we
take the view of some that it is all due to intense
preoccupation in other
directions and a pressure of work such as made it
impossible to give time to
the Korean problem then the mistakes that have been made
here need argue
nothing sinister for the future. If we conclude that a
horde of low class
Japanese were debouched upon the shores of Korea of set
purpose in order to “strengthen
Japan’s position here until she should get the war
finished” then the mistake
was of a more serious nature. If, again, we take it that
the Tokyo Government
was not kept informed of what has been going on, then
surely there was
something seriously wrong with her service here. One
thing is sure, the Seoul correspondents
of the great Japanese papers have apparently done very
little indeed to keep
their employers informed of the less creditable
operations of their fellow nationals
in Korea. If this were not true why should
members of the diet who have just passed through the
peninsula express such
surprise at the conditions which prevail. We have recently been
informed that in carrying out needed
reforms in Korea the Japanese find themselves greatly
hampered by the
obligations to which they found themselves, at the
beginning of the war, in
guaranteeing [page 258] the
independence of Korea. If we remember correctly Korea
promised at that time to listen
to Japan’s advice in the matter of reforms, though we
have not the text of the
agreement before us. Now while we strongly advocate the
preservation of Korea’s
independence it must be apparent to everyone that unless
very radical reforms are
instituted such independence will be of no value at all
to the Korean people
however much it may tickle the fancy of the officiary.
Nothing has been proved
more plainly than this during the past years. It is a
melancholy fact that
there is absolutely no reasonable hope that Korea will
ever secure a clean and
just administration unless she is taken in hand and
persuaded or coerced into
reform. Her officials ought to know by this time that
their only hope is to
fall in line with the plans for reform which Japan is
preparing. They may rest
assured that they will lose the sympathy of all the
powers unless they begin to
show a different spirit toward reorganization from that
which they have
recently shown; for we have it on the best authority
that in a number of
important cases the Korean Government has peremptorily
refused to sanction
slight modifications in procedure on the ground that it
would be beneath the
dignity of an independent power. We are aware of some of
these cases, and while
they are too long and too complicated to be explained
here in full we assure
the readers of this Review that they were cases which
did not at all affect the
autonomy of the Korean Government, and the objections
were apparently made
simply out of an obstinate desire to block the action of
the Japanese at every
point. If such senseless opposition is to continue and
genuine reforms
are to be held off indefinitely we shall
be the first to welcome a Japanese protectorate. In our last issue we
gave some reasons for believing that a protectorate
cannot be legally effected at
the present time. We wish to supplement that statement
now by showing the other
side. Only thus can we claim to be impartial. We have reason to
believe that the Japanese authorities are now preparing
some important plans
looking [page 259] toward
the rehabilitation of the judicial system in this
country. Efforts are being
made to find not only a fit but an eminent man to taken
in hand the
reorganization of the Law Department in Seoul. It is
just here that the conservative
Korean officials will be the most recalcitrant, for if
justice is to be
dispensed, genuine, impartial, undiluted justice, then
there are scores and
hundreds of Korean officials who will be obliged to hand
over to their former
victims the fruits of almost countless acts of most
brutal oppression. If there
is anything in the world these men dread it is an
impartial court of justice.
Here we come to the other side of the proposition as
regards a protectorate. We
do not fear contradiction when we say that,
given the choice between the present autonomous
government with a continuance
of its utter lack of judicial impartiality and a
protectorate under which every
man, high or low, could obtain redress for wrongs,
the
whole world would welcome the latter. A failure to adopt
this most sweeping and
most radical reform will deprive the Korean government
of all claims to
consideration. They have got to learn once for all a thing
which has been forgotten here for centuries – that
government is for the sake of the people rather than the
people for the sake of
the government. Now, we confess
frankly that as things look today this will prove the
rock on which Korean
independence will be wrecked. We attempt no prophecy
but, knowing what we do of
Koreans and their methods, we foresee that this reform
is at once the most necessary
and the most difficult; necessary because without it all
others are valueless,
difficult because it will not only cut off countless
illegal sources of income
from the official classes but will strike killing blows
at wealth already
basely acquired. There are men today in Seoul besieging
the courts with demands
that wealthy criminals who have despoiled them of their
lands and houses shall
be brought to trial. These men hold the proofs in their
hands but their
despoilers laugh in their faces and taunt them with the
fact that it is
impossible to secure an indictment. Let the law takes
its course, and within
three months [page 260] millions
of money will change hands. Men whose lands have been
wrenched from them by
gigantic confiscations will receive them
back with all the profits that have accrued through
years of illegal tenure.
Let the Japanese once give these Koreans pure justice in
courts of law and all
the petty annoyances of the past two years would be
forgotten
in an hour. It would be a gift of such magnitude that it
would bury the
immemorial feud, wipe out all past differences and bind
the Koreans to Japan
with links of steel. No, we ask for no
Korean independence which does not include this and
other great reforms. A toad
buried a hundred feet deep in living rock is free. No
one interferes with it or
says it nay. Such is the independence which Korea has
enjoyed for the past
century. Independence implies not only the possibility to
function but its performance and unless this government
sees fit to move,
to stretch itself, to blink in the light of this new day
it will go to the
wall, as surely as night follows day. If we can have
these reforms plus
independence so much the better but if we cannot have
both then by all means
let us dispense with the latter. And yet, for all the
difficulties that beset the way, we do not think a
pessimistic attitude is
quite reasonable. Korea will awake to the fact that
there were two sides to the
agreement and she will, either cheerfully or otherwise,
agree to the needed reforms. Order will be evolved from
the present chaos, new
conditions will bring to the fore new men and those who
have strenuously
asserted that the entire peninsula can produce no
material of sufficient caliber
to man the ship of state will eventually
be proven in the wrong.
Detectives
Must be the Cleverest Thieves. A
Korean story, translated
by Rev. G. Engel, Fusan. One
of the former kings
of Korea, who was a good and wise ruler, became somewhat
dissatisfied with his [page 261]
detective service, giving it as his opinion that they
were not worth their
salt. So he decided to test them. He took
a small silk pouch, filled if half full of gold dust and
suspended it from a
hook in the ceiling of his apartment. He then summoned
his chief detectives
arid explained to them that he was not quite satisfied
as to their ability but
would give them a chance to show of what stuff they were
made. “If
any of your number,” he said,
“is able to steal this
pouch containing gold dust (pointing to the pouch
suspended from the ceiling) I
shall reduce neither your numbers nor your salaries. But
if you are unable to
accomplish the feat, your easy days are numbered; for I
give you only three in
which to do it.” With heavy hearts
they departed to inform their colleagues of the King’s
decision. No one seemed
able to carry out this piece of work; for the king had
set watchmen to guard
the pouch night and day and had made it a case of life
and death if any of them
should fail in his duty. On the third day
there appeared a comparatively young detective who informed
the others that he would accomplish the feat. They only
too readily acquiesced
in his proposal that he should be permitted to carry out
his plans without
divulging them beforehand. He went and asked an
audience with the king, which was granted. He then asked
to see the pouch in
question, whereupon the king pointed to the ceiling. The
detective took a good
look at it from all sides, noting every detail, but
hypocritically declaring
that he was afraid the task was too hard. The king
readily
granted his request that the time be extended two days.
“For,”
said the king “you will not be able to steal the pouch
even
if I give you a whole month.” The man went home and
prepared another pouch that was in all respects a
perfect imitation of the
original. This he filled half full of common sand
and
on the next day sought once more an audience with the
king, which was again
granted. But this time he carried the imitation pouch
carefully hidden in the
right hand sleeve of his ample court dress. After making
additional inquiries
[page 262] about the
task and enlarging upon its difficulties, he took down
the pouch from the hook
in the presence of the king and, suiting the action to
the word, he said : “If I put
it in my right-hand sleeve Your Majesty will see
it.
If I put it in my left-hand sleeve Your Majesty will
know it. I fear the task
is impossible. Still, will Your Majesty give us one more
day?” The king
smilingly consented. At
midnight on the following day, the king entered
the
room and, finding the pouch still suspended from the
ceiling, sent for the
detectives. When they were all assembled before him he
addressed them as
follows: “The
time of grace is ended. As you have not been able to
accomplish the task I set
you, you are all dismissed the
service.” The chief of the
detectives replied. “Is Your Majesty quite sure that
what we see is the
original pouch?” “Of this I am sure;
for it has been guarded night and day, as you are only
too well aware,”
was the king’s rejoinder. “Would Your Majesty
condescend to satisfy yourself with your own
eyes whether the pouch contains gold?” said the leader.
“That is useless;
still, in order to satisfy you, here you can see for
yourself.” While saying
this, the king had taken the pouch from the hook, had
opened it and was just in
the act of showing the contents to the chief detective,
when he gave a start
and exclaimed : “What is this? Why,
it contains nothing but common sand instead of the
gold!” At first he was
unwilling to believe that the original pouch had been
stolen, and contended
that they had employed witchcraft and
merely changed the nature of its contents. “Only spirits could
have done this thing,” he exclaimed. When he was assured that
one of their number had actually stolen the original
pouch, he demanded to see the
man and declared he would not believe him unless he
was able to tell how it had been done. [page 263]
When the man reminded him of the two audiences he had
had with His Majesty, the
latter signified by a word that he remembered them very
well. The detective
then explained how he had brought an imitation pouch in
his sleeve and had
exchanged the two pouches during his manipulations at
the last audience. When the king heard
this he laughed heartily and cried, “You are more clever
than the king himself.
Let the detectives attend to their duties as
heretofore.” Fiercer
Than the Tiger. A
Nursery Tale. One
night a tiger entered a quiet little hamlet in search
of prey. Finding where a heifer was tied, he crept into
the stable to wait
until the household was asleep before carrying off his
supper. As chance would
have it a thief also entered the stable for the same
purpose and crouched in
the corner opposite the one occupied by the tiger. As they were waiting,
a baby began to cry and refused to be quieted by its
mother’s singing. At last
the woman exclaimed : “There’s
a tiger near; do not cry.” But the baby paid no
attention even to this warning.
The tiger hidden in the stable thought to himself: “That is a clever
woman, she knows I am here. Perhaps she knows also what
I intend doing.”
Presently the woman said to the child: “Here’s a kok-kam”
(persimmon), upon which the child instantly stopped crying.
“Aha! kok-kam, kok-kam,”
the tiger thought, “what animal can that be with whose
name she quiets the child?
I had supposed that the tiger was the fiercest and most
dreaded of all animals.
Evidently I have something still to learn.” Meanwhile the thief
was groping about the stable [page 264] intent
upon tying a rope around the heifer’s neck, but
mistaking the two animals in
the darkness be fastened his halter about the tiger’s
neck instead. That
animal, thinking it was the terrible kok-kam that had
him in hand, dared make
no resistance. The thief leaped upon its back and rode
away in the pitchy
darkness wholly unaware of the nature of his mount. He
reached his own village
just as dawn broke and then three things happened all at
once. The neighbors
saw the curious sight, the tiger recognized the nature
of his rider and the thief
realized for the first time that he had been riding a
tiger. He promptly leaped
from the animal’s back and the latter, disgusted at
having been duped, slunk
away into the thicket. With great presence of mind the
thief sauntered up to
his astonished neighbors as if tiger-riding were an
every-day occurrence with
him. And from that day he was an object of veneration
throughout the district. Yi
Chong-Won. Question
and Answer^ Q. What rights
have western foreigners as regards the purchase and
holding of real estate
in the interior of Korea? A. This question
has come too late for us to secure a legal opinion
before going to press and we
can there- fore give only our personal opinion. But
there seems to be no
difficulty, from the standpoint of common sense, in
solving this question. The
treaties give to Western foreigners and the Japanese and
Chinese no right to
reside or hold property outside the treaty ports or a
radius of ten li
from them, but in actual practice this has been utterly
overlooked, and today
foreigners of many nationalities, east and west, hold
land and live in the
interior where-ever they desire. This precedent has been
so firmly established
that it would be impossible to revert to the strictly
legal status, in fact a
new legal status has been [page 265]
tacitly established. An American or British subject can
legally do anything
that a Japanese subject can do and the one cannot be
debarred the privilege
unless the other is. This was all threshed out far back
in the eighties when
the Chinese wanted to get Western foreigners out of
Seoul. It was found that if
the westerners went the Chinese would have to go too. It
was even suggested that
all private Chinese be sent out of Seoul
in order to get the Westerners out, but it fell through.
A precedent had been
formed which gave privileges which the foreigners would
have fought for,
whether the Chinese were willing to go or not. So far as
we can see any
foreigner has a perfect right to buy land or houses in
the interior and to live
there at pleasure, and subject not to native but to
consular jurisdiction. Even
if Japanese consuls or consular agents were placed in
every district in Korea, Western
foreigners would not be under their jurisdiction even to
the smallest degree
nor could their property be taxed by the Japanese to the
extent of a copper
cash for any municipal purpose whatever. American, British,
French and German subjects have already acquired large
landed and other interests
in the interior of Korea and even if Japan should form a
protectorate over the
country these interests are inviolable. Even should
Korea become a part of
Japan by actual absorbtion the disabilities of
foreigners in Japan would not
hold here, at least in regard to property which has been
already acquired. But suppose that a
foreigner discovers valuable minerals beneath the
surface of land acquired in
the interior; would he be at liberty to open up a mine?
This is a more
difficult problem. Koreans’ rights apply only to the
surface of the soil and
mining can be undertaken only by
government permission. We imagine that there would be a
serious question as to
the right of a foreigner to do more than the Korean
holder might do. In the absence
of any precedent we imagine a foreign government would
uphold the Korean
government in preventing the opening up of mines by the
foreigner. We know that
American residents in the interior pay the regular [page 266] Korean
taxes on their property. At least some of them do; and
this indicates that they
are prepared to follow Korean law in such matters. Such
being the case the Korean
government would be able to make out a pretty good case
against a foreigner who
should open up a gold, coaly iron, copper or any
other mine in the interior, even on his own property. We should like
to
hear from any subscriber his views on this important
question. Editorial
Comment.. In its issue of
the 15th July the Seoul Weekly Press commented upon our
attitude toward a
possible Japanese Protectorate over Korea. It failed to
agree with our statement
that Japan is in a position to establish an arbitrary
protectorate if she sees
fit. But we should have supposed that it would have been
plain from what we
said the we were not, at the time, referring to the
legal or ethical aspects of
the case but simply affirming, what everybody
must
recognize, that if Japan were to break her promises and
establish an arbitrary
protectorate there would be no effective
protest from any point of the compass. Japan is in
military occupation and all
the powers are apparently prepared to acquiesce in
almost anything Japan may do
here. We cannot agree
with the proposition that the present status of things
is satisfactory, that
Japan has just enough hold upon Korea to carry out her
plans and that a protectorate
is already established and in operation de facto. We
strongly contend that
there is either too much or too little of a protectorate
here. This will
require but little explanation. The Japanese people
throughout the peninsula
are treating the common people with great cruelty and
injustice and there are
no proper courts where Koreans can appeal for redress.
In this state of things
the Korean government in Seoul and to a great extent the
prefects in the country
acquiesce. But when [page 267]
the Japanese authorities attempt to make effective
arrangements for such
tribunals the Korean Government does everything to
thwart them, on the ground
that such action impairs the independance of Korea. We
say, then, with all the
force of which we are capable that one of two things
should be done. Either the
Japanese people should be confined to the treaty ports
according to a strict
interpretation of the treaties or else the Japanese
authorities should secure the power to establish such
courts of justice as will
insure to the Koreans immunity from the ruffianism of
the Japanese coolies and adventurers
in the interior. On this single proposition we are ready
to stake the
reputation of this periodical. It is impossible to
expect or hope that the
Japanese can now be compelled to confine their
operations to the treaty ports
and we are therefore shut up to the single alternative.
There need be no
difficulty in establishing such courts of justice as we
have mentioned. In
another part of this issue we have shown that Japan is
hastening plans in this
direction and desire sincerely to see the present reign
of terror in the
peninsula brought to an end. Now if the present degree
of control is not sufficient
to accomplish this without continual and successful
interferance on the part of
the Korean government then that control must be
strengthened until it breaks down
the opposition. This will not necessarily impair the
autonomy of the Korean
government. It all depends upon how the government takes
it. If it cooperates
heartily with the Japanese in securing safety and peace
for the Korean people
and gradually learns the lesson of genuine government in
the interests of the
masses, then a temporary quasi-independence may in time
blossom into genuine
independence, What seems perfectly
plain is the necessity of a temporary period of
political and administrative
apprenticeship to Japan. According as Japan discharges
the duties and
obligations of a tutor will she demonstrate the truth of
her claim to
enlightenment. But even as we write
the evidences of Japanese private aggression are piling
up about us. In a town
near Seoul Koreans have been dragged away
with a rope around [page 268] the
neck to work on railway embankments, utterly contrary to
the regulations and in
flat contradiction of the wishes of the highest Japanese
authorities. Just
outside the South Gate of Seoul among the hills immense
tracts of land now covered
with Korean houses and fields have
just been staked out by the Japanese on the plea of “military
purposes” and the people have been told that
they must move out on August 1st
since the “Japanese are going to live here.” Their
houses will
be paid for after a fashion but they will receive only a
fraction of a market
price and far too little to build or buy elsewhere. It is about time the
question of “military necessity” is looked into. It has
come to a point when
one can hardly escape the conclusion that this is a mere
formula used to
silence questions and crush opposition. No one is able
to imagine what military
necessity there can be which requires the confiscation
of such enormous tracts
of land in a purely residential suburb of Seoul But if
one questions it he is
silenced by the fact that military necessity is a
military secret and the
Japanese military authorities cannot be asked to give
any reason for their
actions except the mere statement of the necessity. In
other words while we
have received from Tokyo the expression of
utmost concern for Korean private interest and have
listened to plans of
far-reaching and benificent import to the people of this
country yet today
there is no evidence whatever that the Japanese in Korea
have been influenced
bv such sentiments. Elsewhere in this issue we have
expressed the belief that
the Tokyo authorities are sincere in their desire and
purpose to arrange for
proper jurisdiction in Korea and we hope above all
things that the plans will
materialize, but we see no evidence on the part of any
Japanese, official
or otherwise, in Korea, to forestall the establishment
of special courts by
doing what they can to right present wrongs. Two months
ago a Korean bought
from a Japanese a business house on South Gate Street.
The building was at the
time occupied by a Japanese tenant. The new Korean owner
gave the tenant a
month in which to remove but two months have now passed
and though the Korean’s
title [page 269] to the
house is perfect and is so recognized by the Japanese,
yet the Korean is told
that he must bring a civil suit against the Japanese
tenant before he
can get him removed from the house ! It may be
that legal action of this kind is necessary but not one
Korean in ten thousand
would know how to bring such action. There is no one to
help him and the
probability is that he will simply lose his money. What
we want to see is
willingness to right wrongs when a case is strongly
pressed but eagerness to do
it the instant the wrong is clearly seen. This Korean
has been trying for weeks
to get something done about this house and we think that
means will be found to
accomplish it. The test of the whole
matter will come when the plans of the authorities in
Tokyo are put into active
operation here and evidence is afforded that strict
justice is to be done the
Korean. Until that time, those who sympathize with the
latter
will wait with what patience they can There seems to be
taking place in America a sharp reaction against the
extremely favorable
attitude taken by the people therein view of Japan’s
wonderful military and
naval achievements. People were not willing to confine
their encomiums to the
fighting abilities of Japanese but voices were heard
exclaiming that the
Japanese exceeded the West in morality, honesty and
modesty as far as in
military and naval matters. It was inevitable that a
reaction should come and
that the pendulum should swing almost as far one way as
the other. Writers now
seem vying with each other in picking flaws in the
Japanese, emphasizing their
lack of business ethics and affirming that
the opportunities for American trade in Manchuria will,
under the Japanese
regime, be even less promising than it was under the
Russian. Great emphasis
has been put upon the counterfeiting of labels on
American goods. But we give
the Chinese credit for too much sense to be long
deceived by such tricks. They [page 270] will
soon find out that the substitute is
inferior to the genuine article and things will straighten
themselves out. If, on the other hand, the Japanese are
giving as good an article
at a smaller price, the Chinese will surely find this
out and purchase the
Japanese product on its own merits irrespective of
labels. Americans may rest
assured that the Chinese are too shrewd to be deceived
for long. Meanwhile it
might be pertinent to ask why there is need of any
trade-mark law in America or elsewhere, if the merchants
are so horrified at
the obliquity of the Japanese in the matter. Such
indignation at this lapse in
ethics ought to make it possible for us to erase the
statute from our
books of law, and trust to the moral sense of the
business community. What say
you, gentlemen? The fact is that this
low grade of commercial ethics is due to the same cause
which lies at the
bottom of Japan’s military and naval successes, namely
feudalism. A feudal
state which elevates the military life, and, with it the
literary life, to a
pedestal from which men look down upon trade as a
menial
occupation cannot but result in a low grade of
commercial ethics. No
one should wonder at it. Japan’s great successes are
directly in line with those
forms of intellectual and moral forces which feudalism
fed and fostered and a
true estimate of Japan would include those other forms
of activity which are
obliged to find a new basis on which to build. Trade is
one of them. China has
never been what we may call truly
feudal and so in that country it is commerce which is
honorable while the
soldier is only one stage removed from the mendicant. In
Europe feudalism did
not degrade commerce. The merchants of the feudal states
all through Northern
Europe upheld a high standard of commercial morality.
But the reason did not
lie in feudalism but in the Christianity which lies at
the basis of European
civilization.
[page 271]
News Calendar. On the first
instant all Japanese police inspectors and policemen for
the various provinces
departed to take up their duties. The Agricultural
Department has been asked to grant a permit for the II
Chin-hoi to cultivate
the waste lands. Yi To-chai,
governor of South Pyeng-an province, presented his
resignation but it was not
accepted. The Japanese
Minister has explained to His Majesty that since the
Royal Treasury does not
belong to the Finance Department it is not necessary
that it should be examined
by the adviser; but when a contract is to be executed
with a foreigner or funds
are to be transferred to the control of others it will
be necessary to consult
with Mr. Megata. The Finance
Department has been asked by the Foreign Department to
pay the sum of five
thousand seven hundred and sixty dollars, the expense of
repairing the roads at
the port of Kunsan. The acting
consul
in London informs the government that the secretary of The
Korean Legation had such distress over the condition of
Korea that he ended his
present misery by killing himself . The Finance
Department
is bearing the expense of sending a delegation to Japan
on an inspecting tour,
each secretary to have Y 2,000 as his portion. The Minister of
Law, Min Yung-kui, has been reappointed Minister
of Finance, and Yi Keun-taik has
been transferred from the Agricultural to the Law
Department. The Foreign
Department has received a despatch notifying them of the
arrival of a Japanese
mining engineer, whose salary is to begin at once at the
rate of Y 400 per month,
with an allowance of Y 50 per month
for house rent. When the mineral resources are somewhat
developed three or four
additional assistants will be employed. Choi Suk-cho has
gone to Songdo as magistrate. Native merchants
of Fusan have formed a Board of trade, or Commercial
Society. The Chang-wan
kamni, Mr. Uyen Hak-chuk, has been elected president,
and the Tong Nai kamni,
Mr. Yi Moo-yung, is made director of the society. The chief of
police in Seoul has given the people three days in which
to remove all
impurities from the streets and
gutters and to install street lamps. The Foreign
Office
complains to the Chinese Legation that a Korean woman
had been killed by a
Chinese merchant named Chang Hong-hai.
A policeman had investigated, and complaint had been
made three times to the Chinese
Consul, but nothing had been done to bring the guilty
party to justice. [page 272] Request
comes from Songchin that Yi Wan-jong, kamni
of that port, should have
added to his duties that of
magistrate of the district. The Chinese
Minister has informed the Korean Foreign Office
that there could be no negotiations for peace between
Russia and Japan without considering the vital interests
of
China, as China was made one of the excuses for the war.
China had therefore
notified her envoys to the two powers that any articles
looking toward peace
must also be made acceptable to China. The Minister of
the Law Department, Yi Keun-ho, was
transferred and made governor of North Kyeng
Sang province; the Minister of Agricultural
Department, Pak Chea-soon, has been appointed to the Law
Department, and Yi Keun-taik,
General of the Royal Guards, to the Agricultural
Department. Min
Yeng-gui,
Minister of the Finance Department, sent his resignation
to His Majesty
but it was not accepted. The Cabinet was
asked
by the Foreign Office to change the secretary of Korean
Legation in Tokyo and
make him attaché and appoint the attaché secretary, and
it has been done. The city prison
is
so hot and damp that the Minister of the Law Department
has asked the judges of
the City Court to release prisoners after a prompt
investigation. After an
inspection by the Governor of Seoul, the South Ward
Police Inspector and the
Japanese Consul the posts erected by Japanese around Nam
san were removed. Citizens in
Chido
district, Chulla province, have requested the Home
Department to reappoint
their magistrate for a series of years, because
of the just way in which he has looked after the
interests of the people.
Members
of the II Chin-hoi
were invited to be present at a meeting of the
Ministers, and were addressed by
the Vice Minister of the Supreme Court. He presented a
decree issued by His
Majesty in which the government was ordered to listen to
the advice of the
society, and the society was asked to propose plans to
the Cabinet. By a special
decree the Minister of the Educational Department, Mr.
Chai-keuk,
has been transferred to the Household Department, the
Minister of Law, Pak Chea-soon,
to the Educational Department, the Finance Minister, Min
Yeng-kui, to the Law
Department; and the Minister of the Household
Department, Min Yengchul, to the
Finance Department The Finance
Department handed over the account books and money to
the officers of the
Treasury. The total amount of money in storage vaults
was eight hundred
thousand dollars. Prince Young
Chin
has been elected president of the Eastern Asiatic
Educational Society and His
Majesty has set apart a building for
the use of the society.
[page 273]
The Foreign Office has informed the Japanese Legation
of
the despatch of a secretary, Mr. Ur
Un-chak, to the southern provinces to examine the lands
about which Japanese
and Korean subjects have been contending. Owing to the hot
rainy season a public celebration on the 14th
instant was dispensed with this year at the French
Legation. A Korean living
in
Wiju was killed and buried without an investigation
having been made by the kamni. The murderer was
sentenced to imprisonment for
life at hard labor; but the kamni was fined two months
salary for failing to
make an investigation. Yi Yong-ik,
Minister of War, has presented Y100 to the
Korean and Japanese ladies’ society. The Law
Department
has issued the following regulations for kamris
and magistrates at ports : 1 All complaints
from natives or foreigners
living in the port must be judged by the kamni.
2 All land taxes inside and
outside the ports are to be collected by the
magistrates. 3
All complaints outside the port in the same
district must be judged by the magistrate.
4 The kamni has authority to send communications
to Foreign Consuls
in the port on diplomatic affairs, and to issue orders
to the magistrates.
5 No other authority is granted the kamni in
his own district, and he has no authority whatever in
other districts. The Home Department
has issued the following orders for those in charge of
search for robbers
: 1 When a
robber has been captured he
must be immediately sent to the judge in the nearest
district. 2
Inspectors have authority to issue orders
to the magistrates for inspection purposes only. 3 Inspectors
must send reports to the judge
or governor, and must obey the order of the judge. 4 When a
magistrate does not furnish the
proper means for inspecting, the inspector is to report
to the Home Department.
5 Traveling expenses must be taken from the
land taxes in the district, according to the number of
days on duty, and the
amount is to be reported to both the Home and Finance
Departments. Adviser Megata
has
decided that ten per cent of the salaries of higher
officials and five per cent of the salaries of lower
officials should be
retained and deposited monthly in the bank at a nominal
interest. When an
official resigns or is discharged his savings with
interest will be paid to
him. In addition to
the
exchange of nickels conducted at the Finance Department
it is said there will
be one other place selected in Seoul, one in Chemulpo,
and one in Pyeng Yang. [page 274] On
Saturday July 29th a very unfortunate disturbance
occurred in Seoul. A member
of the American Legation Guard was coming out of Rondon
Plaisant & Co’s store accompanied
by the two dogs that are the pets of
the guard. As he came out a large
powerful Japanese, supposed to be one of the stone
masons at work on the new palace,
gave one of the dogs a violent kick. The American marine
turned and asked what this
was for. Thereupon the Japanese sprang at him, hit him
in the face and seized
him by the throat. The attack was
utterly unprovoked, as appears from the independent
witness of a number of
people who witnessed it. When attacked in this manner
the soldier naturally defended
himself and hit some telling blows, but several other
Japanese came up and
started in to assist their countryman. One of the dogs
was busy at the heels of
the first Japanese, and as one of the other Japanese made
a pass at the dog the marine side
stepped and knocked him down. A
squad of Japanese soldiers came up but merely stood
looking on. The first
Japanese seized a cane from one of his countrymen
who was standing by and attempted to strike the
marine on the head but he warded off the blow with his
arm. In the scuffle
his hat had fallen to the ground and the Japanese seized
upon it. The marine
stepped inside the store and asked for an
interpreter who could speak Japanese and commanded that
his hat be returned. Meanwhile
notice had arrived at the Legation that an affray was
going on and Captain
Broatch, Consul General Paddock, Vice-Consul Straight
and Mr. Thompson hastened
to the spot. Captain Broatch demanded of the Japanese
that the hat be given up
but he refused. The Captain then
took hold of the hat and the Japanese struck him a heavy
blow. A Japanese
noncommissioned officer and several soldiers were
standing by but refused
either to arrest the fellow or even to restrain him.
They even
refused to call a Japanese policeman. A squad of
American marines came up on
the double quick and stood at attention. The Japanese,
wholly devoid of sense,
made a rush at them, at the same time throwing a stone
at them. Mr. Paddock
caught him around the waist in time to save him from
impaling himself upon the
bayonets of the marines. The infuriated man struck the
Consul-General one or
two heavy blows but they did no harm. At last the
Americans got word to the
Japanese Consulate and a policeman came and marched the
fellow off. The case is
now under consideration . It is thought that this
particular Japanese was
trying to start a fight, for on the day previous he had
refused to stand back
from the American Legation gate when the funeral
procession of Mr. Dixey was
about to pass, and he had to be put back by force to
clear the way. At one
point in the affray a number of Japanese soldiers were
about to enter the fight
in support of their fellow countryman but the quiet and
conciliating tone of
the Americans and their unwillingness to go to
extremities prevented a very
serious encounter. It was a disgusting exhibition of bad
temper or worse on the
part of the Japanese workman, and it is to be hoped an
example will be made of
him. The Korean
envoys
to Japan arrived safely in Tokyo on the 23rd. [page 275]
The work of taking over the Korean Department of
Communications by the Japanese
Post office Department has
been completed, and the Japanese now have full charge of
all postal and
telephone matters in Korea. There are a number of Korean
employees. The Foreign
Department is asked to see that the salary of the
Japanese mineral inspector be
paid from the first instant at the rate
of four hundred yen per month, with an additional eighty
yen per month for
house rent. The Japanese
Minister requests the Foreign Department to secure the
dismissal
of Hyen Hok-cheuk, kanmi of Chang-won, because he is
ignorant of diplomatic
affairs, and to appoint Kang Won-so to the position. At the
Independence Hall on the 10th instant
the II Chin-hoi held a commercial meeting. On the evening
of
the fifteenth the members of the American Legation
Guards provided a delightful
entertainment for their friends on
the lawn at the American Legation.
Invitations had been issued to a large number of ladies
and gentlemen,
including representatives of the various Legations in
the city. The spacious
lawn was brightly illumined with lanterns, and at one
corner two large American
flags made a background for the company of Guards as
throughout the evening they
sang declaimed and furnished various other numbers on
the program. An abundant
supply of liquid refreshments, ices and cigars had been
provided for the
guests. The Imperial Korean Band rendered a number of
splendid selections, the
entertainment closing with the Korean National Air by
the band and the Star
Spangled Banner by the Guards and band in concert The Korean
Acting
Minister in Washington is departing for Korea for a
short visit. The Household
Department has officially announced the change of the
Minister’s official seal.
Twelve men
accused
of killing members of the II Chin-hoi have been arrested
and taken to Suwon for
trial. The II Chin-hoi
has made two propositions to the government:
1 Three thousand young men without regard to
class should be sent to
Japan to be educated.
2 All native
priests should be freely permitted to enter the city of
Seoul. Chinese subjects
have about seven million dollars in Korean nickels to
exchange, and the Chinese
Minister requests that the exchange be made for gold
yen, and not for war
notes, as otherwise commercial interests will be
injured. Japanese
policemen
have been sent to all the provinces except Whanghai and
North Pyeng-an. Seven
of these are to receive salary of
forty-four yen per month and four a
salary of forty-two yen. An audience with
His Majesty and all the Cabinet was asked by the
Japanese Minister for the 18th
inst but the Foreign
Office refused as recently the weather is too warm. [page 276] A
society of Korean and Japanese ladies has been recently
formed in
Seoul. When informed of the matter His Majesty
contributed Y 1,000 and set aside a building for use of the
ladies. On the eighth
inst. the Italian Minister was granted an audience, at
which time he presented
important communication from his government. The Yun Chun
prefect reports to the Household
Department that recently the wife of Im Yang-tai
presented three sons to her husband. Min Kyeng-sik,
Judge of the Justice Court, has resigned, and the
director of the Court, Tai
Myung-sik, has been advanced to the position.
The Vice
Minister of the War Department Om Chooik has resigned,
and General Kwan Tai-ik
has been appointed to the place. Min Yang-chul,
Minister of Education, has called all his assistants for
consultation as to the
best means for advancing educational interests. The magistrate
of
Sun Chan district in Pyeng An province informs
the Home Department that a strange animal resembling a
tiger recently entered
his district. Five children above ten years of age were
seized and devoured by
it in broad daylight. The Chinese
Minister informs the Foreign Office that a Chinese
merchant has an account
against the Household Department of 12,000 Yen, and the
Imperial Telegraph
Office owes a small account of sixty thousand Yen in
China. He asks that these
amounts be paid at once. The kamni of
Pusan, Mr. Yi Moo-yeng, has exchanged places with the
kamni
of Mokpo, Mr. Han Yung wan. Koreans in
Hawaii
have finally accepted the inevitable in permiting the
Japanese consul to look
after their interests in the islands. The Japanese
Legation has received a despatch from the Foreign Office
saying that during the
past ten years the Korean government has paid out one
hundred and eighty
thousand Yen to the families of Japanese subjects who
had been killed by
Koreans. An estimate has now been made of the number of
Koreans killed by
Japanese subjects, and more than seventy have been
reported. The Japanese
government is therefore requested to pay a moderate sum
to these families. The ship loaned
by
Korea to Japan during the war is about to be returned.
Preliminary thereto two
propositions have been made, 1 If the
War Department is ready to receive and care for the
vessel it will be returned
to Chemulpo. 2 If it cannot be so cared for a Japanese
ship company will
purchase under certain conditions and use it for
commercial purposes. An official
exchange
is to be found in Chemulpo after the 25th inst. It will
be open one day in five,
and no sums exceeding five thousand or less
than one thousand yen will be exchanged. Mr. D. W.
Stevens,
Adviser to the Foreign Office, returned from
Tokyo on the 17th.
[page 277]
Mr Yi Keun-taik, the Minister of Agriculture and
Commerce, called the merchants to his office to discuss
ways and means of
developing Korean commercial interests. A prominent
merchant, Kim Cheung-whan,
in replying to questions of the Minister, said there
were two great reasons why
commerce was injured, 1 When a
merchant by diligence in business has succeeded in
accumulating some money he
is “squeezed” without excuse by those higher in
authority, so he has no incentive to increase his
wealth. 2 The police
inspectors have failed to search diligently for
counterfeiters, and much bad
money has been in circulation for many years. Now that
time has come for
exchanging money commercial interests will greatly suffer
by reason of the counterfeit money. He suggested one
means of relief would be
to have more diligent police. About eight
hundred men are now steadily employed in
construction work for the new system of
water-works
to be established in Seoul. The military
laws
promulgated throughout Korea by the Japanese General Hasegawa
provide for seven degrees of punishment
for crime, the four most severe being,
to be shot, banished, imprisoned or whipped. Mr. Cho
Min-hea,
Korean Minister to Japan, asks the
Foreign Office for leave of absence to return to Korea
on account
of health. The sympathy of
the entire community is
extended to Monsieur and Madame Plaisant
because of the sickness and death of their little
daughter. The Sunchun
prefect, Pak Nak-sam, has been summarily
dismissed for unmercifully
squeezing the people. A despatch from
the Japanese Minister to the Foreign Office
states that a Japanese engineer had been employed in the
irrigation bureau,
but the contract was cancelled when the bureau was
abolished.
His back salary amounts to one
thousand four hundred forty yen, and he asks that it
be
paid at once. The governor of
North Hamkyeng province has resigned and
Mr. Im Whan-o has been appointed to the vacancy. The editor of
the
Whang Sung Sin Mun accompanied the
Korean inspectors to Japan. The Foreign
Department informed the Household Department that according
to the despatch of the Japanese Minister the contract
for the employment of a Japanese subject as mineral
inspector was by decree of His Majesty. The Household
Department replied that
no such decree had been issued, or asked for, and would
be refused. On the 9th
instant
the Italian Minister was
received in audience at 3 o’clock and the French
Minister at 4. The Foreign
Department has been notified by the Japanese Minister
that beginning the first
of September the proposed Agricultural and Industrial
school will have two
departments. He introduced a Japanese professor of
agriculture, whose salary
must be paid from the first instant at the rate of 200
Yen per month, including
house rent. The teacher for the industrial department
must be selected soon
from the Japanese educational department.
[page 278] In
reply to a communication from the Foreign Department
relative to a
despatch from the Japanese Minister
concerning the employment of a Japanese for industrial
service, word comes from
the Agricultural Department that
there had been no such negotiations between the
Department and the Japanese
Minister. The Dai Ichi Ginko
has established a branch at Song-do. A branch line of
street railway was constructed along the broad street
leading to the old palace
to facilitate the transfer of the old nickel coinage
from the Treasury Department to the mint. The newly
appointed prefect of Yang Keun,
Mr. Song Kyu-heun, has written to the Home
Department saying that he sent a memorial to His
Majesty two years ago, and as no answer has been
received he has been waiting
until this time for punishment. Now he has suddenly been
appointed magistrate,
but as he has no theories of how to rule the people
justly he earnestly
requests to be excused from serving. The Cabinet
meeting on the 10th discussed the
following matters : 1 The appointment of a
police inspector for each province. 2 A
proposal to appoint Choi Suk-min as director of the
Police Department.
3 A proposal to appoint Yi Yong-sea as
director of the Law Department. 4
Whether to pay the traveling expenses of the Japanese
finance inspecting agents
to Korea. A special edict
has been issued by His Majesty, ordering the
a Red Cross society to be established. On the 18th
instant Ministers were transferred as follows,
by special
decree : From Minister of
Finance to Minister of Law, Min
Yeng-kei; from Minister of Agriculture to Minister of
Law, Yi Kun-taik;
from Minister of Education to Minister of Agriculture,
Pak Chea-soon;
from Minister of Finance to Minister of Education, Min
Yung-chul.
It is reported
that the number of Japanese Buddhists in Korea have very
greatly increased, and
a circular has been sent throughout the country to the
effect
that this religion will be taught in all parts of the
interior,
and schools will be established to properly educate the
young men. Ten Korean
inspectors started for Japan on the fifteenth instant,
among them Min
Pyeng-suk, Min Yeng kui, Cho Tong-yun, Min
Sang- ho and Yun Chi-ho. The Home
Department has notified the governors of all provinces
that no injury is to be
permitted against any societies, and anyone molesting
any member of these
societies will be severely punished. On advice of the
Japanese Minister the Foreign Office is reported to have
telegraphed to the
Korean Legations in England, France and Germany
reducing the number of foreign clerks employed at said
Legations.
[page 279]
The North Chung Chung governor reports to the
Agricultural Department his
inability to prevent Japanese subjects from entering
Yeng Dong district and
digging gold. The
constitutional
society held a meeting on the third instant, attended by
about one hundred
members, with five or six Japanese gendarmes to see that
everything proceeded
properly. Mr. Yu
Chung-soo,
Vice Minister of the Finance Department, was appointed
Acting Minister because
of the resignation of his chief. The Home
Department has been asked by Syn Sang-hoon, Vice
Minister of the Supreme Court,
to arrest and bring to Seoul and punish all persons
guilty of injuring members
of the II Chin-hoi. The Educational
Department sent a circular letter to all government
schools asking all teachers
to attend a special training class in Seoul for three
weeks in July to learn
the plans for developing educational work.
The chief of
police in Seoul has sent word to the five wards that
bands of robbers are
numerous because of the inefficiency of the police.
He orders all police inspectors to be more diligent
than ever before. The Korean
government has borrowed Y 2,000,000 on 7 per cent bonds,
interest payable
semi-annually in May and November. The principal is to
be repaid by lot within
two years after the expiration of three years. The
entire loan is thus to be
repaid within five years. The taxes of the country are
put up as security for
the boi ds. While the total bond issue is Y 2,000,000,
the applications
received in Japan amounted to more than Y
8,000,000. A company has
been
formed among Korean merchants for the purpose of moving
the large market from
inside the South Gate of Seoul to the centre of the
city. They contemplate
erecting a platform over the broad drain, extending from
the lyong bridge to
the Broad bridge, and on this platform will be
displayed the various articles of merchandise. An uproar has
been
made in Pyeng Yang by the Koreans over the wretched
condition of the currency.
Arthur
Sturgis Dixey. Mr. Dixie, of
the
American Legation, Seoul, passed away on the afternoon
of the 26th of July
after a brief but severe attack of dysentery. This came
as a sudden shock to
the foreign community many of whom
had not been aware that he was ill. Although he had been
here only a few weeks
he had made many friends and the entire community feels
that it has suffered a
great loss. [page 280] Mr.
Dixey was the only son of Richard C. Dixey, Beacon Hill,
Boston, Mass. He was
educated in Europe and in his American home until he
entered Harvard University
. From this institution he graduated in 1902 at the age
of twenty-two. While
there he took an active part in all phases of college lifc
but especially in literary matters. He was for a time
president of the French
Club or Cercle Francois at Harvard a society which does
serious and successful work in the field of French
literature. After graduation
he attended the Harvard Law School and upon finishing
the three years’ course
was admitted to the Suffolk County Bar. When Minister Morgan
was appointed to his post in Korea Mr. Dixey applied to
the state department
for a place on Mr. Morgan’s staff and was appointed
Student Interpreter at
Seoul. The place was of his own seeking and to obtain it
he give up seemingly
much brighter prospects of an appointment to
Europe. But he felt that it was in the Far East that
things were being dome,
and with the same adventurous spirit of his ancestors he
set his eyes toward
the West where Occident and Orient meet. He had always
been devoted to his home, and his early travels which
included a trip around
the world were in company with his family. This Korean
episode constituted his
first independent step out into the broad world, and it
was a long step. A man
of fine physique, brilliant mind, splendid attainment, a
master of French and
German, there was every reason to expect that he would
carve out for himself a
distinguished career in the East. But it was not to be.
That fell disease, which lurks at every turn in this
great city, claimed him
and the high hopes which were entertained for him were
dashed to the ground.
His parents and his only sister are at present in Europe
and to them we, as
well as our whole community, extend hearty sympathy in
this overwhelming loss.
If we who knew him for so short a
time feel his taking off as a personal loss, what shall
be said of those who
had, in him, an only son and brother THE KOREA REVIEW VOL.
5. NO.
8. AUGUST, 1905. [page 281] A Protest
For
the past few weeks, those who are interested in seeing
satisfactory relations
established between the Koreans and the Japanese have
been looking for signs
that the Tokyo authorities were trying to back up their
words with definite
action, but the state of affairs here has become rapidly
worse instead of
better, until at last the Koreans have reached a state
little removed from
desperation; and those who catch the under-current of
feeling among the people
are aware that we are dangerously near the point of
revolt at the methods
adopted by the Japanese.
It
is not merely what the Japanese are trying to do in and
about the great
commercial centers like Seoul, Pyeng-yang, Taiku and
Songdo, but the utterly
inexplicable methods they adopt in doinjg it that call
for loud and insistent
protest. And those who are the most genuine friends of
Japan should be the
first to make the protest. The facts which we propose to
relate here will
uphold this indictment. We have been making a careful
examination of conditions
here and in Pyeng-yang and the statements we append can
be relied upon as true.
Plenty of witnesses can be brought to substantiate them.
It remains, as it has
always been, inexplicable on any rational theory how the
rights of Korean
should be so completely ignored as they are being at
[page 282]
this moment both in Seoul and Pyeng-yang. This is a
rather serious charge to
make but the facts bear it out. There can be no excuse
which will pass current
for the perpetration of the follovying outrages, for
they can be called nothing
less. Let us examine first
the state of affairs in the vicinity of Seoul. This city
lies about three miles
to the north of the Han River, which curves around
toward the north holding the
city as it were in an elbow. The high wooded hill called
Kam San forms a part
of the southern boundary of the city and throws its
spurs south and east as far
as the river bank. Almost the entire area between Seoul
and the river, covering
thousands of acres of land, has been staked out by the
Japanese on the plea of
military necessity and the entire population which runs
up into the tens of
thousands have been notified that they must
vacate their houses and fields when notice is given.
In this area there are large and flourishing villages of
from one hundred to
five hundred houses. The people have their
long-established occupations and
local business connections. Their livelihood depends in
large measure upon
these business connections and upon the local interests.
But not a thought is
given to this fact. They are told that they must vacate
at some time in the
near future. When they demand pay for their land and
houses they
are told that the Japanese authorities have paid over,
or are to pay over, to
Korea some three hundred thousand
yen for all this property at Seoul, Pyeng-yang
and Wiju and that eventually the people will be paid
something for their houses
and lands. Now in the first
place we must ask what meaning there is in the term “military
necessity.” We note that in all this district near Seoul
the Japanese marks
often follow the conformation of the cultivated land up
the little valleys, the
stakes being set around the fields and taking no account
of the uncultivated
spurs. This is a very curious thing. If this is for “military
necessity” one must wonder in what way
the seizure of only this cultivated land can benefit the
Japanese army. If they
[page 283] needed
the hills for strategic purposes, for the
building of fortifications or earthworks, it would be a
different matter, but
this is quite out of the question here. The Japanese
themselves affirm that the
Koreans are being driven out because “The
Japanese are going to live here.” In other words the
gigantic confiscation has nothing
whatever to do with military necessity and is simply the
forcible seizure of
Koreans’ property for the purpose of letting Japanese
settle there. This is
proved conclusively by what is seen at Pyeng-yang.
Between the modern city wall
and the railway station, to the west, there is a
distance of two miles, through
what is called the wesung
or “Outside Town,”
supposed to be the site of the old city of Kija. This
was held by Korean farmers
and each man held the deed for his land. The Japanese
seized the entire tract,
over 3,000 acres, excepting a few acres held by Chinese,
and said it was for
military necessity. Not half the Koreans were paid
a
cent for their houses or lands. Now we find that this
tract is being built up, by
ordinary Japanese merchants and artisans, into a city
by itself. Is this military
necessity? Hardly. It is nothing but an exhibition of
superior force for the
purpose of acquiring property for nothing. These are
plain words but we challenge
the Japanese or their defenders to prove them to be
untrue. Hundreds of people
are simply driven from their houses and lands
without a cent of compensation. They have no money
to rent or buy another place, nor any money to pay for
moving. They are simply
bereft of everything, including, in many instances, the
means of livelihood. As
the writer was passing along the road through the
section near Seoul Japanese
were busy tearing up crops from fields along the way
making ready to build a road (not railroad). Women with
children stood by,
crying and wringing their hands at sight of the
destruction of the crop which alone
insures them against starvation next winter. The
Japanese said he was doing it
according to orders. The writer was
besieged by more than fifty men
along the way who begged that some way be found to delay,
at [page 284] least, the
carrying out the monstrous sentence. But what way is
there? Shall we tell these
people to arm themselves and fight for their homes?
However great their wrongs
no one would feel justified in suggesting such a remedy.
If the people should
rise m masse and petition the government for redress
they would be told (and
have been told) that the government is forced to it by
the Japanese. If the
Koreans should make a monster demonstration of a peaceful
kind, petitioning the Japanese to have mercy
they would be dispersed at the bayonet’s point. The only
way to save the situation is to appeal directly
to the highest authorities in Japan and demand as an
elemental human right that
the people be left in possession of their property or
that they be paid a fair
market price for it. The evils of this
sweeping confiscation are aggravated by the way in which
the Japanese
attempt to evade responsibility. Having secured from the
Korean government by
duress a promise to secure the land, the Japanese,
knowing that the government
has no money with which to pay for it, go to the people
and turn them out of
their homes and lands and tell them to look to the
Korean
government for pay. Having shorn the
Korean government of
all independent action and assumed control of the
finances of the country, the
Japanese authorities turn about and tell the people to
collect their pay
from their own government, as if it were an entirely
separate and autonomous
affair and able to find the money. We
consider this to be not only wrong but it is cowardly as
well. If the Japanese
want to seize the land why do they
not do so without trying
to cover the tracks by claiming that the Korean government
is responsible? The Japanese are men on the battle
field, let them come out and
be men in their dealings with Korea. In order to pacify
the people who are being driven out of their homes the
Japanese tell them that
Japan is> going to turn over to the Korean government
some money to be
distributed among the sufferers. What [page 285]
could be more exquisitely ironical than this? The sum
named is not one tenth
the amount necessary
to give the people even the minimum market price for
their property and to have
this paid through the hands of Korean officials would be
such a travesty of
justice that we can but marvel that
the Japanese should have the face to suggest it. If there were some
immediate and stern military necessity like the near
approach of the enemy we
can imagine the temporary removal of Koreans from situations
of danger or from land needed for fortifications, but
when, under the plea of
military necessity, enormous stretches of merely
residential and agricultural
property are suddenly seized, paid for in promises only,
the people warned to
move out, while as yet there is no enemy within two
thousand
miles and that enemy in desperate straits, when, I say,
such acts are performed
they put the perpetrators morally on the defensive. On
the night
of the ninth instant as the writer passed through the
affected district women and
children came pressing about him by the score begging
him to find some means to
avert their being driven from their
homes, without a cent of money wherewith to procure a
lodging place. Far into
the night young women with babies in their arms were
hurrying past in flight to a more distant village. The
absolute calousness of
the Japanese agents is something appalling. Having been
ordered to carry out
the “improvements” they come into the villages and put
down all protest by beating
the people, and no one dares to resist, because
this would immediately result in the coming of
the gendarmes and the shedding of no one knows how much
innocent blood. Now this language
will doubtless sound like exaggeration to those who have
not been
on the spot and seen things as they are, but what we ask
is that the facts be
investigated. Is it possible that a people which has won
such high enconiums as
the Japanese shall allow their fair fame to be brought
into the dust by acts which
are comparable in quality though not
in quantity [page 286] with the military confiscations of the
Caesars? We do not believe it, and we feel confident
that if the high
authorities from whom the present policy presumably
emanates could see these
people being driven from their homes and fields
penniless and practically without hope of redress they
would be the first to rescind the order. And why should
Korea be
subjected to such drastic treatment, and the land of her
people be thus wrested
from them on a mere pretext? Even in a conquered
territory modem military ethics
would not permit of such confiscations without
compensation. How much more
grievous then is the wrong when we remember
that Korea is the ally of Japan. If the Korean
government blocks needed reforms
then let the government suffer but what
have the common people to do with this and what excuse
does it give for driving
out people that are entirely innocent of any
intention or desire to block
reforms, but would rather welcome them? These people have no
one to whom they can appeal against
their hard fate. They were informed by the
Mayoralty office that their land had all been
given to Japan and they must prepare to vacate it. When
it came to the sharp
pinch a crowd of them went to the Mayor’s office and
protested against the
forcible eviction. They were referred to the Home Office
as being the source of
the order. They went there and asked to see the Home
Minister, and were told
that it was an Imperial order. They then
became desperate and charged the Minister with having
lied to them and having
stolen their land. Thereupon the Minister asked the
Japanese gendarmes to
disperse the crowd adding that killing was none too bad
for them. The Japanese
charged the crowd and one man had his arm cut to the
bone and another had his face
cut from forehead to chin. Someone in the back of the
crowd threw a stone into
the Home office and it seems that the cowardly
Minister feared a riot and ordered the attack. The surprising thing
is that the Japanese so poorly gauge the temper of the
Korean people. The
latter may not be quick to resent their
wrongs but if thousands of [page 287]
them are to be deprived of their homes without payment
they
will surely make trouble. It comes to a matter of life
and death at last, and
then the Korean becomes a wild beast in fearlessness.
The writer has lived
among and has watched this people for something like
twenty years and nothing
is more certain than that a continuance of the present
course of action will
lead to trouble for which the Japanese will be
directly responsible. Let the Koreans become once
thoroughly aroused and they
change from the mildest and most inoffensive people
into veritable beasts which have no fear of death. If
the Koreans are driven to
the wall they can inflict such damage upon the vested
interests of the Japanese as to render their occupation
of Korea profitless. All this can be
averted easily by the adoption of a decent and equitable
policy in the
peninsula. A very little kindness goes a long way with a
Korean, and Japan has
it still in her power to conserve her own interests and
those of Korea by
stopping the wholesale confiscation of land and going to
work in a slower and
more humane way A
Visit to Pyeng Yang It was just fifteen years since I had made
a
visit to the northern metropolis and I had heard so much
about the wonderful
changes that had taken place that I thought it would be
interesting to compare
the status of things now and then. By the courtesy of
the Military authorities
in Seoul I secured a pass over the railroad and early
one morning presented
myself at the Yongsan Station in time to take the
morning train. The train consisted
of three goods wagons one of which was fitted with a
temporary awning of
canvas. There was a miscellaneous company of Japanese
and Koreans waiting to go
and we all were soon comfortably seated and on our way.
Some of the most
difficult portions of the road are found within the
first ten miles. Deep cuts
and fillings [page 288] alternated
with each other until we struck the mud
flat about four miles out. The embankment across this
was made of mud and the
summer rains had reduced it to a plastic state which
made it necessary to go
very slowly and in places sleepers sank beneath the
wheels two or three inches
into the mud and the wheels splashed through
the water which came above the rails. But the Japanese
were in no way daunted
by this condition of things, and with gangs of Koreans
were busy piling up more
mud on either side to reinforce the road bed and keep it
from sliding away
altogether. After four miles of this we came out upon
firmer ground and bowled
along at twenty miles an hour until we came to the Imjin
River, a huge swollen
torrent which threatened to sweep away the wooden
bridge. The train could not
cross this, so we all had to take our baggage in hand
and walk across, an
operation that was rendered more interesting by the fact
that a great pile of
rails had been placed upon the center of the bridge to
hold it down. But at
last we reached the other side and found another train,
waiting to take us on.
There was a covered car but it had become derailed and
we all had to crowd upon
two open flat cars without sides. All went well until we
reached the historic
town of Songdo which seems to have grown wonderfully
since I saw it in 1890.
From this point it began to rain in torrents and among
the hills beyond the
town there were times when I feared we would be blown
off the car. Everyone was
wet to the skin and the umbrellas that had not turned
inside out served but to
concentrate the flood of water at certain points instead
of letting it fall
upon all indiscriminately. After a time the rain ceased
and we sped along
wrapped as tightly in our blankets as possible for the
wind caused by the
motion of the train chilled us to the bone. We could not but
admire the energy and pluck which must have been
required in putting this road
through to the north. It was of the nature of a
temporary road and not at all
comparable with the Seoul-Fusan division. The grades are
very steep and the cuts
are only deep enough to let the trains climb over the
passes by dint of [page 289]
much exertion. In places the engine seemed to be digging
its toes into the
ground in a desperate attempt to heave us over the
saddle of the pass. All this
will be remedied later by deeper cuts and by more
gradual ascents. And on we
went over every obstacle until in the far distance we
saw the wall of the city
and the Tadong Gate looming up as a landmark. The bridge
across the Tadong
River is about two miles to the west of the modern city
and it has two
divisions since it crosses at the point where a long
narrow island divides the
current of the stream. We crossed slowly and drew up at
the station just as the
sun set. Between the station
and the modem city lies the Wesung or “outside
town” which is supposed to be the site of the ancient
capital, founded by Kija
in 1122 B. C. One of the oldest land-marks is Kija’s
well, the curb of which is
a single circular stone. The Wesung is a level plain of
great fertility about
two miles square and at one side of it is the partially
completed new Western Palace
which is so anathematized by the people because of its
evident uselessness and
because of the enormous tax it was upon the
people of the province. It stands now a lamentable
spectacle of half built
walls overrun with weeds and half surrounded by stagnant
water. We were hospitably
taken in by American residents outside the city wall and
the next day began to
look about and ask questions. A walk through the
principal streets of the town
showed a remarkable transformation as compared with
fifteen years ago. Then,
the narrow main street was lined with butcher shops from
which the sickening
fumes of warm fresh hog’s blood permeated the atmosphere
and made one long for
the smells of Seoul. But now this is all done away with.
Every
property owner along the street has been compelled to
cut off six feet or more
from the front of his house and devote
the space to the public. This caused a howl of
indignation from the people, for
the government had for decades winked at the
encroachment upon the street. But
the Japanese were not likely to pay much attention to
such protests, and the
truth is that the widening of the streets [page 290] has
more than doubled the value of the property
along them so that even the loss of a portion of
it has really put money in the owners’ pockets. The net
result of which is that
we cannot find much cause for sympathy with the Koreans
who made the
complaints. Even now when those very Koreans have reaped
enormous benefit from
the original sacrifice we hear bitter complaints on all
sides because they
were not paid for the few feet of land they had to give
up. But if we look about
carefully we find that there are hundreds of cases in
which the Koreans have
been most unjustly treated. There has been one enormous
grab on every hand in
the city and in its environs. Military necessity
is the excuse given in almost every case. Two thousand
acres of farming land
were included in one monstrous confiscation; but the
excuse of military
necessity fell to the ground when the land thus seized
was divided up among
Japanese merchants and others. What military necessity
can there be in a
miscellaneous collection of civilians who have nothing
to do with the military,
in most cases? One cannot look into all the cases
brought to one’s attention
but it is beyond question that the action of the
Japanese in Pyeng-yang has
been hard to bear. The worst excesses of Korea’s most
corrupt officials
never took on the form of such
wholesale confiscations as those which have taken place
at Pyeng-yang. A Japanese subject
owned a little plot of ground in Pyeng-yang but the
opening to it was very
narrow. A large tiled house worth 6,000 yen stood in the
way. The Japanese offered
the owner 120 yen and when it was refused the Korean was
seized, dragged away
to one of the Japanese compounds and brutally beaten and
other-wise illtreated.
He at last got away and immediately took opium and
killed himself. In China
this would have been a serious matter but the Japanese
laughed at it and attempted
to make the man’s widow give up the house. She declared
that she would die
rather than sell on any terms. This is no faked story
but an actual occurrence.
The Koreans are helpless because they are too wise to [page 291]
revolt openly. The time will come however when the
Koreans will be driven to it
unless better counsels prevail among the Japanese. A few
miles from the city a
Korean owns a fine hot spring. A Japanese civilian
appears,
drives his stakes all about the property and says he has
taken it because of
military necessity, though he has no papers to show. Not only so but the
Japanese have swarmed all over the property of Americans
and Englishmen and
planted their stakes knowing perfectly well whose the
land is. The Japanese
Consul when approached about the matter said he knew it
was the property of
foreigners but he added “You had
better just let the stakes remain where they are for the
present.” When I asked
these American gentlemen why they did not pull up the
Japanese stakes and throw
them in the ditch I learned that if this was done some
of the servants or
adherents of these foreigners would immediately be
seized and beaten within an inch
of their lives. And so these foreigners have to submit
to the humiliation of having
Japanese sign posts all over their property without
daring to pull them up. It is indeed a curious condition
of things. Whatever
the authorities in Tokyo may say, (and we do not doubt
their sincerity) the
conditions in Korea are utterly at variance
with the generous plans made in the capital of Japan. It
makes no difference
how badly a Korean may be injured it is next to
impossible to secure redress. Over a year ago we
said that the Japanese would find it harder to handle
Korea properly than to
beat the Russians but we had no idea that the promises
of reform would play
such an inferior part in the program. If any reader
thinks this is an exaggeration
let him come here and we will promise to show him a few
of the particulars of
the situation. A widow woman came to me yesterday and
asked me to do something
for her, as her whole living had been swept away by the Japanese
when they built the railway across her land. She had
received nothing by way of
compensation and it was plain the government could not
reimburse her. Now I
affirm that the failure of the [page 293] Japanese
to see that this woman, or any other person whose land
was taken, received from
the government the payment for her land was a gross
injustice. It was morally
no better than conniving at theft. A power that will
with one hand seize the
finances of a neighbor and with the other wave on the
people to collect their
payment from that government, knowing that it can
never
be done, leaves much to be desired. The people of
Pyeng-yang deserve our profound sympathy, but no more so
than the people in the
suburbs of Seoul. Not only have the Japanese not
emulated the example of the
British in Egypt but they have reversed many of the
fundamental rules laid down
by Lord Cromer for the handling of that people. No one
is more ready to give
them applause for what they do that is mutually
beneficial both to Korea and
Japan. We have consistently maintained an attitude
of the utmost optimism as regards the Japanese, and we
are enthusiasts in our
admiration of her achievements; but surely the time must
soon come when Japan
will carry out a helpful policy here or else she will
lay herself open to the
charge of selfish aggression. The
Caves of Kasa. It was one of
those sudden enthusiasms, induced perhaps by the thought
of how cool a cave
would feel in the midst of the suffocating heat of a
summer day in the rainy
season. The caves lay among the hills twenty-four miles
east of the city of
Pyengyang and the imagination unwisely leaped those
twenty-four miles and
painted pictures only of cool darkness and dripping
stalactites; so we were
beguiled. We had one bicycle between us and infatuation
went so far as to
induce us to take it along, thinking we might ride it
alternately and so make better
time. The mathematics of this proposition
were correct, for if one man rides ahead and then,
leaving the [page 293] wheel
beside the road, walks on, and the other man, coming up,
repeats the operation,
Copernicus himself could not disprove that they would
make better time than if they
both walked. However that may be the wheel broke down
within three miles of the
city and proved once more the total depravity of
inanimate objects. We left it
at a wayside inn and walked on. Be it known that on that
very day
the thermometer registered 100 in the shade in
Pyengyang, but shade was few and
far between along that road. From six o’clock in the
morning until three in the
afternoon we strenuously laid the miles behind
us until we reached the hills and entered the secluded
village of Kasa. We had
forded one river whose current was so deep and strong
that we had to quarter downstream
edging our way across with imminent danger of being
swept off our feet and
given a ducking. At the village we
were so fortunate as to find a good guide, and
having fortified the inner man we began the climb to the
mouth of the cave. Two
miles up a narrow valley bought us to a point where we
left the main path and
went straight up the steep side of the hill. The angle
was almost if not quite
forty-five degrees and the ascent was like that of a
ladder. But for all its
steepness the hill was covered with a flourishing crop
of beans. Earth never
could have clung to that hill-side if it had not been
held together by scaly
stones, of which more than half the
surface was composed. Half way up, we found women and
children cultivating the
beans and learned to our amazement that these fields are
plowed by the use of
bullocks, even as others. At last we came to
the limit of the field and above us was only the steep
rocky crest of the hill.
Beneath a low ledge we found the mouth of the cave, six
feet wide by four high.
The icy wind which blew from it nearly daunted us, as
the difficult climb had
reduced us to the consistency of a wet rag. It seemed
like courting pneumonia to
venture in. As we stood there, cooling off, we could
look away to the south and
east across range [page 294] after
range of beautiful
velvety green hills with bold cliffs cropping out here
and there. The guide warned us
that time was flying and that we must enter at once if
we wanted to finish by
night. So we plunged into the opening, slid down twenty
feet of clayey incline
and landed on the floor of the first passage. As soon as
we entered
we found that there was no more wind but only a delightful
coolness. The temperature must have been about fifty
degrees Fahrenheit. Here
we lighted our candles, good, thick foreign ones and not
the miserable tallow
dips of the Koreans. Shuffling along a dozen rods or so
we came to the first
large cavern or room. Our candles shed but a
feeble light and the dim glimmer of a distant white
pillar or stalagmite served
only to emphasize the weirdness and
mystery of the scene. As we stepped down the incline
into this echoing
apartment the guide who was in advance suddenly started
back and said “It is
full of water; we can go no further.” We looked down,
but the floor of the cave
seemed perfectly clear. We could see no water. Another
step and we were ankle
deep in the icy element which was so still and clear
that we had seen the
stones at the bottom without being aware of the water. A
stone thrown far but
fell with a gruesome “chug” into
the water and for the moment effectually dampened our
ardor. We suspected that
there might be some passage around the edge of the
water, though, since it was
the rainy season, we feared the worst. When the guide
said the passage was
barred one of us spoke up cheerfully and said “O, we can
all swim.” The guide
gave an involuntary gasp and said “Come this way, there
may be a passage
around.” And, sure enough, there we found it, but it was
almost worse than
swimming, for it consisted of a three inch ledge around
an almost perpendicular
wall with nothing to catch hold of, and the only way to
preserve the balance
was to hug the rock and creep along with great care. The
guide preferred to
wade around through the water which came only to his
waist. When we had passed
this barrier things came easier. Turning to the left
through a narrow opening
we descended a [page 295] long
passage way, the cross-section of which was about as
large as that of an
ordinary room. The floor of this passage from end to end
resembled miniature
rice-fields. Veins of some harder kind of stone which
had not dissolved formed
ledges or banks just like the banks of rice-fields and
each of these fields was
filled to the brim with water, about three inches deep.
It is curious how these
ledges can be all exactly even on top but so it is.
After a hundred yards or
more of this the passage became lower so that we had to
stoop and at one point
a huge stalactite and a corresponding stalagmite had
united forming a smooth
fluted pillar which appeared to be upholding the roof. A
little further along
the passage widened out again and the center was blocked
by a huge spherical
stalagmite whose surface was composed of a mass of rough
little nodes each
exquisitely modelled and somewhat resembling a
blackberry in shape. The color of
the whole was a dirty white. By rights the whole cave
should be snowy white but
thousands of Koreans with their thick torches of weed
stalks have smoked it so effectually
that only here and there does the pure color show. In
one side of this queer
stalagmite there was a great dent or hole about as big
as a bag of rice and on
the other side there was a protuberance of the same
size. The guide told us
this round stone was once a pile of grain; that a thief
had come and stolen a
bag of it from one side, but, being caught, he had
brought it back and thrown
it on the other side. Wandering on we came
presently to what looked like a sheer precipice. We
could see down into a deep
grotto and the sides of the cave expanded into a
magnificent cathedral nave.
Looking up we could see that the roof was composed of a
series of concentric
rings ascending in the shape of an inverted funnel till
lost in the dimness above.
But the most curious thing about it was that far up one
side there was a small
round opening to the outer air. Through this
orifice streamed a single shaft of what looked to us
like greenish light. This
was because the reddish light of the candles had tired
the eye to that portion
of the spectrum. This green light falling [page 296] across
the magnificent spaces of the mighty chamber wrote as
with a finger upon the
opposite wall. It was more wierd and awesome than any
cave could be by torch light or by
magnesium. Far off in silent crypts white figures
could be dimly seen standing like sentinels of the dead, while
above them hung rippling draperies of stone, and ever
the mournful drip, drip,
drip of the water emphasized the otherwise sepulchral
stillness of the place.
We were not surprised when our guide seated himself on a
jutting rock and said “I go
no further.” We railed upon him as a coward and told
him
we would protect him from the spirits of the place but
he said his feet were
sore or some-thing of the kind. Nothing would induce him
to go on, but we had
no idea of stopping short at this point. We left him
sitting there, and began
climbing down the face of the wall toward the bottom of
the great grotto. He liked
this even less than going ahead so he called after us
saying that he would go
to the mouth of the cave and wait for us there. This
seemed rather strange, but
there is no use in a foreigner trying to follow a
Korean’s mental processes. We
could not even guess the kind of creeps that were
playing up and down his
spine, so we sang out goodbye and stumbled on over the
pile of debris that
littered the floor of the cathedral, for we could see a
black passage beyond
which lured us on. We had a Korean “boy” with
us and he evidently knew something of the cave for he
stopped before a round
knob, a foot in width, that protruded from the floor and
said, “This is the drum,”
and with that he threw a stone down upon it and it gave
forth a deep hollow
sound which indicated clearly that right beneath us
there were other passages,
perhaps closed to human access. Climbing the ascent on
the opposite side of the
cathedral we had the choice of two passages, one leading
straight on and the
other climbing steeply to the right and offering
interesting possibilities. This
one we followed, but for fear of not being able to
retrace our steps, we began
dropping pieces of paper on the floor or attaching them
to the sharp points of
rocks where they would be plainly visible. This passage
proved to be full of
huge boulders which at some remote period [page 297]
must have fallen from the roof, but they were
subsequently covered as with a
great sheet by the lime-like deposit left
by the dripping water. Up over a great saddle or pass we
climbed and then
descended into another huge apartment with passages
leading off different
directions. As we came down the rough boulder-strewn
incline we came face to
face with a magnificent stalagmite the size of a
goliath, studded with rough
button-like excrescences or warts. Immediately above him
was the corresponding
stalactite like a monster icicle almost touching his
head and making us think
of the sword of Damocles, so delicately was it formed
and so tenuous was its
seeming hold upon the corrugated ceiling of the cave. After wandering some
distance further during which time we turned through all
the points of the
compass we came to another great chamber which also had
a glimmer of light from
the outer world. The Korean declared that it was the
same one that we had been
in before but this was absurd. It only resembled that
one superficially but the
Korean kept asserting that he was right and drawing us
along until at last he
proved that he was right by showing us a peculiar rock
that we remembered. This
showed how easy it is to lose one’s reckoning in such a
place. We had had
enough for one day and so made our way out by well-known
landmarks. As we emerged from
the cave we seemed to plunge into a Turkish bath, so hot
and oppressive, by
contrast, seemed the outer air. It was a sudden leap
from a temperature of
fifty to one of eighty five or ninety. Evening was just
falling when we reached
the village again. We were told that there are two
caves, that the one we had not
seen had a larger opening but was a smaller cave. This
is probably false. We
wanted to get back to Pyeng-yang before four o’clock the
next morning and so we
did not visit the other cave, but reserved the pleasure
for another trip. In ordinary weather
one can make the trip with perfect ease on a wheel, and
if one were a little
strenuous he could leave Pyeng-yang in the morning, go
to Kasa, explore both
caves and return to Pyeng-yang the same [page 298] day.
For the most part the road crosses an immense rolling
plain like those of
western Ohio or Illinois and good time could be made on
a wheel. As it was, we walked
nearly all night, but the writer found to his chagrin
that, in vulgar parlance,
he had “bitten off more than he could chew.” Forty
eight miles of walking and a cave thrown in for good
measure was about six miles beyond his limit. At three
o’clock in the morning,
after one digression in which we got a mile off the
road, we turned in and
slept. That noisome floor and the wooden pillow felt
just as good as the “bed
of roses, flushed with Paphian skies,” that Bullwer
tells us about. Japanese Finance
in Korea. Ever since the
assumption of control in Korea by Japan at the beginning
of the present
conflict the matter of a national currency for Korea has
been
rightly assumed to be of great importance. The situation as then
faced was something as follows. In most of the country
districts nothing would
pass except the old-time copper cash. In the open ports
and the large trade
centers there was a debased nickel coin in circulation.
It had been unloaded
upon the people by a government that saw in the minting
of money a source of revenue
and consequently a coin was produced whose intrinsic
value was perhaps two
fifths of its face value. It was of a denomination just
high enough to make
counterfeiting worthwhile but not high enough to place
the necessary initial
expense of counterfeiting beyond the
reach of any man who could scrape together a hundred yen
or so. The result, in a country where police supervision
was practically unknown, was that in a very short time
the country was flooded
with spurious coin much of which was intrinsically as
good as the genuine. The
Japanese did more than their share of this
counterfeiting, for they were able
to do it on a larger scale. Of course the nickels [page 299]
immediately went to a discount and hovered between 200
and 250 per 100 Yen.
This was where they belonged intrinsically. It was
simply an indirect tax on
the people. The government had put them out at par and
each man who lost by
fall of exchange was taxed just that much. Perhaps the most
unfortunate thing about the counterfeiting business was
that it became
impossible to guess how much nickel coinage there was in
circulation in the country.
In western lands where banks and clearing houses have
their fingers upon the
financial pulse of the community it is possible to make
a fair estimate of the amount
of money in circulation, but there was no way to tell in
Korea. All that could
be known was that the rapid rise in price of all
commodities indicated that the
amount was large. Now the enormous
fluctuations in exchange worked ruin to mercantile
interests, especially
Japanese; and the merchants were insistent in their
demands that the currency
be put on a firmer basis. As the Koreans import much
more
than they export, and the greater par|: of the Import
business is in the hands
of the Japanese it is plain that the difficulties and
uncertainties of exchange
worked the Japanese more injury than it did the Koreans,
The latter were
getting along very satisfactorily and
the outcry did not come from them to any appreciable
degree. It was perfectly
natural that the Japanese authorities should consider
monetary reform of the
greatest importance, for it struck their nationals the
hardest. Let us see, then,
what methods were devised for overcoming the difficulty.
It was determined to
mint a new coin equivalent in value to the Japanese five
sen piece and one that
could be maintained at par by making it always
exchangeable for Japanese money at
face value. It must be borne in mind that though the
Korean coin had gone to a
ruinous discount the reason was not that the intrinsic
value of a Korean nickel
was so far below that of a Japanese nickel. In fact they
were much alike in
intrinsic value. And right here we strike the first
important question in
regard to [page 300] the whole
matter. In Japan gold is the monetary standard. The
nickel coins arc only
for convenience and no one would claim that they are
intrinsically worth what their
face proclaims. In a subsidiary coinage this is possible
and permissible, providing
the government putting
out such fiat money can prevent
counterfeiting. We presume that Japan can do this. But
when we look at Korea we
see a different state of things. The nickel is the sole
medium of exchange, (at
least in the large centers). There is no gold standard
nor silver standard and
the nickel is not a merely subsidiary coinage,
of which comparatively little is necessary, but the
universal medium of
exchange of which there must be an enormous amount
in order to carry on business. There never was enough to
do this, and so in
very many transactions involving upwards of ten thousand
yen in value, Japanese
money was used. Now the enormous out-put, the ignorance
of the people as to what
was a good coin and what counterfeit, the sad lack of
police supervision and
the willingness of Japanese to supply Koreans with
counterfeiting machinery resulted
as anyone might expect. The desire and the resolve to
remedy this state of
things is a laudable one, but we would ask this question
: What is the
practical value of putting out another nickel coin that
is as easily counterfeited
as the old one—and whose intrinsic value is but little
greater than that of the old one, at a time when there
are no more safeguards
against counterfeiting than there were before, but on
the other hand an added
incentive in the fact that these new coins are
exchangeable for Japanese money
without discount? That is a pretty long sentence but we
have no time to shorten
it. All that the counterfeiters will have to do
will
be to see that they use nickel that is
up to sample and that their dies are good. They
will have no difficulty in putting out a coin that will
deceive the very elect.
Will the Japanese government be able to redeem these at
par for an indefinite
period and to an indefinite amount? It is said they have
already been
counterfeited. That shows what the counterfeiters think
about it. We lay
no claim to any special knowledge of technical finance,
but [page 301]
we confess to a complete failure to see how the new
coinage is to settle the
difficulty. What Korea needs
is currency which includes different values
of coins so that large transactions will be carried on
in higher values of
coins, leaving the nickel to be
merely subsidiary; but even so it would be
necessary
to provide safeguards against counterfeiting. When we
come right down to the
rock-bottom facts we have to admit that until a people
has developed a
civilization high enough to guard itself against
counterfeiters it has no
business to dabble in any coinage of high enough
intrinsic value to repay
the labor, of counterfeiting. Such a currency was the
old copper cash. It was
never counterfeited. The only way for tricksters to get
around the law was by tampering
with the government mint and its authorities. No one
could afford
to counterfeit in secret. Too large a plant was
necessary and the returns were
too slow and small to make it pay. In the present stage
of Korean enlightenment
and police supervision we consider the whole nickel
business to be
a financial blunder. We must next look at
the method adopted for the substitution of the new
nickels for the old. In
order to do this a certain amount of the new money was
prepared and public
announcement was made that from a certain day the old
coinage would be exchanged
for the new, the best of it at two to one and the rest
at some lower rate. We
note in the first place that the monetary’ reformers had
no idea of how much of
the old coinage was in circulation and therefore could
not tell how much of the
new to provide; and secondly that no adequate provision
was made for the rush
that should have been seen to be inevitable. And what
was the result? Chinese
and Japanese capitalists immediately began buying in the
old coinage, gleaning
out the good pieces and unloading the remainder largely
in the outlying ports
where the people were less on their guard against
counterfeits than in Seoul.
In this way an enormous amount was hoarded awaiting the
glorious day then coins
bought at 2.40 to the yen would be redeemed at 2.00. One
would have supposed
that this eager buying would drive the price of [page 302] nickels
up, but it did not. Rumors were circulated that while
Japanese and Chinese
would be treated equitably by the exchange bureau the
Koreans would have most
of their money thrown out and even some of it
confiscated. This frightened the
Korean merchants and they hastened to get all the
nickels out of their hands by
laying in large stocks of goods or by selling nickels to
the Chinese and Japanese.
In this way the great bulk of the nickels went into
hiding in the coffers of
the crafty. If, now, the monetary reformers had been
able to carry out their advertised
program and had shoved over their counters enough of the
new coinage to
exchange for all the old that was presented, all might
have gone well, but they
found, to their apparent dismay, that the amount
presented for redemption was
far too great to exchange, and the program was postponed
for a month; then it was
postponed again and again. Meanwhile Seoul began to
suffer from the extreme
scarcity of money. Obligations aggregating millions of
dollars could not be
met, because of the tightness of the money market:
naturally, since all the
money was hoarded awaiting redemption. Then the inevitable
happened and the old nickels began to rise in value
until they approached the
mark at which the government had offered to exchange
them. The hoarders were
quite safe in any event but the public suffered. At the
present writing the old
nickels are passing hands at 2.00 to the yen and a few
capitalists are mulcting
the public to the tune of twenty per cent in two months.
But this desperate
state of things did not come about without attempts
being made to relieve the
situation. The Minister of Finance promised the
merchants that the government
would lend them on good security, through
the Korean bank, enough money to tide over the crisis.
He seems to have failed
to consult the adviser before taking this most laudable
step, and so the
latter, wounded in his amour proper, refused
to allow the plan to be carried out. The Korean market
might go to smash sooner
than a point of etiquette should be overlooked. Then the
emperor learning of
the dire straits of the
merchants [page 303]
proposed to lend them some 700,000 dollars of money
belonging to the Household
Department and not coming technically under the
supervision of the Finance Adviser.
When the Emperor sent for the money, which was partly in
the Japanese bank and
partly in the hands of another Japanese firm, Mr. Megata
was informed of it and
His Majesty learned to his surprise that he could not
get at this money without
the consent of Mr. Megata. The
latter is adviser to the Finance Department only, but he
assumed arbitrary
control of the Emperor’s private funds and prevented
their use even when the
purpose was to relieve the desperate straits of the
merchants. It was quite
natural that interest on money rose to a fabulous
percentage and the Japanese
money lenders took advantage of the occasion to loan
money at five and six per
cent a month. It is said they got the capital from the
very bank which was
holding back the money that the Emperor was to have
helped the people with. Such
is the report that we heard in Seoul but we cannot vouch
for its accuracy. When at last the
pressure became too great and the just claims of the
merchants became too
insistent, the bank agreed to advance a certain amount
of money, but by this
time the Korean merchants were so angry at the financial
tricks that had been
played upon them that they asked pointedly how much
solid gold there was behind
the notes of the bank, and expressed distrust of the
ability of the bank to
make good when these notes were thrown back for
redemption. This again caused
excitement and it looked for a time as if there would be
a
run on the bank. Finance is something
like war, in that success is the only recommendation of
any plan. It is the
same in finance as in war that, given a complete
knowledge of the demands of
the situation and a force adequate to the carrying out
of a plan, the end is
practically certain. Failure merely demonstrates that
the situation was not understood
or the plan not carried out properly. Today Korean
monetary matters are more
mixed and unsatisfactory than they have ever been. The
Koreans say [page 304] that
the man appointed by Japan to carry out monetary reform
in Korea is a good
accountant but that he is unable to grasp the large
facts and unravel a
complicated problem. We know nothing about this
personally but we do know that
the present state of things never should have been
permitted. If cannot
properly be called a transition stage from one currency
to another. It is a panic
caused by bad management, ignorance of actual conditions
and arbitrary
tampering with the inexorable law of supply and demand.
It there was doubt as
to the amount of nickels that would be offered for
redemption why did the
authorities not limit the amount that would be received
from any single
individual? This would have helped to prevent the
withdrawal of money from
circulation. When it was found that money was getting
tight, means should have
been adopted at once to relieve the pressure, instead
.of which the attempts
made by the Koreans themselves to solve the question
independently of the
Japanese were blocked. The monetary
difficulty in Korea cannot be solved off-hand. The evil
is too deep seated and
pervasive to be treated except by a long and patient
process. When the people
get used to a certain medium of exchange it is very
difficult to reconcile them
to any other. What plan would be the most effective it
is not our province to
suggest, but it is very much to be hoped that the
Japanese authorities will
find some way out of the difficulty without disturbing
commercial conditions
more than is absolutely necessary. A
Correction. In a recent
issue
of this Magazine we had occasion to comment upon some
statements made by Dr.
Morrison in the Times. Among other things we alluded to
his statement that the
Emperor was surrounded by foreign parasites. We
mentioned some of the
individual employees of the Korean Government
engaged in work in the [page 305]
palace and showed that to none of these could the
offensive term
parasite be properly applied. We were attempting to make
no exhaustive list of
foreigners so engaged, and we very unfortunately omitted
the English lady
physician who has so long and faithfully served the
Imperial family. It is just
possible that our failure to mention her, in the list of
those to whom Dr.
Morrison could not possibly apply the offensive term,
may have left
the impression that in our opinion the term was
applicable. Nothing could be
further from our intention. The mention of this lady
physician would have
greatly strengthened our argument against the curious
language of the
correspondent of the Times, for if there
is any employee of this government who has performed her
duties with exemplary
zeal and patience it is she. Lest any of her friends or
acquaintances should
see that former article and wonder at the omission, we
wish to give the widest
publicity to this disclaimer of any intention to exclude
her from the list of
those who are entirely free of the least suspicion of
the charge made by Dr, Morrison.
Editorial
Comment. This issue of
the
Review will probably be looked upon as a scolding
number. It is not our purpose
to find fault for the mere fun of the thing, but, as we
have repeatedly stated,
we intend to give the facts, whatever they may be. We
may as well
give up the notion that the whole trouble in Korea is
caused by a few rowdy
Japanese coolies. This was for a long time the general
opinion and was so
admitted by the Japanese; but recent events show
conclusively that the Japanese
military authorities are carrying out a vast scheme of
reprisals which have for
their object the seizure of Korean private
property wholesale and with the merest pretense at
compensation. One of our
Seoul contemporaries has affirmed that the people are to
be left in possession
of their fields at least [page 306] for
the time being. The writer with his own eyes saw field
after field being torn
up and the crops destroyed while the owners stood by and
watched the
destruction of their property. The Japanese in charge of
the work said that he
had been ordered to do it and must obey. To his credit
be it said that he
seemed rather ashamed of the job. It has been intimated
that this land may be intended as a settlement of
Japanese soldiers after their
discharge. Everyone knows how important it is that
arrangements be made in
advance for the disposal of the disintegrated elements
of a large army and no
one can find fault with the foresight of the Japanese,
but in choosing
this particular spot the greatest harm is being done the
Koreans, while it will
be no better for the Japanese than hundreds of other
places would have been. No
one can suppose these ex-soldiers can step into the work
which the Koreans of
the river towns are doing. The latter are the great
purveyors to the capital.
They handle the fuel and lumber from the interior and
were it not for them Seoul
would be in a sorry plight. Now to oust these
people and substitute soldiers in their places will be
doing a great injury
both to those Koreans themselves and to all the natives
of Seoul. But of course
this never occurred to the Japanese authorities, or, if
it did, so much the worse;
it was ignored. Why seize land where there are thousands
of Korean houses when
these will never be utilized by the Japanese? They will
be demolished and Japanese
structures will be put up. Or again, why not let the
Korean villages alone and
utilize the broad tracts of land about and between them
for the Japanese? By paying
a fair price the land could be purchased and all would
have gone on peacefully.
But no, the Koreans must be treated to a vast
confiscation which tramples their
rights into the ground and makes them from now on inveterate
haters of the Japanese. This utter insensibility to the
hatred of the Korean
proves as nothing else could how much Japan has still to
learn of the science
of handling an alien people. The difficulties that
Russia has had with Poland,
that Americans have had [page 307]
with the North American Indian, that England, even,
has had with Ireland, teach the Japanese no lesson. How
about the decades to
come when the hatred engendered to-day will break out
periodically and cause
endless trouble and expense? How about when the Koreans,
in this rough school,
shall have learned to bite back? Japan is laying up for
herself a bitter
reckoning in the future. Look for instance at the
Koreans employed by the
American Korean Electric Company as motor-men and
conductors. They have broken
away from the old-time indolence of the Korean and have,
by honest and hard
labor, gained a good degree of self-respect. Even these
few years have
transformed them in bearing and in manner and if a
Japanese strikes they strike
back. A short time ago we witnessed an interesting
little scene. Two angry
Japanese who had been put off the car because of refusal
to pay were running
along the side of the moving car trying to get on, to
attack the conductor or
motorman. The conductor with a heavy walking stick
belabored them over the head
and shoulders with all his might until finally they had
to drop off. We could
not but admire the pluck shown by the Korean. He stood
up for his rights and
those of his employers. Now in time there will be
thousands of Koreans who will
be ready to stand up and make trouble if they are cuffed
and kicked about. Is
Japan ready to pay the bill for all the trouble and
turmoil that this feud will
cause? Would it not be infinitely better to treat the
Koreans with some
semblance of humanity and avoid the otherwise inevitable
difficulties? The
conclusion
of the war between Japan and Russia is an event of
momentous consequence to
Korea. It is not our province to discuss here the
general aspects of this
long-desired cessation of hostilities. From what we can
learn
the Japanese in Korea are but ill-satisfied with the
terms of the convention
but they will doubtless loyally acquiesce in the
decision of the authorities
who, alone, can know the actual conditions, financial
and otherwise,
[page 308] upon which
a decision must be based. What we are interested in,
mainly, is the effect the
cessation of war will have upon Korea. We have been told,
and we believe truly, that the termination of the war
will lift a great load
from the authorities responsible for the administration
of affairs in Korea and
will give them an opportunity to apply themselves
to
this intricate and perplexing problem. In a spirit of
perfect friendliness
toward the best interests of Japan, both here and
elsewhere, we have indicated some
of the points at which the energies of the Japanese
authorities could be
applied with good effect; and we have no doubt whatever
that we shall soon see
a great improvement in conditions in this
peninsula.
The period of disturbance and uncertainty is now coming
to an end and the time
has come when Japan can begin to define her position
here and let the Koreans
know what they are to expect. It is the opinion of many
that the seizures of
land made by the military
authorities can now be modified so that Korean owners
will recover their lost
homes and fields. This has yet to be proved, for if it
is true that the
Japanese Government intends to colonize portions of
Korea with her disbanded
troops the troubles of the Koreans in this direction
have only begun. The
failure of Japan to receive from Russia a substantial
indemnity may therefore
be a great misfortune for the Koreans, for out of that
sum it would be hoped
that Japan would reimburse the Koreans for their
estates, with a fair degree of
liberality. This cannot now be looked for. On the other
hand it is only natural
to suppose that Japan will seek in Saghalien, Korea and
Manchuria some
equivalent for an indemnity. This can be done in this
peninsula by a rapid
opening up of latent resources and if rightly done this
may be of more
permanent value to Japan than a cash indemnity would be,
for these resources
will form a permanent source of wealth which will
eventually cast into the
shade any amount of money that Japan might have exacted
from Russia. No
reasonable person can object to the exploitation of
Korean resources by
Japan, especially those [page 309]
resources which the Koreans have left
unworked
and therefore hoarded. But we consider that
a successful opening up of these fields of wealth will
be greatly facilitated
if the Japanese and Korean people establish relations of
mutual friendship and
helpfulness. So far, the Japanese have evinced no desire
to consider the wishes
or the interests of Koreans, but we confidently believe
that the termination of
the war will effect a change in this respect. The
leading Japanese have
repeatedly affirmed that the termination of the war
would be the signal for
active efforts for bettering conditions here. We
sincerely hope so and shall look
eagerly for the first signs of it. The
termination
of Dr. J. McLeavy Brown’s engagement with the Korean
Government as Chief
Commissioner of Customs is another milestone along the
road which leads to the
temporary absorption of Korea by Japan. It is an event
which brings poignant
regrets to a large circle of friends. In these competent
hands the Maritime
Customs have proved an anchor to windward in many a time
of stress and storm
and however competent his successor may be there is
inevitably more or less question
when it comes to the retirement of a man whose conduct
of this important
branch of the government service has been beyond
criticism. His successor may
possibly do as well. He cannot do better. But it was
only to be expected that
the Japanese would demand the management of the Customs
service. The question
as to whether it would be for the welfare of Korea
naturally did not figure in
their estimates. Of course this means that the services
of all the European
employees of the Customs will be dispensed with. To
those who have been
connected with the Chinese service this may not mean
much but there are a
number who have spent many years in the Korean service
and who will now be turned
adrift at middle age with the
necessity of forming new connections. The many warm
friends of these men [page 310] will
watch with some solicitude to see what provision the
Japanese will make to
indemnify them for the loss of what was practically a
life position. News
Calendar. His Majesty has
issued a special decree concerning Koreans in Mexico : Of late we have
been told of the condition
of our emigrants to Mexico, and our heart cannot bear to
hear more. Traffic in
slaves is now prohibited by all nations. Why are more
than one thousand of our
people to be sold to foreigners? The government did wrong
in not stopping the emigration company on the first day
they attempted to collect
the people. Now many ignorant people have been taken to
a strange place and
there is no one to whom they can complain of their
sorrowful condition. We can
never bear to hear about it. The officials must
arrange with the company to recall these emigrants
immediately, and thus bring
a little comfort to our aching heart. Mrs, Yi, wife of
Wan Pyeng-koon, of the Royal family, has been appointed
president of the Ladies’
Society by special decree. Yi Ha-yeng,
Foreign Minister, has forwarded his resignation four
separate times. The government
consented to loan Y3,000,000
to the merchants, to come from the Finance
Department, but the project was vetoed by Mr. Megata. Min Kyeng-sik
succeeds Yi Myeng-sang as chief of police in Seoul. Min Yeng-chul,
Minister of Education, has resigned and refused to
attend to official duties,
and Cho Pyeng-pil has been appointed acting Minister. Branch offices
for
the collection of taxes in specified districts have been
announced by the
Finance Department as follows : 1 The one in
Seoul
will collect from Kyeug Kui, North Choong-chung and Kang
Won provinces. 2
The Chemulpo office will collect from Poo
Pyeng and Ansan districts.
3 The office
in Song-do will collect frgm Whang-hai province. 4 The Kunsan
office will collect from North
Chulla and South Choong Chung. 5 Taxes
from South Chulla will be received by the Mokpo office. 6 Taiku will
receive the taxes from North
Kyeng Sang. 7
The office in Fusan will
receive the taxes from South Kyeng Sang province. 8 The office
in Wonsan will receive taxes
from South Hamgyeng. [page 311]
9 Taxes in North Hamgyeng will be paid at Songchin. 10 The Pyeng
Yang office will collect from
North and South Pyeng An provinces. 11
The Cinnampo office will collect from Yang Kang and Ham
Chong districts. Persons
living within fifty li
of the tax office will pay at the office, while others
will pay to tax agents
or collectors. The Japanese
Post
Office has asked the Korean government to
print in the Official Gazette a list of the post offices
closed by the Japanese
services, and if this is not done the Gazettes will not
be delivered by mail. The secretary of
the Korean Legation in Loudon cables for the immediate
appointment of Korea’s envoy, as important diplomatic
affairs are constantly
demanding attention. The Seoul
Commercial Society has notified the different
representatives of foreign powers
of the recent organization of
the society The resignation
of
Syn Sang-hoon, Vice-Minister of the Supreme Court, has
now been accepted. The Foreign
Office
notifies the Home Department that the Japanese have
secured no rights for the
mining of copper in the Chang Wan district, and the work
must not be permitted.
Because of lack
of
currency to carry on business all the Korean
merchants at Chongno, Seoul, closed their places of
business on the last day of
August. They had sent all their old nickel currency to
the Finance Department
for redemption, but delay in the arrival of the new
coins left them with nothing.
His Majesty sent an official to investigate and offered
a temporary loan of $3,000,000
from the Finance Department. His Majesty
issued
a special edict freely translated as follows: “In
such dangerous times all officials should daily plan for
the maintenance of a
sound government; but instead you usually present your
resignations two or
three times, and for many days neglect official duties.
How can you do this
with propriety and a regard for the requirements of
official service? At
present the most urgent matter is to investigate the
uproar caused by the
merchants on account of the wretched condition of the
currency. The government
must plan to stop this as soon as possible, and the
Police Department and City
Court are ordered to explain these things to the people
and ask them to attend
to their duties as usual. So many
Ministers
in the Cabinet were opposed to granting permission for
Japanese vessels to
navigate in the inland waters of Korea that the project
was dropped for the
time. The prefect of
Moon Chun reports to the Home Department that a great
rice field in his
district belongs to the Imperial Treasury and has been
cultivated by many people for a long period of years. He
says that recently the
Japanese consul in Wonsan captured some of these farmers
and compelled them to
receive 5,070 yen as the price of [page 312] the
field. Complaint is made and the farmers ask to return
the money and receive
back the land The
Vice Minister of Supreme Court, Mr. Son Sang-hoon,
the Home Minister, Mr. Yi Chi-yong, the Foreign
Minister, Mr. Yi Ha-yong, the
Law Minister, Mr. Yi Kenn-taik, and the War Minister,
Mr. Yi
Yong-ik, presented their resignations to His Majesty,
stating that they could
not care for government affairs
because the demands of the Japanese Minister were so
oppressive. The
resignations were not accepted. A Korean whaling
company has asked the Department of Agriculture and
Commerce to lease to them a
convenient site in each of Ham-kyeng, Kangwon
and Kyengsang provinces where they may land and cut up
whales, and for this
privilege they are willing to pay three
hundred dollars per year. Sr Osoon,
president of a transportation company, has written to
the Agricultural
Department, stating that from the Department he had
received a concession
granting him the right to dig black earth in Chung-san
district, and he sent
the permission to the magistrate by a bearer. Instead of
protecting the bearer
the magistrate imprisoned him, and now the Department is
asked to command the
magistrate to release the prisoner and permit him to do
the work for which he
was sent. The French
Legation was notified by the Foreign Office that the
contract for a French
language teacher would soon expire and at present would
not be renewed. Mr. Hong
Hong-moo,
Clerk of the Korean legation at Washington, asks
permission to return to Korea
because of illness, and the request has been granted. Fifteen military
instructors are reported to have been
employed from among the Japanese for the Korean
regiments . The War
Department
has asked the Foreign Office to request of the Japanese
Legation the immediate
return of the Korean war-ship, Yang Moo-ho. The acting
Minister of Finance, Pak Chea-soon, sent in his
resignation and retired to his
summer residence. Sou Tai-hu,
chief
of police, has resigned his position and Kyeng-sang has
been appointed to fill
the place. The Minister of
the Household Department called together the chief
merchants and set before
them the following : 1 Three hundred
thousand yen will be loaned to the Chun II bank, and the
merchants may discuss
with the bank as to how the sum is to be divided among
them. 2 No
interest will be charged on this money. 3 The term of
repayment must be settled by
the merchants and notice given to the Household
Department. [page 313]
It is reported that the Home Minister and Police adviser
have agreed to employ
a Japanese physician for the city of Seoul.
Early in the
month
the governor of North Chulla
province; Mr. Yi Seung-woo, reported to the Agricultural
Department that no
rain had fallen this season in six districts in his
province, the farmers had
been unable to sow their crops, and the people were in a
pitiable condition. The Home
Department ordered the governors of North and South
Pyeng An provinces to
examine and report on the amount of land between
Pyeng-yang and Einju where the
Japanese have placed posts indicating
that the land was for military purposes. Kim Ik-chea and
Cho Pyeng-kum, two Koreans, are said to be about
to issue one thousand copies of a work on agriculture
for distribution among
the people for the purpose of developing agricultural
resources. One of the
members
of the Eastern Asiatic Educational Society, a Japanese,
has sent a memorial to
His Majesty : 1
One school should be
established within the Palace. 2 Public
or private publishing houses should be established. 3 The present
Eastern Asiatic Educational
Society should be organized on similar lines to the one
in Japan. 4
Students should be sent to eastern and
western lands to be educated. 5
Different branches of agricultural and commercial
education should be taught
the people so that they could increase their wealth and
cause their country to
become a rich empire. Requests have
come
from the people of Fusan that their kamni, Mr. Yi
Moo-yang, be permitted to
remain with them for ten years, his administration
having thus commended
itself. Korean boys who
have taken examinations in government schools since last
January have been
receiving some attention from the Home Department. There
were six hundred and
sixty of these boys in Seoul and two thousand seven
hundred thirty five in the
various provinces. The Korean
governor of Songdo and the Japanese commanding officer
there have agreed upon
the terms whereby Korean coolies are to work on the
military railroad. 1
The local magistrates must order the head men of all
villages to give
assistance in securing the coolies. 2
A list of all the head men, all the houses and all the
coolies must be sent to
the army headquarters by the magistrates.
3 Men who live by labor will be taken first, but
if the number is not
sufficient others will be called in their order. 4 Men who
depend entirely upon work for their
living will be termed coolies of the first class; but
men who also have money
may not refuse to do the work. 5 If the
work is necessary bad weather will furnish no excuse,
and the magistrates must
punish the lazy. [page 314] 6
Head men will be held responsible for the
attendance of coolies.
7 When there is urgent
work all first and second class coolies most attend to
this labor
without reference to their own work of cultivating their
fields. 8
The army headquarters will indicate when
coolies of the second class are required.
9 The interpreters will ask for coolies directly
after they are informed
by the commanding office.
10
Twelve hours shall constitute a day’s work,
and the wages shall be from 30 to 40 sen Japanese
currency per day for each
man. 11
There shall be one foreman for
each twenty five coolies, the wages of the foreman to be
from 40 to 50 sen per
day. 12 Any
man unable to work twelve
hours will receive only a due proportion of the daily
wage. 13
When a man cannot get his wages complaint
must be made to army headquarters. 14
Men not used for railway work will be called upon to fix
the streets, and there
must be no complaints at having to work. After an
examination of the property of the river villages taken
by the Japanese authorities,
Pak Eui-pyeng, governor of Seoul, reports
to the Home Department as follows : 1 The area of
farm
land would take a man and ox 3,118 days to plough. The
price of the land,
estimated at fifty dollars for
land which it takes one day to plough, would be 155,900
dollars. 2
The number of houses is 1,176. The price at
40 dollars per kan for tile roof and 20 dollars per kan
for thatch roof will be
182,980 dollars. 3
The number of graves
is 1,117,308. Estimating the expense of removal at only
fifty cents each it
would cost 558,654 dollars for grave removal. The total
amount is 897,534
dollars. He asks that the Finance Department be
instructed to pay this amount
to the owners so they can remove to other places, but
says this is far from
being a sufficient amount.
The governor
of Seoul has been ordered to proceed to Yungsan with an
engineer to examine the
royal and private tombs one by one and report on each
without delay. Yu Poong-keun
has gone to Pyeng-yang and Euiju to limit the land taken
by the Japanese for
military use. A terrible
hailstorm is reported from Choon Chun district on the
20th instant. All growing
crops and trees were greatly injured. July salaries of
Korean officers remained unpaid because the Imperial
expense account was
unpaid. His Majesty finally ordered the Finance
Department to pay the salaries
of policemen and soldiers first, but they said they dare
not receive the money
before the expenses of His Majesty were paid.
[page 315]
The Korean Minister to Japan notified the
Foreign Office that he would not remain longer in Japan
if his secretary were
to be discharged. =
The clerk of the
Korean Legation in Paris has been promoted and made
Secretary of Legation in
London. A representative
of a Japanese life insurance company is now
transacting
business here. Nineteen persons
from the river villages were arrested by Japanese
gendarmes to quiet
disturbances. The remains of
Yi
Han-eung, late acting Korean Minister to England,
arrived
in Chemulpo on the l0th instant.
The Chinese
Minister to Korea has communicated with the Foreign
Department
to the effect that a letter received from the commanding
general in Seung Kyung
province, which is Chinese territory, states that
numerous bands of Korean
marauders have entered Hoi Yang and An Tung districts in
that province and have
robbed the people of large amounts of money and other
property, some of the
natives being killed and others injured. The Foreign
Minister is asked to order the magistrates of
boundary districts to keep such bands of men from
entering China. The Japanese
army
headquarters sent a despatch to the Home Department
saying they have been
informed that the vice Minister of the Home Department had
rendered assistance in the disturbances caused by the
people of the river
villages. He and his minor officials are asked to
furnish good and sufficient
written proof that the statement is without foundation.
Notice is given
the Foreign Office by the Chinese Minister that the
Chinese government will
maintain consuls in all the open ports of Korea. The
Foreign Office is asked to
order all the kamni to negotiate diplomatic affairs with
the consul hereafter.
A list of the consuls and clerks is as follows : In the chief
office, first secretary, Chung
Myeng-hoon; second secretary, O. E. Chang; intepreter,
Yer Cha-sung; attaches,
Wauk Siek-kang, Syn Pyeng-sun and Yang Mun-hea.
For Seoul : Consul General, O Ki-cho; attaché,
Syn Myeng-sun; assistant.
Hong Po-soon. For
Chemulpo, with
Kunsan and Mokpo : Consul, Tang Eun-sang; clerk, Chun
Seung-yer. For
Fusan and Masampo : Consul, Mr. To Wook;
clerk, Chun Senng-kyea.
For Samwha and
Pyeng-yang : Vice Consul, Chin Kwang-to; clerk, Chun
Kwang-hea. For
Wonsan : Vice Consul, So Ka-in; clerk,
Chun E-wan. It is reported
that His Majesty has contributed $32,000 toward the
establishment of a Red
Cross hospital. The Japanese
Minister is reported to have informed the Foreign Office
that the agreement
with the teacher in the Imperial German [page 316] language
school should be renewed on the same conditions as
contained in
the agreement with the teacher in the English
language school. The newly
appointed Minister of War, Syn Sang-hoon, presented
his resignation, but it was not
accepted. The Imperial
Treasury sent to the Finance Department the sum of $930,000
in old silver to be exchanged for the new currency. After affixing
his seal to the navigation agreement with Japan the
Foreign Minister, Yi
Ha-yang, sent in his resignation and has
since retired to his newly-erected summer residence. The Inchun
prefect
reported to the Home Department that a letter from Song
Sang village reported
the arrival of six Japanese subjects who erected posts
around the fields from the village to the coast, and on
the posts was the
notice that the land would be used by
the company for experimenting in agriculture.
The plot is more them ten li
in length and contains a
large number of rice fields. To inquiries they replied
that the land had been
purchased from the Korean government, so complaints at
that time were
unavailing. Now the people ask that the
stakes be immediately pulled up and that
they be permitted to cultivate their own fields in
peace. Mr. H. R.
Bostwick
manager of the American- Korean Electric
Company, has gone to America on a short
business trip. Fruit of better
quality and in more abundance than last year has
been a prominent feature of the
Korean markets. The Japanese
mining
expert will send out notice as follows : 1 When
Japanese or other foreigners wish
concessions for Korean
mines permission must be obtained from the Japanese
Minister. 2
No concessions will be granted except for
bonafide mining purposes.
3 The rates
for concessions and taxes on mines will be increased. 4 Koreans may
get concessions from their
government, providing they are not associated with
foreigners in the project. On the
nineteenth
instant the Finance Department paid the Imperial
expense bills for July. The Vice
Minister
of Foreign Affairs, Mr. Yun Chi-ho, has been sent by the
Korean government to
investigate the condition of Koreans in Hawaii and
Mexico. His traveling
expenses of one thousand yen were ordered to be paid by
the Finance Department.
The previous
announcement of the sending of $900,00 of
old silver by the Imperial treasury to be recoined is
now said to be somewhat
misleading. This amount of money was stored in a go-down
on the premises of Yi Yong-ik,
where thirty Korean soldiers were sent to protect it.
Mr. Megata also
sent policemen and they pushed into the house and also
proceeded to guard the
treasure. After that the Japanese Minister requested the
Imperial treasury to
have it re-coined in the new currency, but
the
offer was refused as the money was stored for
the purpose of purchasing new furniture at the time of
celebrating
the [page 317] Crown
Prince’s remarriage in October It was
pointed out that $100,000 would be
saved by having it recoined instead
of hoarding it for the purpose of purchasing furniture.
The Japanese
Minister announced that
his government would issue formal notice of the
navigation treaty about
the 23rd instant, and asked that similar announcement
be made by the Korean government. Woo Yong-taik assaulted
the Minister of Foreign Department, Yi Ha-yeng,
for having signed the Japanese navigation agreement. The
man was quite
seriously injured by the Minister’s servants and he was
finally
arrested by Japanese gendarmes.
Two supposed
leaders of the disturbance over
the river village lands have had an investigation
by Japanese gendarmes and been sentenced according to
military law. Various rumors
are
afloat concerning the temporary disappearance of Yi
Yong-ik. One is that he has
gone to Shanghai, another that he is at one of the
Legations in Seoul, and still another that he is quietly
resting
at his own home. Mr. Kato’s
agreement as adviser to the Agricultural Department has
been cancelled, but it
is said he will be immediately re-engaged as
adviser to the Household Department. The II Chin-hoi
celebrated the anniversary of their organization on the
18th instant by speech-making
and a street procession. A notice posted
at
Chong No indicated a desire to defend the Korean army
from its enemies,
declared the Cabinet to be full of traitors, and
declared that an oath
had been taken to rid
the country of these evil men. Daily receipts
on
the Seoul-Fusan railway have been averaging 9 yen per
mile. The magistrate
of
Tai An district reports that a Japanese with an
interpreter has recently demanded that twenty men be
furnished him
for five days each to complete his house on one of the
islands in the Korean
Sea. The Mexican
government answered the telegram of the
Foreign Office to the effect that no Koreans had been
sold into slavery in that
country. Minister Von
Saldem of the German Legation went to China for a short
vacation, the Vice
Consul meanwhile having charge of affairs. The resignation
of
the Vice Governor of Seoul, Mr. Pak Seung-cho, has been
accepted.
The contract for
the teacher in the Imperial German language school has
recently been renewed. On the
twenty-fifth instant the birthday of His Majesty was
celebrated by the firing of cannon at noon
and
a display of fireworks at night. There was no banquet
because of the term of
mourning for the late Crown Princess. [page 318] About
$8,000 have been
subscribed by Koreans in Hawaii for the purpose of
erecting a Korean consulate
building. They are exceedingly anxious to have
a consul of their nationality. The II Chin-hoi
have made various charges against Yi Yong ik.
1 Because of his method of coining nickels the
coinage is debased and
now by reason of the change in coinage
the people are losing one half of
their capital . Yet he is doing nothing to relieve
the financial difficulty.
2 He visits
the Palace at frequent intervals without waiting for an
invitation from His
Majesty. 3
He established a telephone
line between the Palace and his
residence so that he can communicate freely. This is too
careless treatment of
the emperor.
Because of all this they ask that he immediately
kill himself. Pak Chea-soon
heard of the distress in the river villages and at once
came to Seoul from his
summer home and called the Cabinet together to devise
some means
of relief for those evicted by the Japanese. The assistant
governor of Seoul spent many days with
the Japanese Consul in the endeavor to negotiate about
the interests of the
river villages. Not having accomplished anything
he laid the matter before the governor. The brief reply
was, “Can
do nothing about it.” The assistant
governor then forwarded his resignation to the Home
Department, and declared to
the governor that it was nonsensical to see the
suffering of the people without
endeavoring to render assistance. The magistrate
of
Chin Island informs the Home Department that the
Japanese Consul in Mokpo, a
police man, interpreter and another Japanese came to his
island on the 18th.
On inquiring they informed him an official letter from
their Foreign Department
had ordered them to inspect this island, so they would
inspect the methods of
the magistrate, interview the people and test the
quality of the soil. Not receiving
the
attention of the Foreign Department to their repeated
letters, emigrants to
Hawaii sent a special messenger, Yi Tong-ho, to make a
plea in their behalf. On the 10th
inst all the Ministers handed in their resignations on
the same
sheet of paper, but none of them were accepted. The Japanese
army
headquarters sent a notice to the river villages saying
that within the limits
of the map accompanying the notice all the lands would
be taken for military
use, and payment was being made to the Home Department.
The owners of lands,
houses, graves and crops must receive the amount given
and remove their
possessions to other places, and if this should not be
done the army
headquarters would make the necessary arrangements under
military necessity. The Chang- won
prefect reports that Japanese are digging in a copper
mine in his district.
When he undertook to stop them he was informed that a
Japanese living in Seoul
had contracted with the Korean government,
and they proceeded with their work. [page 319]
The request of the Home Department to the Finance
Department asking for the
payment of the amount due the river villages for land
taken by the Japanese has
been referred to Mr. Megata, who refused to
grant permission, saynng the matter would
be referred to the Japanese Minister, and
the land had been taken for military purposes. The excessive
recent rains have greatly interfered with traffic on
both the Seoul-Fusan
railway and the military line from Seoul to Wiju. The
latter road has not been
opened to the general public, but numerous passes are
granted almost daily to
Koreans and occasionally to foreigners. The Foreign
Department
sent a despatch to Mexico calling attention to the
report that Koreans were
being sold as slaves in that country. In the absence of
a treaty with that
country, and until a consular representative could be
sent to care for the
interests of the Koreans the Mexican government was
asked to kindly care for
the more than one thousand Koreans already in that
country. Native papers
say
that in order to secure the privilege of navigating
all the waters of Korea for Japanese boats
the same privileges were granted to
Korean boats in Japan. The Household
Department is disposed to protest against the action of
an assistant in the
Finance Department who is said to have gone to the mint
at Yongsan and counted
$120,000 in fifty-cent pieces and $6o,ooo in
copper and then put a private lock thereon. Members of the
II
Chin-hoi are said to have been camping daily at the
residence of Yi Yong-ik,
Minister of War, making repeated requests that he
should kill himself. Pak Chea-soon,
acting Prime Minister, sends a memorial to His Majesty
accusing the Minister of
Foreign Afifairs of affixing his seal to the Japanese
navigation agreement without
it first having been sanctioned by the Cabinet. He calls
for an investigation
and asserts his own readiness to receive punishment
because he cannot perform
the duties of his office. Yi Yong-sun,
governor of North Choong Chung, has been dismissed and Sin
Tai-hea, governor of Pyeng-yang takes his place. Cho
Chong-pil is transferred
from Kang-won to Pyeng yang, and Yi Yong-ik, Minister of
War, is appointed
governor of Kang-won. The Household
Department is said to have received a cablegram stating
that Prince Eui-chin
left America on the 9th instant for Korea. The ex-Vice
Minister of the Supreme Court, Mr. Syn Sang- boon, has
been appointed Minister
of War. The Foreign
Department has asked the Korean Legation in Washington
to negotiate with the
Mexican government concerning Korean interests in
Mexico. The director of
the Telephone Bureau in the Household Department, Yi
Chonk-ik, has been
dismissed and Kil Yung-so has been appointed to fill the
vacancy. [page 320] A
former official, Im
Paik-soo, in a memorial warns His Majesty against
all
the present Ministers as traitors to
the country. The resignation
of
Yi Keun-taik as Minister of War has been accepted, and
Kwon Choong-hyen has
been appointed to the place. The Chinese
Minister requests passports for two of his nationals
that
they may visit Kyeng-kui, Whang-hai
and Pyeng-an provinces on an inspecting tour.
The Foreign
Department is notified by the Japanese Minister that the
Japanese Consul in
Tientsin is sending a Korean, Im Chang-Chin, back to
Korea, and the traveling
expenses amounting to forty dollars are asked to be
refunded to the Consul at
once. On the 16th
instant occurred the anniversary of the
founding of the present Yi dynasty, and the event
was celebrated by the firing of cannons and lantern
displays. Two Korean
scholars, Woo Yang-taik and Chung Tai-wha, sent a letter
to Yi Chi-yong the Home
Minister to kill himself to avoid
death at the hands of others. They
charge that when he was Foreign Minister he
signed the Protocol with Japan, thus permitting the
Japanese to take charge of
the government service and bring profit to their own
government, and also
permitted them to demand many things for the army. When
he became Home Minister
he agreed to receive many police officers from Japan,
and
consented to give the land in the river villages and
much in the Pyeng-Yang and
Euiju districts for the use of the Japanese
army. The secretary of
the Korean Legation at Washington, Mr. Syn Tai-moo,
arrived in Chemulpo on
leave of absence on the 17th instant, and immediately
came on to Seoul. Salaries of
policemen in the thirteen provinces not having been paid
for the past five
months they made complaint daily to the Home Department.
On the
twenty-first an audience was granted the Japanese
Minister to consider the
appointment of a new Cabinet. The Household
Department recalled the governor of South Chong Chung
province, Mr. Yi To-chai,
and it was rumored he was to be made chief of the Home
Department. Mr. Han Kiu-eul succeeded Cho Pyeng-ho as
Prime Minister, but he forwarded his resignation twice
soon after appointment. The Education
Department asked for an increase of four hundred dollars
in their budget for
the year because of the recent advancement of many
scholars.
THE KOREA REVIEW VOL.
5. NO. 9. SEPTEMBER,
1905. The
Making of Brass Ware. The native
products that immediately interest one on his arrival in
this country are
comparatively so few, that my attention was called at
once to those bright new
brass bowls to be found conspicuously arranged upon the
street vendor’s mat,
especially on boat days; conspicuous because among so
much that is old,
lusterless, and uncouth, to say the least. This
attraction was heightened no
doubt by their close resemblance to a style of kitchen
ware not long out of
common use in that part of the world from which we came.
Truly, was this
erstwhile hermit nation treading so closely upon our
heels as that? It raised
the question as to the selection of this metal in
preference to another
material, and also speculation as to what tools were
used in their manufacture.
Upon slight inspection it appeared they had been turned
upon a lathe and not
beaten, tho they do also
have beaten brass in some cases of peculiar hollow ware.
Other matters pressed
for time and delayed almost to entire forgetfulness
interest in this subject,
till in the winter when passing through the city of
Milrang I was startled by a
most singular noise, such as might be made by the
combination of a squealing
pig and a chattering magpie. Investigation discovered it
to originate in the
turning of these brass bowls upon a lathe curious beyond
all anticipation.
Under the same roof the whole process of moulding,
casting, annealing, turning
and [page 312] polishing
was in operation and despite its primitiveness it seemed
strangely like such a
shop at home. The metal, in this case scraps of old
discarded vessels, tho no doubt
they make their own composition of native copper
and tin or zinc in the same way, was melted in a
crucible by means of a
charcoal fire raised to proper intensity by means
of the common trough bellows used at the village smithy,
by the pipe maker, and
wherever an unusually hot fire is desired. The mould is made by
the use of sand of apparently superior quality taken
from the bed of a
neighboring brook, though blackened by its frequent
exposure to the flames,
when drying the excess of moisture from the mould before
casting, it gives no
suggestion of such a chaste origin. A circular flask
made of baked clay is placed
upon a smooth surface on the center of which the
pattern, or patterns in case
of small articles, are carefully laid.
The sand is then sprinkled about and carefully pounded,
the operation being
repeated till that half of the flask is filled. It is
then turned upside down,
the surface dusted with charcoal dust or soot to prevent
its adhering to the
sand in the upper flask which is placed above and filled
with sand as at first.
The two halves are then divided, the pattern extracted,
a gutter made for the
molten metal as it enters from a hole above made by a
wooden plug previously
inserted in the sand. To an American the greatest
differentiating feature in
this shop is the few articles produced. At home by
proper spraying almost as
many pieces would be cast in one operation as is done in
this go-easy foundry
in a day. The “piece work” system in the few trades of
Korea
would be a revolution indeed. After slight cleaning and
annealing, by a process
reversed in the case of steel, they are ready for the
lathe. This curious
machine is made by attaching a cord twisted once and a
half around a wooden
spindle or shaft to a pair of pedals. The forward and
backward movement thus
secured, tho not allowing for the continuous
application
of the turning tool, does permit its use upon either
side. As suits the particular
case, a concave or convex form is inserted into [page 333]
the end of this shaft into which is wedged by a slight
blow the article as
roughly cast, carefully trued, and turned. The bowl is
now finished and ready
to grace the table of those who can afford to possess
it, bright with a luster
never again renewed during its long if uneventful
career. In these days of
machinery of almost unlimited power it seems like being
reincarnated one’s
great-great-grand-father to be thrust back upon the
instant to conditions so
remote. Nevertheless it is the basis for a hope for
Korea’s future to see
artisans producing this and other articles of commerce
with a skill that leaves
no fear but that they have a native aptitude which with
proper encouragement
and training would place them well up in the front ranks
of progress. W.
E. Smith. The
Sluggard’s Cure. (A
Korean folk-tale translated by Rev. G. Engel,
Fusan.) Once upon a time
there lived a certain couple. The husband, however, took
no thought of making a
living, but was always idling and even by day did
nothing but sleep. His wife
had to go to a neighbour’s house and earn a daily wage
by hulling rice with the
pestle, and thus she managed with difficulty to support
herself. It seemed as
if she were never to have a good time all her life. However, one day she
hit upon a plan for improving her condition. While her
husband was taking his
usual afternoon sleep,
she plucked some “bitterweed,” [* A kind
of thistle, the milky juice of which is very sticky. It
is known among Koreans
by the name given above. ]
cut it up, and rubbed the juice gently on his eye-lids.
After a little while
she took a switch, entered the room once more, and began
to beat her husband
severely. The man awoke with a start and exclaimed in
his terror: [page 334] “Stranger,
what are you doing? What crime have I committed
that you should thrash me thus?” His wife, being
careful to conceal her true voice, replied in a manly
tone : “I
am the teacher of the wild geese of this and that
mountain [† i.e.
of all the wild geese. This mysterious
person is supposed to be
possessed of great power and wisdom.]
As thy conduct is very bad
indeed, I shall this day do away with thee.” “Would you, kindly, indicate
to me what the crimes are of which you speak?”
pleaded
the poor fellow. “Well then, listen to
me carefully. While thy poor wife, who is compelled to
do heavy coolie-labour,
is over-burdened with work, thou on thy part hast not
the least thought of
earning thy bread and dost nothing but stretch thy lazy
bones and sleep all day
long. Thy sins are too many to be forgiven. How could 1
allow thee to live any
longer?” In the most imploring
tones the man replied : “As
I have committed such great crimes, it is no doubt meet
that I should die. Yet, if you would only have the
goodness to take pity on me
and let me live, I would certainly not indulge in such
vices any more, but as
far as in me lies work diligently for my living.
There-fore, pray, let me live!”
The woman laid the
switch down and seating herself said : “I ought certainly to
kill thee to-day; but as thou hast promised not to do it
again, I will pardon
thee this time. After this be sure to do all in thy
power, do thy work
diligently and live with thy family in peace. When I am
gone, wash thy eyes in
the stream here before thy house,
and they will open again But remember: if thou again
indulge in those vices,
thou shalt surely die. I am off. Quack!” The man crept out of
his house, groped his way to the edge of the brook and
washed his eyes when
he was able to see again. He at once returned to the
house, took his hoe, went to
the garden at the back and began [page 335]
to dig the black soil round. Indeed, he did
this day after day without resting. Now, although the
woman was quite able to account for the change in
her husband’s behaviour, she had to express astonishment
at the recent events
and, there-fore, addressed her husband thus:
“How
is it that you are all of a sudden so extremely busy? It
is truly wonderful.” The man only replied
: “Aye, aye, it is true, I have not worked
like
this before. My repentance is over- late.’’ As the man continued
to be industrious, all their troubles were now at an
end, and they were always
well off. An
Exciting Ship-wreck
Adventure, It was Saturday
night and the good ship Antu Maru was nosing her way
up the western coast of Korea in thick
fog among the treacherous mud banks, swirling tide-rips
and shifting currents.
The captain was new to the course, and even if he had
not been he
could scarcely have guessed his way on such a night. An
older hand would have
anchored and waited for day. The steamer carried a goodly
number of passengers, the total of crew and
passengers being about 150. Among
the passengers was an American gentleman
and his wife, and a young lady who was looking forward
to her wedding day within
a week. These three were the only westerners on board,
the rest being Japanese
and Koreans. This little trio, who had never before seen
a steamship captain
play hide and seek with the Korean islands in a
fog, sat out on deck till late, thinking how pleasant it
would be to land on
the morrow at Chemulpo. A little before midnight the
ladies retired,
but as they expected to reach Chemulpo about four
o’clock they merely lay down without disrobing, a very
fortunate thing. The
gentleman of the party decide to sleep out on deck in a
deck chair. The
frequent [page 336] blowing of
the Whistle prevented much sleep but the ship forged
ahead slowly and all
seemed to be going well. At half past one,
however, the ship drove on to a ledge of rock, not end
on but rather scraping
along the side. In spite of the diminished speed the
shock was great enough to
slam down the patent wash-bowls in the state-rooms and
to cause general
commotion. In an instant the quiet ship became as busy
as a bee-hive struck with
a club. The engines stopped and the boat began to list
over to port. The ladies
after, a few moments of great nervous excitement
succeeded in controlling
themselves and within two minutes were out on deck. The
captain, officers and
crew were strenuously at work getting out the boats. The
passengers were
rushing about bewildered or standing in groups anxiously
watching operations
The slow but steady increase in the list to port did not
promise security on
deck for long and the sea which was moderately high made
it somewhat difficult
to launch the boats successfully. In spite, however, of
the general confusion
it was noticed that many of the Japanese passengers took
advantage of the
interval of waiting to light their cigarettes. An
officer came up and urged the
ladies to go back into the cabin, saying there was no
immediate danger. There
they were provided with life belts, but as the number of
these was insufficient
for all the passengers the officers made those who wore
them cover them up with
a blanket wound around the body, which was intended to
guard against violent
seizure by some other panic stricken individual
who was not favored with a belt. Thus equipped but
without shoes the ladies again took their place on deck
to wait for a chance to
be taken ashore. The outline of a rocky island could be
seen a few hundred feet
away but the sea that was running made it difficult to
manage the boats. The
foreigners were told that there was no immediate danger
and that the steamer
was solidly fixed on the reef so that it could not sink,
but as she was listing
further and further, so that even on the deck the ladies
stood almost knee deep
in water there seemed to be some question as to the
safety [page 327]
of the situation. In order to find a place to land, one
of the boats put off
toward shore carrying a stout hawser, one end of which
was attached to the
steamer. It was nearly an hour and a half before they
found a good place to
land and erected a light to guide the boats to and from
the ship. At last,
however, this was effected and the work of
disembarking the passengers began. The first boat load
consisted of Japanese
only, men and women. When the turn came for the little
company of Americans
to embark, the life-boat pulled up to the rail which was
partly under water.
The waves were running so high that at one moment the
gunwale of the life boat
was even with the top of the rail and the next moment it
was four or five feet
lower. It was a rather rough and tumble embarcation but
finally some nineteen
people were aboard and all was ready to pull away. But
unfortunately at that
moment two Koreans who had ensconced themselves on top
of the awning and who
thought they were to be left to their fate, made a wild
leap directly down upon
the already crowded life boat. The sudden and heavy
impact heeled the little
craft completety over on her beam ends, and her human
load was pitched headlong
into the water. There was a scene of great excitement
for a few moments. Some
of the people had leaped to the railing of the ship.
Some clung to the overturned
boat and some went down beneath the water. Among the
latter was the young lady
who was shortly to become a bride and whose fiancé
was even then anxiously awaiting her arrival at
Chemulpo. She was standing in
the center of the life-boat when it capsized and she was
thrown into the water,
feet foremost, between the life-boat and the ship. She
went down below the
surface but had presence of mind enough to hold her
breath and within half a
minute her life belt brought her up. But she was in the
midst of a struggling
mass of terrified humanity and everyone seemed to be
looking out for himself
excepting the American gentleman who clung to the
railing of the ship and
watched eagerly for a sight of the young lady in order
to give her a helping hand.
Beneath him along the ship’s side he saw a hand [page 328] above
the water wildly grasping at the railing. It was too far
for him to reach. A Japanese nearby sprang to assist.
Seizing the rigging with one hand he gave the
other to
the American gentleman and the latter with his reach
thus lengthened leaned
down and grasped the hand, not knowing of course to whom
it belonged. All this took but a few seconds, but when
he drew up the owner of that
hand he was happy to see that it was that of the young
lady for whose safety he
was partially responsible. But she seemed unaccountably
heavy. The reason for this
appeared when it was found that a Korean had seized her
around the waist and
was holding on for dear life.. And not only so, but a
Japanese had hold of the
Korean’s leg in a fond embrace. So the whole chain of
three was drawn up out of
the water and deposited on deck. It seems almost
impossible that all the
nineteen occupants of that life-boat should have
been, saved, when we remember that the waves were
sweeping four feet high through
the railing of the ship and the swamped boat was
grinding against the rail at
every sweep. But so it was. The wife of the gentleman
had been so fortunate with
the help of her husband as to gain the deck
without going down, but now a case or box of some kind
came sliding down the
inclined deck and struck her a
heavy blow on the ankle, which though not disabling her
caused severe swelling
and pain. The Japanese crew, who did heroic work all
through, soon had the
life-boat righted and baled out and the remainder of the
passengers were safely
conveyed ashore. They landed on a rocky ledge in a
partially sheltered cove but
had a rough cliff to climb before reaching the safe
upper ground. This the ladies
did in their stockinged feet and at last found
themselves on terra firma though
incognita. By this time morning had
begun to dawn, the Sunday morning which should have seen
them land in Chemulpo.
Attempts had already been made to communicate with any
ship in
the vicinity by wireless telegraphy but without result.
A beacon had been
erected and a look-out stationed. It. was cold and
raining and something had to
be done to warm if not to shelter the people. There was
no wood [page 329]
for a fire, so the Japanese took all the cork life
belts, saturated them with
kerosene and built a roaring fire, which
helped to warm and cheer the bedraggled company. A
half
mile away was a little hamlet of Korean fishermen. The
ladies went and
inspected it but decided that the hillside and the rain
were preferable. Evidently
they were new to Korea and her peculiar laws of hygiene.
Well, they camped in
the rain on the hill all that day. The night proved
clear at first and in spite
of untoward conditions they admired the moonlit scene.
Later it rained and they
lay with their heads only protected from the down-pour,
every stitch of their
clothing being completely saturated. Monday morning,
after one false report
that a ship had been sighted, the American gentleman,
who had climbed to the
top of the hill to get some snap shots of the wreck and
the
general surroundings, sighted a steamer in the distance.
She was hailed and was
brought around into a sheltered nook where all were
safely put on board. All
passengers were allowed to take their hand baggage but
as a special favor the American
ladies were allowed to take all their baggage. The
little steamer was only of
450 or 500 tons burden and she was now loaded with over
four hundred people. But
she did her work nobly. It was not till one o’clock on
Monday afternoon that
they got off, after which it was only a few hours’
smooth sailing
to Chemulpo, Throughout this trying time the Japanese
acted with exemplary
coolness and courtesy. Nothing that they could do was
left undone to make the
ladies comfortable. It is indeed gratifying to be able
to record such genuinely
humane and’ courteous treatment. It was a
rough-and-ready introduction to the
peninsula for these people who have come to spend their
lives in helping on the
education of Koreans, and we wish for them as happy an
issue out of every
difficult situation they may encounter. [page 330] An
Unvarnished Tale. We have received
the following communication from Pyeng Yang. We
understand that while the
bridge was in construction no Korean boats were allowed
to pass beneath it. Dear
Sir : On March 20th
last
Capt. Barstow, myself and some other men who were going
to the American Mines,
left Chinnampo on a small river boat. We knew that our
boat could not go above
the bridge, so I decided to telegraph to the Poong-poo
Co. to send a sampan to
meet me at the bridge. Capt. Barstow asked me to get two
sampans for his party.
So I wired for three boats. The Company agent sent the
boats and they arrived
at the bridge just at dusk. It was neither dark nor
light when the boats went
under the bridge between the piers. Six or seven
Japanese caught the first
boat, struck the head policeman of the company
and knocked him out of the boat. He was unconscious and
floated down stream until
picked up by others. The second policeman was struck on
the head at the same
time and badly injured but he was not knocked out of the
boat. The Japanese tried
to throw him out but he begged off. The boatman, a young
Korean about eighteen
years old, was struck on the head and knocked out of the
boat but caught hold
of one of the bridge timbers. Then one of the Japanese
began pounding on his
hands with a drift-bolt about twenty inches long till he
had to let go of
the timber. He sank in the water and drowned
and
his body was not found until April 11th, when his father
and brother succeeded
in recovering it. The Japanese Consul and police were
notified but they made no
effort to find the Japanese murderers. The bridge police
took the sampan and kept
it a long time. The Japanese did not want to take up the
case as they could
easily have found the murderer. They knew who the
Japanese were that were
employed on the bridge at the time, but Japanese sampans
were landing people
and they did not want Koreans to have [page 331]
the Work. We had to walk up to the city from the bridge
and did not arrive till
11.30 p. m. The head policeman of
the Company was picked up by
another boat below the bridge and was taken by Japanese
and Koreans to a big
fire built by the bridge watchman. There he was rolled
over a log until the water
was gotten out of him. The deep cut in his head was
bandaged up.. He was then
taken to the Company’s house and put to bed. The second
policeman’s head was bleeding
freely when I arrived and the clothing of both policemen
was ruined, so I had
to put up twenty yen, the Japanese refusing to do
anything. After the boatman’s
body was found, his father took it to the policeman’s
house and made a demand
upon the Japanese for Y 300 because of the boy’s death.
But no attention was
paid to it. He refused to let the body be buried,
neither would he remove it
from the policeman’s house and drove away everyone who
came near. I went to the
Korean magistrate to have the thing settled but found
that he had no power to
compel the burial of the body. I went to the Japanese
Consul and he said he could
not interfere (sic) in the case. Well, by this time you
could smell the body a
hundred yards away. It had been in the water twenty days
and in the house three
days. We raised thirty dollars between us to help the
father but he and his son
chased away eighteen of the yamen-runners and also the
Company’s policeman and defied
anyone to come near. At last the magistrate got the
father into court and I was
there to see the thing settled. The old man was quiet
enough and agreed to the funeral
arrangements but the son refused. He was brought before
the magistrate but
refused to kneel, so court servants seized him and
forced him to kneel. He then
began insulting the magistrate. They began to beat him
with iron clubs about a
font long with two or three chain links on the end and a
diamond-shaped piece
of iron fastened to the end of each. The young man
wrenched himself free, drew
a knife five or six inches long, leaped clear of the
crowd and, shouting
defiance to the law made off at the top
of his speed. I heard later that [page 332] he
was retaken and I think he is still
in jail. The poor fellow was badly punished. He needed
some of it, but not the
beating. I do not know why he would not kneel down but,
say, you should have
seen those fellows scatter that were beating him. Two of
them jumped through a window,
one ran into the magistrate’s private office,
one into the street, and another crawled under the house
as far as he could go.
As for myself I had a good place, perched on top of a
wall where I could jump
down either side. I stayed there an hour after
everything was over but none of
the servants appeared during that time. The magistrate
himself came back soon
after the man ran away but by the way he was breathing
he must have run a long
way or else he was wind-broken, sure! So that is how it
stands. If you want more
details I can give them. When the body was found, some
Japanese police went
down to have a look at it but that is all the
interest they took in the matter. John Kavanaugh.
The
Visit of Miss Roosevelt. For the past
month
the commonest question on the lips of the Korean is in
regard to the movements
of the person whom they call “The American Princess.” It is
not necessary to record every movement of the party but
it is sufficient to say
that their stay was a round of festivities, dinners,
receptions, lawn parties, long
horse-back rides about the environs of this ancient
city. The Japanese, Koreans
and foreign residents all vied with each other in
attentions to the
distinguished visitors. At a missionary lawn-party Miss
Roosevelt was presented
with a copy of the New Testament in Korean and a
hymn-book, as mementoes of her
visit to Korea. Several days before she came, all the
Korean merchants provided
themselves with the Stars and Stripes which they gave to
the breeze in
conjunction with the Korean emblem. Judging from
frequent comments and [page 333]
innumerable questions this show of bunting was
caused not simply out of courtesy to the young lady but
through some nebulous
idea that this visit had some political significance and
that it indicated a
possibility that the American Government might help
Korea out of her present parlous situation. The wish
alone was father to the
thought, for of course nothing could be further from the
truth. Nothing is less
likely, to all appearances, than that any power whatever
should interfere with Japan’s
policy in Korea. Now that the war is over and the
Russian Legation is again to
be occupied it is reasonable to suppose that every effort
will be made to prevent Japan from assuming greater
powers here than are nominated
in the bond, but that any effective limit will be imposed
can hardly be imagined. Nor is it
wholly de sired. Korea has suffered
long enough from a condition of unstable equilibrium. So
long as there were two
powers which Korea could play off against each other just
so long would the old regime of conservatism prevail.
If there is to be advancement it is plain
that Korea must accept the tutelage of some friendly
power and that that power
should be given a free hand in order to demonstrate its
ability to untangle the
skein and bring order out of chaos. In spite of her
rough and ready methods and
in spite of serious faults which have necessarily evoked
criticism it is patent
that Japan is the power to do the work. If she does not
know how, as yet, here is
the school for her to learn. The Koreans may suffer in
the process, but if the
question is looked at from a large point of view and
with an eye to ultimate
rather than immediate results it is fair to hope that
mistakes will be rectified,
that errors will teach caution and that in time the
machinery will work smoothly
and successfully. Pessimism is a bid
for failure, an acknowledgment that environment is
stronger than will, a moral
capitulation; and we are persuaded better things of the
Japanese than that they
should allow any present stress of
weather, any lack of allignment in the administrative
machinery,
to work permanent and irremediable injury to Korea. Our
criticisms have been
made in an optimistic spirit and [page 334] have
been corroborated in unmistakable terms from every
quarter of the peninsula.
But none of the present difficulties are of such a
nature that they cannot be
almost entirely mitigated, and we believe that there are
already signs
appearing of a milder regime. The thing that causes more
uneasiness than anything
else is the persistence with which the Koreans hold to the
belief that the Japanese are no less corrupt than their
own officials. We have
it on the best authority that the prefect of a large
district in the south said
to a friend: Things are worse now
than before the Japanese occupation, for whereas before
that time one had to
pay a large sum to a government official to secure a
prefectural position,
I myself had to pay both Koreans and
Japanese for mine.” Another prefect in the south made
the same complaint. When
we strenuously objected that this must surely be
impossible we were met with a
shrug of the shoulders and a pitying glance which spoke
louder than words. The
Japanese must remember that the Koreans cannot keep a
secret
and such things are sure to transpire if they actually
occur. These things may
be true or not but it is certain that the Koreans firmly
believe them to be true.
It makes all the difference whether Japan wants to be a
teacher or a master, a
leader or a driver, in the peninsula. If she aspires to
become a moral force
which shall compel the admiration and the loyalty of the
Koreans she must begin
by demonstrating a spirit in advance of the old-time
Korean. Tales of the
Road.
(By Yi Chong-Wun.)
A Straw-shoe
maker, some ten years ago, hearing of a scheme on foot
to construct a railway
between Seoul and Chemulpo, abandoned his business and
took to drink. From
being a respectable member of society he dropped rapidly
in the social scale
until he became the scandal of his village.
[page 335]
A friend
dropped in and during the conversation asked whether he
had found any way to
support his family without selling straw-shoes.
He drew a deep sigh and replied : “You
too are turning against me. What pleasure can I take in
my work?” He was asked
to explain. “Sit
down and fill your pipe. I will tell you all. An iron
road will soon be put
through from the capital to the port. When it is done my
work will be gone, for there will be no one foolish
enough to spend money for shoes
to walk along a smooth, iron road.” His friend laughed
heartily. “Why, in time the traffic on the road may
lessen your work but you
must know that this road is not made of smooth iron
sheets to walk on, but of
rails on which engines and cars run. In its construction
thousands of coolies
will be employed and they will each need many pairs of
shoes. Your services
will be more in demand than ever and you will have an
opportunity to become
rich before the road is done. It is a piece of good
fortune for you instead of
a cause for despondency. Get to work. Your customers are
even now on their way
to buy all you can make.” The man
reformed. ------------------------------------- When the work
of
construction began, one of the Japanese coolies asked a
Korean to teach him
some Korean “cuss words” to use on Korean coolies as
need might require. He
wanted the richest, rarest and raciest that the Korean
vocabulary could boast.
The Korean began by telling him that of all
invective the most poignant and compelling were the
words “Aigo,
harabaji” repeated in a loud tone and with
appropriate
gesture. Now this cabalistic utterance means in truth,
nothing more nor less
than the respectful phrase “ Oh, grandfather,”
but the Japanese accepted it as hall-marked Billingsgate
and went away happy.
Thereafter when the Korean coolie lingered
too long at his post-prandial pipe or wooed too
persuasively the charms of
Morpheus the Japanese would rush about [page 336] swinging
his arms and shouting excitedly, “Oh grandfather, what
are you doing here? Wake
up, Oh, grand- father.” -------------------- A country
gentleman intending to come up to Seoul, reached the
station in time but had so
much work to do in getting the baggage properly checked
that the last whistle
blew and the train began to move out of the station. He
turned to his servant. “Just
ask them to stop a moment. I am almost ready.” A moment
later he found that the
wretched train had disregarded his express commands
although he was a real
gentleman. It was pretty hard on him and he came to the
conclusion that trains
were well enough for bustling coolies and farmers but as
for gentlemen they were
inexcusably strenuous.
The
Sources of Korean History. Some remarks in
a recent review, in the Japan Chronicle of The History
of Korea which has
recently appeared, are well worth reading, calling
attention as they do to the
question of the sources of Korean history. In many
countries we find that the
historical sources are of varied character, including
all sorts
of written documents, letters, edicts, inscriptions and
monuments. The data have
to be collected, sifted, compared and digested before it
can be said that a
proper history has been written. But when we attempt
to gather data for the early history of Silla which
flourished from 57 B. C. to
918 A. D. we look in vain for many of the forms of
secondary evidence with
which to check the written annals of the country.
There are no monumental inscriptions, few records of
contiguous countries,
nothing except the capricious folk-lore tales and a few
architectural and other
remains which have survived the ravages of time. It is
true that the history of
that great dynasty was not [page 337]
written in proper form before its close, but we are
distinctly told that Kim
Pu-sik founded his great work the Sam-guk-sa or “History
of the Three Kingdoms” upon
records which had been made by those kingdoms and to
which he had access. Not
the slightest trace is left us of the manuscripts on
which he based his work.
There is no other Korean work which pretends to treat
the subject so
authoritatively, and though there are other and more
voluminous histories of
ancient Korea yet they are all founded upon the
statements made in that
historical work. There are four principal works outside
the Sam-guk-sa which
deal with ancient Korea, but an examination of their
contents proves that what little
they give outside the statements of Kim Pu-sik is
derived from Chinese sources
and is all corroborative of the Sam-guk-sa.
Some of the Chinese works, one in particular, which
deals with all the outlying
wild tribes which surrounded China, gives us some
details of the tribes which
inhabited Korea even before the rise of Silla. The whole
Kija episode finds its
place in Chinese histories and is accessible from no
other original source. All
these accounts are mutually corroborative. More so than
we might wish; but they
are all we have, and whether authentic or not they must
be mentioned in
connection with the earliest, legendary, period of the
Korean people. The same
is true of the history of every old civilization. We
must take what scanty data
we can get together and with them as a basis reproduce by
a process of mingled logic and imagination the salient
features of the time. This
is what was done in this History of Korea. The four
great works were a basis,
but the Chinese works, the ancient monuments, the
geographical names and the philological
possibilities were all examined and thus a composite
picture was formed. Of
course many of the stories and anecdotes related may
be
apocryphal. Such things are found imbedded in the early
history of every land.
As fact they may not stand but they add to the local
color and give some notion
of the condition and qualities of the people. Fault may
be found because all these
different data hang together so well. I confess [page 338] that
it was a matter of surprise to me that the various
historical sources left so little
room for controversy or difference of
opinion. It was remarkably smooth sailing, so smooth in
fact as to give rise to
the suspicion that all the accounts came from a single
older record. On what ground,
however, it could be objected that this history violates
the rules laid down
for a proper historical method I fail to
see. The important
question arises, How is it that we have so minute an
account of early Silla
when the great Chinese influx into Korea did not occur
till some five centuries
after the dynasty began? If the study of Chinese
literature and thought did not
seriously begin till that late period what credence can
be placed in any
historical statements earlier than that? We have no
evidence whatever that
Koreans possessed a written alphabet, syllabary or
ideograph of their own, and
anyone who attempts to uphold the credibility of those
previous records must
show reason for believing that the people had means for
keeping records. I
think there is sufficient evidence for such a belief. Both Chinese and
Korean history inform us that at the time of
the building of the great wall of China large numbers of
Chinese fled to Korea
and settled in what was then Chin-han, later Silla. They
apparently assimilated
with the people of Chin-han and it is impossible to
believe that if China was
at that time possessed of a written medium of thought
these Chinese should not have
introduced it into the peninsula. Also long before the
great renaissance of the
sixth century Buddhist teachers had come to
Korea in large numbers and the cult had made great
progress. They too must have
brought the means of communication by written symbols.
Again, the splended
ruins, the massive bell, and other remains of that
ancient civilization attest
the high degree which had been attained almost before
the Chinese literary awakening
took place. That was an event which popularized
learning, but there is
sufficient reason to believe that from the earliest days
of Silla there were
people there competent to keep the records of the
dynasty. It was [page 339]
these records, long and tedious in
themselves perhaps, which Kim Pu-sik took
in hand and from which he forged the great work, the
Sam-guk-sa,
The same, in substance, may be said of Koguryu and
Pakche that is said of
Silla. They both had been in contact with China almost
from the very first and
it is well-nigh inconceivable that they did not
have means for keeping records. A strong indication of
this is that at the very
beginning of the great literary movement Sul-chong
made a diacritical system for the use of the ajuns
who like the clerks of the Middle Ages in Europe were,
and long had been, the only
people able to read and write, Again the very nature
of the work which Kim Pu-sik compiled gives evidence of
authenticity. It is not
a mass of fantastic and impossible tales like the Kojiki
of Japan but for the
most part it is a sober and consistent statement of
consecutive events. It is
given in the form of annals, a form naturally suggested
by the nature of the records
from which he drew the facts. It must needs be that
this initial attempt at a History of Korea will prove
only a possible basis for
a more scientific handling of the subject, but so far as
ancient Korean history
is concerned no one will ever get behind the record of
Kim Pu-sik and the four
great histories of which the Tong-sa Chan-yo
is a fair recension.
A
Striking Corroboration It is quite
natural that the friends of Japan should receive with
caution any statements
which reflect upon the good judgment of her agents
whether in Korea or elsewhere,
but they are beginning to discover that the statements
of
the Review are not dictated by personal pique or other
private considerations,
but bear a very striking resemblance to hard fact. The
Editor of the Japan
Advertiser has done himself the honor to come across the
straits and
investigate matters in person and [page 340] the
result was inevitable. He makes amends for his former
scepticism in the
following unequivocal terms : “As with
other of the foreign papers in Japan, we have been loth
to put full credence in
these reports of our Korean contemporary, believing that
private interests might
have dictated these strong pronouncements. Recently,
however, having been
enabled to make observations of our own on the ground,
we are free to
acknowledge our fault of misjudgment, and, insofar as a
limited time for
investigation could permit, have
corroborated to our own satisfaction the leading
statements made by the Korea
Review. With this journal we make bold to assert
that it would be the part of wisdom for the Government
at Tokyo to apprise
itself of the methods being put into operation by its
agents at Seoul. We do
not care to believe that what the inquiring stranger In
Korea may see without
great effort is the letter of the law sent forth by the
Japanese Government;
rather do we hope that the granting of too great a
latitude for interpretation
has converted the policy ordained by the home government
into a disgraceful
engine of oppression.” This is the first
genuine word of direct corroboration from competent
eyewitnesses that has been
published, but we shall have many more. Perhaps even the
Editor of the Japan
Mail, who claims to have investigated our
charges
and found them false, will follow the good example of
the Editor of the
Advertiser and make an examination of existing
conditions on the spot, rather
than from the safe retreat of the editorial sanctum. If,
as the Advertiser
surmises, the trouble is not with Tokyo but with the
Japanese authorities in
Seoul, then it is safe to say that information gained in
Tokyo alone will
hardly be reliable. Now, just to show what the Koreans
think of the matter and
to prove beyond the shadow of a doubt that the Japanese
are treating the
Koreans with great injustice, we affirm that scores of
Koreans have brought the
deeds of their property to the office of the Review and
have begged us to buy
it at any price in order to save it from seizure by
the Japanese. Does anyone suppose the Koreans would go
to the trouble of coming
hundreds of [page 341] miles, in
some cases, to put this property in our hands, if they
were expecting to be
fairly dealt with by the Japanese? It has been rumored
that in view of charges
which have been made one or more foreign representatives
in Seoul have been
asked to investigate and report. We do not know whether
this is true or not but
if it is true we feel sure that such investigation will
be thorough and fair,
and if any charges have been made that cannot be
substantiated we hope that
they will be exposed, whether they were made by the
Korea Review or by any
other agency. It stands to reason that such
investigation must tap every
accessible source of information without fear or favor.
Such being the case, we
welcome it in the warmest terms, knowing what the result
must inevitably be. The Advertiser goes
on to say “Russia admits Japan’s preponderating
influence” in Korea. But what if Russia should
believe
that under the trite phrase ‘the cause
of humanity’ she could cloak a protest against Japan’s
administration of such acknowledged
influence and back this protest up with proofs for the
world’s reading? There
may be a recrudescence of the Korean question under a
far different guise from
that of the ante-bellum aspect. In
this, it seems to us that the Advertiser gives evidence
of great astuteness. It
realizes, what is eminently true, that the good will of
the Korean people is an
asset of great value. Now that peace has been made and
it is evident that Japan
can claim nothing more than a protectorate the autonomy
of Korea is assured.
Japan has left herself no lee-way for a possible lack of
tractability on the part
of the Koreans and anyone who has studied the situation
on the ground knows
that when the Russian legation is once more established
in Seoul it will be the
Mecca where pious pilgrims will be shriven. Now, what
influence will Japan have
successfully to neutralize this pious yearning? The
almost universal sentiment
of the Koreans today is one of bitter antipathy. There
is no one lesson that
Japan needs more to learn than the absolute necessity,
in her own interests, of
securing the moral backing of the mass of the Korean
people, whatever the court
[page 342] and
officials may feel. If the people at large are assured,
not merely by the official utterances of those who sit
in the seat of the
mighty in Tokyo, but by the daily and hourly acts of
justice performed by Japan’s
agents in Korea, that their elemental and inalienable
rights are not only to be
respected but strenuously contended for, then there is
no Muscovite influence
however seductive that can alienate the Korean from
Japan; but let the
brutalities of low class Japanese
and the apathy of the Japanese officials to the
acknowledged rights of the
people be continued and it will follow, as the night the
day, that when the flower
of mere political supremacy bursts to fruit it will be
the Dead Sea’s fruit of
ashes. Missionary
Union in Korea, Plans for a
closer
union among Christian workers in Korea have taken shape
during the past month
and the idea has been fairly launched.
At a mass meeting of Protestant Christian missionaries
held in Seoul in the
early days of the month it was unanimously decided that
the time had come for a
definite move in this direction and that body, after
long and thorough
discussion, solemnly constituted itself a General
Council of all the
evangelical missions that might elect to join in the
movement. The missions represented at that meeting and
cordially joining
in the movement were those of the Presbyterian Church in
America (north), the
Presbyterian Church in America (south),
the Presbyterian Church of Australia, the Presbyterian
Church of the Dominion
of Canada, the Methodist Episcopal Church of America
(north), and the Methodist
Episcopal Church of America (south). There is every
reason
to believe that all educational, medical, literary and
publishing work
undertaken by these missions will be immediately
amalgamated. In fact, steps have
already been taken to secure actual union along these
lines this Autumn. The acknowledged end
in view is the establishment of a national Christian
evangelical Church which
shall [page 343] know nothing
of the names which have historically grown up to
accentuate and perpetuate the
lines of divergence in doctrine because of the greater or
less emphasis placed upon special phases of truth. It is
not conceivable that
either Arminius or Calvin would have allowed their names
to figure in
denominational nomenclature if they could have prevented
it. In the evolution
of the Church it may have been temporarily necessary but
the tendency of this
day is to throw these polemical terms into the
background and to take common
ground against a common foe. In the meetings that have
been held we heard a
leading representative of one of these denominations
assert that he would be
willing to put any of his Korean Christian friends under
the theological
tutelage of a member of a denomination which is
ordinarily supposed to hold
very different views on some points of theological
dogma. The sentiment was
applauded, and the evidence was conclusive that the
Christian workers in Korea
stand committed to the definite policy of erasing from
the list of the primary
and essential dogmas of the Church the purely
philosophical and academic
controversy over the paramount importance of the human
will or of Divine
sovereignty. They agree to pronounce these two
ideas mutually complementary rather than
antagonistic and to join hands in the formation of
a
single united Church. The Scriptures are the
acknowledged source of Christian
theology and all theological differentiae are merely the
outcome
of different types of mind. The
Korean type of mind differs in some respect
from that of the West and in time they may develop new
and unexpected difficulties
in the interpretation of application of Scriptural
truth, but it is manifestly absurd for us to burden them
with controversies which
are in themselves fruitless and which would not
naturally be developed by the Korean type
of mind. Even if it were inevitable that this same
controversy would arise in
Korea it would be far better to let it come by natural
and spontaneous development
than to unload it upon them encysted in the technical
nomenclature of the west.
What Korea needs is the clear cut, vital truth of
Christianity unencumbered [page 344] by
any of its adventitious growths, and the present
movement looks toward this
very thing. This vital union is a
thing which can be accomplished. It is such a large idea
and its results may be
so far reaching that it is not the part of wisdom to sit
down and begin to
conjure up the difficulties that will be met. There will
be difficulties, but
if the thing itself is confessedly in line with
Christ’s own words and of God’s revealed will
our business is not to forecast and fear the
difficulties but resolutely to
determine that whatever they may be they must and shall
be overcome. Was any
great undertaking ever carried through in any other way?
It is the will which
conquers environment, that sweeps on to the goal of its
desire, and if the
devotion of these men and women is great enough and they
form a unit in this
matter the end is not uncertain. But someone may say,
How about the difficulties that are immediately patent
even before we begin?
What will the Churches at home say when in our annual
statistics we tabulate
our gains not in terms of Methodist or Presbyterian or
Baptist but just as
Christians, so that no one can tell whether one
denomination can show better
returns than another? How will it all affect the rivalry
which unhappily exists
to some extent in the minds of the laity of the various
denominations at home, if
not in the clergy as well? What about the charge of
disloyalty to denomination
which some narrow souls are likely to prefer? Well, we
think any Church in
America would find itself in a very queer predicament if
it began to object to
this following out of the plain teaching of
Christ. The result will be, rather, that the Churches at
home will be led to
ask themselves the question whether some such action is
not their manifest duty
as well. Evidences of the
spirit of union appear in the successful operation of
the Educational
Association at the annual meeting of which reports were
received showing that a
large amount of work had been done during the year
toward unifying the
scientific nomenclature of our school books. Several of
the committees handed
in completed lists and they were ordered published. [page 345] The
sanity of the present movement is evidenced by the fact
that the union proposed
is evolutionary rather than revolutionary. If present
methods were essentially vicious
then reason would that we should insist upon an
immediate and complete change;
but they are not so. It is simply a change from a good
to a better and should
be effected as quietly and as normally as the bud
changes to the blossom or the
dawn to day. Let it proceed along the lines of least
resistance; and the full
triumph of the idea is as sure as the silent power of
the frost in the crevice
of the rock. Nature supplies her own antidotes and
antitheses and the same
spirit of devotion which launched the idea of Christian
missions upon an
astonished and incredulous Church and, for practical
purposes, allowed it to
follow denominational lines, will now sup- ply the
alterative necessary to
direct it into broader, deeper and more truly Catholic
channels. It is of vital
interest to the Church to inquire whether this idea,
launched in this comer of
the earth and among a people so backward as the Koreans,
in what we call enlightenment,
can possibly have a strong reflex influence upon the
Church itself. We think it
can and must. The reasons are many and complex but are
susceptible of postulation
even now. In the first place the work of Christian
missions in Korea has been
wonderfully successful and the quality of
the native church gives promise of permanence and
symmetry. The whole Christian
world has watched with intense interest this steady and
rapid growth and has
almost been tempted into the mistake of making Korea a
criterion of successful
mission labor. The growth of the Church among Koreans
has not been spasmodic
nor accompanied by an exhibition of erratic tendencies
but has developed a
large degree of that happy union of reason and emotion
which seems to have characterized
the Church in its best hours. This is becoming known to
the Church at home and
will tend to make them think twice before questioning
the genuineness of the
present movement, and if it is genuine then it must form
an object lesson to
those at home and give food for thought. [page 346] In
the second place the work of the foreign missionary
represents the high-water
mark of Christian devotion, and the Church at home is
wonderfully susceptible
to influences emanating from that body of men and women
which forms the foreign
corps of workers, just as the fighting ranks of an army
are always on the qui
vive to know what is going on along the scouting line.
It is on the foreign
field that conditions most nearly approximate to those
which obtained in the
primitive Church and it is here that experiments can be
tried with less danger
of obstruction than among the more conservative and
stereotyped conditions of
Church life at home. The mission field is the laboratory
of evangelization, and a live church will always be
awake to the importance of
its results. There is one thing
that should be impressed deeply upon the attention and
the conscience of every
missionary in Korea, and that thing is the solemn
obligation that rests upon
each one to see to it that the people at home are fully
informed as to what is
being done. The whole matter ought to be put in printed
form and disseminated
broadcast throughout the Churches at home. The religious
press in America and
England ought to be plied with articles and letters
drawing attention to the movement;
and, perhaps most important of all, each individual
missionary ought to assume
the duty of making personal
appeals to the pastors and other leading churchmen at
home, driving the nail to
the head and clinching it beyond the possibility of
loosening. It is only thus
that the broadest and best results can be obtained and
that a movement begun in
Korea can be made to spread and multiply until one of
the most cherished ideals
of the Master can be realized. Korean
Forced Labor. It is an
unpleasant necessity that forces us to bring to the
notice of the public again
one of the least defensible practices of the Japanese in
this unfortunate peninsula. [page 347] A
deputation has just come down from the town of
P’a-ju to solicit aid in securing for the people of that
district immunity from
the exactions of the Japanese. During the past twelve
months these agents of
the rail- road have come into that town at least eight
times and demanded
laborers at such small wages that they have been bought
off each time by a
payment averaging six million cash. Twenty thousand
dollars have been paid by that
community to escape forced labor. Within the past month
those people have been
forced to borrow six million cash from money-lenders to
buy off the Japanese
and for this money they are
paying twelve per cent a month. This fact is fully
authenticated and we stand
ready to prove it to the satisfaction of anyone who has
doubts as to the truth
of the statement. Twelve per cent a month means that the
money will double in
eight months and ten days. No other commentary is
necessary on the desperate
straits to which those people were reduced. The fact of
the case is that at the
present season labor is so valuable that they could
better afford the loss of
that amount of money than of the labor of a hundred men
for two weeks. Let it
be noted that the men who actually go and do the work
are paid something like
sixty Korean cents a day by the Japanese, but in lieu of
the labor of a hundred
men for fifteen days they exacted six million cash or
2,300 Korean dollars (Yl,200).
This was at the rate of one dollar and sixty cents a
day. Note this in comparison
with the sixty cent wage. Remember as you read
this page, that those people in order to escape a
peonage which they have in no
way deserved and which every dictate of fairness and
humanity forbids are
paying twelve per cent a month for money which has been
carried away by
Japanese in person in the name of this railway
company. You may gloss this over as you will and you
many pile excuse upon
excuse but you will never make it anything less than
abominable. What does the
Korean farmer care that the upper class of
Japanese
speak fervently in favor of treating Koreans well when
the agents of those same
men go about with arms in their hands and extort money
like [page 348] odinary
brigands? Let us not hear any more talk of justice
and fair treatment but let us have a
little of it demonstrated in actual practice.
Editorial
Comment. The recent
disturbance in educational circles does not
argue well for that important cause. In Korea as in
every other country the
occupation of teaching is the most poorly paid of any,
considering its
importance to the state. This became such a crying evil
that it promised to wreck
the schools. Then the government was compelled to
consider the matter and the
teachers were given to understand that with the
beginning of this school year
they would receive
as many yen as they
formerly received Korean dollars. When it came to actual
operation the
educational authorities cut these
figures all the way from fifteen to thirty per cent, the
higher salaries being
cut the least. The common school teachers and many of
the assistant teachers in
the foreign language schools were highly incensed at
this, since they had been
the principal sufferers, and they promptly “struck.”
The hundreds of boys thus deprived of instruction joined
the movement and moved
down upon the Educational Department demanding that
their teachers be
reinstated. If this was not done they would deposit all
their books at the
Department and leave, since there would be no further
use for them. On the
whole it caused a good deal of excitement and the end
does not yet
appear. Some of the foreign language schools are
practically closed and it is
now for the Government to decide whether education is or
is not worth the few
paltry dollars that will be
necessary to put it on a sound footing. The absurdly
small sum devoted to
this important branch of the public service
would indicate a very low estimate of is value, and
we
should have supposed that Japanese influence would by
this time have effected a
change for the letter. Now that the war is over we believe
this matter will receive [page 349] serious
attention and that the competent Adviser to the
Educational Department will be
able to evolve a general scheme for
a national system which will be in some measure
commensurate with the needs of the
situation. We have seen a
translation of an article that appeared in one of the
Tokyo native papers
stating among other things that the politicians of the
city are incensed at the
criticisms we and others have made of the actions of
Japanese in Korea. We
doubt very much whether this statement
emanates from an authentic source. On the other hand we
know beyond
doubt that the authorities in Tokyo have been very
desirous of obtaining
independent testimony as to the way things were going
here, and that they are too broad-minded not to welcome
any statement of fact
which will enable them to realize the exact conditions
that have to be faced in
the peninsula. As we go to
press
the latest papers from Japan indicate that the
declaration of a fall
protectorate over Korea by Japan is imminent. This was
foreshadowed in the terms
of the Anglo-Japanese alliance in which every-body’s
rights are guarded except
those of the Korean. It does not pay in this world to be
weak. Japan guaranted
the independence of this country at the beginning of
1904. It now appears that
this was merely a temporary arrangement whereby Japanese
could secure the use of
Korean territory and resources in time of war without
protest from the other
powers. This act of friendship is now to be rewarded by
dealing a death blow to
Korean independence. We say death blow advisedly for it
is safe to say that
without even the fiction of independence the Korean will
not have the heart to
make an effort at improvement. They may be forced into
certain forms of
progress but the spirit will be dead. They will never
again be able to gain
that point where the government can be restored to their
hands. The same old
story is to be [page 350] repeated
and Korea again falls to the stronger party. If properly
handled they have in
them the making of a thoroughly enlightened nation but
being now tacitly handed
over by the other powers to Japan the world knows what
to expect. If it does
not know it will soon find out. But
it is useless to “cry
over spilled milk.” The die is cast and
the future must be faced. Those who care for the Korean
people must adjust
themselves and work as best they may for the intellectual
and moral uplifting of this Poland of the Far East. Our Seoul
contemporary has called attention to the order issued by
the Japanese military
authorities prohibiting the sale or transfer of any
native houses within the
district marked out for practical confiscation. It asked
very pertinently what
bearing this has on the statements of those who deny
that such confiscation is in
progress. Why should the Koreans not buy and sell?
Simply because someone might
get hold of the property who would be able to secure a
market price for it.
There is a pretty little story about some property along
the river, owned by
foreigners, and about the tricks that have been resorted
to to get hold of it.
It is too long to tell here but we have reason to
believe that the property rights
of foreigners will be looked after pretty carefully. News
Calendar. The chief of
police ordered every police station to notify
house-holders in Seoul that
examiners would be sent from the Japanese Army
Headquarters to examine all the
houses one by one. The Foreign
Office
has asked the Korean Minister in Washington where he
received the information
that all Korean envoys would be recalled. Word comes to
the
Foreign Office that the Korean inspector Cho pong-yun
left Japan the last of August, and Min Yung-ki started
for home the first of
September. [page 351]
Yun Chi-ho has sent a telegram from Hawaii to the
Foreign Office to the effect
that the amount furnished him for traveling expenses has
been
exhausted, so he cannot proceed to Mexico. The Korean
government proposes to grant a decoration to Mr. J.
McLeavy Brown on
his retirement from the office of Chief Commissioner of
Korean Customs, in
recognition of the many years of faithful service
rendered by Mr. Brown. As a result of
the
recent floods reports come in from many districts that
fields have been covered
with sand and the crops ruined for this year. P. K. Yun went
from Hawaii to join Yi Seung Mahn in Washington for the
purpose of making a
direct appeal to President Roosevelt in behalf of Korean
independence. It is
said that the greater portion of the traveling expenses
were contributed by
Korean emigrants to Hawaii, while a considerable amount
was sent from Seoul. The II Chin-hoi
have established a Japanese school in the southern part
of Ham Kyung province,
and employed a teacher. So
satisfactory are the teacher’s
services that the number of pupils is increasing
daily. The resignation
of
the Minister of Agriculture and Public
Works was finally accepted after having been presented
many times. The vice
Minister
of Agriculture and Commerce, Mr. Hen Yung-wun, was
appointed acting Minister of
the same department. A collection of
the firearms and different weapons of war formerly in
use in Korea has been prepared
by the War Department, each regiment assisting in
completing the collection. The Prime
Minister, Han Kui-sul, presented to His Majesty the
following nominations for
the new Cabinet : Mr. Yi Chi-yong,
Minister of Education; Yi Ha-yung, Minister of Law; Cho
Dong-he, Minister of Agriculture
and Commerce; Yun Yong-koo, Minister of Home Department,
and Min Yung- whan, Foreign
Minister. All the nominees immediately declined the
honor with thanks. - The Ceremonial
Office has tendered several banquets recently in the Old
Palace grounds in the
name of His Majesty. Min Yung-kui’s
arrival from Japan was somewhat delayed because of the
interruption of traffic
on the Seoul-Fusan railway during the floods. Rev. G. Engel
received some slight injuries in an electric car
accident while he was in
attendance at the Presbyterian Council meetings in Seoul
recently. Traffic was
actually suspended for but a very short time on the
Seoul-Fusan railway during
the recent floods, but practically all trains have been
delayed during the
entire month. Two or three large bridges were washed
away, and the road from
Seoul to Fusan was divided into three sections, served
by three separate and
distinct trains, with swollen rivers between, to be
crossed on boats. [page 352] The new stone
jetty being erected by the Japanese
at Lighthouse Island
in the Chemulpo
harbor received considerable injury during
the
recent very severe storms. Word comes
of the wreck of the Teho II on the
China coast on the return voyage from
Chemulpo. A large number of Chinese were drowned. This
boat saw much
service in the American
Civil War in 1861-65. Having received
from-the Minister of the Household
Department. Mr. Yi Chai-gik the
example of having his top-knot removed, it is
said all the officials in that Department
will likewise appear minus this
more or less useful hirsute appendage. Mr. Min Chong-mook
has been appointed acting
Minister of the Foreign Office. The Dai Ichi Gingo
announces that deposit receipt No. 67, dated July 13.
1904, in favor of S. A.
Beck, baa been cancelled. Mr Yi Chi-yong,
Minister of Education, has been appointed Lord
Chamberlain.
Mr. Yun Yong-koo
ceases to be Minister of the Home Department. Two Koreans have
gone to Japan to lodge complaint against Minister Hashi,
General Hasegawa and Advisor Meguta,
but like many other complaints from this land
room was found only for lodgment. Mr. Kim Eun-yong
was appointed governor of Pyeng-Yang with instructions
to take office at once and prepare to receive Miss
Roosevelt and party, but the
plans were changed and he had
not that honor. The secretary of
the
Korean Legation in Washington has returned to Korea on a
visit to his parents. The one ship of
the Korean navy is again safely anchored in Chemulpo
harbor, having been returned by the Japanese
after
the close of actual hostilities. The wife of Mio
Yung chan, Korean Minister to France, has returned to her
home in Korea. Authorities in
Marseilles have been notified that Yi Yong-ik is thought
to have departed from
Shanghai for that place, and they are informed
that he has been deprived of all rank and authority, in
no sense represents the
Korean government, and is supposed to be interested in
some secret intrigue. General Cho
Dong-yun while on his recent official visit to
Japan presented each Korean student in Japan with the
sum of eight yen, a gift
much appreciated by the recipients. Mr. Yi
Ha-yung has received and accepted appointment as
Minister At no time since
foreigners have been resident in Korea has there
been such extensive floods as
were witnessed during this month of September, One of
the “oldest inhabitants’“
says that the waters were nearly as high sixty-one years
ago. [page 353]
Miss Alice Roosevelt and
party arrived at Chemulpo Sept. 19th on
the battleship Ohio.
They came direct to Seoul on a special train over the Seoul-Chemulpo
railway, engine and cars being decorated with American,
Korean and Japanese
flags. Many Korean officials, army officers, the
Imperial Guard, military band,
foreign diplomats and prominent civilians greeted the
visitors on their arrival
at the station, while all the streets were thronged with
interested spectators.
A royal yellow chair was placed at the disposal of Miss
Roosevelt, while many state
chairs were provided for the members of the party. Most
of the houses in the
city had been decorated with Korean and American flags,
some of the latter
lacking an occasional star or stripe, or showing
somewhat of a variety in
color, but all bearing evidence of
a uniform desire to honor the nation’s guest. On
the 20th Miss Roosevelt was received
in audience by the Emperor, to whom also
the other members of the party were presented, after
which there were
introductions to various Korean officials. On the 21st a
garden party was given
by the American Minister, where all American subjects
and many others met Miss
Roosevelt and the ladies and gentlemen of her party. On
the 22nd Miss Roosevelt
was entertained at luncheon by His Majesty, and in the
afternoon a visit was
made to the Queen’s Tomb outside of East Gate.
On the 23rd there was a garden party at the East
Palace, Miss Roosevelt met the native Christian women at
Sang Dong church, and
was presented to a large number of missionaries on the
spacious lawn at Dr. W.
B. Scranton’s.
At this time a leather bound Korean New Testament and
hymn-book were presented
to Miss Roosevelt by the missionary body, Dr. H. G.
Underwood making the short
presentation speech and Miss Roosevelt and Minister
Morgan replying.
A dinner at the German Legation, a horseback ride to
Puk-han, a visit to the exercises
of a Japanese girls’ school and many
other engagements occupied the time of the party until
the 29th, when a special
train carried them to Pusan, the condition of the road
after the flood
necessitating a stop-over at Taiku, where
arrangements had been made for their care at the
missionary residences. The German
Legation building outside of West Gate, Seoul, is all
enclosed and the lathing
and plastering is being pushed rapidly. General Hyen
Yeng-woon and wife after a short imprisonment at the
Japanese army headquarters
have been sent to their country home. They were charged
with having furnished
His Majesty with information concerning the Japanese
disturbances in Tokyo. Koreans have
circulated the report that the adviser to the Police
Department made an effort
to prevent the use of American flags in the decorations
in honor of the arrival
of Miss Roosevelt. The foreign
Office
has been asked by the Japanese Minister to order the
Korean Minister in Paris
to prevent Yi Yong-ik from having any voice in Korean
affairs if he should
arrive in that country. Mr. Yi Won-yong
has accepted the position of Minister of Education.
[page 354] The
native papers report that the Japanese Minister has
informed his government
that unless a protectorate is established by which all
Korean diplomatic
affairs may be controlled there is no bright outlook for
the future plans of
Japanese in the peninsula. Request comes
from
Chemulpo that other lands be granted to forty-eight men
whose houses have been
destroyed by the railway authorities on the plea of
military necessity. Continuous
efforts
are being made to secure Imperial assent to the request
for the privilege of
Japanese owning property in any part of the empire. Mr. B. V.
Morgan,
American Minister to Korea, gave a garden party in the
Legation grounds in
honor of Miss Alice Roosevelt and party on the 21st
inst. American and Korean flags
were tastefully displayed. The Korean military band in a
highly creditable
manner furnished the music for the occasion, including
the Korean and American
national airs. Long tables were filled with
refreshments suited to the varied tastes of the
cosmopolitan gathering. While Americans
largely predominated, almost if not quite all of the
various nationalities in
Korea were well represented. Under a canopy on the lawn
the guests were
presented by Minister Morgan to Miss
Roosevelt who greeted each with a simple hand-shake. The Foreign
Office
has asked the Finance Department to forward the
necessary funds to unable Yun
Chi-ho to continue his journey to Mexico on
the
work of inspection in behalf of the Korean government. The Japanese
teacher in the School of Agriculture has
returned to Seoul from Japan and resumed his duties
under the Department of Education.
The acting
Minister of the Foreign Office, Mr. Min Chong-mook,
has been removed, and Mr. Pak Yong-wha has been
appointed to the position. Because of the
breaking of what had been considered a distinct promise
that their salaries
should be paid in the equivalent of Japanese yen,
teachers in the Korean
government schools refused to continue their work. Then
hundreds of teacherless
boys presented themselves and their books before the
Educational Department,
declaring their inability to study without teachers. The
Department could
furnish no teachers and the boys went home without their
books. The Emperor
appointed the former governor of Pyeng-yang, Mr. Pak
Chei-soon, to be Minister
of the Foreign Office, and General Yi Chi-yong to be
Minister of the Home
Department. Minister von
Saldern, of the German Legation in Seoul, has recently
returned from a short
visit to Chinese ports. Sir John Jordan,
British Minister to Korea, is anticipating a leave of
absence on furlough in a
few weeks. [page 355]
Rev. R. A. Sharp is building a new mission
residence at Kongju. He expects to have it completed
ready to occupy in a few
weeks and will then remove his household effects from
Seoul, and with Mrs.
Sharp will have a permanent residence in Kongju. Mr. Min
Pyeng-suk on his
return from a visit to Japan has
been banished for a term of three years. The mother and
sister of Mr. P.L. Gillett, General
Secretary of the Young Men’s Christian Association in
Korea, are expected soon
to arrive in Seoul for the purpose of making an extended
visit. Mrs. J. P.
Campbell has returned to her work in the Girls’
School carried on in Seoul by the Woman’s Board of the
M. E. Church, South.
Mrs. Campbell has been on furlough for a year, and is
now gladly welcomed back
to Korea. Rev. and Mrs.
McCune arrived in Korea early this month. Mr. McCune
will engage in educational work, and is at present
assigned to
language study and work in the Pyeng Yang Academy. The agreement
between Mr. Kato, adviser, and the Agricultural and
Commercial Department of
the Korean government is said to have been cancelled,
and Mr. Kato will probably become adviser to the
Household Department. Mr. CBS.
Wakefield
and family, of the Korean Customs in Gen-san, expect
soon to leave for England.
It continues to
be
difficult to secure sufficient ships to carry the
cargoes to and from Japan and
Korea, A quiet wedding
at
which only a few personal friends were present, occurred
at the home of Rev.
and Mrs. Welbon in Seoul, September 14, when Miss
Elizabeth Carson of Taiku was
married to Rev. W. M. Barrett, also of Taiku. Miss
Carson arrived in Korea last
November, and has gained many warm friends since her
arrival. Mr. and Mrs.
Barrett will be at home in Taiku. Doctor Emma Ernsberger
has returned to Korea alter a year’s absence in America
on furlough, and has
resumed her work in charge of the Baldwin Dispensary at
East
Gate, Seoul. Dr. Ernsberger did
excellent work while at home in securing thank offering
funds to assist in the
construction of the proposed Lillian Harris Memorial
hospital for women, to be
built in Seoul . Drawings and
plans
for the new building for the Young Men’s Christian
Association have been forwarded to New York that
approval of the International
Committee may be obtained previous to the actual
commencement of building
operations. Disturbances in
Kangwun province have been numerous lately, caused by
members of a so-called “righteous
army.” The Japanese Minister has indicated to the
Foreign Office that Japanese
soldiers could soon quell the disturbance, but the reply
has been made that
already many Korean soldiers have been sent to the
scene. [page 356] Rev.
C. S. Deming, of New York has come to reinforce
the Methodist Episcopal
Mission in Korea. Mr. Deming’s
residence is at Chemulpo.
Invitations are
out for the wedding of Miss Elise
Vincart, daughter of Monsieur and Madame Vincart of
the Belgium Legation, Seoul, to Mr.
Paul Baumann, of the firm of E. Meyer and Co., Chemulpo.
The ceremony is to
take place at the French Cathedral, Seoul on
October 7. Trains
now leave Yung-san daily on the Seoul-Wiju
railroad at 6. 25 A. M., Japanese time, and are due to
arrive at Pyeng-yang the
same day at 7.35 P. M. The
same train leaves Pyeng-yang at 6.30 the next morning,
arriving at Wiju at 7.10
that evening. On the return trip trains leave
Wiju daily at 6.30 a. m , leave Pyeng-yang at
7
a. m., and arrive at Yung-san at 6.10 p. m.
Only by passes issued for the occasion are passengers
now permitted to travel
on this road. Miss Cameron has
just arrived from America and will reinforce
the mission work at Taiku, where she
goes in the capacity of a trained nurse. Last November
Rev.
McFarland arrived alone at Taiku. Recently he went to
the United States and has
now returned to Korea with his bride. At
Seoul during a portion of this month they had the
opportunity of making the
acquaintance of a majority of the missionaries in Korea.
They are now at home in Taiku. More than nine
million dollars worth of nickels have already been
exchanged for the new Korean
coinage minted in Osaka and for Dai Ichi Ginko note.
Parties desirous of exchanging nickels must have them
examined, and they are given a certificate showing how
much is due them
for first, second and third class
coins, and on presenting this receipt
at the Dai Ichi Ginko they can choose in what form they
wish to receive the
amount due them. All the new currency is put out on a
par with Japanese
currency, and the present rate of exchange is one
dollar in Japanese or new Korean coin for two dollars in
the old coin.
Miss Josephine
Hounshell has spent three years in Seoul but at the
recent annual meeting of
the Mission of the M. E. Church,
South, she received appointment to go to Gensan to
assist in educational and evangelistic
work at that place. Because
of lack of sufficient force to man all
their work the Southern
Presbyterian Mission has found it necessary to
temporarily leave Mokpo without
resident missionaries,
although they continue to look after the work at that
place. When it is found
possible to receive the additional reinforcements
asked for the station will again
be fully manned . The city wall of
Seoul has been standing during this
dynasty, or considerably more than five hundred years,
and only occasional
repairs have been needed. At the present
time, however, principally as [page 357]
the result of the
unprecedented floods,
in many places the outer facing of the
wall, composed of massive granite blocks, has
been undermined by the
water, tumbled outward and left a yawning gap
in the wall and a mass of scattered stone and
earth
beneath. Many thousands
of dollars and the labors of a small
army of men will be necessary to again put the
walls in good condition. Monsieur and
Madame Monaco, of the Italian Legation,
Seoul, are soon to return to Italy
on furlough. Miss Ivey, of
Texas, accompanied Mrs. J. P. Campbell when she returned
to Korea. Miss Ivey
was a deaconess, but comes to
Korea to take up work under the
direction of the Woman’s Board of the
M. E. Church,
South. She will be a
resident of Gensan, and has already
departed for that place. At the annual
meeting of the M. E. Church, South, held in September,
Rev. W. G. Cram was
elected chairman, Rev. C. T. Collyer aud Miss S. B.
Harbaugh
were the secretaries, and when the appointments were
read Rev J. L. Gerdine, of
Gensan, was made Presiding Elder for the coming
year. Rev.
C. T. Collyer had been expecting soon to
welcome his wife and
son on their return to Korea, when a short time ago
he received the unwelcome
news that almost on the eve of their
departure the son was stricken with fever
and their departure from America would be delayed for
some weeks. Miss Cordelia Erwin
has come to Korea as a member of the
Woman’s Board of the M. E. Church, South, and will have
her work in Songdo, but
will temporarily reside in Seoul pending the
completion of certain building operations in Songdo.
During this
summer
there has been considerable discussion and
planning for a closer union of missionary workers of the
various Protestant
denominations In Korea. Committees have been appointed
and various tentative
plans have been prepared and brought before several of
the Missions in their
annual meetings this month. One distinctly forward step
was taken by the
formation of a “General Council of
Protestant Missions,” made up of the
members of all the Missions desiring
to join. Committees have been appointed to prepare a
union hymn-book,
which is sanctioned by the Presbyterian Council,
representing the four Presbyterian denominations at work
in Korea, and by the
two Methodist denominations. A union of the two
semi-official denominational
publications in English has been effected, committees
are planning for but one
series of Sunday School literature for all of Korea, and
the vernacular
religious papers are about to be consolidated into one.
Arrangements have been
completed for the temporary union for one year of the
Presbyterian and
Methodist hospitals in Pyeng-yang, the Pyeng-yang
Academy under the control of
the Presbyterians and the Methodist boys’
school in Pyeng-yang, and the Presbyterian Intermediate
School with
the Methodists’ Paichai School in Seoul.
It is understood [page 358] by all that these are
merely tentative steps taken for
this year, and that during the year committees will
ascertain whether feasible plans can be prepared,
satisfactory to the home
Boards and the various interested parties
in Korea. If such can be done another year will see more
permanent arrangements
perfected. Even the massive
stone wall around the palace grounds did not escape
during the September
floods. With a mighty roar a long stretch of the wall
facing Furniture Street
fell outward and left a considerable portion of the
buildings and grounds within
open to the view of the gaping public. Repairs could not
be made for some days,
or until after the heaviest rains ceased. The streets of Seoul
had been repaired and leveled up and in some places had
a thin layer of gravel
thrown on top before the floods of September, and some
evidence of that work is still apparent, but since those
floods there are many
fissures and ditches washed out by the water directly or
diagonally across the greater
portion of the street, so that in some places one almost
takes his life in his
hand in attempting to ride in a rickisha, while in other
places he is forced to
dismount because of the gullies in an otherwise almost
level street. It is
hoped that soon the repairs may be
completed. Several
hundred
Russian cavalry and mounted brigands having been
dislodged by Japanese troops
in the neighborhood of Tong-si early this month,
they
made their appearance in the north of Korea about the 10th
instant. They retired whenever confronted by Japanese
troops. They seemed to
have no provisions except such as could be obtained by
seizure in various small
villages. The
ice supply seems to have been almost entirely
exhausted very early this month,
a small piece but little larger than a man’s head now
being sold for about
thirty-five cents gold. News
has been received which causes members of the
American Guard in Seoul to feel that in a comparatively
short time they will be
withdrawn from Korea and returned to their headquarters
in the Philippines. The
Guard has now been stationed in Seoul for
more than twenty months, and will be missed in the days
to come. A number of
things will help them to keep in mind their stay in
Korea, not least of which will
be the baseball games played with the missionaries,
always with victory for the
Guard, but not without effort. The
“South China Morning Post” contains the following paragraph,
but certainly there must now be included a
great number of additions to several of the items : “Your
pity is requested for Miss Alice
Roosevelt. During the last
fifteen months she has been present at 403 dinners,
350 balls, and 300 small dances. Her five-o’clock teas
number 680, and she has
paid 1,700 calls. She has been six times a bridesmaid,
and shaken hands 32,000 times.
Thus it is to have a father who believes in the
strenuous life.” [page 359]
A park has been staked out around the eastern foot of Namsan for
the benefit of employees in the
Japanese Communication
Department. Mr. Hayashi has
proposed to the Korean government that the interests of
Korean emigrants in
Mexico be cared for by the Japanese Consul in that
country. It is thought no
direct answer will be given until after Yun Chi ho has
made his report of
conditions as he finds them on his tour of inspection.
Unless the Korean
government is willing to furnish the necessary funds
whereby Mr. Yun may
continue his journey the report may be considerably
delayed. A very clever
counterfeit of the Dai Ichi Ginko five yen Korean
bank-note has been seen in
Seoul. The picture of Baron Shibusawa is not nearly as
good as on the genuine
note, but much of the engraving is of excellent quality.
The paper is poor, and
contains no water-mark as shown in the genuine notes. A
counterfeit has also
appeared of the new Korean 20 sen piece, but the work
and metal is very
inferior. It is thought to be the work of Chinese, while
the bogus five yen
note is undoubtedly the work of very clever Japanese
counterfeiters with
head-quarters in some city in Japan. President
Harriman
of the Pacific Railroads and Pacific Mail line of
steamers arrived in Seoul on
Saturday, September 30, having with his party come to
Chemulpo on the specially
chartered steamer Ohio III. A special train
brought the party to Seoul. On Sunday, October 1,
a garden party has been arranged in honor of the guests
by Mr. Megata,
financial adviser to the Korean government, at his
residence outside of South
Gate. Just how long Mr. Harriman and party will
remain in Korea is uncertain. It is thought his coming
to Korea may have
peculiar significance in connection with the rumors that
Korea may be put in
the direct line of travel for the large steamers on the
Pacific. On the evening
of
September 2, at the home of Rev. and Mrs. W. D.
Reynolds, before a large
company of invited guests, Rev. L.
B, Tate and Dr. M. B. Ingold were united in marriage,
Rev. W. D. Reynolds officiating.
Dr. Ingold had just returned from America, and was
warmly welcomed both as
friend returned and as a bride. Their residence will
continue to be in Chunju,
where several years have already been spent in
missionary work. At the home of
Rev. and Mrs. H. G. Underwood, in Seoul, the evening of
September 13, Rev. E.
W. Koons of Pyeng Yang, was married to Miss Lucy
Donaldson, Dr. H. C. Whiting,
of Pyeng Yang, officiating. A large company of invited
guests filled the
spacious parlors, and tendered congratulations. While
temporarily to be
residents of Pyeng Yang, Mr. and Mrs. Koons will soon
make their home at a new mission
station to be established between Pyeng Yang and Seoul.
At Yokohama,
Japan, at eight o’clock in the evening of Friday,
September 1,
Mr. N. D. Chew, of the Methodist Publishing
House, Seoul,
and Miss Nettie Trumbauer, of Colorado Springs,
Colorado, were [page
360] united
in marriage by Bishop M. C. Harris. At the same time and
place Rev. Carl Critchett, of Haiju, Korea, and
Miss Anna Coffin, of Albioa, Michigan, and
Rev. Arthur L. Becker, of Pyeng Yang, Korea, and Miss
Louise Smith of Albion,
Michigan, were united in marriage, Bishop
Harris having charge of the marriage ceremonies. The
ladies came
to Japan on the Siberia and were met in Yokohama by the
three prospective
bridegrooms who arrived from Korea barely in time to
meet the steamer on its arrival, as the Siberia
made a record trip and arrived two days ahead of time.
After a few days spent
in Japan all the parties came on to Seoul. Mr. and Mrs.
Becker are now at home in Pyeng Yang, Mr. and Mrs. Chew
are
located in Seoul, and Mr. and Mrs.
Critchett will have their temporary residence in Seoul
until their new house is completed in Haiju. The Foreign
Office receives word from the governor of
Chumulpo that about fifty Korean houses had been
destroyed there by the Railway
Bureau because they were within the
bounds of land appropriated for military purposes. A
great outcry has been made
by the householders, and they ask to have the houses
restored. The vice
Minister
of the Household Department, Yi Yong-sun, has been
transferred to the Department
of Agriculture and Commerce, and Min Kan sik has been
transferred from Chief of
Police to the Household Department. The governor of
Chunju reports to the Home Department that the
magistrates of Sa-chun,
Woong-chun, Kur-chong, Eui-yuug, Yangsan and Ki-chang
districts are all absent,
and neglecting their assigned duties. He asks that they
be requested to return
at once. The governor of
Chemulpo has beeu dismissed and the former governor, Ha
Sang-kui, has been reappointed to the position. About thirty
Japanese police inspectors arrived from Japan on the
24th inst. They will be
stationed in the various Korean Provinces. The magistrate
at
Chunju reports to the Foreign Office that two Japanese
policemen stationed
there for the protection of Japanese merchants have made
a request for one of
the Government buildings. The magistrate
of
Kok Sung having returned to his home in Seoul, the
people are continuously demanding of the Home Department
an officer to look after their interests. Mr. J H. Morris,
assistant manager of the American- Korean Electric
Company, has had an attack of typhoid fever, and was
compelled to spend
some time in the Severance hospital, but we are pleased
to be able to report
that he is now convalescent, and hopes to be able to
attend to business again
in a short time. THE KOREA
REVIEW. VOL.5. NO. l0. OCTOBER,
1905. [page 361] Japan
as a Colonizer. One of the
leading Japanese foreign papers recently contained what
purported to be, and
doubtless was, a digest of remarks made by Baron Kaneko
in America on what he
called the “Great political question of the twentieth
century” namely
Colonization. After remarking that “there is little
opportunity or inducement
for colonization in the cold latitudes” he adds that in
the Pacific Islands,
Asia, India, Africa and South America there is an
immense field of endeavor :
and he makes bold to add that “It is on these lands that
the eyes of the world’s
statemen are fixed.” Now we venture the
opinion that this is true only of the statemen of a very
few countries. Take
America, whose statemen are at least of average
ability. We very much doubt whether there are half a
dozen of them interested
in the matter of colonizing any of the lands enumerated.
Surely the work of the
United States in the Philippines would not indicate any
desire to colonize those
islands. The activities of American statesmanship have
been rather to lead the
people of those islands to develop the resources of
their land themselves. To
this end witness the enormous number of teachers sent
there. They are not
colonizers in the sense intended by Baron Kaneko. Those
islands form a hard
necessity thrust upon America by the exigencies of war,
a war undertaken for no
such purpose as territorial acquisition but
followed [page 362] almost immediately
by the handing over of that portion of the conquered
territory which could be
properly governed by its own people. No one expects that a large
number of Americans will settle permanently in the
Philippines nor is there
anything to indicate that American statemen so desire.
The same may be said of
leading statesmen of many other countries. If Baron
Kaneko had said that
statesmen are keenly alive to the
importance of securing markets for the products of their
respective countries
in these other lands he would have been far nearer the
mark, but such an
ambition includes every country, England, America,
Germany want trade in every
country, the great as well as the small, the strong as
well as the weak. It seems to us little
less than absurd to say that India forms an immense
field for colonization. It
already has a population of nearly 300,000,000, and the
colonization of that
country by others would simply mean the displacement of
just so much of the
native population, the alienation of just so much wealth
and the cutting off of
just so much opportunity for native industry. In none of
the countries
mentioned is there much space to form a spill way for
the surplus population of
more crowded countries. The law works both ways and
these statesmen who are
looking out for opportunities to colonize find that the
first duty they have is
to prevent themselves being swamped by other more
teeming peoples. Population
like water seeks a level and, other things being equal,
the population of every
land would depend precisely upon the relative capacity
of that land to support
a population. Other things not being equal, we find
population unevenly
distributed, but the enormous flow of immigration into
America and the
centrifugal force of China’s overpopulation show that
the overthrow of
artificial barriers is constantly tending toward this
equilibrium or level. This being
confessedly true Baron Kaneko’s remarks amount to the
cold-blooded proposition
that the aim of modern statemen is to seize upon
territory not their own and
use it for the expansion of selfish interests at the [page 363] exnse
of the natives of those lands. We repudiate this slander
in toto. There may be
some small souls who have such a narrow view of life and
of history as this but
we sincerely believe they are the great exception. Baron Kaneko is
evidently speaking from what he conceives to be the
standpoint of the Japanese
people. It might be worthwhile to ask why it is that
Japan wants to find an
outlet for surplus population. We come
face to face with a paradox at the very start for if
there is anything
evidently true about Japan it is that she aspires to
become a great
manufacturing and distributing center like England. If
so she cannot spare a
single man or woman. The rapid growth of her industries
demands that people
stay at home rather than run away. What she wants is raw
material and markets.
Population does not depend upon area of soil except in
nomadic and agricultural
countries and, given all the raw material and all the
markets necessary,
Japan could support a population four times as great as
that she now has. It stands
to reason then that the distribution of Japan’s
population especially into
agricultural countries will defeat her purpose of
becoming a great industrial
people; she will remain a predominantly agricultural
race. Her legitimate
ambition demands concentration rather than dissipation.
Industrialism is
centripetal, not centrifugal. If it is true that Japan
actually needs to get
rid of part of her population, it must be due to one of
two reasons; either
industrialism has not kept pace with growth of
population or else the people,
through the adoption of western ideas have acquired
needs faster than they have
acquired the ability to secure the satisfaction of those
needs. To state it in
condensed form and with perhaps a tinge of hyperbola,
the clerk on forty yen a month
wants to drink champagne but can’t afford it unless he
can do the work of four
clerks and absorb their salaries. The other three must
colonize! Bringing the question
down to its Korean phase, the only one
in which this magazine is legitimately interested, we
draw the natural
conclusion that Baron Kaneko advocates the sending into
Korea a large number of
[page 364] Japanese.
The only opening immediately apparent for these men is
that of agriculture, for
the soil is the only asset immediately available.
Commerce requires time for
its development. The soil, like the poor, is ever with
us. Colonization will
mean, then, an immediate and enormous acquisition of
land in the peninsula. As
we have before stated, the Japanese will not be content
to take up land that
the Koreans have hitherto considered too poor to
cultivate. They will demand
and obtain good land. Let us suppose that 50,000 people
come. The land and
houses and implements necessary for their support and
shelter will cost at
least 200 yen per man or a total of yen 10,000,000, but
Baron Kaneko says that
the population is increasing at the rate of 400,000
per year. Of this a mere 50,000 would be an absurdly
small fraction. Who is to
provide the money for this settlement? Surely the
Japanese government
cannot. The truth is that the land will be taken at a
merely nominal price just
as everything has been taken here. But what about the
increase of Korea’s
population? It amounts in all probability to at least
100,000 a year. These
must be looked after as well. No reasonable man will be
able to deny that Baron
Kaneko’s plan will be a crushing blow to the progress
and welfare of the Korean
people. Emigration to Canada, where there are millions
of acres still lying
fallow, is one thing, but to Korea where every nook in
the hills in cultivated
to its fullest extent it bears a very different
complexion. Baron Kaneko says
that “The great majority of people think we are not a
colonizing nation but we
are. For many years we have had no opportunity to prove
it. Three hundred years
ago Japan was the greatest colonizing nation in the
world. We colonized China,
Manchuria and Korea.” Here we begin to see
what sort of arguments the Baron brings forward. Three
hundred years ago
Hideyoshi, a blood-thirsty usurper, determined to
conquer China by way of
Korea. He hurled his army of trained cut-throats upon
the peninsula but was
defeated and driven back into the southern part of the
country. There they were
obliged to till the fields for [page 365] their
own support because the Korean naval power made it
impossible to escape to
Japan. For seven years they endured this enforced exile
and then by a desperate
attempt, homesick and half famished they broke through
the cordon of Korean
boats and got away home. A few hundred who had married
Korean women remained
and were almost immediately absorbed in the Korean
population. A few years
later the Japanese humbly asked if they might make a
commercial station at
Fusan. After long hesitation this was granted but the
number of Japanese was
strictly limited and they were closely confined to
certain
narrow limits. And this is what Baron Kaneko calls great
colonizing! The truth
is that at that very time Spain had probably a thousand
colonists to Japan’s
one. Japan and China were at swords points and that
Japan colonized in China or
Manchuria in any genuine sense is inconceivable. It is
very unfortunate for the
Baron’s contention that he uses such an argument as
this. The spasmodic attempt
at expansion made by Hideyoshi served but to illustrate
the lack of the very
quality the Baron would attempt to
demonstrate. But even if it were true that Japan had
once been a colonizing
power, the fact that in 1868 she had not a single colony
would prove that she
was at that time no colonizer. One might as well say
that Spain is a great
colonial power simply because at one time she was such.
When ‘asked whether
Japan intends to enforce in Korea the same policy she
has enforced in Formosa
the Baron made an evasive reply but said that in some
respects the policy would
be the same. A few days ago we received a letter from a
gentleman, who crossed
the Pacific on the same boat with the Japanese peace
commissioner, saying that
on that boat he met a gentleman who had long been a
resident in Formosa and who
said that the administration of affairs there was almost
a perfect counterpart
of the methods in Korea as set forth in the pages of The
Korea Review. But the
Baron adds “Their inherited customs we will allow them
to maintain so long as
they do not conflict with the necessary limitations of
loyalty to the Emperor
and the [page 366] Japanese government,”
In spite of the mixed metaphor we take this to mean
loyalty to the Japanese
Emperor. We shall encourage
the Koreans to maintain whatever is dear to them in a
legendary way, but also
encourage a spirit of loyalty to Japan.” Every word of
this might be spoken by
a Russian about Poland. It all breathes the spirit of
absolute and final
extinction of Korea as a nation. Now this goes far beyond
the bounds of a mere protectorate. It means the definite
absorption of Korea by
Japan for all time. But more follows and worse. “They
are a people whom it will be easy to manage. They are
not warlike, they are not
troublesome, but they are of rather a low order of
intelligence –
what you would call stupid in this country (America). We
shall not encourage
intermarriage between Japanese colonists and the
Koreans. On the contrary we
shall oppose it very vigorously. We shall consider the
Koreans as a lower race.”
A lower race, forsooth! Inferior intelligence! When the
Korean has outwitted
the Japanese at every turn for the past thirty years in
the game of diplomacy,
being compelled by military weakness to use cunning
instead of brute force! A
race equal to the Japanese in natural intelligence and
greatly superior in plysique
and temperament. This Japanese gentleman throws out his
chest and says “a
lower race,” when many of his countrymen in Korea go
about more than half naked through the streets of Seoul
to the disgust and
scandal of the Koreans; when they do not hesitate to
kick and beat and rob the
Koreans right and left, as has been proved over and over
again; when, baffled
in their attempt to browbeat the Korean government into
giving up a valuable
concession absolutely without compensation, they have
the best and most loyal
Korean official driven from office to make room for a
creature of their own,
who will sell his own land for money; when they build in
Seoul in a prominent
site a huge brothel, housing hundreds of the votaries of
vice, and flaunt it in
the face of Koreans, who, corrupt enough, God knows,
have the grace to hide
their infamy from the public eye. [page 367]
He will consider them a lower race; will oppose
intermarriage; will, in fine,
stamp the Korean beneath his heel for all time and
exterminate him. There is
not one word of genuine sympathy nor a hint at real
helpfulness, and we venture
the opinion that with the exception of a very few
leading men
the words of Baron Kaneko voice the
sentiment of the whole Japanese people. They describe
with wonderful exactitude
the attitude of the Japanese in Korea today, and they
demonstrate the lack of the
primary and fundamental qualifications for a successful
handling of the Korean
people. Witness the closing
words of this characteristic interview. “The
dominating note in Japan’s colonial policy will be a
blending of kindness with
firmness, a course midway between that adopted by
England and Russia.” Will any
student of history, or of contemporaneous government
show us how a blending of
firmness and kindness will result in a course midway
between that of England and
Russia? Is England lacking in kindness or is it that
Russia is lacking in
firmness, or is it vice versa. No, it is plain that this
is mere word-juggling.
The truth is that in Korea Japan has proved herself
neither kind nor firm. She
has evinced the narrowest kind of selfishness and at the
same time a curious
lack of firmness. The latter is due to the attempt to
carry out impossible schemes,
financial, economic and industrial. If Korea is to be handled
properly by the Japanese it must be by a very
different stamp of man from Baron Kaneko.
The
Korean Customs Service. One
of the most important and most prominent departments
of the Korean government is and for many years has been,
the Maritime Customs.
It has been the battle ground of more than one
international quarrel, the
sweetest nut to crack in all the basket. The interest
which it inspires is
doubtless based upon the fact that it represents ready
money,
spot cash; and that is the most attractive form
which the god of wealth ever assumes. [page 368] There
have been three important crises in the history of the
Korean Customs, one when
it was taken over by the paternal hand of China to be
used as a lever for the hoisting
into power her claim to suzerainty which had been
somewhat impaired; second
when the Russians played their little game
soon after the Japan-China war; and third
the crisis which now faces it in the form of a change
from practically British
control to Japanese. The retirement of J.
McLeavy Brown, C.M.G., from the control of the Korean
Customs is an event of
high importance to this people and its consequences will
be far-reaching. There
could be no more fitting time and no more fitting place
in which to review this
gentleman’s career in Korea than now and in the pages of
this Review. We
propose therefore to give a rapid sketch of the most
important points in this
career and to ask the question whether and how far this
change will be of benefit
to all parties concerned. Dr. Brown came to
China in 1881, so he was already an old resident of the
Far East and well
acquainted with its problems when in 1893 he was
appointed to fill the position
of Chief Commissioner of the Korean Customs. This place
had been filled by Von
Mollendorff, Merrill, Schoenicke and Morgan, and when
Dr. Brown took over the
office he found it thoroughly established and working
with that ease and success
which would naturally be guaranteed by the character of
the men who had preceded
him. Soon after his
arrival the war clouds began to gather and in the
following year they broke,
but failed to cause the flood which was predicted. It
was only a gentle shower
and after the bubble of Chinese arrogance had been
pricked by a few Japanese
bayonets the sun came out again leaving Korea cast off
from her old moorings and
without doubt somewhat homesick to get back under the
maternal wing of China
again. But this was not possible. Japan had decided that
Korea must be
independent in spite of herself. They say that some men
are born great, some achieve greatness and some
have greatness
thrust upon them. So with Korea, she did not [page 369]
attain independence but she had it thrust upon her. It
would have been a grand
thing, if properly used, but after the war it
began
to appear that there was too great a contrast between
the administration of the
Customs and of the other fiscal departments of the
government. Japan was
attempting to get hold of the situation which was quite
new to her and she
found it hard work. Things were not going smoothly but
there was one man who
could bring order out of Korea’s financial chaos, and so
Dr. Brown was given complete
control of the revenue which the Customs brought in. He
was
authorized to put this money in the bank in his own name
and thus make it
impossible of withdrawal without his signature. This
immediately made him both
friends and enemies for he no sooner had things well in
hand before he began
refusing foolish and extravagant demands for money on
the part of various
departments of the government, and the officials found
to their dismay that the
Customs revenues could no longer be their plaything.
Only plans that were well
worked out and that promised definite results were
sanctioned and paid for by
the Chief Commissioner. The natural result was that
without holding any other
position he practically had the casting vote in very
many matters of government
which required the expenditure of money, and it is safe
to say that Korean
officials were seldom interested in any matters that did
not involve such
expenditure. This strict control of the government money
was very galling to
that class of officials who considered the money their
legitimate loot and Dr.
Brown was made to feel that while they dared not
stultify themselves by openly
attacking him these people would rejoice to get the “knife
into him.” Then came the
startling events of the closing months of 1895 which
checked so effectively the
Japanese plans and jammed the Korean helm down hard
toward Russia. At that time
the Russian Legation was occupied by Mr. Waeber, a
broad-minded and
statesman-like man who though always working in the
interests of his own
country did so in a much better way than his immediate [page 370] successors.
It was at his desire that Dr. Brown was given enlarged
power and was placed in
control of the entire finances of Korea in March 1896.
For nearly two years Dr.Brown
held this important position and they may be called the
brightest
and most hopeful years that Korea has seen for a
century. There was an instant
and marked change in the ruinous financial method that
had previously
prevailed. When money was requisitioned from the
treasury Mr. Brown had the
extremely awkward habit of asking why and how the money
was to be used and,
still worse, to keep his eye on it till it had actually
been put to the use specified and had accomplished the
purpose for which it was
intended. This naturally gave a host of officials
something very like a chill,
for money in Korea is like a flock of sheep that may
start along the right road
but soon scatters to right and left; The main problem
which Mr. Brown found confronting him in his new and
highly responsible position was the loan of three
million yen which the
government had obtained from the Japanese when Count
Inouye was acting as
minister in Seoul in 1895. Mr. Brown
considered that Korea was endangering herself by
getting into the clutches of money lenders and he
shrewdly suspected that the
loan was made by Japan not so much to help Korea out of
financial difficulty,
which in fact did not exist, as to form a useful handle
in time to come. He
urged that this was about the only way Korea could
really incur peril, and he
bent his energies to the task of casting off the net
that was beginning to
entangle the country. There were plenty of lines along
which retrenchment was
possible, for the government revenues had been used in a
most careless way. He
began by refusing funds for the employment of more
useless soldiers. This was
an immediate necessity and was attended to at once. Then
Mr. Brown formulated
two rules which struck at the very root of the troubles
in Korea. The first
one was to have each department in the government keep
in its own hands the
nomination for appointments in that department, and to
have all appointments,
so far as [page 371] possible,
made by priority in service and by merit. This rule
immediately made both
friends and enemies. The leading officials had been
accustomed to fill
positions in any and every department at will without
regard to fitness or age.
Of course they were very much scandalized. The minor
employees of the
government however recognized the rule as an excellent
one, especially since it
prevented incompetents being placed over them in office.
The second rule was
that when any official resigned or died or was removed
the position should not
be filled again unless there was some actual work
connected with it besides that
of merely coming around to the office to draw pay. This
excellent rule was more
necessary than appeared on its face, for it has long
been the
custom in Korea for men to pay good money for a position
simply so as to be
able to attach the name of the office to their names and
reap credit for
greatness among their acquaintances. Having been
appointed, their main thought
is to avoid all duties devolving upon them. If they
cannot possibly avoid the work
they resign, but they still retain the name of the
office and the glory
attached thereto. These two rules promised to work a
revolution in Korean upper
circles. The whole conservatism of the country sprang to
arms against what was
thought to be an encroachment upon official prerogative.
But Dr. Brown stood
firm. Soon after this good
work began an old gentleman of the conservative type was
appointed Minister of Finance
and immediately nominated twenty-four of his relatives
to office under him. Dr.
Brown demurred and for a short time, to use the language
of hyperbola “there
were razors flying through the
air.” It was a test case and aroused intense
excitement. Dr. Brown wisely
compromised by allowing a few of these men to become
genuine incumbents but
even these were quietly disposed of after they had been
paid a single month’s
salary, and then retired to their
former state. For one year and
eight months Dr. Brown continued to hold this position
and during even that
short time he saved enough money to pay off two millions
of the debt. The
Japanese were not highly pleased at this. They were [page 372] quite
willing to let the debt stand and the interest accumulate
to the sure weakening of the Korean government.
This was frustrated and the finances of the country were
brought up to a high
state of excellence. Two year later the Japanese were
paid Y750,000
on the final million, but asked that the remaining Y250,000
be let stand. This was so small a sum as to
cause
no embarrassment to the government and so Dr. Brown
allowed it to stand unpaid for the time being. But it must not be
supposed that his activities all this time were confined
to this one line. He
busied him- self in various other public matters of
importance. He began the
good work of repairing the streets in Seoul and its
suburbs. Even the main streets
of the city had become narrowed by successive encroachments
until two carts could hardly pass each other. They had
to be widened by the
purchase of property on either side. It speaks volumes
for the care and tact of
Dr. Brown that this work, involving the taking over of
thousands of Korean
houses, should have been accomplished
without any complaint being made. The reason was that
every Korean received at
least the minimum market price of his property. Dr.
Brown’s course in this
respect, as in most other respects, was in brilliant
contrast to the Japanese
methods which have rightly caused the most intense
opposition and have been
shown to lie but a small remove from robbery.
Under the energetic
management of Dr. Brown three miles of streets in the
city and twenty miles
outside were widened, graded and made thoroughly capable
of carrying the
traffic with ease and expedition. Three main roads were
built from the city to
the river. The valuable work of cutting a good cart road
through the Peking Pass
was successfully carried out and will remain a lasting
monument to the energy
of Dr. Brown. This latter work cost Y8,600. It has
sometimes been
erroneously considered to be a gift from Mr.
Waeber, but the facts are as
follows: After the king’s flight to the Russian Legation
he made a present of
some Y15,000 to Mr. Waeber but the latter
declined.
He said however that if [page 373]
the king wished to give it to some public cause
he could place it well. The king consented and part of
the money went into the
Peking Pass. It was an immense misfortune for Korea that
Mr. Waeber was
removed. We shall not soon see his like again from the
Court of the Czar. While Mr. Brown was
in control of the national finances, he had nothing to
do with the finances of
the Imperial Household, which was an important item. The
constant tendency
toward the centralization of power had made this a
serious matter. It August
1897 Mr. Kir Alexaieff arrived from Russia. He was
connected with the Russian
Chinese Bank, a large and powerful organization that had
lately been
established. He came at the request of
Mr. Waeber to take charge of the accounts of the palace.
So far as Mr. Brown
was concerned this was not a move against him, at least
in the eyes of Mr.
Waeber, and if the latter had been retained in the
Legation the difficulties
that followed would never have arisen. Of course this
Russian move was
anathematized by Japan who saw in it the fastening upon
Korea of Russian
influence. Well, under the circumstances one would not
have expected Mr. Waeber
to work in any one else’s interest than those of Russia.
Japan had driven
herself from the field by her utter lack of tact and by
the abominable crime
against the Korean Imperial House which was condoned. It is impossible to
say what was in Alexaieff’s mind in
taking up his position, but he
doubtless had great faith in Russia’s newly acquired
influence at the Korean Court
and he was ambitious to play a leading part in the
events which should result
from that influence. So long as Mr. Waeber remained in
the Legation all went well
but hardly had Alexaieff been installed in his office
when it became known that
Mr. Waeber was to be removed to make room for de Speyer.
Comment was various
but the general impression in Seoul was that the Russian
government thought Mr.
Waeber had not taken full
advantage of the influence he had acquired over the
king, that the situation
should be pushed to its full fruitage.
The actions of Mr. Waeber’s successor bears out [page 374] this
theory, but it was a monumental blunder. Had Russia
retained Mr. Waeber in
power and exercised a wise but firm and kindly hold upon
the king she could
have established a lasting influence upon Korea but by
pressing her claims and
grasping after every advantage possible she inevitably
awakened suspicion and
opposition among Korean officials and also, though more
slowly, in the palace. De Speyer
came in the Autumn of 1897 and immediately began a
course of braggadocio and
browbeating which were quite in keeping with certain
Russian methods as illustrated in the war just
terminated. Waeber and de Speyer
were at the very antipodes as diplomats. The contrast
was startling. Mr. Waeber
had been on friendly terms with all foreigners but
shortly after de Speyer’s
arrival he was heard to say
that he would soon run all Americans out of the country.
The event proved the
quality of his prescience. He immediately began to use
Alexaieff as a tool to
secure the removal of Dr. Brown. In order to do this he
played upon the wounded
vanity and depleted finances of those evil officials who
had been forced to fold
their harpy wings under the influence of the Brown
narcotic. The crisis came
about the middle of November. Dr. Brown had not vacated
his position nor
surrendered any of his prerogatives, but just at that
Autumn season the
government officials in England were having their
holiday and seemed not to be
aware of what was going on. Dr. Brown seemed for a time
to be without effective
backing. So on that fifteenth of November the officials
under Dr. Brown refused
to carry out his orders and for the time being he was
helpless. Alexaieff
dropped in and gently hinted that Dr. Brown might find
it convenient to retire
but the latter showed no sign whatever of surrender. He
cheerfully said that he
had no thought of retiring and that if Mr. Alexaieff
wanted to work for the
Korean government there was plenty of work for two men
to do. He declined to
act under Alexaieff’s orders and for once
in his life the buoyant young Russian found himself up
against a clear headed
and purposeful Englishman who could afford to bide his
time and wait for a
tardy government [page 375]
to vindicate his confidence in it. Meanwhile the Koreans
were executing a war
dance over what they fondly dreamed to be Dr. Brown’s
expiring influence. Some
hundred boxes of silver dollars containing two hundred
each were taken from his
carefully collected treasure and carried into the palace
where the officials made
merry over it as the first fruits of their victory over
Dr. Brown. They danced
about it with glee and threw handfuls of it to the
coolies who stood about. At the time of his
assumption of treasury control Dr. Brown had taken in
hand the mint and had
carried it on in a successful manner. The nickel coinage
was never allowed to
go to a discount. A wise control of the out-put kept up
its credit. But now the
mint began pouring out a flood of nickels which soon
made them a drug on the
market and for the first time they fell below par.
Alexaieff who had it in hand
exercised no control whatever but allowed the officials
to do whatever they pleased. Herein lay Russia’s only
power over Korea, the
willingness to let her go on her own corrupt and
suicidal way without
check or curb. The mint never went back into Dr. Brown
hands again and the
present condition of affairs is the legitimate result. Alexaieff immediately
doubled all the official salaries, which brought down
upon his head the
blessings of countless rascals and proved him to be the
long-sought deliverer
who should cut the apron-strings of the Brown regime. No
sooner were they
cut than the toddling infants walked straight over the
precipice hand in hand with
the sapient Alexaieff. And it was a genuine precipice,
for before long the
British government came back from its grouse shooting
and began to ask
questions. The mice had been playing and had even begun
nibbling the cheese.
But with one sweep of its hand all that was changed. A
fleet of British boats
dropped anchor in Chemulpo Harbor and the same question
that had been asked at
Port Hamilton ten years before was repeated in even more
persuasive accents.
The Russian government suddenly awoke to
the fact that in place of a statesman they had placed a
braggart and blunderer
in Seoul and [page 376] that their
toy financier was making himself the laughing
stock of all sensible people. There is
one good thing about Russia, that she gives her
diplomats large discretion but
punishes them in proportion to their misuse of that
power. De Speyer was
doubtless given discretionary power to press home
Russia’s claims which were based
on the hospitality shown the king, but when the Russian
Minister backed up his
blundering effort by the statement that such was the
will of the Czar and the
latter began to be smiled at therefore, the Russian
government turned upon the
disconsolate de Speyer that shoulder which leans against
the pole and he
forthwith faded. The height of his
braggadocio measured the depth of his fall and the fall
was made doubly
grievous by the enthusiasm with which the Korean
government accepted his offer
to remove Alexaieff and the Russian military officers.
It also meant de Speyer’s removal from Seoul and
when Matunine had been succeeded by Pavloff
a new line of muscovite indirection had to be devised
which was neither of
Waeber nor de Speyer stamp, neither as statesmanlike as
the former nor as
bluffly and honestly black-guardly as the latter;
something halfway between,
where machiavellianism holds sway. But whether thus or
so, Dr. Brown came back into a considerable
part
of his former power. He still had complete control of
the Customs revenue, and
the government engaged to employ no one else in the
treasury department. It is
much to be regretted that the British government did not
insist that he be given
all the power he had before. Nothing could have been
better for Korea, It would
have rapidly cleared up the corruption that was gnawing
at the vitals
of Korea; the war just ended would never have been
fought. Everybody would have
been better off, especially Koreans. But in spite of all,
Dr. Brown held on with great tenacity and with good hope
of bettering the condition of Korea. Though his plans
were narrowed in one
direction he compensated for it by enlarging them in
another. He evolved a
scheme for the establishment of a complete system of
lighthouses all about the coast
of the peninsula; [page 377]
and it is notorious that the west coast of this country
is one of the most
dangerous for navigation in all the Far East.
He began right by putting aside a million and a half yen
to finance the scheme.
At the present time there are ten lights completed and
working, three at Fusan,
one at Port Hamilton, and the remainder scattered along
the west coast at
strategic points. Two others are being built on the west
coast. Preparations
are being made to put three at Kunsan. The apparatus for
eight more has been
ordered. Specifications are completed for six besides
these and over and above
all this eighteen additional sites have been selected
for future installation
of lights. Seventeen special signal stations are to be
erected. Ten automata
gas buoys are to be fixed at important points and a
light ship is to be
anchored in the mouth of the Yalu. This is a plan which
if carried out will put
the Korean people and the traveling and trading world
still more deeply in debt
to Dr. Brown. Beside all this, he
was given control of the construction of the new Y300,000
palace in Seoul. The work is going on apace and bids
fair to result in a
building of great beauty and serviceability. One of his latest
achievements is the repairing of the road between Seoul
and the foreign
cemetery at Yang Wha-chin. This was an arduous and
costly piece of work and one
for which the foreigners in Seoul will always be
grateful. You can scarcely look
about anywhere in Seoul without seeing evidences of his
public spirit. He was
long the president of the Seoul Union and an active
supporter. He showed great
interest in the work of providing a site for the Seoul
Young Men’s Christian
Association and both in time and money has contributed
generously both to this
and to many other public institutions in Korea. Such are some of the
facts in regard to this public spirited and
incorruptible official who has
given the best twelve years of his life to Korea and who
were be not removed
would still have much to do for her renovation. It
remains for us to ask under
what conditions this [page 378] removal
takes place and what effect it will have upon the whole
question of Korea’s
future. The
first of these questions will require no
long answer. The Japanese have acquired the
power to work their will in Korea. Since the day they
drew up their treaty with
Korea in 1904, guaranteeing her independence they have
been
attempting to absorb every profitable asset of the
Korean government. It has
been one continuous and consistent course of absolute
selfishness unrelieved by
a single attempt to do anything directly for the welfare
of the Korean people.
Here again we have a striking case in point. The
Japanese government has no official
in its whole realm that can begin to
handle the position as Dr. Brown has done
and can do. If in their vanity they think they have they
will eventually
discover their mistake. But this has little weight. Here
is a definite and
profitable asset of the Korean government and must be
wrenched from them as
other things have been. Justice, education,
enlightenment, these are things
that Japan has no thought of giving Korea
except in the most incidental sort of way. There is not
a single note of
helpfulness in their entire policy as illustrated in the
acts of the past two
years. They want the Customs department
and they will have it, irrespective of Dr. Brown’s long
and priceless services.
But it is not only
the money they want. Their vanity is doubtless hurt
because an important
resource of the Korean government is still outside their
grasp. It is worthwhile
asking in what essential particular this attempt to get
the Customs out of Dr.
Brown’s hands differs from that of Mr. Kir Alexaieff.
After examining the case pretty carefully we have been
compelled to
decide that there is only one main difference and
that is that whereas in the former case the British
government demurred, in
this case it acquiesces. The justice of the two cases is
the same. The injury
to Korea in case of acquiescence
is practically the same, for there is little doubt
that Kir Alexaieff was as capable of handling
the service as any Japanese is likely
to be. The meat of the matter lies in the
terms of the Anglo-Japanese alliance in [page
379] which, as we have said before, every-one’s
interests are guarded except those of Korea. For the
sake of personal gain
Great Britain has sold Korea to Japan. England has a
treaty with Korea in
which, according to international law, she regards Korea
as a coordinate power.
It is all well enough to smile and shrug the shoulders
but so long as right is
right and law is law so long will it be true that in
handing over Korea to the
Japanese without so much as consulting the Korean
government, Great Britain has
stained her ermine. How long has it been since
Anglo-Saxons have lost the
desire to see fair play and have begun to damn the
underdog? There is many a
Britisher in Korea today who knows that given half a
chance, the Korean would
make a good citizen, a steady, worker, an
honest, intelligent man. But these are no days for the
exhibition of mere
feeling. Sentiment has become synonomous with
sentimentality and the days when
rugged justice and impartial sympathy moved the
makers
of British policy are apparently past. Dr. Brown himself
is proof enough of what
could be done in Korea if the people could be given a
little good advice and
firm but sympathetic control. The two years he was in
power he did, single handed, enough to show that with a
few more to back him
and to help work out his plans Korea could become a
thoroughly respectable
government. Russia knocked that in the head once, and
now Japan, instead of
enlarging his powers fourfold, as she ought, is securing
his removal and with
his removal one of the last straws at which the drowning
nation can grasp.
Byron sung for captive Greece and England heard and
answered. But Greece was
once a mighty power, you say. Ah, there’s the trouble.
Yet, do you drop your
alms into the palm of him alone who once was strong and
rich? Do you stretch
forth your arm and rescue from the grasp of violence
that man alone who once
was able to defend himself? Is chivalry at last dead and
weakness no longer its
own sufficient plea? It seems so. But enough of this
and more than enough. As Dr. Brown leaves Korea he
carries with him the esteem
of all [page 380] those who
love justice and sympathy and fair play. He has left
behind him monuments that
cannot be thrown down. In history he will be known
as the last man to work unselfishly and untiringly
for the best welfare of the Korean
Empire. How
Yi Outwitted the Church. A
Legend of Medieval
Korea. It was centuries
ago in the Korean middle ages when Songdo was still the
capital and Buddhism
held sway over the land. Yi was the older of two
brothers and lived in fear of
having another brother, for the law of the land was that
if a man had three
sons one of them must take the tonsure and become a
monk. It was still two
years before he could marry and if during that time
another brother should be
born he would have to leave the home life which
he loved and go away to the lonely life of a hermit
monk. Every fiber of his
being protested against this living death but fate was
inevitable and the brother
was born. Within a week of this
event the abbot of a neighboring monastery sent word
through two of the monks
demanding that Yi forthwith appear and take the tonsure.
He feigned sickness
for a time but another and sterner summons came and at
last the open threat of
the hierarchy in case of further delay. His father did
not want
him to go but feared the anger of the abbot who
practically had the power of
life and death in the district. The law forbade the
killing of any animal, even
a flea, but if a man went counter to the will of the
priesthood he would
suddenly disappear and his place would know him no more.
There was no other
course but to comply, and the young man made ready to
start. He might he
compelled to don the cowl of a monk but he would never
be one at heart, and if
an opportunity came he would cast off [page 381]
the church and return to the world. With this in view he
bade farewell to his
family and started out for the monastery. He was in
company with one of the
brotherhood and as they trudged along up the valley
leading to the mountain
monastery his companion explained to him some of the
mysteries of the cult and
tried to arouse an enthusiasm for the new life into
which the youth was
entering. But it was like blowing a dead fire. There was
no answering spark. In the course of the
remarks the monk told of the miracle of bodily
translation that occurred each
year at old Halla Mountain on the island of Quelpart
where a monk ascended
alone to a lofty ledge and from that point was suddenly
snatched up to the
abode of the saints without experiencing physical death.
The young man began to
listen more eagerly and before the narrative was done a
look of deep
contentment as well as of determination came into his
face. He had determined
to use this curious phenomenon as a door of escape from
the monastic life. He was something of a
materialist and the stories of goblin and fairy obtained
no credence with him.
If the monk annually disappeared from the mountain side
it must be from some
natural rather than supernatural cause. He would fathom
the secret and use it
for his own purposes. For two long years he patiently
bided his time going through the mummeries of the
monastery chapel with what
patience he could command. Each year the great miracle
was duly witnessed. The
monk ascended to the lofty ledge, a cloud shot down from
the mountain top and enveloped him but when it drifted
away on the wind the man
had disappeared. Long and deeply he thought upon this
problem and the longer he
thought the more convinced he was that there could be
but one solution. He
determined to put it to the test. It must be remembered
that in those days the monks of Korea, while strict in
their duties from the
outside standpoint, were not by any means cut off from
the good things of life.
They lived in high luxury off the fat of the land and
their course of life was
not at all adapted to [page 382] wean
them from thoughts of earth. Thus it happened that on
the third year of Yi’s
novitiate none of the older monks volunteered to be the
recipients of the
unspeakable honor of translation. They made various
excuses more or less
plausible and the abbot did not
feel able to order any one of them to immolate himself;
yet the reputation of
the monastery must be upheld. Not to provide a candidate
for translation would
bring the institution into very bad repute with the
people. Our hero suddenly
developed a great enthusiasm for the ritual, spent hours
in holy contemplation,
always in a spot where the abbot would be sure to see
him. He had his reward.
The abbot called him into his private room and with a
most pious aspect began
dilating upon the glories of translation. Yi drank in
every word and even
trembled in his eagerness to do honor to the power which
wrought the wonder.
The abbot smiled to see how easily he fell into the
trap. Before he left that room
he had received the nomination and was on the high road
to unearthly honors. The time for the
great event was still some months distant and during
that time he was the
recipient of all sorts of honors. People came from far
and near to look into
his face, the face of a man who was to pass from the
present life to the future
one through another gate than that of death. He bore
their homage modestly and
turned aside their flattering congratulations with a
word of quiet dignity
which awed them. The day approached
and the monastery was astir with preparations for
the pilgrimage to the distant mountain, in which all the
monks and hundreds of
the common people participated. But strange to say, the
only thing Yi did by
way of preparation was to secure a package of tobacco
and a short stemmed pipe
which he hid beneath his clothes. Evidently he had
notions of his own about the
conditions of life in the future state. The great company
arrived at the foot of the mountain late in the
afternoon and went into camp.
The miracle would be performed the following morning at
day break. The place
where they stopped was infested by [page 383]
poisonous
serpents and it was only by pitching their camp within a
ring of fire that they
could be safe. As night fell the
young man Yi appeared to be strangely moved. Motioning
for no one to follow he
walked a short distance from the camp and seating
himself upon a rock in the
darkness he began the wierd chant which is always the
accompaniment of death.
All night his passionate cries sounded across the
desolate valley and the monks
listening in the darkness thrilled with superstitious
fear. But all this time the
young man was engaged in another and very
different manner. With flint and steel he lit his pipe
and puffed away with all
his might between the intervals of his dirge and every
mouthful of smoke he made
to pass through his garments until they were covered wiith
little brown spots of nicotine and thoroughly
impregnated with the sickening
odor of stale tobacco smoke. When this was finished, he
returned to the camp,
lay down apart from the other monks and slept. With the first streak
of dawn the whole encampment was astir. The monks and
the people threw
themselves on the earth before the young man and blessed
him and begged him to
use his kindly offices in the land of the hereafter and
secure them the favor
of the gods. The time arrived and the young man sprang
out upon his steep path
up the mountain, followed by the wondering eyes of the
assembled company.
As he neared the
ledge where the wonder was to occur, the thought flashed
through his mind. What
if his theory were not correct, and the supernatural
were indeed true? But true
or not it made little difference, for anything would be
better than the living
death of a monastery. He took the final step and from
the fatal ledge looked up at the sky and down at the
hushed crowd of watchers
who were gazing up at him. An instant later the sun was
darkened and glancing
up he saw a thick cloud like a puff of smoke from a
cannon’s month shooting
down toward him from a cleft in the peak which towered
above him. He stood perfectly
still. The cloud
enveloped him and out of its white substance [page 384] there
glided the scaly folds of an enormous serpent. The
serpent wound about him and
he felt himself lifted rapidly through the air. He made
no resistance for this
was the very thing he had anticipated. As he was drawn
into the fissure in the
rock he heard the faint echo of a shout which arose from
those below and he
almost smiled to think what those people would have
thought had they known what
sort of translation he was going through- The serpent deposited
him upon the floor of the cave and prepared to devour
him as it had devoured
many a monk before. Yi lay still and calmly awaited
developments. The serpent
threw forward its head in the act to seize him but drew
back again and seemed
to hesitate. It threw its head from side to side and
seemed to be trying to
lash itself into a fury but every time it approached to
seize the man something
prevented it. Yi began to crawl slowly backward toward
the opening of the cave and
the serpent with head flat along the floor watched him
with glittering eye. “Well, old fellow,”
said Yi the crafty, “you
don’t like tobacco smoke, eh?” and with
that he pulled out his short pipe and proceeded to light
up. Soon the cave was
filled with the floating fumes of nicotine and the
vanquished reptile crawled
away into the darkness and disappeared. Yi made his way down
the opposite side of the mountain and after a year of
wandering he turned up at
his father’s house, giving out that he was a distant
cousin. His father
doubtless was in the secret but he never told and the
monks even if they
suspected him of being the genuine Yi dared say nothing
of course for then the
reason for the people’s deep
reverence for them would be done away. Thus it was that
Yi outwitted the
church. Korean
Bronze. To
THE EDITOR
: Permit me to
make
a correction in the article on so-called ‘‘Brass
ware” in your September number. [page 385]
All the metal table ware in Korea of a yellow cast is
bronze of a very superior
quality. Brass is made of an alloy of copper and zinc or
copper and lead, while
bronze contains a liberal percentage of tin. The U S.
government standard for
statue bronze is 90% copper, 17%
tin and 3% zinc. The natural color of
bronze is toward the orange, the beautiful green effect
is reached chemically.
The natural color of brass is toward the lemon. The most
prized color in Korea
is more toward the white, owing to a greater percentage
of tin in the
composition. In substantiation of
the statement that the Korean bronze table dishes are of
superior quality, it
is only necessary to cite the export of
copper. The Japanese export Korean copper in
considerable quantities, and take out
of it a paying quantity of gold and silver. M.
C. Fenwick. Places
of interest in Korea. At a time when
Korea is being visited by larger numbers of tourists the
Review takes the
liberty of reprinting this article from the pen of the
late Mrs. D. L. Gifford,
originally published in the Korean Repository. The
railroads already built and
projected make all these places easily accessible, some
of them being directly
on the railway line. In a country of
much natural beauty, inhabited by a people whose
traditions and history extend
over a period of five thousand years, full of
kaleidoscopic changes where-by at
every turn small tribes were absorbed by larger, and
weaker governments
overthrown by stronger, till there emerged one kingdom
embracing the whole, the
places of interest can but be numerous, but we
are struck by the almost entire absence of anything held
sacred to the memory
of real valor or true virtue while the religious
character of the natives is
revealed in the superstitions attached to nearly every
spot of historical or
natural interest. [page 386] WHITE
HEAD MOUNTAIN. The best known
landmark in Korea is White Head Mountain the highest
peak of the Ever
White Mts. on the northern frontier of Korea. It does
not derive its name alone from the fact that it is
covered with snow during ten
months of the year, but also from its white limestone
formation.
It is believed further, that the flora and fauna are
white and that the animals
of the ferocious species are here harmless. This
mountain is the head of the
range represented as a dragon trailing its length
through the whole length of
the peninsula. As the dragon is believed to exert an
influence over the waters, under the simile of the
dragon’s head, it is fitting
that this mountain should be the source of the Yalu and
Tumen rivers, which
have their rise in the lake high up among the mountain
peaks. The circumference
of this lake is said by an authority quoted by
Dr. Griffis to be ten English miles, but the
Koreans believe it to be twenty five. Its altitude is
twenty five hundred feet
above the sea, while that of the peaks among which it
nestles is from ten to
twelve thousand feet. The Korean estimate of the
altitude of the lake is
forty-four miles. In their quaint manner of expression
they state it as many a day’s
journey from the base of the mountains to the lake,
while no one has been able
to carry a sufficient amount of provisions for the long
and tedious climb to
the top of the surrounding peaks. The bed of the lake is
thought to be the
crater of an extinct volcano The sands on the shore are
beautifully white. The
lake is not designated by any name other than “Great
Lake.” The mountain is
heavily timbered up to the height of the lake. Some of
the trees compare in size
with those of the Pacific slope in America. The variety
is considerable,
several of the indeciduous kinds predominating. Some of
the species of
trees found here are unknown is other parts of the
peninsula. The foliage in
these forests is said to be so dense as to exclude
the
sun’s rays. Unlike almost any other mountain
in Korea of even primary importance, there are no
Buddhist temples on White
Head Mt. which accounts [page 387]
in part for the scant and unreliable information to be
obtained regarding it.
The mountain has a deity of its own, a white robed
goddess, who in times past
was worshiped at a temple built for her, where a
priestess presided over the
sacrifices. Tradition tells
us that it was on the slopes of this mountain, 3000 B.
C, when the earth was
yet very young and Methuselah was only an infant, that
Dan Koun the first ruler
in the peninsula was miraculously born. KOU-WOL-SAN.
In the western
part of the province of Whang Hai is Kou-wol-san,
one of the largest mountains of the province, on the top
of which is a fortress
in extent equal to the walls of Seoul. The interior of
the fortress is heavily
timbered. On the mountain are twenty-four Buddhist
temples built in the days of
Korai, when Buddhism was more popular than at any other
period in the history
of the country. On this mountain is the cave where Dan
Koun is said to have
laid aside his mortal form without
dying, when he resumed his place among the spiritual
beings. With some surprise
we find his grave in the southern part of the Ping An
province in the Kang Tong
magistracy. To reconcile the tradition of his
transformation with the fact that
his grave seems to testify to his having been buried, we
must remember the
custom the Koreans followed in those ancient days when
mysterious
disappearances were so common, of burying some article
of clothing which had
been worn by the individual or perhaps something which
he had been accustomed
to use more or less constantly, as, in the case of a
certain noted warrior, his
riding whip was interred in lieu of the body. DIAMOND
MOUNTAIN. Keum-kang-san,
popularly known as Diamond Mountain is located in the
eastern part of Kang Won
province. It is not a single peak, but the name is
applied to a group said to
be twelve hundred in number, a part of the main range
running the whole length
of the peninsula. [page 388] Diamond
Mt. is renowned even in China for its beautiful scenery.
The Celestial says:
“Let me but see Keum-kang-san and there is
nothing more to be desired.” The mountains are visited
annually by
crowds of native sightseers, who beg their way from
temple to temple as the difficulties
of climbing the rugged slope, which is accomplished in
some places on one’s
hands and knees, do not admit of one’s carrying
even a small amount of Korean cash. No criminal, they
say, can make a trip
through these mountains in safety, but will
inevitably at one dangerous point or another lose his
life, The sight-seer sacrifices before he enters the
mountains, praying for
protection from harm on his perilous expedition. In some
places the ascent is
made by means of ropes and ladders provided by the
priests. There are one
hundred and eight monasteries in these mountains, where
the priests are said to
lead busy, happy lives. The mountains are heavily
timbered to a considerable
height, beyond which there are only stunted shrubs. The
foreign estimate of the
altitude of the highest peaks is not above six thousand
feet. The idea, current
among Koreans, that they are covered with eternal snow
arises from the white
appearance of the rocks, as they are seen from the
distant valley below. These
rocks, probably limestones though in some part, of the
mountains there is
beautiful granite, have been formed into many fantastic
shapes, no doubt
through the agency of the mountain spirits cooperating
with the elements, till
one can find here represented anything ever known in the
works of nature or
art. Flowers are believed to bloom throughout the four
seasons. There are eighteen
water-falls of some considerable importance. Here is
found the largest cave in
Korea, more than one hundred li in
extent, having openings on opposite sides of the
mountain. The one on the
eastern side is in a perpendicular cliff overlooking the
sea. The cave is
spacious, presenting a landscape with hills, valleys and
streams. PYENG
YANG. We find much of
historical interest centering around Pyeng Yang, the
seat of government in the
days of Dan [page 389] Koun, the
Son of Heaven, who reigned in person from 3000 to 2000
B. C. Afterward,
from 1100 B. C. till 200 B. C. Ki-ja and his descendants
held their court here,
and built a wall around the city, which still exists.
Ki-ja was the originator
of the system by which the taxes were collected for the
government, by
taking the whole crop of the central plot of a square
divided into nine plots,
this central plot being cultivated conjointly by the
eight families who farmed
the surrounding eight plots exempt from any other tax.
The field which now lies
between the ancient wall and the more modem one of Pyeng
Yang is still known as
“Ki-ja’s tax plot.” The grave of this ancient
civilizer
of Korea is just outside the north gate of the city. Dr.
Griffis calls
the Ta Tong, on which Pyeng Yang is located, the Rubicon
of Korean history. It
has been the scene of many of the decisive battles from
the time of Ki-ja and
his descendants till the present day. For several
centuries during the early
part of the Christian era Pyeng Yang was the capital of
Ko-korai, one of the
three kingdoms into which the peninsula was formerly
divided. During this period
hordes of Chinese were several times repulsed although
on one occasion their
land and naval forces combined numbered one million men.
Finally the fall of
the kingdom was predicted by the entrance of the nine
tigers within the city
walls, by the waters of the Ta Tong becoming blood, and
by the picture of the
mother of the first king of Ko-korai sweating blood. The
city witnessed two
terrible battles at the time of the Japanese invasion
about the close of the
sixteenth centurv. In the first of these two battles the
Japanese were
victorious; but in the second the Chinese and Koreans
defeated the invaders,
who left two thousand of their number dead on the battle
field.
Thirty years later Pyeng Yang was taken by the Manchus
on their invasion. With
what the city has suffered in these closing years of the
nineteenth century we
are all familiar. KIONG-CHIU.
Kiong-chiu in
the
south eastern part of Kyeng Sang province, though now a
place of small
importance, was [page 390] the
capital of Silla from the beginning of the Christian era
till
the tenth century, when the three kingdoms in the peninsula
were welded into one. By the sixth century Silla had
advanced beyond her rivals
Ko-korai and Paik Chai, and Kiong-chiu became a city of
wide influence. The
relations between Silla and China were close and the
civilization of the little
kingdom seems to have been not far behind that of her
great neighbor.
Kiong-chiu was a center of learning, arts and religious
influence. It was the
home of Chul Chong the greatest scholar and statesman
Korea has ever produced.
Representatives from Silla met with those of
many countries at the Court in China and it is said that
to the day of its
destruction, treasures from India and Persia were
preserved in the towers of
Kiong-chiu. The architecture of the city was imposing,
and among the buildings
of greatest magnificence, were many temples and
monasteries. Intercourse between
this city and Japan was frequent, and the latter sat, an
apt student, at the
feet of her instructor in civilization, arts and
sciences. After Silla lost the
ascendency in the peninsula, and Korai became the one
kingdom, Kiong-chiu was
still regarded a, sacred city because of its temples and
monasteries, which
were carefully preserved and kept in perfect order. It
was left for the
Japanese on their retreat from their second invasion in
1596 to lay the
magnificent old city, to which they owed so much, in
ruins. SONG-DO. Songdo, in the
northwestern part of Kiung Kie province was the first
capital of united Korea.
From the tenth century for four hundred years it was the
seat of a government
remarkable, especially during its later years,
for its dissoluteness. Buddhism flourished, and inside
the city walls were
temples. Priests often played important parts in the
affairs of the government.
Even Songak-san, the guardian mountain of the capital,
rising from the rear of
the city is said to have assumed the appearance of a man
in priestly garb. The
audience room in the palace was called the place of the
full moon; but the full [page 391]
moon must decline, so as a sign that the kingdom had not
yet attained to its
greatest glory the wall around the city was built to
represent the moon in its
first quarter. The last king of the Wang dynasty was
responsible for the murder
of Chien-mo-chu which was committed on the Seun-chook
bridge outside the east
gate of the city. Time has not yet erased the blood
stain from one of the
stones of the bridge. The deed and the indelible witness
are known throughout
the kingdom at the present day. Upon the fall of the
dynasty Soag-ak-san wept
audibly. The Buddhist temples inside the city were
destroyed because of the pernicious influence the
priests had exercised, which
had really led to the overthrow of the dynasty. The inhabitants of
Song-do have never been willing to
acknowledge the present dynasty, and to this day the citizens,
except the unimportant Sang-nom,
wear huge hats such as we see in Seoul worn by the
countrymen. They have never
forgiven providence for the fall of their dynasty and
refuse to look toward his
dwelling place. They declare themselves still without a
sovereign. Song-do has for
centuries been a commercial center.
It is said that a large proportion
of the inhabitants are traders who have their homes
often in distant parts of the
country. In the neighborhood
of Song-do is a water-fall of some considerable
importance. The height of the
fall, as given me by a Korean, is four thousand foot!
It is at least sufficient to produce a spray which rises
to the height of
twenty five or more feet. KANG
WHA Kang Wha, one of
the three large islands over which the dominion of the
King of Choson extends,
though only the second in size is of more historical
interest than
either Ul-lung-do or Quelpart. It
has an area of 169 sq. miles and is fertile and thickly
populated. It belongs to
Kiung Kie province. The mountains are well wooded and
picturesque. On Ma-yi-san is an ancient altar forty five
feet in diameter at
which it is said Dan Koun [page 392] worshiped. Equally
accessible from Song-do and Seoul,
Kang Wha has been the refuge in time of danger
for the kings of Korai and Choson, and
the place of safety for the archives and royal library.
The royal residence
is in the city of Kang Wha situated on a
hill, from which a fine view of the mainland and sea is
to be had. About the
middle of the thirteenth century the king fled from
Song-do to this island
before the invading Mongols, where he was kept a
prisoner while they over-ran
the country and set up a government under
Mongol officials. One hundred
and fifty years later, when the founder of the present
dynasty became king, the
last ruler of Korai was sent a prisoner to Kang Wha. In
the early part of the
seventeenth century when the Manchus entered the country
the queen and palace
ladies took refuge on this island. The king made a
treaty which he broke as
soon as the Manchus were over the border. Returning with
larger forces,
provided with boats and cannon they took
Kang Wha, and once for all the king
was brought to terms and yielded allegiance to the Manchu
dynasty in China. In 1866 the French
burnt the city of Kang Wha in retaliation for the murder
of French priests
during the persecutions of the Christians, which
occurred
from time to time, beginning with this century till the
present king came to
the throne. In the city they
found many valuable books and manuscripts, also large
stores of
ancient armor with other military supplies. While mentioning
places of interest, we would not omit to speak of the
mountains on which the
history of the reigns of the early kings of Choson are
said to be preserved.
They are four in number located in Kang Wha island and
in Kyeng-sang, Chulla,
and Kang-won provinces. An accurate record of events and
of the actions of the
kings were made by historians to whom the work
was committed, each of whom made four copies which were
preserved on these mountain tops by trustworthy keepers
to be opened for
perusal only after the dynasty has passed away. It seems
that the writing of
these records was discontinued through the action of a
treacherous king who,
curious to see what had been written [page 393]
about himself gained possession of the record,
which he found to be not very flattering. He had the
historians put to death,
and since that time though the office of
historian, one of considerable dignity, is still
continued, it seems to be
merely complimentary. The principal duty of the lonely
keepers on these
mountain tops, while waiting for a dynasty to expire, is
to occasionally expose
to the sun these mysterious, musty volumes.
News
Calendar. The Foreign
Office
requested the Finance
Department to appropriate 3.000 yen for the
traveling
expenses of Yun Chi-bo, to enable him
to proceed to Mexico to inspect the condition of Korean
emigrants
but Adviser Megata does not sanction
the expenditure. Syen Hyeng-taik,
clerk in the Law Department, was selected to have charge
of Min Pyeng-suk
on the journey
to Kokunsan Island , his place
of banishment. Mr. Syen demurred, and his
resignation from office was immediately accepted Formerly sixteen
hundred policemen looked after the wellbeing
of Seoul. Some months ago half of these
were dispensed with for the good of the service.
Recently the number was again
diminished by about one hundred. A sort of
compromise was effected with the native teachers whereby
they
returned to the schools. Their demand for increase of
salaries has not been
withdrawn, neither has it been granted. A private school
has been established in Sam Wha
district with two hundred and seventeen pupils in
attendance. The common Korean
branches are taught in the lower
grades but the advanced class is receiving instruction
in politics, economics
and law. The Seoul
Young Men’s Christian Association
commenced active Fall work on the 2nd instant, at which
time a public meeting
was held and addresses given by Dr. J. S. Gale and Hon.
Yi Wan-yong, Minister of
Education. The Sam Wha
prefect notifies the Home Department that the Japanese
commander is compelling him
to sell a small island in the southern part of his
district. The Home Minister
is asked for advice. Pak Sang-kin, of
Brown University, has recently returned to Korea after
an absence of nine years
in the United States. The Home
Department is asked to send
immediately the newly appointed magistrates to South
Choong Chung province, robberies
are said to be very numerous. [page 394] E.
H. Harriman and party after an audience with His
Majesty, a garden party at Mr. Megata’s, and various
other social functions, departed from Seoul on
the 4th instant by special train for Fusan, here they
were to meet the
specially chartered steamer Ohio III
and proceed on their homeward journey. The acting
governor of Pyeng An province reports
to the Home Department that on a certain small island in
his district there are
about forty
houses, about twenty of which the Japanese
demand to be removed
immediately because of military railway necessity. An
appeal is asked to the
Japanese Minister. Mr.
Pak Chai-soon, after taking up the duties of
Foreign
Minister, received all the Foreign Ministers at 3 P. M.
on the 4th instant. The contract
having expired by which the Chinese language
teacher was employed,
the Educational Department in renewing
the same was confronted
with a statement showing the salary to be insufficient,
and an increase from
110 to 120 yen per month is asked. The
cabinet will agree, and the Foreign Minister is asked to
affix his seal to the agreement.
The Finance
Department has been notified by the Educational
Department that in the Japanese Language School
an additional Japanese has been employed as a school
keeper, with a salary at
forty yen per month. A number of men
with a coffin approached within one hundred feet of the
tomb of the late Taiwung
Kun outside the West
Gate and there dug a grave and made
an interment. The tomb-keepers objected to the
desecration and as a result of the objection received
very severe injuries.
An investigation revealed the fact that Pyeng Yang
soldiers were responsible
for the outrage and justice is soon to be meted out
to them. The former
secretary of the Korean Legation in Japan
has been appointed kamni of Chemulpo. Complaint is
made
that Japanese subjects have erected a white flag on a
hill just opposite the
tomb of the late Crown Princess outside of East Gate. Mr. Yi
Chi-Yong, the Home
Minister, has resigned his office and retired
to the country for health reasons. Tens of the
thousands of graves were on the tract of land between South
Gate and the Han river recently demanded
by the Japanese. In
cases where the owners were not forthcoming to remove
the graves
Japanese coolies opened the graves and collected the
coffins and their contents
into a heap and burned them. The
authorities were not at that time seeking Korean
approval. Mr. Pak Chai
soon, the Foreign Minister, has asked the various
foreign representatives
to meet with him every Tuesday for the purpose of discussing
diplomatic matters.
[page 395]
The Korean Acting Minister to Washington
calls the attention of the Foreign Department to the
unpleasant fact that the Legation expenses have remained
unpaid
for several months, and he asks that his government’s
honor be sustained by
forwarding the necessary funds. The II Chin-hoi
informed the government that more than one hundred
thousand Koreans had been living on a distant island in
Tumen river for many
years without a governor. The government is
requested to select a competent man from
the inhabitants of the island to be
their governor. The matter was
discussed in the Cabinet meeting by the Home and Prime
Ministers, but without
definite results: The Kamni of
Pyeng
Yang reports to the Department of Agriculture and
Commerce that four Japanese
and three Koreans have asked for a franchise for
establishing in Pyeng Yang an
electric street railway, electric lights, water works, a
slaughter house and a
fish market. The kamni asks the Department to forward
instructions to him about
these matters. The Prime
Minister
has sent a circular letter to all the Departments,
calling attention to a
decree issued by His Majesty several months ago calling
on all officers
appointed by decree or proposal to prepare
memorials concerning the reforms they demed
necessary. Up to the present time the request has not
been observed, and the
Prime Minister expresses great sorrow for the officials,
and calls
them to at once observe the decree and make efforts
for advancing the country’s interests. Two police
inspectors, Yi Sea-yong and Om Syek-woo presented their
resignations, assigning
old age as a reason why they could
not attend to the duties of office The resignations were
accepted. From the river
district the Home Department continues to receive numerous
requests for payment for the houses said to have been
grabbed by the Japanese. In Sam Rim
village
a Japanese soldier entered the home of a Korean and hit
the wife of the owner.
On being appealed to a passing Japanese gendarme arrested
the soldier and marched him away. On the 1st
instant Mr. Yi Chi-yong accepted appointment as Minister
of the Home Department
and from that date undertook the duties of the
office. The governor of
Kang
Wun province, Mr. Cho Chang-pil, has resigned, and the
former Korean Minister
to England, Mr. Min Yung-ton, has been
appointed
to the place. The Vice
Minister
of the Department of Agriculture and Commerce, Mr. Yi
Yong-sun,
has been appointed governor of South Pyeng An province.
Colonel O Pa-yeng has
been appointed to fill the vacancy in the Department. The leader of
the
so-called “ighteous Army”or
insurgents in Kang Wun province, Mr. Won Yong-pal, has
been captured and brought
up to Seoul and turned over to the War Department. [page 396] A
copy of the new Rusian-Japanese treaty
was furnished the Korean Emperor by
the Japanese representative in Korea through
the Foreign Department. His
Majesty’s special attention was called to
what was considered to be a guarantee of
the permanent peace of the East. Monsieur
A. Monaco, Italian Minister to Korea, accompanied by
Madame
Monaco and their son, departed from Korea
on the 16th inst. on leave of absence which will be
extended
for some months. An audience was granted by His Majesty
before departure. The interests of the Italian Legation
will be cared for at present by the British Legation. During
the absence of Minister
Hayashi in Japan,
the Secretary of the Japanese Legation,
Mr. Hagiwara, is made chargé
de affairs. Yi Chai-kak at
the
head of the Korean Red Cross Society, informed all the
Departments that the
hospital recently completed by the Society would
be opened to the public from the 15th instant. In each
letter a number of
tickets were enclosed
which could be given
to the sick poor to acquaint them with the willingness
of the hospital
authorities to freely treat the needy. The Finance
Department has been asked by the Law Department for funds
with which to print the newly promulgated laws. The Korean
Cabinet
has several times refused to accept the proffer of Y 1,500,000
as a loan from the Japanese to the Korean government to
meet Imperial expense.
The Minister of Finance has also sent a communication
to the Japanese Legation declining the offer. Because of
manoeuvres carried on by the Japanese forces outside of
West Gate, Seoul, on
the 9th instant, the commander requested all traffic in
the vicinity to cease,
that there might be no danger of injuring travelers. Twenty- nine
prisoners from the Supreme Court and fifty prisoners
from the City Court were
recently released by special decree.
No prisoners were released who had been charged with
making wrong use of Royal
taxes. From various
districts in North Kyeng Sang province come reports of
the continued daily
increase in the number composing the so-called “Righteous
Army.” The governor of the province has been
ordered
by the Home Minister to immediately suppress the Army. Nurse Rice has
recently arrived from England to augment the staff of
St. Luke’s
Hospital, Chemulpo. Mr. and Mrs.
Donham returned to Seoul on the night of the 6th by
train from Fusan
after a visit of several months in America. Caterpillars
have
attacked the fir trees in Kangwha and the
hillsides are being stripped bare. Snow fell at
Gwendoline, in North Korea, on the 20th instant. It is said that
one of the officials connected with the Korean
Legation in Washington has been asked by the Foreign
Office to proceed to Mexico
to investigate the condition of Korean emigrants. [page 397]
Robbery and violence continue in parts
of Kang Wun province
even after the arrest of the leader of the
Righteous
Army. Mr. Cho Chung
Hea was recently appointed chief of the Ceremonial
Department. The kamni
at Fusan complains that the Finance Department
has
neglected to pay the salaries of the Fusan police
since last March, and that lately the police are
neglecting their duties. Mr. Yi Chi-yong,
the Home Minister, has dismissed seventeen magistrates
in various districts for
neglect of duty, and has filled the places with other
men. Chung
Poong si, formerly prefect of Chasan,
becomes the secretary of the Home Department. Mr. Yi Taik has
been appointed vice-governor of Seoul. The report of
the
killing of Chai Choon-wha in Kang
Nyeng district by a Japanese subject having reached the
Foreign Office, the
latter has asked the Japanese Minister to detect, arrest
and properly punish the
murderer. It is said that
Mr. Yun Chi-ho will return to Korea from Hawaii instead
of proceeding to
Mexico, because of the limited amount furnished him for
traveling expenses. The Il
Chin-hoi has asked the Home Minister to dismiss the
governor of Whang Hai
province and the magistrates of Antong and Chun-ju,
avering that they have been
squeezing money from the people and manifest hatred
toward members of the II
Chin-hoi. Mr. Yi Keun-hong
has been appointed Vice Minister of the Department of
Agriculture and Commerce.
A number of
scholars came up to Seoul from the country and sent in a
memorial asking His
Majesty to remarry. Notwithstanding their mission they
were dispersed by Japanese gendarme. Three hundred
members of the II Chin-hoi in Ham
Kyung province are said to be
working in the Japanese transport service and in railway
construction. The Yeng Ju
prefect reports the rice crop in that district seriously
injured by frost on
the 1st instant. The resources of
the various provinces are to be inspected by assistants
of the Financial
Adviser. Representatives
have been appointed by the II Chin-hoi to investigate
each Department of the
government. Preliminary thereto each Minister has been
asked to furnish a copy
of the rules governing his Department. At the request
of
Mr. Hagiwara, Japanese Acting Minister, the kamni of
Masanpo has been
dismissed. The Educational
Department asked graduates of the Chinese language
schools to appear at the
Department on the 12th instant for the yearly
examination. [page 398] On
the 12th instant
the officers
of the Educational
Department
received
their salaries for June,
July and August.
The Cabinet meeting on
the 17th decided that at the close
of the period of mourning
for the late
Crown Princess the
color of Korean clothes
should be dark,
either black, dark green,
drab, blue or purple; and
it was also decided that
at the same time all Korean officials should
cut their hair. The Korean Minister
to Japan asks the Educational
Department to forward the money to meet the
expenses of Korean scholars in Japan, amounting to $3,023
70. The Prime
Minister
furnished thirty names to the various
Departments, showing those who had
passed the official examinations and were eligible
to
receive official appointment. The Korean Consul
in London asks the Foreign Department to send
without delay
the money to defray his
office expenses which have
remained unattended to for several months. A special
decree
releases Min Pyeng-surk, who had
been sentenced to banishment for three years.
Pak Chen-soon,
Foreign Minister, sent a reply to the Japanese
Legation, protesting against
the terms of the Anglo-Japanese treaty,
saying that it is contrary to Japan’s
agreement with Korea, and giving notice that he would
not abide by the terms of this new agreement. Thirty students
in
the Finance Department have been studying the
new weights
and measures. Having now become proficient their places
will be
taken by others. A number of
candidates have been selected by
the Educational
Department to be sent
to Japan to fill the vacancies
in the number of Korean scholars in
that country. Yi
Chai-ik secretary of the Foreign
Department, has been appointed kamni
of Masanpo. Three more
police
inspectors have resigned because
of old age, and their places have
been filled by young men. A petition comes
from North Pyeng An province asking that the governor be
retained for a long
period of years on account of the beneficent way in
which he has conducted his
office. Because of the
Korean Emperor’s
indisposition General Hasegawa failed in
having an audience on the 6th
instant. It is announced
that the Seoul-Wiju railway will commence running
regular passenger trains on
November first, and the custom
of issuing passes to the
traveling public will cease. Temporary
absence
of the Editor and the
late arrival of mail by steamer has considerably
delayed this number of the Review,
for which humble apology is made to our readers. For
the
same reasons the November and December number may also
be somewhat delayed. .
[page 399]
The Prime
Minister proposes to His Majesty
that the palace
must be closed to all suspicious
characters; that officials should cut
their hair and appear without the
top-knot and that a regular time daily should
be fixed when officials would be received in audience.
The governor
of North Kyeng Sang province sent a telegram to the Home
Department complaining
that a so-called Japanese treasurer insisted on putting
his
seal beside that of the governor on all taxes, and the
Home Minister is asked
to tell him what to do. A later telegram says
the governor has turned over his seal
to the Taiku prefect and asked him to take
charge as acting governor, evidently because
of his dislike of what he considers Japanese
interferance. It is said that
some seven or eight hundred Korean householders in
Chemulpo have come to Seoul
to file a protest against their houses being
pulled down over their heads by the Japanese. On the twenty-first instant Mr. H. V.
Morgan,
American Minister, and Mr. W. D. Straight, Vice Consul
General, started on a
railway trip to Wiju and the north. Prof. H. B.
Hulbert has resigned his position in the Korean Middle
School and with his
family has gone to America for a sojourn of a few
months. A ceremony
to mark the conclusion of mourning for the late Crown
Princess was held on the
night of the 25th instant. From the
26th dark clothes and black hats became the fashion once
more. Military stables are to be built on the
eastern slope of Namsan , and farmers have been notified
to gather their crops
immediately. Sir John Jordan,
British Minister, has notified the Foreign
Office of his expected departure for home about November
10th,
after the arrival of his successor. To facilitate
the
building of triumphal arches for the
Japanese celebration on November 3rd the Korean
government
has granted permission to cut pine trees wherever
desired. Experiments with
American cotton seed in Korea having proven successful
beyond expectation, the cotton association has arranged
to establish thirty
seed cotton farms in various sections of Korea. The
Korean government is said
to have consented to grant a subsidy for three years to
assist in getting the
industry firmly established. There seems to be no reason
why in the not distant
future Korea should not become an exporter of cotton,
instead of importing
thousands of bales as at present. Dr. L. R. Cooke,
of the Imperial Household, has been decorated with the
Fourth Degree of Pal
Kwai. Dr. Cooke departed for England on furlough on the
29th instant. Prof. Coolidge,
of
Harvard, a friend of Minister Morgan, has
been spending some time in Korea, and accompanied Mr.
Morgan on his recent trip
to Pyeng Yang and the north. [page 400] The
Pa Chen prefect reports to the Home
Department
that the Japanese Railway Bureau asks him to furnish five
hundred coolies for work on the railway. He says that
during the spring and
summer he had supplied several
thousand coolies for work on the railroad, and if they
are now again taken from
the necessary work of caring for their crops he greatly
fears there will be
trouble. On account of
the
depredations of the Righteous Army service on some of
the interior postal
routes was suspended for a time. Facilities for sending
and receiving mail in
the interior of Korea have never been of the best, and
to have that service
interrupted by having two or three postmen
waylaid and killed certainly seems to afford occasion
for drastic measures to be taken with the perpetrators
of the crimes. The Treasury Department
has complained to the Foreign Department that Chinese
merchants have been
surreptitiously purchasing the royal ginseng, thus
materially reducing
the profits. After this representation the Foreign
Office laid the whole matter
before the Chinese Minister, asking his assistance in
compelling Chinese
subjects to abide by treaty stipulations. The acting
governor of Pyeng An province reports to the Home
Department that the Japanese
commanding officer has used various means to compel him
to order the demolition
of fifty eight houses in order that a
military
road may be constructed. Having exhausted all his own
resources he now asks the
central government to deal directly with the Japanese
Minister with regard to
the matter. The arrangement
whereby all mail for Chefoo and other parts of northern
China are despatched
from Seoul to Shimonoseki by the Japanese postal
authorities irrespective of
whether or not a steamer may be due to leave Chemulpo
direct for Chefoo in a
few hours, seems to be a matter calling for
investigation or explanation. When
Chefoo is but twenty-six hours distant from Chemulpo it
certainly should not be
necessary for mail to be specially addressed distinctly
stating that it is to
be sent via Chemulpo in order to get quick depatch for
Chefoo. Our own inquires
at the Seoul Post Office elicited the information that
no Chefoo mail was sent
via Chemulpo unless specially directed. Wolves are
reported to be very numerous and fierce in the vicinity
of Syen Chyun, and
there has been no concerted plan for capturing them.
Recently some of the
natives announced that a bounty of twenty dollars would
be paid for every wolf
captured. It would seem that with this incentive hunters
would
soon bring in enough wolf scalps to insure future
immunity from their
depredations. A man not a hunter is reported to have
recently captured a wolf
which bad seized a child. He claimed the bounty. THE KOREA
REVIEW. VOL.5. NO. 11. November,
1905. The
Present Situation. By
the above heading I mean the situation in which the
Korean is placed by the terms of the
peace treaty between Russia and Japan; and in
consequence of which the
Japanese are taking charge of everything in Korea. It
is not my purpose to deal with the political features of
the case, for it matters little who make the laws or who
execute them if the common people –
by the common people I mean the great masses and not the
classes – are not allowed
to labor and reap the rewards of their labor, there
can be no peace nor prosperity for them. For many years Japan
has been wielding an increasing influence in Korea. In
all the open ports they
have been settling themselves in the best
locations for trade and with a pluck and
perseverance characteristic of them, they
have succeeded in business on every hand. The
proof of this is to be seen in the prosperous condition
of their settlements
wherever they are found in Korea. But
all this has had little or no effect upon the masses
of the people. The country people have moved on
in the way of their fathers and like one of old they have
said : “Since the fathers fell on sleep there are
no changes.”
But just now they are beginning to realize that
there are changes taking place and that they are
extending to all parts of the
country. I am writing this article in
the capital of Kang Won Province which is in the
mountains and heretofore has been in the “back [page 402]
woods,” so to speak,
but is now connected with all the world by
the telegraph wire. Not only so but the Korean guard
that used to be here has recently been replaced by a
strong detachment of the Japanese army. It was only a few
days after the arrival of this detachment of Japanese soldiers
that I came here and learned that they were here for
business, very much to the disgust of the people who prefer
to be allowed to administer their own affairs according
to the methods of their
fathers. All the houses are being
visited; even the sacred woman’s room has
not escaped the penetrating eyes of the newcomers. Also
the very closets and
lock-ups opened and search is made for
just what, the frightened women seem not
to know. The only orders they receive however, are to
dust and clean up things
in general, which all will agree
is much needed. In the meantime the Korean is
enquiring of his American friends what he must do. He says
it is impossible to live if men are to come into their houses
and look at their young women at will. They also
say “How are we to live? The Japanese will take all
our best land away and we shall be driven back into the
mountains to die.” Some foreigners also seem to take
this view of the matter. As for me I believe
that the Korean has in him the elements
of strong manhood and that the school which he
is now attending, run by his uncalled and unwelcomed
teachers, will develop
these elements to such a degree that the
teacher will soon find his match in the pupil. One
great trouble with the Korean people is not so much lack
of native ability as lack of energy and enterprise; they
belong to the well contented class of human beings – of
which the world has an overplus – who are
willing to let good enough alone.” The causes
which have brought about
this characteristic in the people might furnish material
for an interesting
article. But
someone will be calling for the proof of the statement
that the Korean is capable of becoming a competitor of
the Japanese. I answer
by saying that to the careful
observer proof seems not hard to find. Look at the
Korean’s brass ware and the rude machinery with [page 403] which
he has turned out such an article, and then tell me if
there is not native ability and skill behind this
shining array
of dinner sets. This applies to his hats, fans, mats and
all the other articles which have heretofore satisfied his
demands for comfort and adornment. No one who has
examined the very excellent Korean paper will doubt for
a moment that the man who can make such paper can
be taught to do other things equally well. Pass through
the streets of Seoul and take a look into the shoeshops,
I speak here of the shops where foreign shoes are
made, and you will find that while the owner of the shop
is likely to be a Japanese, his workmen are Korean from
the common coolie class. The shoes made by them compare
favorably with anything that Japan can produce. This
branch of industry has
grown up within the last few years, for
when I came to Seoul six years ago there were
only a few places where one could get a shoe repaired,
while at the present the shops are to be found in
many parts of the city, not only ready to repair but to
measure and to make foreign shoes to order. That the change will
be hard for the Korean I do not doubt; but
that he will succeed and be the gainer in the end
I firmly believe. Then too that many low and mean things
have been done by Japanese no one who has been here
all the time can deny; but now that the war is over and
Japan can turn her attention to Korea I trust that she
will try to fulfill her promises and prove a true friend to
the Korean people. In the mean time let those of us who
are here for the purpose of helping the Koreans be patient
and work together giving our unqualified assistance to
everything that lends to
their development and christianization.
Let us have faith in the Korean and teach him
likewise to have faith in himself. J.
Robert Moose. Korean
Domestic Trade. The
Koreans have been so often characterized as shiftless
and improvident that the general impression [page 404]
has come to prevail, among those who know nothing about
them except by hearsay, that they are not possessed of
any of the qualities
which go to form the equipment of a successful business
man. We wish first to
show how such an impression has come to prevail
and second to show that it is incorrect. In the very start we
have an important fact to deal with and
one which has had very much to do with the foreigner’s
impression of the Korean, and that is what we
may call the commercial timidity of the latter. Capital
is probably the most sensitive
thing in all the list of mundane effects.
It is true of the west as of the east that what
would be called commendable bravery in one sphere
of life is branded as gambling in another sphere. A
man is not censured for trying to scale the Matterhorn or
reach the north pole but if he puts his money in as dangerous
a place as he puts his body he is called a stock gambler
or a wildcat schemer. Now the sensitiveness of capital
is wholly conditioned by dangers which surround it.
In Korea these dangers are greater than in some other
places and they must be mentioned before we go further.
These dangers will show how intimately all forms
of activity are interrelated and how one weak link in
a chain damages the utility of the whole. In the first place we
find that in the administration of justice
there is the utmost capriciousness. If one man is
defrauded by another he may be able to get back the money
through the courts but it will cost him so much that in
the end he will find
that he has lost a considerable fraction of his money.
The other man, too, may have been
using the money to influence the court and so even if
judgment is given in
favor of the plaintiff he is unable to collect more than
a fraction of the full
amount. The result of all this is that men will go into
partnership only with
those with whom they are on intimate terms. It is always
possible for one
partner to pull out and leave for parts unknown with all
the cash in the till.
And if he does so it is practically
impossible to secure his arrest. So it comes about that
the Korean demands
unusual safeguards, which are, of course, in restraint
of trade. [page 405]
This same feeling of insecurity also
works against the formation of companies whose capital
will aggregate enough to
carry on operations in the largest and most paying way.
It may be that in multitude
of counsel there is wisdom but the Korean also feels
that in multitude of
directors there is added probability of indirection.
Instead of directing
they are likely to “steer,”
a subtle difference of terminology in which the Anglo-Saxon
word suffers by comparison. The result of all this is
that capital is found in
comparatively small and detached fragments working in
competition rather than
in unison, and the small retail business forms the
vast
bulk of Korean internal trade. The existence of the
country markets where barter is still the prevalent mode
of exchange and
interchange of commodities shows how primitive is the
Korean’s use of capital.
It is only in connection with a few of the leading
commodities that anything
like a large wholesale business is carried on. In fact
among the Koreans themselves
there are exceedingly few houses that do an
exclusively wholesale
business. Agents of retail firms buy directly from
manufacturers or handicraftsmen
but there is no central station where retail dealers can
be constantly supplied
by a wholesale house. In other words we may say
that there are plenty of “jobbers”
but few wholesalers. Take for instance the important
paper industry. The retail
dealers in Seoul obtain their stock in either one of two
ways.
They have a standing relation to the paper manufacturing
centers of the south and
act in a sense as the counter over which the
manufacturer dispenses his wares.
Or else, if there be no such close connection, the
retailer goes himself or
sends his agent to buy direct from the manufacturer. Of
course there are many
houses which will furnish commodities in quantity and
insofar they may
be called wholesalers but there is very little of
exclusively wholesale
business. This works two ways, both good and bad. The
tendency in one direction
is to keep prices down. If you go into a
western wholesale concern and pick up the list prices of
goods you will find
that in buying wholesale these prices [page 406] are
cut all the way from forty to eighty per cent. This
difference covers the
various profits of the parties through whose hands the
goods pass before
reaching the consumer. The manufacturer, jobber,
whosesaler and retailer all
have to make their profit; but in Korea the retailer
often buys directly from
the manufacturer and two profits are saved. If one of
these retailers sells in quantity
to a smaller retailer the latter’s profits bear no such
relation to the
original price as do those of a small retailer in the west.
But this also works,
as we have said, in the other direction too; for the
nonintervention of a
wholesale class causes great fluctuations both in price
and in amount of
product. The wholesale element acts like the governor of
an engine and steadies
everything. The manufacturer knows what to depend upon,
the retailer knows
where to buy and what the prices will be, within
reasonable limits, and the
whole machinery of trade runs more smoothly. But with
the Korean system
everything is jerky and capricious. A price may jump
fifty
per cent, either way without perceptible warning. A
stock may be depleted
before anyone is aware and then there is scurrying to
and fro, rapid
fluctuations in price, imperative orders to
manufacturers for immediate
delivery which enhance the price, poor quality of work
because of the hurry,
dissatisfaction on the part of the consumer and a
general demoralization in
that branch of trade until gradually normal conditions
again come to prevail. There is one factor
however which mitigates the evils caused by the absence
of a distinctively
wholesale class, and that is the localization of trades.
In the case of almost
all the great industrial staples of Korea there are
special places, generally
only two or three, where any special commodity can be
obtained to best
advantage. If one wants paper he knows that he must go
or send to a certain
part of Chulla Province, and the reputation which that
district enjoys of course discourages other districts
from competing. The
result is a very useful division of labor and specialization
of industry which works for the improvement of the
product and the steadying of
[page 407] the
market. One evil that sometimes results is the fact that
one certain district
may be swept by cholera and so be crippled in its
specific industry to the
distress of the whole country. The importation of
foreign products has had a striking effect upon domestic
trade. The growth of
cotton and its manufacture into cloth have greatly
decreased and this has
thrown a large amount of labor into other channels. Koreans
have almost nothing at all to do with this import trade.
They are too timid to
send their money away out of the country. They suppose
that anyone will keep
their money without giving them an equivalent if it can
be done without
incurring a penalty. At the same time no firm at home
would think of consigning
goods to a Korean firm without first seeing the money.
The Koreans ought
gradually to learn that their money is perfectly safe
though it is sent half
way round the earth. They ought to become the ones to
profit by the import
trade. At present the wholesale importers make more on
each yard of goods than
the Korean retailer does. This is not as it should be
and those who are
interested in the welfare of the Koreans should take
pains to explain to them
the perfect feasibility of their doing their own
importing. This could hardly
be done to good profit unless Koreans would unite their
capital, and form
strong companies. This will come in time. A beginning
has already been made and
as Korean firms begin to learn that money sent abroad is
even safer than when
kept in the strong-box at home they will work into the
import trade to some
purpose. There are several
grievous difficulties under which domestic
trade labors. One is the desperate mixup in the currency
and the other is the
lack of banking facilities. Imagine,
if you can, a country where the money used in the great
commercial centers is
entirely different from that used in the country
districts. In every monetary transaction
between the two sections there must be as definite
exchange as between America
and France or between Germany and Japan. As the new
coinage circulates more and
more widely every month, it is difficult [page 408] to
keep well acquainted
with the necessities of exchange.
A town that two months ago would have looked at no money
except the old time “cash”
may today be handling the new money very willingly. We
might mention in this
connection a curious phase of political life due
to this double system of currency.
Although the new money has for its unit of value the
dollar or wun yet in ordinary transactions
the old time nyang or hundred cash is spoken of,
twenty-five nyang forming one dollar. Now the government
revenues are collected in nyang, but a nyang
in the old currency is worth fully fifty per cent, more
than a nyang
of the new. The government cannot, however, make any
distinction; so when a
prefect is appointed to a district he will sell out his
property or borrow
money enough to pay over to the government in the new
money the amount of
the taxes from his district and then he will go down to
his post in the country
and collect the same nominal amount in old time cash,
thus netting an enormous
profit This only illustrates the disorganization caused
by a double system. This difficulty would
be largely obviated if there was a proper system of
banks throughout the
country, but as yet these useful institutions are
lacking. It is true that
firms that have long been intimate with each other will
honor each other’s
notes of hand, and there are a few firms whose
notes are generally accepted in Seoul and vicinity by
any merchant, but there
is no system about it and it goes no further afield than
the environs of the
capital. It is all summed up in the statement that
in Korea credit is a matter of intimate acquaintance
and
personal relationship. You cannot send to a Dun’s agency
and find
out whether a prospective purchaser is “good
pay” or not. You must know them personally or
else take your chances. From this it may
easily be surmised that there can be no such
thing as a mail order business. Goods are not bought
unless they are personally inspected.
There is no standard of quality whereby one can order
and be reasonably sure
of getting fair value for his money. The
introduction of foreign goods with their various [page 409]
“brands”
is beginning to show the Koreans the value of uniform
and standard quality but
so far as native goods are concerned they are generally
made on so small a scale
and in such a primitive way that no standard is
possible
and uniformity of quality is out of the question. In spite of natural
and necessary suspiciousness of the Korean it is
remarkable what faith they put
in a trade mark or brand. If a certain brand of foreign
goods is found to be of
good quality they soon come to demand that brand and
will take no other,
however good. It is the same faith that they put in any
statement made in a newspaper.
It must be true or else no one would dare publish it.
The chicanery involved in
popularizing a brand by giving good quality and
afterward reaping a rich reward
by using an inferior quality is quite too deep for the
Koreans. One thing that must
be put to the credit of the good sense of the Korean is
that he will generally
buy the higher priced article if he can afford it. He
realizes that it is bad
economy to buy a really cheap thing. This is strikingly
true of medicines. He
buys them in order to get welt and the best quality is
none too good. We know of no “one
price” shop in Korea. These people are
passionately
fond of a bargain, and we doubt whether a Korean would
find any
interest in patronizing a “one price” shop. To beat down
a seller is a
compliment to one’s own astuteness and business
smartness and it is to be
seriously doubted whether on the whole a Korean would
not prefer to pay twelve
cents for an article marked fifteen rather than to pay
ten cents for the same
thing without getting any wenuri or reduction. The Koreans are very
poor advertisers. This is not because of lack of
enterprise but lies in the
fact that as a rule Koreans do not move about much and
for miles around it is
perfectly well known that at a certain corner there is a
certain shop where
certain goods, and no others, can be procured. There is
little floating or casual
trade. Each shop keeper has his own definite
clientele and if he should make strenuous effort to
infringe upon some other
shopkeeper’s sphere and get away his [page 410] customers
the latter would make hair fly in a very literal way.
The fact that nobody buys
without personal inspection of the goods and that there
is nothing in the nature
of C. O. D. in Korea also make advertising un-
necessary. In the country
markets each seller sits behind his pile of
goods and advertises them by lung power
exclusively.
It is only in Seoul that a certain kind of advertising
prevails. Each of the
large guilds puts out one or more men on the street
before its establishment to
call to each passerby and remind him of the need in
which he stands of that
particular kind of goods. He plucks people by the sleeve
and gently
insinuates or he calls aloud the virtues of his wares. “Right
this way for shoes, gentlemen; all sorts and sizes! Why
sir, that pair you have
on are completely down at the heel; walk in and look at
a new pair. Say, friend,
you’ll be barefoot the next thing you know. There’s no
time like the present;
walk in and try on a pair. Oh, Mr. Kim, (whispering) how
about that blue silk
pair for that pretty concubine of yours? I
have them laid aside for you, they are beauties. Come in
and look at them. Look
at those clouds, gentlemen, it’s going to
rain and you will need a pair of oil shoes. Just step in
and see some,” and so
on from dawn till dewy eve, the vocal advertiser, a
master hand at reading
human nature, as humorous as a yankee auctioneer and as
persuasive as a
political spell-binder, calls out his wares and traps
the unwary. The hawker and
costermonger are national institutions here. Society
would almost go to pieces
without them. Peripatetic tinkers, cobblers, coopers,
hatters, confectioners,
wander from street to street crying their wares or
services in notes that can
be understood only by the initiated. Wherever a crowd
congregates there you
will find the small boy with his tray of barley-corn and
sesamum-seed
confections, varied, perhaps, by a few bunches of “o-ru-do-go-ru-do”
(old gold) cigarettes. You never go far without meeting
the kerosene oil man
who doles out a gill of oil here and a gill there to
busy housewives. [page 411]
That form of exchange known as the auction was never
known in Korea before the
advent of the westerner. The joyous avidity with which
the Koreans foregather at
such functions, however, makes one wonder how they ever
got along without them
so long. The Korean forms an “easy mark”
for the enterprising auctioneer, for the former always
comes with the fixed
idea that an auction price is always far below the
actual value, and to see the
happy smile with which he carries away a battered old
bedstead or leaky bathtub
at twice its original price is enough to make a
misanthrope weep for pity. One feature of Korean
trade reminds us of the Middle Ages in Europe when
merchants brought their
silks and laces and spread them at the feet of fair
ladies in their own
boudoirs. No Korean lady or gentleman of wealth will go
to a shop to buy. A
messenger is sent to summons the merchant with his wares
and the goods are selected
at the purchaser’s home. As might be expected, the
merchant does
not take this trouble for nothing, but the wealthy
gentleman cannot afford to
haggle over the price. Most of the extra margin,
however, has to be paid out by
the merchant to the servants of the “big man” before he
gets clear of the
place. The foreign tourist
will find little to buy by going about among the shops
as he does in Japan. If
he announces that he would like to see some Korean
curios his door will be
besieged by middle-men who are eager to “Simply give
away” all sorts of wares
for a consideration. You are safe in
offering them a fifth of the price they ask, in most
cases. It is a real battle
of wits and when you compare your trophies with those of
a friend you may find
that his cost only half what yours did or vice versa.
The
Koreans in Hawaii. Arriving at
Honolulu by the good ship China from Yokohama
on November the seventh my first thought was for the
Koreans who live here. In
order to get into communication with them I hastened
to look up the Rev. [page 412] J.
W. Wadman, pastor of the Methodist Church here and also
a missionary to the
Japanese and Koreans on the islands. I found him at the
parsonage and arranged
to meet the Koreans of his church at four in the
afternoon. In the mean time I
made haste to gather what information I could about the
Koreans here. In the different
islands there are about 7,000 Koreans,
1,500 of whom are women and children. They are pretty
well scattered about the
different islands, some of them being
within eight miles of Honolulu. Besides these
there are many in the city itself acting as clerks,
gardeners, cooks, grooms
and also in various other positions where they receive
steady pay. With very
few exceptions the Koreans are quiet and well behaved
people. There is a small
gang of ten or twelve in Honolulu who are
exerting a bad influence. They draw in the
unsophisticated Korean from the
Plantation and get him to drinking and gambling. Plans
are on foot for the
speedy apprehension and deportation of this evil
element. The American
authorities sympathize fully with those who wish well
for the Koreans here and
they follow with commendable promptness all
suggestions which involve matters within the purview of
the law. Very many of those
Koreans who were physically unable to carry on the work
have been weeded out
and the present people are uniformly happy and
successful. Rev. J. W. Wadman
makes frequent trips throughout the islands visiting the
Koreans and looking
after their religious and educational interests. He has
enrolled over 1,600 men
and women on the records of the
church, as members or probationers, and seven chapels
have been erected. The
Koreans themselves subscribed generously toward the
erection of these edifices.
A good part of the money was
subscribed by the plantation proprietors who are keen to
encourage all agencies
looking toward peace and order and morality. No work is
done on Sunday except
in case where irrigation demands continuous watching or
for some other
imperative necessity. They receive
eighteen dollars a month for their work, with rent and
water rates free. They
do not sleep on the floor [page 413]
but have beds like Americans. They work ten
hours a day. I saw no Koreans in native dress and coiffure
but all were clothed and groomed in good shape. Hon. T. H. Yun who
was sent from Korea to look after the interests of the
Koreans here has just
finished his investigations and has returned to Korea,
He spent
several weeks travelling about visiting every group of
Koreans and making
excellent speeches which did much to encourage and
strengthen the Koreans in
their fight against fortune. In every place he consulted
with the managers of the companies as to the needs of
the Korean and these can
be no doubt at all that his visit will result in great
good. I do not see how
he can do otherwise than advise that the coming of
Koreans to Hawaii be not
discouraged. Everything that I heard and saw made me
believe that no one who
has Korea’s welfare at heart can continue to oppose
their coming here. There are thirteen
Koreans engaged exclusively as evangelists among their compatriots
under the care of the Methodist Mission Board. They
are doing earnest and successful work. The workmen are in
great favor with the managers and the latter sincerely
regret the stoppage of
immigration. It is the opinion of Mr. Wadman that this
regret is reasonable
from every standpoint. The Koreans have
formed an educational association and have raised among
themselves $200 gold
for the establishment of a boarding school for Korean
children in Honolulu. The
companies have given $1,500 for land, and $5,000 are to
be obtained from
America to put up the building. It is sure to go through
successfully. They
have also founded a benevolent institution for the sick
and destitute and the
Koreans have given $400 or $500 and the managers $250
for this good purpose. These Koreans are learning
to be energetic, self-reliant,
steady and thorough going. It can do them no harm and
must do them good. In a
few cases the results are harmful but they are so few
that they do not count
for much. I trust that opposition will be withdrawn and
that thrifty Koreans
will come here in goodly numbers. [page 414] Memorandum
on the Lighthouse Department of the Korean Customs
Service in November, 1905. The following
exhibit was published by the
Seoul Press Weekly, and shows the present condition of
lighthouse service in
Korea and the proposals for its extension, all
undertaken by Mr. J. McLeavy
Brown, Chief Commissioner of Customs. I Lights
Already Exhibited (11) The entrance to
Chemulpo has been marked with five Light-stations, viz:
(1) a Sixth-order
Feu-permanent on Observation Island showing two white
flashes followed by a red
flash every 30 seconds. This Light is exhibited from the
summit of a small
stone tower, colored white. (2) A
Sixth-order
Feu-permanent on Yodolmi Island showing three white
flashes every 40 seconds.
This Light is exhibited from a stone tower on the summit
of the island, and the
tower is flanked by walls on either side to render it
conspicuous as a day
mark. Walls and tower are colored white. On Yodolmi
below the lighthouse a
dwelling-house for a keeper has been built, and the
light-keeper who lives there has charge of this
Light and the Lights on North Watcher and White Rocks. (3) A
Sixth-order
Feu-permanent on North Watcher Rock showing two white
flashes every 30 seconds.
This Light surmounts the top of a substantial stone
beacon which is painted
red. (4) A
Sixth-order
Feu-permanent on White Rocks showing one white flash
every 15 seconds. The
stone beacon which carries this Light is painted back. (5) On Warren
Island a Fourth-order Revolving Light, showing four
white flashes every 42
seconds, surmounts a fine stone tower, and from a window
in this [page 415]
tower a (6) Fixed red Light of the Sixth-order throws a
red sector over
Chassriau Rock. There are good
dwelling houses for the Japanese and Korean lightkeepers
at this Station, with
suitable out- houses and water tanks. In Fusan
Harbor a Wigham Beacon Light has been erected on a stone
beacon on (7) Channel
Rock. This Light, which is unclassed, burns for one
month without attention and
is visible for six miles. This class of Light is cheap,
easily managed,
requires but little attention, and is very suitable for
small beacons. There are also
(8-9) two leading Lights at Fusan, but they
are so weak as to be really useless and will be very
shortly replaced by
suitable Lights of greater power. (10) Port
Hamilton
Light, is of the Third-order Revolving showing white and
red flashes
alternately. It is shown from a brick tower situated at
the south-eastern
extremity of the island, and a suitable dwelling-house
has been built for the
lightkeepers. The store-house is only of wood and should
be replaced by a brick
structure. The optical apparatus in use here was
originally ordered for Baker
Island. (11) Pinnacle
Rock, west coast :4 On this difficult site a First-order
Light has been built
and was exhibited on the 11th November. The optical
apparatus was originally
intended for West Clifford and
shows single white flashes. The tower is of brick, and a
brick house has been built
for the keepers. The store-house is only of wood. It
will be advisable to
provide large water cisterns for this Station. II. Lights now in Course
of Construction. (1) (1) Baker Island
outside the entrance to Chemul-po. A good landing-place
has been completed, and
the top of the island has been levelled off as a site
for the tower and
dwelling, and water cisterns have been constructed.
Plans have been prepared
for the tower, and for suitable dwelling and
Store-houses. [page 416] III.
Lights for which the Optical
Apparatus has already arrived in Shanghai.
Gensan
District: (1)
Nicholski
Island, outside Gensan : A
Fourth-order Light and Lantern have been ordered from
Messrs, Chance Brothers
of Birmingham, England, and the Light will show one
white flash every 20
seconds. The illuminant is to be an incandescent
petroleum burner. Plans
have been prepared for a tower for this
island, and for suitable dwelling and store-houses. (2) Murayieff
Point, at the entrance to Gensan Harbor. A Sixth-order
Feu-permanent showing
double white flashes every 15 seconds has been ordered
from Messrs. Barbier
Benard and Turenne of Paris, and should be exhibited
from a small stone or
brick tower. (3) Gensan
Harbor
Light. A Sixth-order Lens-lantern with an iron trimming
hut has been ordered
from Messrs. Barbier, Benard and Turenne. This Light,
which is to be Fixed,
will show white and red over the anchorage. Fusan
District: (4) Cape Young,
an
approach light to Fusan : A Fourth-order
Flashing Light and Lantern with an incandescent burner
to show three white
flashes every 20 seconds have been ordered from Messrs,
Chance Brothers.
Plans have been prepared for tower, dwellings, and
out-house. This Light is one
of considerable importance and its construction should
be pushed on with as
soon as possible. (5-6) Leading
Lights. Two Sixth-order red Condensing Lights with iron
supports have been
ordered from Messrs. Chance Brothers, The sites for
these Lights have been
walled round and a dwelling for the keepers has been
erected at the lower site.
These Lights should replace the present feeble leading
lights as soon as
possible. [page 417] IV.
Lights for which the optical apparatus has been ordered
and is nearly
completed. Kunsan
District; (1)
Pyondo Island, outside the entrance to Kunsan. A
Fourth-order Flashing Light and Lantern with
incandescent burner have been
ordered from Messrs, Barbier, Benard and Turenne. This
Light will show three
white flashes every 15 seconds. Plans
have been prepared for Tower, dwellings and store-house.
(2) Kunsan
Beacon: Chang San Do Rock, in the approach to
Kunsan
a Wigham beacon Light similar to that on Channel Rock,
Fusan, has been ordered
from Messrs. Edmundsons of Dublin,
and a suitable stone beacon has been designed to carry
this Light. (Two
gas buoys will be required for the
entrance to Kunsan, one on the bar, and the other off
the rock just inside the
bar.) V, Lights for
which Specifications have been Prepared for
the Optical Apparatus and Lanterns and which
were on the point of being Ordered from Europe, (6)
(1) Baker
Island,
A Third-order Flashing Light and Lantern with
incandescent burner to show two white
flashes every 20 seconds. It was intended to order this
Light from Messrs. Barbier, Benard and Turenne, and a
Plan of the top of the Tower
has been supplied to them. Designs have been got out for
Tower,
dwellings, and store-house. (2) Small Green
Island, in the Sir James Hall Group. A Second-order
Light showing four white flashes
every 20 seconds was about to be ordered from Messrs.
Chance Brothers, and a
Plan of the top of the Tower has been sent to them.
Plans have been prepared for tower, dwellings, and
store-house. (3) Choppeki
Point, The turning point to Chinnampo from the South. A
Third-order Light
showing three white flashes everv 20 seconds was to have
been [page 418] ordered
from Messrs. Barbier, Benard and Turenne, and the
buildings should be the same
as those for Baker Island, but the brick tower should be
40 feet in height. (3) Bamboo
Island,
on the West Coast. A Second-order light
showing three white flashes every 20 seconds was about
to be ordered from
Messrs. Chance Brothers, and the Tower and buildings
should be similar to those
designed for Baker Island. There is already a temporary
Sixth-order Lens-lantern
Light on this island. 5) Port Gate, in
the Southwestern archipelago. A
Third-order light showing two white flashes every 20
seconds
was about to be ordered from Messrs. Barbier, Benard and
Turenne, and similar
tower and dwellings to those proposed for Baker Island
would be suitable. (6) Howard
Island,
on the inside passage in the Southwestern archipelago.
A Fourth-order Flashing Light and
Lantern with incandescent burner to show four white
flashes every 20 seconds.
This Light was to have been ordered from Messrs. Chance
Brothers who have been
supplied with Plan of the top of the Tower.
Plans have been prepared for Tower, dwellings and
out-house. The above six
Lights are all required as soon as possible, and orders
were on the point of
being sent to Europe for them. For the sake of
convenience and uniformity the
Lanterns and towers of the Second- and
Third-order Lights were to have been made from the same
designs. VI, Other
Sites Selected for Lighthouses, (18) A full
Memorandum
on this subject was written on the 23rd July, 1903,
after I had personally
visited most of the sites referred to. (1) Songching,
North East Coast. A Sixth-order Revolving
Feu-permanent showing red and white flashes alternately.
The Light should be
placed on the bluff above the Custom House and should be
carried on a small
brick tower. [page 419] (2)
Cape Clonard,
East coast. A Third-order Group-flashing Light showing
double flashes every 20 seconds. (3) Cape
Duroch. East coast. A Third-order Triple-flashing
Light showing Three flashes every 30 seconds.
(4) Cape Boltin. East coast. A
Third-order Group-flashing Light showing double flashes
every 15 seconds. (5)
Blakeney Island. Near Fusan.
A Sixth-order Revolving Light showing white and red
flashes alternately.
(6) Split Island. On the Southern coast.
On the islet off the southern end of
Split Island a Third-order Light showing double white
flashes every 20 seconds.
(7) South Island. On the Southern coast.
A Fourth-order Light showing triple white flashes every
15 seconds. (8)
Grasp Island, Small Group. In the inside
passage round the South coast. A
Fourth-order Light showing single flashes every 20
seconds. (9)
Long Island. Inside passage South coast.
A Fourth-order Group-flashing Light showing four white
flashes every 30
seconds. (10)
Maju Island. Opposite
Washington Sound. A Sixth-order
Group-flashing Light showing three white flashes
followed by a red flash every
i30 seconds. Mokpo. On the small island on the north
side
of the outer entrance. A Sixth order Feu-permanent
Group- flashing Light
showing four flashes every 20 seconds. (12)
A Fixed Red Beacon Light on the first point to be
rounded after entering.
(13) A Fixed Green Beacon Light on the second
point to be rounded.
(14) Fire Island.
To the North of Mokpo: On the eastern
summit of Small Fire Island (known as Small Deer Island
)a Third-order Light
showing double flashes every 15 seconds.
(15) Ninepin.Rock,(Thornton Island.) West coast* (16) Rat
Island, Sylvia Group. West coast. (17) West
Clifford. Outride the entrance to
Che- mulpo. [page 420] (18)
The small island which forms a turning
point into Pyeng Yang inlet. All these
Lights,
excepting the Feux-permanents, should have incandescent
petroleum burners with
55 m/m mantles for the Fourth-order and 65 m/m for the
Third-order Lights. VII. Fog
Signals,
(77) It was proposed to place Fog Signals at the
following Stations : 1. Baker Island.
2.
West Clifford. 3. Cape Young. 4. Split Island. 5. South
Island. 6. Port
Hamilton. 7. Cape Clonard. 8. Cape Boltin. 9. Cape
Duroch. 10. Pinnacle. 11.
Bamboo Island. 12. Choppeki. The above
Stations
will require fairly powerful Sirens. 13. Howard
Island.
14. Long Island. 15. Small Fire Island. 16. Small ‘Green
Island. 17. Pyondo. At these
Stations
small cheap reed horns would suffice, or fog guns fired
only in response to
steamers’ whistle. VIL Installation
of Gas Buoys, Gas Lightship, Buoy Depot and Gas
Works. With a view to
the
installation of gas-buoys, etc. work has
been commenced on a suitable buoy-yard and site for
gas-works, buoy shed, cable
shed, etc. on Observation Island. A fine stone jetty is
completed, on the end
of which it was intended to place a powerful 8-ton
derrick crane. Lines of
rails were to run from the jetty to the sheds and
different parts of the depot.
A plan has been
prepared which shows the proposed arrangement of the
depot. Specifications
have been prepared for the Oil Gas-works and for ten
10ft gas buoys and orders
for this work were about to be sent to Messrs. The
Pintsch’s Patent Lighting
Co., Ltd., 38 Leadenhall Street, London. The crane was
about to be procured from Messrs. [page 421]
Seling Sonnentbal & Co., 85 Queen Victoria Street,
London. A steel
Lightship
for the mouth of the Yalu to carry a Third-order Gas
Light has been designed
and a Specification drawn up, and an offer for its
construction received from
Messrs. Pamham, Boyd & Co., Ltd. of Shanghai. A Specification
has been prepared for the Gas-light and Store-holders
for the vessel which were
on the point of being ordered from the Pintsch’s Patent
Lighting Co.,, Ltd. IX,
Light Tenders, The “Kwangchei,” a
fine steel steamer of 1,600 tons displacement with a
speed of nearly 15 knots,
has been built by the Kawasaki Dockyard Co., Ltd. This ship will
prove of great value for
general light-house work on the Coast, but is rather too
large and costly a
vessel to be used for attendance on local Lights,, and
for this purpose the
Chemulpo District is served by a small wooden steamer,
the “Sakura.”
As the number of Lights on the Coast increase it will
probably be necessary to
station a small light-tender at Fusan, and. a suitable
vessel has been
designed. Messrs. Farnham; Boy & Co.,
Ltd. of Shanghai have submitted a Specification and
offer for the building of
this steamer. Summary, Lights Already
Exhibited: (11) 1.
Observation Island. 2.
Yodolmi.. 3 North Watcher. 4. White Rocks. 5-6.
Warren Island. 7. Channel Rock. 8-9 Fusan
Leading Lights (to be replaced with new lights shortly.)10.
Port Hamilton. 11. Pinnacle. Lights Under
Construction: (1) 1.
Baker Island. Lights
for which Optical Apparatus and Lanterns have Already
Arrived in Shanghai (6)
1. Nicholski
Island. 2-3.
Muravieff
Point. Gensan Harbour Lights. 4.
Cape
Young. [page 422] 5-6.
Fusan Leading Lights. Lights for which
Optical Apparatus and Lanterns are in Course of
Construction (2) 1
Pyongdo Island. 2. Kunsan Beacon. Lights
for which Specifications have
been drawn
up and which
were about to be ordered: (6) 1. Baker
Island. 2. Little Green Island. (Craig Harriet.) 3.
Choppeki Point. 4. Bamboo
Island 5.
Port Gate. 6.
Howard Island. Other
Sites Selected for Lighthouses: (18) 1
Songching. 2. Cape Clonard. 3. Cape Duroch. 4. Cape
Boltin. 5. Blakeney Island. 6. Split
Island. 7. South Island. 8. Grasp Island. 9. Long
Island. 10. Maju
Island. 11. Mokpo Entrance. 12.-13. Mokpo
Beacons. 14. Fire Island. 15. Ninepin.
16.
Rat Island. 17. West Clifford. 18. Pyeng Yang Entrance
Fog
Signals : (17)
1. Baker Island.
2.
West Clifford. 3. Cape Young. 4. Split Island. 5.
South
Island. 6. Port Hamilton. 7. Cape Clonard. 8. Cape
Boltin. 9. Cape Duroch. 10. Pinnacle.
11. Bamboo Island. 12. Choppeki. 13. Howard Island. 14.
Long Island. 15. Small Fire Island. 16. Small Green
Island. 17. Pyondo. Other
Work in Hand :
Gas-buoy
Depot. Crane
for
Depot. Oil
Gas-works. Ten
10-feet Gas-buoys.
Gas Lightship for the Yalu. Steam
Lighthouse Tender. [page 423]
In all :
41 Lights. 17 Fog-signals. 10 Gas-Buoys, and
1 Lightship. J.
Reginard Harding, Consulting
Engineer to the Korean Lighthouse Department, Shanghai,
20th November, 1905.
The
New Convention between Japan and Korea. The governments
of
Japan and Korea, desiring to strengthen the principle of
solidarity which unites
the two Empires, have with that object in view agreed
upon and concluded the
following stipulations to serve until the moment arrive
when it is recognised
that Korea has attained national strength : Art. I The government of
Japan, through the Department of Foreign Affairs at
Tokio, will hereafter have control
and direction of the external relations arid affairs of
Korea, and the
diplomatic and consular representatives of Japan will
have the charge of the
subjects and interests of Korea in foreign countries. Art II The
government of Japan undertake to see to
the execution of the treaties
actually existing between Korea and other Powers, and
the government of Korea engage
not to conclude hereafter any act or engagement having
an international
character, except through the medium of the government
of Japan. Art. III The
government of Japan shall be represented
at the Court of His Majesty the Emperor of Korea by a
Resident General, who
shall reside at Seoul primarily for the purpose of
taking charge of and
directing matters relating to diplomatic affairs. He
shall have the right of
private and personal audience of His Majesty the Emperor
of Korea. The Japanese
government shall also have the right to station
Residents at the several open
ports and such other places in Korea as they may [page 424] deem
necessary. Such Residents shall, under the direction of
the Resident General,
exercise the powers and functions hitherto appertaining
to Japanese Consuls in Korea
and shall perform such duties as may be
necessary in order to carry into full effect the
provisions of this Agreement. Art. IV. The
stipulations of all treaties and agreements existing
between Japan and Korea
not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement
shall continue in force.
Art.
V. The government of Japan undertake to
maintain
the welfare and dignity of the Imperial House of Korea. In
faith whereof, the Undersigned duly authorized by their
governments have signed this Agreement and affixed their
seals.. (Signed) Hayashi
Gonsuke, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary. (Signed ) Pak
Che-soon . Minister for
Foreign Affairs. November 17th, 1905, Dr.
Brown’s Farewell Entertainment^ In view of his
departure from Korea Dr. Brown invited a large number of
the foreign residents
of Seoul and Chemulpo to a boat excursion on board the
new steam-ship which
acts as light-house tender. This occurred on Thursday,
October 19th. A special
train carried the guests from Seoul down to the port,
and it was a full train,
too. The gay badinage and the “exchange
of sparkling repartee” in which the people indulged
showed that they
had left all care behind and were determined to have a
good time. The steamship
lay in the outer harbor and the guests were taken out in
large and comfortable
lighters. The steam down the bay to the first
light-house which guides the
weary mariner to port consumed several hours during
which the guests followed
suit by [page 425] consuming
a very nice collation which was spread on deck.
Late in the afternoon the breeze stiffened some- what
and it grew rather cold
and though all care had been left behind, the ladies
found new ones awaiting
them in the motion of the boat. But in spite of it all
and the slight
difficulties experienced in getting ashore in the dark,
the day was pronounced
a decided success and will not soon be forgotten. An
Appreciation. By
Dr. J. H. Wells, Pyeng Yang, No one who has
the
good of the Korean people at heart but that are pleased
and gratified at the
progress of events in the peninsula in the past year.
Before the Japanese came lawlessness in its worse form
of organized graft in
high places was rife. But few months ever passed by without
some order from Seoul for some special tax for a “palace”
or what not or some other excuse was made for governors
and magistrates to “squeeze”
the people until only those who had foreigners behind
them were safe from
despoliation. And the strange thing about all this
is that there still remain among missionaries and other
foreigners some loud
calamity howlers who pine for the good old times.” The criticisms I have
seen in print and heard here and there of the Japanese
have had as much as any
other kind of arguments in strengthening
my pro-Japanese proclivities. For instance, the Japanese
buy fodder from a Korean
magistrate the only way it could be done before the
treaty—the
magistrate, with his itching palm still itching, orders
it from the farmers and
no pay for it in sight for months. Just like the U. S.
A. did in the Spanish war
only the U. S. A. was slower than the Japanese in
paying. Someone hears of it
and does not hear of cash down in advance and they jump
up and down and howl “I
told you so! the Japanese are coming to rob the country!
Wow! Wow! Wow!” [page 426] If
the calamity howlers and wow wow wallers would only read
what other nations
have done to countries they had control over and in less
degree and with less
reason than the Japanese have, over Korea they would
quit their criticism and
it would turn to admiration. Never in the history of the
world has such a
gentle and tactful transfer been made as that effected
between Japan and Korea.
As for Japan’s
promises; instead of breaking them as I have heard some
superficial observers
and critics say, she has, on the contrary, “made
good” in a splendid way. Anyone who reads the
agreement fairly and with- out malice will see that by
it the very things
missionaries pray for and merchants and business men and
politicians hope for
is accomplished. One of the strange
things to me in the criticism I have heard of Japan and
its policy here in
Korea is that the critics seem to set up for the
Japanese such a higher standard
for political morals than they would expect or have had
from their own
countries of say America and Great Britain. An American
immediately wants to change
the subject when in discussing the situation the
Phillipines or Panama are
mentioned and an Englishman steers one to Egypt without
mention of India or the
Transvaal. This letter is not
however a protest against criticism of Japan for in the
past few weeks the
sentiment has happily nearly all turned into sensible
channels. The harshest
criticisms I have heard have been from the best
friends
of Japan but so far no foreigner has deprecated more
severely nor more
sorrowfully the acts of some irresponsible coolies than
I heard one of the
Japanese Consuls in this country do. At the present
moment who were Anti-Japanese
a few months ago are now pronounced pro-Japanese. A notable instance of
this took place where a scholar and a gentleman resident
for over three years
in Korea but residing in the interior, was most
anti-Japanese. His business
took him to Seoul and Japan at the time when it seemed
Japan was forced to take
measures which [page 427]
some might think severe. He returned to his business
pronounced pro-Japanese. But the crux and
final point of all this business is how will it all
affect the Korean people.
It is my firm conviction that the day the agreement was
signed, will in later
years, be looked on and celebrated as the Korean
Independence Day. There is
hope ahead for the man. There is hope ahead for the
nation. The “consent
of the governed” was still 3,000
years off a few weeks
ago and now it is in sight. The Korean people are not
decadent, tho its
government is or was rotten to the
core. The people have in them the making of the
Switzerland of Asia. And the
Japanese agreement gives them about as much liberty as
Switzerland has in
Europe. The mighty force already Christian in the north
and being added to in
the south is a factor which will count later on. Japan does not plan
to give this people any less chance or opportunity than
she gives her own. The
people here will get just what they deserve and strive
for and I feel that it
will be much. “The race is not always to the swift nor the
battle to the strong.” What pleases me in it
all is already the individual has more freedom more hope
and more ambition than
ever before. And the credit wholly
unreserved and with full appreciation of is Japan’s. I
consider she has
wonderfully well MADE GOOD and I have confidence she
will handle the rest of
the Herculean task in the same skillful and tactful way
as she has so many
other like ones lately.
Gen. Min’s Farewell
and last Appeal to the People, To
the Twenty Million of my Fellow Countryman : Alas! I lament
the
fact that, our country and our people have come to such
a degradation. It pains
me to think that my twenty million compatriots shall
perish in [page 428] the
coming struggle for existence. Those that want to die
shall be alive, while
those that want to live shall die. I suppose you
already know these facts. In utter despair and
hopelessness I have decided to take my life, and only
thus repay bounties I
have received from His Majesty our Emperor, and say now
my last farewell to you
all, my twenty million compatriots. Although I die in body,
I shall not be dead in soul, and even after death I
shall ever endeavor to
assist you in your good efforts. Therefore exert
yourselves to the utmost,
redouble your natural power and strength, educate
yourselves, and restore our
Independence and Liberty. Then I shall be happy for ever
even though I lay in
my grave. Let me urge you
again. Do not be discouraged in the least. Be determined
to realize
your fondest hopes. Now remember what I
say, for I die to make your minds firm, and now
farewell, my twenty million
compatriots! Farewell ! Marquis
Ito Interviewed, On November 27th
Marquis Ito meet a number of editors from Seoul and
Chemulpo, and expressed
himself freely concerning the present situation. The
substance of his remarks
are here presented as published in the Seoul
Press : “Up to the present time the reports and
telegrams concerning the state of affairs in Korea, have
been of such a varied
and conflicting nature, that in consequence,
misunderstandings have arisen
which have been the cause of much trouble to the
authorities. As is well known,
there are in Korea persons attached to various political
parties, and the
reports spread by these persons extending to Japan
and
the world at large have
frequently placed matters in a false light.
“Now
that the New Treaty between Japan and Korea is
concluded, it is
believed by many Japanese even, that [page 429]
Korea has been given
to Japan, and this rash belief has caused
bad feeling and rnisunderstandings
between the two races. The most important point that I
wish to impress upon you
is, that although the new relations between Japan and
Korea have now been
definitely established by the conclusion of the
Protectorate Treaty, the sovereignty
of Korea remains as it was, in the hands of
the
Korean Emperor, and the Imperial House of Korea and
Government exists as it did
before; the new relations do but add to the welfare and
dignity of the Korean dynasty
and the strengthening of the country. It is a great mistake
to look upon the New Treaty as a knell sounding the doom
of Korea’s existence
as a kingdom. “As
regards the conclusion of the Treaty, the Korean Emperor
hesitated to give
assent to it, on the grounds that the Imperial Dynasty
of Korea, which has
lasted for five hundred years, would by this act of his
no longer exist, and
that even when Korea was a dependency of China her
diplomatic organs were
entrusted to no other power than her sovereign.’ “The
Prime Minister, Mr. Han, resisted the conclusion of the
treaty with tears and
much excitement. I then endeavoured to make plain to the
Emperor and his
Cabinet Ministers the changes of the political
situation of the world, and the present situation of
Korea among the powers. I
also stated that the existence of Korea as a dependency
of China in former
years was nominal and unreal, and I explained that the
New Treaty was not to
endanger the safety of the Imperial House of Korea, but
that, on the contrary,
it would increase its dignity and the welfare of this
country. “The
New Treaty was at length finally concluded by adding one
condition, that when Korea
becomes able to manage diplomatic affairs herself, the
diplomatic organs entrusted
to Japan shall be restored to Korea again. The Emperor
and Ministers saw the
force of my advice and thus the Treaty was concluded
with less friction than was anticipated. “The attitude
henceforth to be assumed and followed [page 430] by
Japan in her relations with Korea is that of justice and
fair dealing so that
under an equitable protection Korea may enjoy peace and
prosperity. “It is a cause of
great regret, however, to learn that some Japanese of
the lower class in Korea
have at diferent times behaved in an unseemly and
disgraceful manner towards
Koreans. Care must be exercised that these offences be
not repeated, but that
by kindness and sympathy the Koreans may look upon us
with respect and confidence.
“The
relations existing between the Emperor of Korea and his
Government appears to
me to be of a somewhat different nature to that which
exists between the Emperor
of Japan and his Ministers. It lacks that ardour and
unity
which is so typical of our government. The Korean
Ministers are corrupt, but
the majority of the people arc of good intentions and
need leaders of integrity
and wisdom. It is the desire and object of the Japanese
Government to prevent
the misadministration of justice and to lead the people
of Korea to a better status
among the nations. “After
my departure for home, and when I shall have related to
my
Sovereign all that has happened, the
Resident-General
will be appointed. Whoever he may be, he
will introduce by degrees reforms in this country,
without changing the past
form of administration according to the principle to
which I formerly alluded,
thus testifying to the world that under Japan’s
protection Korea will enjoy
the fruits of just government and wise guidance.’’ Editorial
Comment All the friends
of
the Dr. H. N. Allen late U. S. Minster to Korea were
surprise and disgusted at
the charges which have been preferred against him and
while not at all anxious
as to the outcome of the investigation they are highly
indignant that the
reputation of a man [page 431] of
such absolute probity should be made the subject of
attack. It is difficult to
escape the conviction that personal enemies have been
attempting to undermine
his reputation but no one who knows him will hesitate
for a moment to declare
the acts impossible with which he is charged. Dr. Allen
was and is a striking
example of the straight-forward, Yankee rectitude of the
best kind. He is a
Rooseveltian in his hatred of shams and subterfuges and
we would as soon think
of suspecting our Chief Executive himself as to give
credence to any such
reports as those that are circulating about Dr. Allen.
The position which he
occupied in Seoul was one of exceptional difficulty. He
knew the situation
perfectly and undoubtedly wished to see the best thing
possible done for Korea.
Whether, in the performance of his official duties, he
found himself morally
unable to acquiesce in the actions of the Japanese in
the peninsula is not
certainly known but this is given as one possible reason
for his withdrawal.
There are doubtless good and sufficient reasons which
the State Department are
not bound to divulge. This we must accept as certain,
but that this should be
followed up by an attack upon his personal character is
a different
matter and one that all his friends are bound to resent.
Until the
investigation is made public we cannot know the
particulars or proofs of these
charges but one gentleman who knows a good deal of what
is going on in Seoul makes
the following explanation which seems at least
plausible. When the Korean
government first determined to go into the electric
tramway business the firm
of Colbran & Bostwick was given the contract
for the installation of the plant and the operation
of the road. The government made a first payment of some
Y640,000
to this firm through the American Consulate General. So
at least the story
goes. The electric road was built and the electric
lighting system was put in.
For several years the government paid no more on the
original contract and fell
behind in payment for electric lights in the palace
until practically the whole
of the first payment was swallowed up. When a bill was
presented it was found [page 432] that
the amount was almost the same as the original contract
price and officials who
knew nothing about such matters insinuated that perhaps
the first payment had
been side-tracked before reaching the office of the
company.
Of course this was utterly absurd but those who know the
Korean officials will
see that such a charge would be quite natural. It is
exactly what they would
have done under similar circumstances if they got the
chance. We do not say
that there is a word of truth in this explanation but it
certainly sounds
plausible. Dr. Allen will have no difficulty whatever in
disproving
it. The
Japanese are
to be congratulated and commended for the highly
efficient passenger service
which they have instituted between Kobe and Seoul. The
two boats which are to
run across the straits, one of which is already running,
are thoroughly up to
date, twin-screw, triple expansion, electric lighted and
very fast. Twelve hours
from Seoul to Fusan, another twelve across the straits
and seventeen more to
Kobe make fast travel compared with what we have known
before. There is a wait of some three hours at
Shimonoseki but in time the service
will be so improved as to do away with this delay. As it
is, the trip takes
exactly two hours less than two days. Korean
Sociology.
Owing to the
comparative dearth of printed matter in the shape of
documents, histories or
descriptive literature it is difficult to make a study
of the social conditions
of the Korean people, yet Korean life presents some
aspects of the social
problem which are of intense interest to students. There
are some things which
can today be seen with the eye or can be learned by
inquiry and there are a few
products of the pen, in the shape of constitutions of
societies [page 433] and guilds
and copies of laws which would prove
very helpful to any who may hereafter want to make such
a study, but these will
soon disappear and unless some, who are qualified to do
so, collect these facts
and these manuscripts now, fifty years hence the world
will have but sparse
data upon which to judge of the earlier social
life of the people of Korea. The writer has been able to
collect a few of these
manuscripts. They are in the shape of
constitutions and rules for various Korean organizations
and are of sufficient interest to warrant others in
attempting
to secure a still larger supply. They are as follows :
Constitution of a Farmer’s
Guild; A Community Guild for protection against fire,
thieves and criminals; An
Archery Club; Seoul Fruit Merchant’s Guild;
A number of benefit societies whose object is to render
assistance at funerals
or weddings; A community organization for the protection
of pine trees; The
Seoul Paper Merchant’s Guild; and a copy of the
constitution of a local branch
of the famous Peddlar’s Guild. Herewith is a very crude
translation of two of the
shortest of these documents. A LARGE VILLAGE
GUILD FOR PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE, THIEVES AND
CRIMINALS, God created the
people and for them are all material things and laws and
work. Mencius
said the people of the earth are like brothers. Men
living on the earth cannot
get along without work and laws. These things are of
great virtue and
importance. Three houses
become a hamlet, and three hamlets becomes a village. If
in a village the five principles **
and the three relations ** govern, it
is well. Unlike the birds and beasts, neighboring
hamlets live under the five
principles and three relations. When a house
takes
fire members assist each other by carrying water to
extinguish the flames. Should the
confusion of the coming of a thief arise, assistance is
given by driving him
away with knives. This principle is the fundamental
law of the village. Also farmers
should employ their strength at their 434
THE KOREA REVIEW. work.
The scholars should employ their strength at study,
The merchants their strength at trade. The manufacturers
should employ their
skill in manufacturing. When at home
reverence parents, and going forth conduct yourself
according to propriety.
Agree with friends, reverence elders. The lazy people
who wear clothes and eat
and the man who gambles and drinks wine and uses other
men’s wives are the ones
who bring guilt to the village and are of no use in the
world. The young man
who insults an elder, and lies to men and has the mind
of a thief, who does not
care to study the four kinds of labor, is a man who
lacks sense. On the earth he
is ignorant and useless. The high man is
the ** and beneath him are the **.
They know the good things and the evil and reward
punishment to the bad and
give rewards of merit to the good. Act righteously,
put away evil deeds and avoid committing crime.
Sections regarding the bestowal of rewards. These six
kinds of things:
Reverencing parents, agreeing with friends, loving men,
doing righteousness, acting
according to the laws of ceremony and getting much
knowledge and politeness are
rewarded. The man who
knows
the four kinds of work and speaks nobly in the village
will receive a reward of
merit. The man who does not reverence his parents nor
agree with his equals nor
follow the laws but is a quarreler and does not fully
hide his guilt, the village brands as a bad man and
gives him a severe
punishment. A message must
be
sent to the members of the Guild before the day of
meeting. On the day of
meeting the members must all assemble and act according
to agreement.
Avoid the use of useless talk at the time of meeting; If
a member is absent
without reason he receives a punishment. When a man’s
parents die or his house bums down the village sends him
money. [page 435]
If a man says a word derogatory of the Guild he receives
a punishment. Farmers’ Guild
for Mutual Benefit
in Working the Fields.
Agriculture is
the
great foundation of the affairs of this world. Farming
is the principal
business of the people. It is the greatest business
among the four, hence the
people who live in the country must continue to plow the
fields. Barren ground
should be deeply plowed and fields overrun with weeds
should be diligently
cleared. If in the Spring the plowing is energetic, in
the Summer the weeds are
faithfully pulled, in the Autumn the harvest is properly
gathered and in the
Winter the crops are put in the granary the national
taxes may be paid, parents may be presented
with
clothes and food, and brothers, wife and sons be well
instructed. If a neighbor
is poor and has a scarcity of food,
lend him some, and when wanting, go to a wealthy man’s
house and borrow. These
are all important principles for a Farmer’s household. The gatherings
of
the Farmers’ Guild occur at the times when the three
kinds of work come, viz,
the planting of barley, beans and rice. There is much
labor at these times so
the guild is formed and the members unite their strength
to help each other.
When this is done even the lazy man will work
energetically therefore let all
members of the Guild and all inhabitants of the village
support these laws. SECTIONS. When there is
work
to be done and the flag is seen and the sound of the
drum is heard in the morning
let every member hasten at once to the place. In the evening
the
flag is shown and the drum beat and all return from work
together. Farmers who sow
one bag of rice for seed can become members of this
Guild. (Note If
he sows two bags his [page 436] servant
or son may be enrolled as a member and reap a
proportionate advantage. If a villager
has
many fields but does not become a member of the Guild
and if he speaks ill of
it he is driven out of the village. Note: Should
be refuse to go recourse is had to a Government official
who enforces
the demands of the Guild. If a member does
not work diligently at farming and speaks disparagingly
of the Guild he is
punished. Note This
punishment is
sometimes an obligation to do a large amount of work. If the receipts from rent and monthly
payments and the property of the Guild are extensive the
Guild assembles in the
Spring and Fall to discuss its affairs. When a member is
concerned in a marriage or death the members
each give one mal of rice and ten nyang. ($2.00 Korean.)
When notice
comes
of a Guild meeting the members must assemble. When an
obligation
comes upon the Guild to make presentations to some
member and a conference is
necessary for all the members come on the appointed day,
and faithfully perform
their duties as members of the Guild. News
Calendar. On the second
instant the first train carrying regular passengers
arrived in Seoul from Pyeng Yang
over the Seoul-Wiju
railroad. The equipments and
accommodations are in no wise complete, at present only
common freight cars
fitted up with benches being used, without any provision
for warming, but it is
hoped to have other cars ready before many weeks
shall elapse. A reasonable fare is being charged, which
will probably not be
greatly increased when the better accommodations
are put on. At
present there is to be one through train
each way per day between Seoul and Pyeng Yang and two
trains per day between
Seoul and Songdo. A considerable
famine has been reported from some of the districts in
northeastern Korea and a
considerable financial assistance will
be needed to tide over the inhabitants of these
districts. The rice harvest has been
especially bad. [page 437]
On the 3rd instant all the Korean Ministers and
Foreign representatives presented
their congratulations to the Japanese Minister in honor
of
the birthday of the Emperor of Japan. The British
concession for a gold mine in the
Su-an district was signed on the fourth instant. The Koreans in
Hawaii are said to have
completed arrangements for establishing a daily
newspaper in Honululu.
The Health
Bureau
has employed a Japanese
physician at Y100 per month. A magistrate and
his clerk were arrested in the Chongchu district by
Japanese soldiers on the
charge of inciting a riot. Buddhism seems
to
be gaining in favor
among some classes, and reports come of a number of
people who have
been compelled to contribute to the cause. Work on the
Seoul-Gensan railway is likely to commence soon, if
current
reports are reliable. The residence of
the
magistrate in Eun-san district was burned on the fourth
instant. Several members
of
the Ceremony Department went to Fusan to accompany
the special train of Marquis Ito on his journey to
Seoul. On the 6th instant
Mr. Yun Chi-ho, Vice Minister of Foreign Affairs,
returned to Korea from his tour of inspection in Hawaii.
Mr. D. W.
Stevens,
Adviser to the Korean Government, returned to
Korea from Japan on the 6th instant. Telephone
communication between Seonl and Choon-chun,
in Kang-won province, has recently been established. Japanese police
arrested six Chinese subjects at
Songdo on the charge of stealing ginseng. The prisoners
were brought to Seoul for
trial. Mr. C. T. Woo
has
returned to Seoul from Fusan and now
becomes His Imperial Chinese Majesty’s Consul-General in
Seoul.
Mr. Woo will be gladly welcomed by his numerous friends
in Seoul. Mr. Megata has
despatched some of his assistants to each
Korean province to inspect the tax rates and methods of
collection. Mr, Han Qui-sul,
Prime Minister, has received the title of
General. The Korean
officials and Foreign representatives assembled at the
British Legation on the
ninth instant to extend congratulations on the birthday
of King Edward. On the 11th
instant the Chinese Minister entertained a large number
of the leading Korean
officials at a banquet given in the Chinese Legation. Mail routes in
the
interior have been interfered with and in some instances
discontinued because
of local disturbances. As a mark of
respect the Korean residents
of the Eun-san district have erected a monument to the
memory of the Manager and the secretary of the English
mines. A branch of the
Dai Ichi Ginko is to be established at Masampo. [page 438] Hon.
W. J. Bryan
with bis wife, son and daughter, arrived in Seoul ou the
14th instant. Even
though spending but a very short time in the city Mr.
Bryan accepted an
invitation to address the members of the Young Men’s
Christian Association on
the afternoon of the 16th. The
Vice Minister of Foreign Affairs, Mr. C. H. Yun, acted
as interpreter, and the
sympathetic, helpful and inspiring address was listened
to in a way to capture
any speaker. It would be difficult to cite a more ideal
address delivered under
any auspices in Seoul, and certainly it was most
desirable at this time. A
hearty vote of thanks was extended to Mr. Bryan
at
the close of the address. The party proceeded to China
on the 17th. Major General
Hyen
Yeng-woon and two other officials who had
been
banished have been released by a special edict. The Chief of the
Treasury Department, Mr. Sim
Sang-hoon, has
been elected President of the Red Cross Society. A storage
company
is in process of organization, to the capital
stock of which the Korean Emperor is said to have
subscribed
Y 200,000. An
additional 3,000 shares of stock at Y 50 each are
offered to the public. A Japanese
prospector has located a coal mine in Pong Sang district,
Whanghai province, and the vein of coal is
said to be extremely good. The Hoo Chang
prefect reports that more than four hundred Chinese
bandits with red coats
entered his district, plundered at will, killed one
Korean and carried away
twenty-two. The object in carrying away captives is not
explained. Stables for the
horses of the Japanese cavalry are being built at To
Tong, outside the South
Gate, Seoul. Several Japanese
stores have been compelled to close on
account of the financial depression. The Chief of
Police was discharged and Colonel Ku Wan-hei has
been appointed to the position. Before their departure
Mr. McLeavy Brown and the various members of the Customs
service received
decorations at the hands of His Majesty in recognition
of the faithful services
rendered. An experiment
farm
is desired to supplement the work of the Agricultural
School, the teaching to
be done by graduates of the
school. An additional Y
1,200 is asked by the Educational Department to assist
in starting the work on
the farm. Japanese
residents
in Chemulpo according to latest returns number almost
fourteen thousand. The Korean
government is said to have acceded to a request of the
Cotton Association,
presented by Mr. Hagiwara, agreeing to establish thirty
cotton plantations in
Chulla-do, and to expend from Y70,000
to Y100,000 during the next three years for the
cultivation of the cotton. The Japanese
Communication Bureau has
decided to establish a line of long distance telephones
between Fusan, Taiku,
Seoul and Chemulpo and another between Seoul and Pyeng
Yang. [page 459] The
Soya,
formerly the Russian cruiser Variag, which was sunk
iu Chemulpo Harbor after the first battle in the
Japan-Russia war, has been
successfully raised and repaired by the Japanese and has
now been taken to
Japan under her own steam. On the 6th
instant
about two hundred guests attended a ball given by the
Chinese Minister at the
Chinese Legation, Seoul, in honor of
the birthday of the Dowager Empress of China.
The Imperial Korean band furnished
the music for the occasion. Mr. Okude, a
Japanese resident of Chenmlpo, has been commissioned by
Japanese
Chambers of Commerce in Korea to go to Japan and
endeavor to have import duties
on rice abolished between the two countries. Mr.
Herbert Collbran has returned to
Seoul with his bride. These young people will he warmly
welcomed. Mr. Collbran
again takes up his work in connection with the
firm of Collbran & Bostwick. The 24th Reserve
Regiment
of Japanese troops which has been in Korea for a number
of months
has been relieved and officers and men have returned to
Japan. The Korean
Emperor made a number of gifts to the regiment before
its departure from Korea.
The present
unsettled state of affairs has not served to put the II
Chin Hoi in a more
favorable light before many of the Korean people. Those
whom some call true
patriots are by others accused of being traitors
of the blackest dye. For .some time
the
residences of the Korean Prime Minister and one or two
other officials have
been under the eye of a number of Japanese “plain-clothes”
men, but more recently Japanese gendarmes have been
posted near. Announcements
have been published in the Official Gazette to the
effect that traders and
others refusing to use the new system of weights and
measures recently adopted
will be fined in the sum of Y5. Another Osaka
Shoshen Kaisha steamer ran ashore on
the 12th instant. This time it was the Tukushu Afaru, which stranded near
Chin- to. The passengers and mails arrived in Chemulpo
on the 13th on board the
Ohio. The Law
Department
has asked the justice courts to immediately
furnish a list of the names of all prisoners and a
statement of the charges
against them. The Household
Department complains to the Japanese Minister that
Japanese subjects are
cutting trees in the vicinity
of the Queen’s Tomb, and
the Minister is asked to deal with the matter. A message has
been
received by the Foreign Office conveying the thanks
of President Roosevelt for the hospitality extended to
Miss Roosevelt and party
during their recent visit to Korea. More than twenty
of the leading Korean merchants in Seoul have been compelled
to close their business houses because of the unsettled
condition of the
currency question. The governor of
North Pyeng An province reports that Russian and Chinese
bandits are a menace
to life and property along the Yalu border. [page 440] Mr.
T C. Thompson, who has been employed at the American Legation
for a number of months, started for
New York on the 15th instant, having in
charge the remains of the late Mr. Dixey,
formerly of the American
Legation, who died in Seoul July i6th. Dr. Sharrocks
in Suen Chun has
moved into his newly-erected hospital. All sorts of
organizations have recently been formed in different
parts of Korea, most of
them having political bias of one sort or
another. If by any means a
claim could be made that any given organisation had the
approval of foreigners it was made much
of. It is not therefore to be wondered at that in
several different places a
society has been organized
having for its name the same or
similar Chinese characters forming the name
of the Young Men’s Christian Association, As there is but
one organisation of
this Society in Korea, and as it has
no relation to politics of any description,
the officers of the
Society caused
these facts to be made known, and in addition a
Government edict was sent out
notifying the various governors that the unauthorized
use of the name was illegal and offenders
would
be punished. Inmates of the
city prison will have reason to recall with pleasure
Thanksgiving Day this year because
of the dinner provided by Mr.
Bunker through the generosity
of a friend in America. A steaming bowl of rich beef
soup and a whole
loaf of good bread was given each prisoner,
about two hundred and sixty being thus provided for. Mr. B. Laporte,
formerly Commissioner of Customs at
Chemulpo, departed fur China and Europe on the l0th
instant. It is now stated
that houses and farms at Pyeng Yang
and Wiju occupied during the war by Japanese troops
will be paid for by the Japanese government. Mr.
Hegata has asked the Home Office to secure the
assistance of local governors
and magistrates in insuring that justice shall be dime.
Mr. Bryan was
received in audience by the Korean
Emperor on the 16th instant.
On
the evening of Thanksgiving Day, November 30th, the Hon.
B V. Morgan, American
Minister, entertained the entire
American and English local community at the American
Legation. The company was
far too large to be seated at tables,
but in the various rooms and balls they were seated
and served with a typical American
Thanksgiving dinner, including the proverbial mince and
pumpkin pies. A soft radiance
was shed over the rooms by means of electric lights
from colored and shaded bulbs, while the grounds
were brilliantly lighted and the walks outlined with innumerable
incandescent bulbs. The Imperial Korean Band discoursed
pleasant music during
the entire evening. Mrs. H. G. Underwood, Miss
Erwin, Dr. Hirst and Dr. Gale with
readings, recitations and songs assisted in making the
evening one to be long
remembered. Mr. Morgan is to be congratulated on the
success of the entire entertainment. THE KOREA
REVIEW. VOL.5. NO. 12. DECEMBER,
1905. The
Tenth Scion. (Translated
by Rev. G.
Engel, Pusan.) Long, long
ago there existed a family of learned men, and there had
been nine generations
and in every one of them one only son. Each man had no
sooner passed his examinations
and taken his degree than he died. Thus the tenth
generation had been reached,
which again consisted only of one single representative.
Now, when this tenth
scion was ten years old, there came one day a monk to
the house to beg alms.
The mother sent her son to hand the alms to the monk.
The latter looked the boy
for a moment in the face and said : “Poor boy,
thou art in a bad case.” When the boy heard
this, he ran to his mother and told her what the monk had
said, and she at once sent a servant after the monk to
recall him. Being asked the
reason of his strange exclamation, the monk replied: “When
the little monk looks into the boy’s face, it seems to
him that the child will
be killed at the age of fifteen by a wild beast. Should
he, how- ever, escape
the disaster, he will become a great man.” The lady then
inquired how the evil could be warded off.
The monk relied : “It will be best to
get the boy’s travelling kit ready at once and to let
him go wherever he likes.”
The use of the first
personal pronoun would be too presumptive a style of
speech for a monk.
[page 442] Whereupon
the widows (mother, grandmother and great-grandmother),
after embracing the boy
and weeping bitterly, sent him away according to the
monk’s word. As the boy did not
know where to go, he simply wandered
in this and that direction. Thus the time passed
quickly, and in a twinkle his
fifteenth year had arrived. One day he strayed
from the main road and lost his bearings. He inquired of
a passer-by: “Will
I be able to reach human dwellings if I
go in this direction?” The man replied: “There
are no human dwellings in these hills except a
monastery. But a great calamity
has befallen it, all the monks have died, and it stands
empty now. Whoever
enters its precincts is doomed to death.” Innumerable times did
the man try to dissuade him from going. But try as he
would, the boy, having
conceived the wish to go there by hook or by crook, set
out for the monastery. When he reached it,
he found it exactly as the man had told him: it was
empty throughout. As it was
winter just then and the weather very cold, he searched
for charcoal and, when
he had found some, made a blazing fire in a firebox. He
then mounted with it to
the garret above the Buddha image in the central hall
and thus made himself
invisible to any unforeseen caller. After the third watch
(after 1 A.M.),
there arose a great uproar. He peeped stealthily down
and saw a crowd of
animals enter. There were a tiger, a rabbit, a fox and a
great many other
animals. Each one took its place, and when they were all
seated, the tiger
addressed the rabbit: “Doctor Rabbit!” (The
rabbit is thought by Koreans to be the learned one among
the animals.) Receiving
a ready response he continued : “Will the professor turn
up a page of prophecy to-night
and let us know whether we shall have success or
failure?” The rabbit assented,
pulled a small book from under the mat on which he
was
sitting, read in it and, after [page 443]
meditating a long while, announced his discovery :
“Tonight the diagrams are
strange.” “How
is that?” Asked the tiger. “The
prophecy runs as follows,” replied the
rabbit. “Sir Tiger will receive heaven-fire (*Heaven-fire
is also equivalent to “great
disaster.”) and Master Rabbit will meet with the loss
of
his goods.” Scarcely had he said
the words, when the boy threw a few live coals down on
the tiger. This created
such terror among the animals that they all took to
flight. The boy descended
from the loft and, on looking about, found the little
book out of which the
rabbit had been reading. He picked it up and wondered
whether he would after
such a find meet with his predicted misfortune. He at once went
outside the gate of the monastery, looked about in all
directions and noticed a
light gleaming in a mountain-valley towards the east.
Thinking there was a
human dwelling there, he set out in that direction and
found a one-roomed straw
hut. When he called out
for the master of the house, there appeared a maiden of
sweet sixteen and
welcomed him without any embarrassment. Thinking this a
lucky circumstance, he
entered the hut. He began to tell the
girl about his past life. But as he was very tired, he
lay down while the girl
sat and did some needle-work. Now, when she was
threading her needle, she
moistened her finger with her tongue, and he noticed to
his horror that it was
a black thread-like tongue (like a snake’s). This discovery set
him all a tremble, and he was thinking of running away,
when the “thing,”
guessing his intention, said: “Although
you escaped the former calamities, yet you shall not
escape me. Before the bell
in the monastery behind
here rings three times you shall have become my food.” Now, while the boy
was inwardly sorrowing and expecting his death every
minute, the bell rang all
of a sudden three times. The girl had no sooner heard [page 444]
it than she threw herself at his feet and implored him
for her life. He pretending to
possess immense power shouted at her in the most
imposing manner he could
muster. The “thing” then drew a square gem from its
side,
offered it him and again pleaded with him for
her
life. He took the gem and
asked what it was. She replied : “If you
strike one corner and say : ‘Money,
come out!’ money will appear. If you strike the second
and say to a dead person
: ‘Live!’ he will rise at once. By striking
the
third you can produce whatever you wish.” As she stopped
and
did not give any explanation about the fourth comer,
he
asked her : “What does this corner effect?”
When it seemed as
though she was never going to tell him, he said to her:
“Only if you tell me
about this fourth comer will I let you go.”
Then as he insisted
on getting an answer, she could no longer
refuse and replied : “If you say to hateful people: ‘Die!’
they die.” An once the boy
pointed at her and cried: “Above all you are the most
hateful to me. DIE !”
Scarcely had he uttered the words, when a huge
snake
as thick as a pillar rolled at his feet and died. This
gave him such a fright
that he left the house at once. As he was anxious to
find out what could have made the bell ring so suddenly,
he went back to the
monastery and found a cock-pheasant with a
stone in its beak lying dead in front of the bell. But what had this
pheasant to do with him? As he tried to recollect the
past, he remembered that
when he was seven or eight years old he had one day gone
with a servant up the
hill near his house and found a cock- pheasant, which,
being pursued by
a hawk, had hid itself in the pine-thicket. The servant
had been for killing and
eating the bird. But as he had cried with all his might
and begged for it, the
servant had, after warning him several times not to let
it go, given it to him.
He had taken it in his arms and admired it.
The
sheen of its feathers had been just dazzling, and he had
thought it [page 445] was
altogether very beautiful to look at and would make a
splendid toy. But then
the pheasant had looked as though it were shedding
tears, and out of pity he
had let it fly. “Now,”
he said to himself, “without doubt, the pheasant
has remembered that kindness, and when I was near dying,
it saved me.” Weeping
bitterly the boy took off his waistcoat, wrapped
the
bird in it and buried it in a sunny spot. In this way he had
passed his fifteenth year and become sixteen years old,
and it seemed to him
that his fatal period was now ended. He therefore went
to his native place and
showed himself before his mother. You should have seen
the fuss they made about him. His mother, grandmother
and great-grandmother
laughed and cried in turn. Their sobs just shook them so
that one would have
thought it was a house of mourning. By and by the boy was
married, had three sons and became, so they say, the
founder of a great family.
Woodcutter,
Tiger, and Rabbit/ (Translated by
Rev. G. Engel, Fusan.) *This
fable will be familiar to many in a different garb.
There can be little doubt that the Korean form is
entirely original and
independent of others. As such it is a striking evidence
of the similarity in the
development of human thought Once there lived
a
woodcutter, who went one day deep among the hills to cut
wood. On his way he noticed
that somebody had evidently set a trap for a tiger.
Being curious he went to
have a look at it. As he got close to it he saw that a
very large tiger had
been caught. When the tiger saw
the man, he addressed him in a faint voice and said:
‘‘If you, Sir, help me in
any manner whatever to get free, I will repay you your
kindness. Do, please,
help me a little.” [page 440] The
man replied : “If I set you free, you
will eat mc up afterwards.” But as
the tiger assured him that he would do no such thing,
the woodcutter set to
work and set him free with great difficulty. The
tiger, on coming out of the trap, said to the man at
once: “Sir, I am very much
obliged to you for helping me out of this trap. Still,
as I am very hungry and
cannot bear it any longer, I am forced to eat you up.” When the man heard
this, he felt as though his ears were becoming stopped
up. He realized that he
had committed an irretrievable mistake and said with a
deep sigh to the tiger: “I
rescued you without considering what kind of animal you
are, and will you now,
on the contrary, repay this kindness by eating me
up?” While the two were
thus engaged in a noisy quarrel, a rabbit happened to
arrive on the scene in
leaps and bounds. He saluted the tiger, hoped he was in
good health, and added
the following question to his salutation : “What is the
matter that my revered
uncle is having dispute with this man?” The tiger replied : “My
dear nephew, listen to me! I was caught in this trap and
was likely to die.
Then as this man happened to come along I asked him to
set me free, which he
did, and I got free from the trap. However, my hunger
and thirst have reached
their utmost limit and, as I can only hope to live by
eating him up, I am on
the point of doing so.” “My revered uncle,”
answered the rabbit, “do not worry yourself in the least
!
Eat the fellow up! Need anything be said when you want
to dine on such a fellow?
But, in the first place, dearest uncle, be pleased to
describe to your nephew
for a moment your exact position in the trap before this
fellow rescued you!” “Very well! Look
here!” said the tiger and re-entered the trap, when the
rabbit at once pulled
it to with all his might. Thus the tiger was again
caught so tightly that he
could not move in the least. Then the rabbit
turned to the man and said : “My [page 447]
dear Sir, depart in peace according to* your
Honour’s desire! It is meet that that fellow should die
according to his
deserts,” and hop-skip-and-jump the rabbit was gone in a
direction according
with his own pleasure. [*These three phrases
(introduced by “according”)
are in Korean, of course, devoid of the abstract nouns :
desire, deserts,
pleasure. They represent one and the same Korean idiom,
which, however, has
various shades of meaning definable only by the
context. In this conclusion they have a peculiarly fine
stylistic effect, and
the translator has endeavoured to reproduce the same as
nearly as possible.]
A
Magic Formula Against Tliieves. (Translated by
Rev. G. Engel, Fusan.) A very old
couple
lived once in a mountain region. Though they were very
rich, they felt often
very lonely, as they had no children. One day the man
called a servant and said to him : “Here, take
these hundred strings of cash and buy us a nice story!”
The servant took the
money on his back and went to buy a story as he had been
told. Somewhere he met
a man who happened to be resting by the roadside. He,
too, put down his load of
money and, after he had made his introductory
salutations, asked the man
whether he had any story for sale. Now, although the
man, to tell the truth, did not remember any story that
he could have sold, yet
he very much wished to earn the money. So he said :
“Yes, I have one.” The servant asked : “If
that is the case, what will you charge?” The man replied
: “One hundred
strings.” Now, while he was
staring in one direction and thinking very hard how he
might invent a story, he
noticed in a rice-field a stork which was facing him and
step by step coming
nearer. So he said : “Step by step, step by step he is
coming nearer.” The
servant, in order to learn the story well by heart,
repeated : “Step by step, step
by step he is coming nearer.” [page 448] As
just then the stork stopped and stood still, the man
continued: “Stock-still
he stands,” which words, too, the servant repeated. Again the man looked
and saw the stork stooping down to pick up a snail. At
once he said : “Stooping,
stooping he creeps on.” The
servant faithfully echoed the words. Suddenly the stork
took wing and flew away, and the man commented:
“Helter-skelter he is off.” “Helter-
skelter he is off,” repeated the servant. “That is all,”
concluded the man, whereupon the servant paid him the
hundred strings of cash,
returned at once to his master and reported the whole
story.
The latter was so much delighted* with it
that he recited it every evening. Now, one night there
came a thief to that place to steal. After he had
climbed over the wall and
when he was just crossing the yard, he heard someone in
a dark room of the
house say in a loud voice : “Step by step, step by step
he is coming nearer.”
With a start the thief stood still and was wondering
what this could mean, when
the voice called out: “Stock-still he stands.” He told
himself: “It is because
I stopped that he says that,” and crept nearer. Again he
heard the voice say: “Stooping,
stooping he creeps on.” “Ah,” he said, “the
master of the house, being engaged in the magic art,
knows all about me though
he cannot see me.” He was now thoroughly frightened and
ran away in great
haste. As he reached the wall, he heard the voice shout
: “Helter-skelter he is
off.” This only increased his fright, and he ran as fast
as he could till he
was nearly dead with exhaustion. When he reached his
gang, he told them what
had happened to him. As his companions shared his fear,
they did not go near
that house any more. *To the foreign
reader this story may not appeal very much. But the
Koreans dearly love this
kind of tale. The simplicity of the old man and his
servant and the shrewdness
of the casual acquaintance, who will
not admit his ignorance, tickle the Korean’s fancy
almost as much as do the
lucky coincidence by which a thief is deterred from his
evil purpose, and the
credulous fear of the malefactors. [page 449]
Wanted, A Name The earliest
event
in his life that Sunpili could remember
was a long and tiresome journey
on donkey- back, over a rough hill road, which lasted
far into the night and
which at last landed him at the door of a wretched hovel
nearly dead with
fatigue. There he was received by rough hands, given a
wretched supper of
millet porridge and put to bed. He could dimly remember
the grim face of the
man who brought him there and the dark scowl he gave
when, the guttering light
flaring up on the instant, he said to the man who
received him : “If he gives you any
trouble, you know what to do with him,” and afterwards
while he was vainly
trying to swallow some of the rough insipid millet he
heard the clink of coins
in the outer room. Though he was only five years old he
felt in his childish
way that a great change had occurred in his life, and
the distinctness with which
the sordidness of his new surroundings was impressed
upon his memory made him
always carry the impression that the change was very
much for the worse. During the first few
days of his new life he learned the lesson that instead
of the caresses to
which he had been accustomed he must expect blows,
instead of words of sympathy
in his childish difficulties he must expect jeers of
scorn or angry rebukes. He
grew up a silent, watchful, selfreliant morsel of
humanity, learning the lesson
of selfdefence in all its moods and tense. As time went on he
gradually came to learn that his status was different
from that of other
children about him. They had their filial duties to
perform and they were the
objects of parental love. For a long time he wrestled
with the question alone
but finally gained courage to ask his brutal
foster-father whether all children
did not have parents and if so why he had none. This
brought down upon him such
a storm of abuse that he never ventured to ask again,
but from that moment
suspicion took possession of him and he determined to
run [page 450] away
and begin the search for his parents. He was not
entirely without a clue as to
where to look, for once he overheard his foster-mother
in angry discussion with
her husband declare that if her management of the boy
was not satisfactory
he might carry him back to Kilju again. The
husband had quickly
silenced her but not soon enough to
prevent the boy hearing the name of
his native place. He cherished
the word Kilju in his memory and determined
that when the time came he would first of all
go to that place. His opportunity
came late one afternoon
when, on the way home from a neighboring market town
with his foster-father the
latter imbibed so frequently aft the way-side inns
that he fell by the roadside in a
stupor. The boy saw
his chance. He
took half the money they had with them and
fled, but he was cunning enough not to ask
his way to Kilju until he was many miles
away,
where it would be hard to find a trace of his flight.
By many a devious
way, footsore and weary he finally dragged his half-starved
little body into the town of
Kilju; but here he
was confronted by a new dilemma.
What was he to say; how was
he to ask? Even if he could
find his parents perhaps they would not own him,
or, worse still, perhaps they
might send him
back to the old, hard, loveless life.
He wandered about looking wistfully
in the faces of every
one he met and glancing timidly into half-open
doorways wondering if this was
the place. His last cash
had been spent and he ended up at night in the corner of
a wicket fence and
slept and shivered by
turns until another day of hopeless searching
should come
round. In
the morning as he crept about
the streets trying to find someone whom he would
dare
beg from a woman came
out of her door and saw
him. He could say nothing, only
hold out his thin little hand.
The woman’s face
took on a look of pity and of fear at the same time. She
whispered
to him to wait, and
soon reappeared
and from under her skirt
drew out a steaming
bowl of rice. She led him
around behind the
house and bade him eat
but to be perfectly quiet, for her husband must not
know. [page 451]
This act of kindness led to others and one
day the woman
said to him : “You
are just about as
old as my boy would have been.” “Did he die?’’ “I
do not know. His father died and unfortunately I took
another husband.
He hated the boy and took him away but whether he killed
him or not I never
knew.” It never
dawned upon the little fellow that this might be his
own mother until after he had gone but by degrees
the thought came to him. He stood still with wide wondering
eyes and asked himself if by any chance
this might be true. He turned to run back to her house
but, young as he was, bitter experience had taught
him
caution and he asked himself whether his step-father
would not kill him or, worse still,
visit his anger on his mother. This made him
pause. What should he do? One thing was
certain.
He must not disclose his identity to his mother yet. Even as
he stood thinking out this problem in his
little head he heard someone coming along the road. He
looked up and saw
approaching the wicked foster-father
under whose hard hand he had been reared. He leaped out
of the road and started
to run up the hill but not until he had
been discovered. The man gave chase but Sunpili
was young and fleet of foot and soon
out-distanced him. The boy dared not go back to
the
towm but could not bring himself
to leave the vicinity, for he felt
more and more certain that he had found his mother. Up among the rugged
hills in a thickly wooded valley he found a sheltered
spot where a great ledge
of rock hung out and formed a sort of cave. In the far
comer
of this he made his bed of moss and leaves. He did not know how
long he had been sleeping,
when, he started up in terror at the sound of
approaching voices. He shrank
back as far as he could into the crevice of the rock and
waited, every nerve of
his little body tingling with
excitement and terror. The men, six in number, entered
the cave and set about
building a little fire about which they squatted, and
after copious [page 452] potations
from a small-necked jar they began a conversation
which, while it did not lessen Sunpili’s
terror, claimed his
attention. One of the voices was that of his
foster-father. “He is gone, and that’s all
there is to it. He knows nothing about how the land
lies, and there is little chance
of his finding out.” This from his
foster-father. “But if he should
find out he’d make trouble. I paid you well to keep him
and now by your bad
treatment you have made him run away. I have a good mind
to set the gang on
you, you blundering fool.” Ah, this must be the
step-father, but whom could he mean by the “gang?”
Sunpili waited. “Don’t do that, for
heaven’s sake don’t do that. I will find him and put him
out of the way if it
takes a year. Just give me the aid of the gang and some
money and I will guarantee
to find him and finish him.” “But the gang is
scattered now. We have been doing too much work around
here lately and the
government detectives are getting active. It will take
several days to get them
together, I don’t know whether there is any money left,
but I will sec.” Rising, he came
toward the back of the cave. Sunpili
gave himself up for lost: but his step-father did not
see him. Drawing a loose
stone from a crevice of the rock he disclosed a hole
into which he thrust his
arm and drew out bar after bar of pure silver. He
counted them carefully
and then put them all back but one. Soon the robbers, for
such they were, went away and left Sunpili thinking hard
and wondering what he had
better do with this new clue. There seemed to be only
one way to do. With the
first glimmer of dawn he was off and away.
He skirted the town till he came to the rear of the
prefect’s quarters. Trembling
like a leaf he entered and addressed the first person he
met, not knowing who
it was. As it happened the prefect was taking an early
morning walk in his
garden. “Can you tell me,
sir, how I can find the prefect?” “What do you want of
him?” “I have something
very important to tell him.” [page 453]
“Well, what is it?” “I must tell it to
him alone.” “Why, you suspicious
little beggar,” said the prefect,
laughing, “I am the prefect myself.” He thought to amuse
himself a moment with
this curious little waif. “Indeed, sir, then I
want to tell you that I have found the place where a
gang of robbers have their
meeting place and I have found
their hidden treasure,” and with
this he drew out from under his tattered coat a bar of shining silver.
The prefect opened his
eyes. He drew the boy into an arbor and made him sit
down and tell his story
from beginning to end. When it was done, the
prefect quietly called in his head ajun and conferred
earnestly with him. He
told the boy to stay with him and had him fed and
clothed. That night a strong
posse of men started out, with Sunpili for guide, and
before midnight the rendezvous
of the robbers was surrounded. Silently closing in upon
the ruffians
they surprised them in the act of counting over their
lawless gains. Sunpili’s
step-father was recognized as the leader of the gang. The boy asked the
prefect to keep his secret until after the trial of the
robbers, and when this
was effected and the law had exacted the extreme
penalty, he went to his
mother, who expected that she too, according to
custom, would be punished, disclosed his identity and
bore from the prefect a full
pardon. Half the treasure seized was given to Sunpili,
and this together with his
mother’s fortune which the prefect exempted from
seizure, gave them a
competence. And so it came about that Sunpili recovered
his family name which
was Pak and made up to his mother for all the pain and
sorrow she had suffered
during the years of his banishment. Korea’s
Greatest Need.
Now that the war
is over, peace having been declared, and the long
expected having come to pass
in Japan [page 454] taking
charge of affairs in Korea, we may well stop and ask
ourselves what next?
Perhaps if one were to start out with, such a question
as what is Korea’s
greatest need, he would be likely to find so many answers
all conflicting with one another that he would
soon
be so bewildered that he would lose all hope of reaching
any settled conclusion.
There are those who
would doubtless say that reform in the
government is the first and greatest need. That
the
government needs reforming and needs it very much,
no one who has seriously considered the subject will
deny. But government reform is not the first
and greatest of Korea’s many needs. The facts are that
the reform must begin
with the people and they must be reformed before any
substantial reform can
take place in the government. This is true because so many
of the people
are satisfied as long as the government contributes to
their selfish ends, and
are willing that it should continue as it
has been in the past. This is
the result of a total lack of any true conception of the
real purpose of government.
If it were possible, which it is not,
for Japan to transfer to Korea to-day the moat perfect
system of government
with the most scrupulous officials to
carry it out, it would not and could not be a success
because the people are
not ready for such a system and could not appreciate it.
I do not mean to say
that it would be an entire failure. But it would fall so
far short of the true
idea that it could not fail to be disappointing to all
concerned. At best it
would only be like a physician who would by means of
ointment relieve the
sufferings of some dreadful disease without trying to
reach and eradicate the
source of the trouble. Government reform, be it ever so
good, is not the
medicine that will reach and cure Korea’s ills at the
present time. There is another
class and perhaps a large one, who would tell us that
education is the key to
the situation; and that a well regulated system of
education would right all
wrongs and give Korea a good government and make her
people prosperous. To all
of which I answer most emphatically no. That is if
education is to be [page 455] defined
so as to leave Christ out of it,
and to include only that which has originated in the
mind of man. A man may be
educated in all that the world calls education
and not only fail to be better, but he may be far worse
for all
his education. As proof of this statement we have only
to look at the record of
crime that is constantly coming to light in high places.
Talk about the prisons
being filled with the ignorant masses who never would
have been there if they
had only been educated. If this be true how
about the great host of thieves and defaulters who have
passed through colleges and universities
and gone on to complete their courses in the school of
crime? Witness the Post
Office scandals, the “hold
up” of the
people by the directors of the life
insurance companies, and bank defaulters of the
last
few years. These men have not fallen into these great
crimes for lack of education,
but they have fallen into crime because
they lacked a proper education. Any proper system
of education must recognise
the fact that man has a heart as well as a
head; and that no one has been properly
educated
till both head and heart have been trained to think and
act in harmony
with all that is noble and true. What is the matter
with Korea’s present system of education? It is not that she
has no system at all but that her system
is all wrong. She has the same system that
China has, and has had since long before the
time when the star of Greece’s literary splendor rose
and set. The facts are
that this system fails utterly at the most
vital point, that of heart training. So
that it is a fact that the best educated classes
in Korea to-day are no better prepared to
resist
evil in all of its forms, than the most ignorant of the
masses who
do not know a single character
in their language. As a proof of this we
note that a large per cent of the prisoners in the
great central prison are from the
educated classes who are able to read
the Chinese characters. I do not want to be
understood as saying anything against
education in its widest and best
sense. What I do want is to be
understood as taking the ground that [page 456] any
system of education which leaves out the best moral
training is and always will
be a miserable failure. It also follows that there can
be no true moral
training without first having a true religion as a basis
on which to build. So
then it reduces itself to the one proposition and that
is that what Korea needs
most of all things is religion. But someone will
doubtless say that she has now a system of religion
which is founded on high
ideals as set forth in Confucianism and therefore needs
nothing more in the way
of religion. View her past history and her present
condition and tell me what
power there is in her religion to make honest and good
men. I answer that Korea’s
greatest need is the religion of Jesus Christ. Nothing
else will fill the bill
and make her what she should be. Give to her the pure
religion of Christ,
thereby freeing her from the slavery of superstition
which has bound her
through the past ages, and you will see a nation
speedily come forth into light
and liberty. Who will do this for Korea? Japan cannot
give that which she
herself has not. She will doubtless make some effort at
giving to Korea some
sort of education, but she cannot give anything better
than she has. She has
not the Christian education which I contend that Korea
so much needs, and
therefore we must look to some other quarter for help in
this matter. The hope
of Korea lies in the Christian Church which alone is
able to give her a
religion on which she can build a system of true
education that will include
all that she needs. The problem is largely in the hands
of the Missionaries and
the final results will depend on their ability to handle
this great subject.
This proposition must be worked from the ground up. I
mean by this that the
masses of the people must first be reached and brought
to see their true
condition, and to be made to realize that Christ and His
religion can supply
all their needs. Men will then learn to regard each
other as brothers and love
not in theory only but in reality. The rights of the
people will be recognized
and the government will no longer dare to oppress and
rob the people as it has
always done in the [page 457] past.
And in turn the people will respect and love their
government, instead of
hating it as many of them now do. Great reformations
are not brought about in a day. This thing will require
time; we may not live
to see it. But just as surely as the Missionaries are
true to their Lord and the trust which has been
committed to their hands, just
so surely will Korea be redeemed from her low estate.
“The entrance of thy word
giveth light.” The thousands of copies of the Scriptures
that are being scattered
throughout the land, every month, will surely scatter
the darkness of the past
ages and give to the people the true light. Already
throughout the land there
are scores of day schools which have the New Testament
as one of the principal
text-books. Hundreds of boys are in these unpretentious
little schools, being taught
to know the truth. These boys will be heard from one of
the days in the not
distant future; and they will have something to say to
which their fellow
country- men will listen. I for one most
heartily welcome everything good that Japan or any other
nation wants to give
to Korea. But I am convinced that nothing but the pure
religion of Jesus Christ
can ever save Korea. J. Rob’t.
Moose. HOW
MR. KIM BECAME A CHRISTIAN. Mr. Kim had been
sitting in his accustomed place on a mat in one end of
the room. It was on that
part of the floor known in the Korean language as the
seat of honor. It always
happened, because of its location directly over the fire
place, to be the
hottest place in the floor. Being a warm June morning,
the perspiration rolled
in profusion from Mr. Kim’s head band, but he did not
seem to know that the
floor was hot. He was writing imaginary Chinese
characters on the palm of his left
hand with one of the digits of the right. Suddenly the
door swung open and a
shrill voice called out :
[page 458] “What
are you there for? you lazy thing, you
un-hatched egg! you rotten cabbage!
you, you eat while I slave!” Madam Kim had
spent most of the morning in the paddy field hoeing and
weeding rice. She had
wondered what had become of the head of the home who
should have followed her
to the field, and had returned to find out the reason of
his absence. Mr. Kim evinced no concern
over the interruption of his meditations. There was a
moment’s silence, then a head
and pair of shoulders shot up into the door way. Mr. Kim
glanced up as a shadow
fell across his imaginary writing pad. He held his
finger poised in mid air and
looked absently past the sharp featured woman in the
door way. At that moment a
breeze pounced upon Madam Kim’s dishevelled hair and
flung it out in wiry tangles
and tufts. ‘‘You” she cried, and each
particular hair rose up with threatening menace, “you
eat, you sleep, you wear holes in the mat, you
half grown bean- stalk! you pig! you c-a-t!” Her voice
ended in a scream as she
clambered up into the room. Mr. Kim’s eyes came
slowly back from the distance and rested on the frouzy
head of his irate wife,
and leisurely past down over her mud-bespattered clothes
to her bare shins
and water-soaked feet.
Madam Kim paused
in her position of advantage to get breath preparatory
to a second onslaught,
while Mr. Kim brushed the perspiration from his forehead
and again returned,
undisturbed, to his imaginary writing. After a few more
explosions, Madam Kim
sat down in the middle of the floor and watched her
husband’s pantomime. She
really thought him a wonderful man and did not much care
if she did work hard
for him. Every woman from the
days of Confucius has slaved for her husband and why not
she. It was wonderful
how he could make Chinese characters on the palm
of his hand, without making a mark, and yet know what
they meant. She had seen
him even trace the outline of Chinese characters in
midair, while discussing
something with a neighbor, and the neighbor could read
them. [page 469]
Perhaps it was the knowledge of his own greatness in
this particular that led
him at times to use the art to molify
his irate wife. She would not go to
the field again that day. What could anyone do, anyway,
when the head of the
home spent his time writing Chinese characters on
the palm of his hand. “I have it”
Mr. Kim said at last, “I have it
right here.” “Have
what?” Madam Kim gasped, not knowing whether he meant
that he had a centipede
or the small pox. “I
have the right characters, they mean clean and holy,”
and his fingers described
with increasing vigor what he meant. “Hmph”
was Madam Kim’s disgusted reply, “you
have been down to the Church.” He had indeed been
attending the Church services. He had heard a great
medley by one of his
countrymen. Adam was the first man, ancestor to the
Koreans, Americans,
Englishmen, Germans, French, Chinese, Japanese, and even
the Russians. There
was once a great flood and Noah had made a boat that had
saved Shem who was
father to the Korean people. Abraham, Moses, and
Confucius were all great men
together. Mr. Kim had dreamed
over the matter all night, and had been sitting through
the greater part of the
fore- noon trying to trace his ancestors back to those
notable persons. It was
a failure. Abraham and Moses did not exactly fit into
his clan. The last words
of the preacher, however, though seemingly added to the
discourse as an afterthought,
stuck to his mind, and he had been struggling with the
characters “clean,”
and “holy,” for the last hour. “I
tell you what,” he said to his unsympathetic wife, “I
have heard a great deal
about being holy. Holy is holy whether it is made by
trusting in Confucius, or
in the new religion, and I am going to . . .” Here Mr.
Kim glanced up and the expression on his wife’s face
forced him to pause. [page 460] “Ha-a-a”
she said, in a long gutteral
dissent. “You think I
know nothing? I have talked with them too. Holy doesn’t
mean sitting on the
floor all day long and making rat tails in the air with
your fingers, or strutting
about stiff-kneed in a white coat that your wife has
blistered her fingers
in ironing. It means getting into the paddy field till
you are mud to the chin.
Holy on the inside and mud on the outside is all right.
The teacher told me so.”
“Fool’
said Mr. Kim, “fool woman, prating about things of which
you
know nothing, mixing religion with paddy
field mud !” There were symptoms
in Madam Kim’s face of a gathering storm which he knew
by experience would be beyond
the power of Chinese characters to hypnotize; so he
arose and strode out,
scorning the disagreeable question of paddy fields. Madam Kim watched her
husband march down to the spring, his head high and his
starched coat standing out
with aggressive dignity. She was proud of him and had
always tried to obey him,
for that is the lot of women, and
she knew that she always would. Mr. Kim was in
earnest. The following night just before twelve o’clock,
when all was quiet
save the barking of a dog in the neighboring
village, he might have been seen creeping from the
shadows of his own house, and
out across the moon-lit fields, bareheaded, to the
spring.
His strident step was gone. He glanced this way and that
as if in terror of
being discovered, and crawled along in the shadows like
a thief. The hoot of an
owl filled him with panic. But Mr. Kim had a high
purpose that neither the hoot
of owls nor demons could change. He soon stood over the
spring and waited eagerly
for the moment of midnight when the water spirit should
flash out deep in the
water. He would make his vow over the water and ask for
help, then wash in the
stream and pray to the Christian’s God. He lay long over
the water, his eyes
down to its surface, till his joints stiffened with the
effort. “Hump,” he
grunted at last in disappointment, “fool
devil, mad because I am [page 461]
going to be a Christian.” He seized a stone
to
hurl it at the demon in the water, but thinking better
of the matter dropped
the stone gently to the ground. The next morning he
put on his stiffened white coat, but Madam Kim scenting
symptoms of more rat
tails in the air, saw to it that he accompanied her to
the paddy field. He
worked with unusual silence and found unwonted comfort
in his pipe, “I
will do it,” he declared at last with energy, as he
hurled a huge bundle of
weeds to the distant bank. “Hugh!”
Madam Kim said, straightening up and looking him over. “Skull
cap on in the mud!” She ex- claimed, “where is your head
cloth?”
Then she opened her mouth wide in astonishment, and
closed it again aa if she
had lost the power of speech. “It’s wire,” he said
answering her look. “Wire?” she gasped. “Yes, wire, don’t you
see?” he continued, “I have woven the cross in my skull
cap, from a piece of
copper wire. It is the sign of the Christians, and I am
a Christian. I began
yesterday, and I want you to begin too;
you and the lad, you must go home and take a bath and
begin today.” “Ha-a!” she said, and
dove for a weed with such energy that mud and water
plastered her front with a new
coat. “Do you hear?” he
repeated, “I expect you and the lad to do the doctrine.”
Madam Kim pulled weeds
with increased energy. “It is easy,” he said, “you just
believe, that is what
they say. I haven’t learned all about it yet, but the
Chinese character says it
is to be clean, and I heard the preacher say so too. You
must take a bath and
then pray. You had better go home now; supposing
you should die?” he added anxiously, “you could not go
to heaven with me.” Here
he paused at the startling thought of a family mix-up.
Then he looked hard at
the stooping figure of Madam Kim. She was working like a
Fury and her back was
radiating wrath from every fold of her tight drawn
garments. He watched her for
a moment and then stealthily worked his way [page 462] to
the bank on the farthest side of the paddy field from
Madam Kim. He pulled his
long pipe from the waist- band of his trousers and
immediately was lost in
a profound contemplation of tobacco smoke.
Mr. Kim became very
earnest. He committed many hymns that would fit the only
tune that he knew,
which was a tune of his own invention. He secured other
books and consulted
teachers, but his wife still remained obdurate. He said
please, once, but after
the first shock of surprise, she was as hostile as ever.
She would not attend
the chapel services, and the morning devotions of her husband
she scorned. Mr. Kim finally
presented himself to his pastor for examination for
the rite of baptism. Some of the
questions were searching, and some of them cut closer to
his
manner of daily living than was pleasant.
“Yes”
he said, “I have read the New Testament through and
can
answer all the questions
of the Catechism; attend Church every Sabbath and
Wednesday night, and I pray
daily. I have thrown away all my fetishes and pass devil
trees without thinking
of them and am in harmony with all my neighbors.” “Do
you work steadily and industriously in the fields?”
was asked. “Ye-e-s,”
he hesitatingly replied, “my wife
helps me to do so.” “Do
you get angry?” “Not
as much as I did,” he replied uneasily, “my wife,
however, tempts me in that
direction sometimes.” “Are all the members
of your family Christians?” Mr. Kim did not reply
for some time. He twirled his fingers and cleared his
throat, and when he spoke
it was with an apprehensive look on his face. He
had not thought of her non-belief as standing in the way
of this much coveted
privilege. “My wife hasn’t given in yet,” he replied at
last with an effort. After a long
exhortation regarding a Christian’s relation to the
members of his family and
his duty to win them to the faith, it was suggested
that he wait one or [page 463]
two months before being baptized. Mr. Kim replied with a
dutiful
“yae,” but his
heart sank within him. “I will try,”
were his farewell
words. There was a tone of quiet decision that
pleased the ears of his pastor, but would have startled
the lady whom it
concerned if she had heard it. Some of the neighbors
had called him “Crazy
Kim,” because he always sang at the top of his
voice wherever he went. They noted his
silence as he
walked homeward on this particular afternoon,
and wondered.
That evening he filled his pipe industriously
till Madam Kim choked with the smoke,
then he laid hi
pipe aside and looked at her a long time. “Nomi”
he said softly. She
started violently. It was the first
time that he had called her by that name since they
had built play-houses
of mud in the village streets many years ago. “Nomi”
he repeated persuasively, “won’t you
do it?” “Do
what?” she asked. “They
said to-day that I could not be baptised because
you had not given in.” A sudden stiffening of
the shoulders was his answer. “From the
days of Confucius,” he continued
with a touch of severity, “there has not been a woman
who has not obeyed her
husband. The man must determine what religion shall be
used in his house. What do women know besides washing,
cooking,
eating, --or pulling weeds in the paddy fields,” he
added generously. There was five minutes
silence during which Madam Kim swayed her body back and
forth with the rythm of
a clock’s pendulum, and the mat on
which she sat seemed to stir aggressively. “Mind,”
said he, “in the morning when I command you you come
into prayers. Do you hear?” Madam Kim
made no reply, and Mr. Kim congratulated himself that
there had been no scene.
Presently she turned her back on him. He
could always read more defiance from her back
than be could from her face, and it
worried him, and that night the coming struggle got into
his dreams. The morning meal
passed in profound silence. When it was over Mr. Kim
said with studied gravity,
“Come [page 464] now, it is
time to pray.” There was silence a few minutes during
which
Madam Kim gazed across the tiny table at her husband,
her eyes narrowed down to
tiny points; then at a bound she was out into the yard
and the door slammed
behind her. Mr. Kim laid out the
Bible and hymn book very leisurely, then
went out into the yard. Madam Kim was on the point of
leaving for the paddy
field. He walked across the yard to where she stood,
quietly, as if bent on some
benevolent purpose, and raising his hand struck her a
resounding blow across
the cheek. She sprang back against the wall astonished,
and the blood mounted her
swarthy face, darkened her brow and temples to the roots
of the hair and her
lips parted showing two rows of white teeth, and her
eyes shot fire. Her
shoulders and arms were bare and her short skirts
revealed feet and legs bare
to the knees. She crouched, lithe and strong, and, like
an animal at bay,
looked him over piece by piece. He approached her again
with the same
benevolent expression. “Come in now and pray,” said he.
The last word choked in
his throat. Madam Kim shot out from the wall like some
wild thing, not her
hands or her feet, but the whole of Madam Kim. She
seized him by the top-knot
and screamed at the top of her voice. Hand-fulls
of hair, dark brown mixed with gray, floated about the
compound. They did not
belong to Madam Kim; her’s was as black as a raven. Her
tongue, tuned to a language
created for the purpose of reviling, was set loose. The
neighbors heard and
wondered. Mr. Kim tried to get a hold but she was
elusive. His eyes smarted, nose
bled, and at last, bewildered, he sat down on what he
took for a stone, but
which proved to be a pickle tub. In his confusion he did
not know what had
attacked him; then he saw Madam Kim pass out of the
compound and remembered. In
due time he discovered that he was sitting in a pickle
tub, and got up and wrung out his trousers. He then
retired within the house
but presently came out, and, let it be said to his
credit, with the benevolent
expression still on his face, though somewhat marred by
scratches and bruises.
He did not go to the [page 465]
paddy field, hut to a neighbor who was a
doctor.
He asked for the longest surgical needle that the quack
had. “I
have a patient of my own,” said he, “and
need a good needle.” When Mr. Kim declined
alike to explain or accept assistance, the man was
inclined to be offended
until be noticed the condition of Mr. Kim’s face. It
suggested to him that the
patient was not a sick man.’ During
the forenoon Mr. Kim took his place in the paddy field
by the side of Madam
Kim, but without a hint of the morning’s incident.
When she glanced at his face, however, it worried her.
She had never seen that
look on his face but once before. That was years ago
when a tiger had carried
off a neighbor. Mr. Kim had shouldered a spear and
announced that he would return
with the tiger’s skin, and he had done so. All day his
voice was subdued and
really gentle, yet the following night fear disturbed
her sleep, and the
morning meal was prepared with many a nervous jerk and
start. “Nomie,”
said he gently when the morning meal was over, “yesterday
you did not pray when I suggested it, but you will this
morning,” and he drew
out from his waistband the long surgical needle and felt
of its sharp point.
Madam Kim sprang through the open door but found the
compound gate locked. Mr.
Kim very leisurely arranged his books, then stepped
slowly out into the yard. Madam
Kim was again at bay, but fled on his approach. He did
not hurry, but holding
the needle at arm’s length, half stooping, he followed
her around the compound.
She dodged and tried to grab the needle, but it left its
mark in the palm of
her hand and she fled again; around and around she went,
and he followed. She
attempted to defend herself with her tongue, but she had
long ago used up all
her strongest expletives and now at the crucial time
they had no effect.
Wherever she went the needle was behind her, coming,
incessant, relentless. The
expression on Mr. Kim’s face frightened her. If he would
only rave she could
understand, but that look of benevolence,
how she hated it. The fell purpose behind the mask
filled her with fear.
Suddenly [page 466] terror
seized her and she sprang into the room and closed the
door, but before she
could fasten it he crowded in, and motioned her to sit
down. She did so, and he
stuck the long needle back into his waistband. He then
took up the Bible and
read a passage of Scripture and ordered Madam Kim to
kneel. She did so, and in
the prayer he said “O Lord I thank you
that Nomi has begun to believe.” Madam Kim did not
give up without a struggle, but Mr. Kim was really a
great man and was
resourceful, so that every morning thereafter she waited
with sullen face while
her master prayed. Two months later Mr.
Kim walked ten li with joyous steps to meet his pastor,
and was eager for the
examination to begin. He had faithfully worked up the
weak points, and when it
came to the question regarding his
family he was triumphant. When asked how Madam Kim had
been led to believe, he
hesitated and then told the whole story, and wound up
his description with the assertion
that she had been a good Christian ever since. The
result was quite different
from what he had expected. When another period of probation
was prescribed the shock of disappointment was painful.
The evening of his
return, he moved very softly about the house; and Madam
Kim was surprised to
see him disregard the points of the compass when he
knelt for prayers, neither
the North nor the South was honored. He knelt in the
middle of the floor with
his face down to the mat. A sob shook his burly frame,
then the hard look left
Madam Kim’s face. During the night she awoke and saw
him sitting under the lighted lamp looking at her. The
next morning he tried to
arrange the books on the floor as usual, but his hands
shook and there was an awkward
pause. At last he straightened up and after several efforts
pulled the long needle from his waist-band and handed it
to her, but Madam Kim
did not take it. “You needn’t pray any
more if you don’t want to,” he said, “and I will never
strike or prick you
again, and Nomie, I have been thinking. You remember how
we played in the
streets making mud houses, years ago? [page 467]
Your face was prettier then than all the rest and I
liked you. Then when we
were older and our parents arranged for our marriage you
pretended that you had
never known me, but I knew what you meant and was glad.
The pastor told me that
I must love you. That is easy, I always did that, but he
said that it must be
on the outside where you could see it; that loving is
better than praying. And,
Nomi, I will.” After a pause he continued, “I
wish you had a real name. I don’t like to call you by a
name that has in it a
meaning of contempt. They give names to the women when
they are baptized, beautiful
ones, like Truth, Perseverance, Peace, but then you will
not give in and be a
Christian, so cannot be baptized, and I will not make
you.” “But I will,” said
Madam Kim. M. A. W. The Tiger that
Laughed. Up in the high
mountains, where man never came, lived a tiger. He was a
glorious, big, fall
striped fellow, in the pride and strength of his full
tigerhood. He never went
into the lower hills where man dwelt, with dogs and
goats and frogs,
not he, for he was the king of the big mountains,
and all its inhabitants feared and bowed before him. He
ate nothing but deer
and the nice, tender, toothsome suckling of the wild hog
who lived with him in
the mountains and were by nature his subjects. Truly
when his stomach was full
and under the stunted pine on the edge of the high
mountain cliff, he lazied on
the grass, while the sun, hot and fierce, beat through
the scant foliage on his
hide, and he gazed contentedly out over the lower
ranges; or when he ranged,
free and strong, up through the high mountain meadows,
the tall grass swishing
on his sides, and the breezes rippling against his
lifted face, he was indeed,
and felt himself to be, every inch, a king. Over all his
range he was the king
of the high mountains, and the pride of a king was in
him. He consorted with no
lower kind, and he had known no food unworthy of him
from his youth. [page
468] But one summer a drouth
came on the land. It was such a drouth as the mountains
had never
known before. Weeks went into months, and no rain came.
The grass dried and
died; the leaves on the trees withered and fell. The
deer and wild hogs left
the high mountains for the lower ranges, where food
could be found. Even the foxes
and the rabbits were gone. But his majesty had no
thought of leaving his
dominions for he was king of the high mountains. It was
not with quite the same
lordly air that he trod the ranges, but still he kept to
them. He grew gaunt
and thin; his hide had lost its gloss; the furrows
between his ribs grew deeper. Day after day he tramped
the crackling grass, and
crept through the leafless forests, while the pitiless
sun beat down on his
hollow sides, and food disappeared. But still he kept
his pride. He was king of
the high mountains and in the high mountains would he
stay. Others might leave
but not he, he growled in his parched throat. Then was thirst added
to famine. The springs under the cliffs began to
dry. Little by little they went, until the very
mud was hard. The tiger began to see visions. As he lay
under a shadeless tree,
mad with thirst and faint with hunger, he
seemed to hear the trickle of water, falling deep among
stones. Then he saw a
deep pool in a little valley, and just in the edge of it
under the shadow of
the great rock, that stood above, were frogs, big, cool,
green frogs, in the
dark, cool shadow, in the edge of the deep, cool water.
And when he saw it his swollen
tongue rattled across his parched lips, and noise of it
brought him to himself,
and with an impatient growl he sprang up and walked
away. But the vision dogged
him. Again and again, in absent minded moments, he saw
it, the cool green
frogs, the dark, cool shadow, the deep, cool water. He
knew that it was
down there below, somewhere in the valleys. He knew he
could find it. But the
thought of it enraged him. Its persistent recurrence
maddened him. A tiger can
fall to no lower depths than to hunt and eat frogs. It
is a step below
contempt. He may come to it but he is never the page
469] same tiger again. Only in himself may be
the
miserable knowledge, but never again can he look his
fellow in the eye with the
same lordly glance, no more can he
range the hills with the same proud air, for deep down
in his own inner
consciousness is the constant, gnawing knowledge that he
has eaten frogs. However it is said
that there is a strain limit to all matter, and in this
case, also, it came.
One night his majesty put his pride in his pocket, or,
in the absence of that,
perhaps tucked it under some convenient boulder, and
sought the valleys.
Although pride was gone, shame was not, and he kept to
the ridges where he
would be less likely to meet his old acquaintances. He
reached a valley,
followed it down, and though morning dawned, still kept
on. Finally between two
cliffs where the little valley narrowed, he sniffed
water in the air. Creeping down,
he drew, himself up over a great boulder which blocked
the way, and gathering
himself on the top, looked cautiously down over the edge
Ah, ye gods and men,
there was a sight for a hungry tiger. The revulsion was
almost more than the
old fellow could stand. He had driven himself down
through all the night toward
frogs, and the very thought had made his gorge rise.
Rage, humiliation,
despair, weakness, had all mingled in his heart, and now
there beneath
him in the pool, stood a fat Buddhist priest, taking a
bath. As the tiger
looked a warm glow seemed to spread through all his
body, and strength flowed
into him again. The man had his head freshly shaven, and
that was a good thing,
no hair to get into his teeth; he was naked, and that
was a good thing,
no bothersome clothes to be in the way, just good flesh;
he was taking a bath,
and that was a good thing. Joy, a brief, fleeting
thought of frogs passed him,
and then this. Hysterical laughter seized him. He threw
up his head and laughed
and laughed, and laughed, until his back ached; then he
rolled his head over to
the left and laughed, and laughed, and laughed, until
his left side ached; and
then his great head rolled to the right and he closed
his eyes and laughed, and
laughed, and laughed, until that side ached, and then he
lay his [page
470] head down between his paws, and laughed,
and
laughed, and laughed, until his belly ached. And then he opened
his eyes, and stood up and looked down, and the priest
had put on his clothes
and gone off, and was nowhere to be seen. J. E. Adams. His
Father. Not long ago, in
one of the districts of Kyengki Do, there lived a man
who spent his time in
drinking and gambling, and before long he became a
bankrupt. He had one kind
younger brother and a dutiful son. His younger brother
always looked after him
and did everything in his power to help him and he
advised him not to drink.
But no, he would listen to no advice, and still went on
drinking. He had no
wife to furnish support, and no house to live in. His
son lived in his uncle’s house.
At length his prodigal use of money caused his younger
brother to become a bankrupt. One day an anonymous
letter was received by his younger brother, saying that
a certain amount of
money must be placed in a certain place on a certain day
at twilight, otherwise
the buried bones of his father would be taken away from
the grave. The brother
with his nephew thought the letter was from a highway
robber and thought it
useless to refuse. On the appointed day they prepared
some food and drink and
placed them with a bag of money in the place already
pointed out. They then
concealed themselves in the vicinity and watched to see
who would appear. They
waited there a long time, even until midnight, but
nothing happened. Tired of waiting,
the uncle went home to rest, telling his nephew to keep
watch. Pretty soon a
black-grey something moved toward the place where the
boy was in waiting. Seeing there was
nobody following, the boy lifted a big stone and pelted
the object squarely on
the head. Then he ran quickly
home and proudly told his uncle [page 471]
what was done. This uncle was greatly surprised and
called the villagers to go
with them to see, each having a handful of torches. But, alas! the man
was no other than the father and brother who had been
killed by his own son on
account of money. Yi Chong Won. News
Calendar. Korean students
from various provinces arrived in Seoul for the purpose
of petitioning
the Emperor in regard to the new treaty, but the
Japanese gendarmes compelled
them to disperse. After the death
of
Min Yung-whan the memorialists
were under the leadership of the veteran statesman. Cho
Pyeng-sea, who
forwarded another petition to the Emperor. Getting no
satisfaction, Mr. Cho committed
suicide by taking opium, and the remaining memorialists
were dispersed by
Japanese troops. At the beginning
of the month the city seems to be filled with a large
company of Koreans who
have come to the capital from the various provinces to
add their protests to
those being presented to His Majesty. Japanese gendarmes
are stationed at all
important places, and detachments of infantry are
patrolling the streets. On the first
instant while some enthusiasts were
exhorting the people in the street at Chongo an attempt
to arrest the speakers
was made by Japanese policemen with drawn swords, but
the policemen were beset
by the crowd and for a time the officers were driven
back. Some Japanese
gendarmes appeared, but they were compelled to take
refuge in Korean houses. In
a short time reinforcements arrived and the Japanese
infantry fired a number of
times and dispersed the crowd. Nearly one hundred
Koreans
were arrested, but it is thought most of the leaders
escaped. The Chinese
Minister to Korea departed for Peking on the 2nd
instant. It is not yet known
when he expects to return. The former Prime
Minister, Mr. Yi Keun-myeng, has been arrested and taken
to Japanese
Headquarters, but we learn that he was given his liberty
after having been
confined for several days. Owing to
complaints from various districts the Finance Department
has instructed the
various prefects to accept any and all Korean nickels,
whether they be spurious
or not. The Dai Ichi
Ginko
will establish a branch bank at Hamheung about the 15th
instant. [page 472] The
former Chief of Police, Mr. Koo Wan-liei remains
in the custody of the
Japanese at Army Headquarters. There is a
proposition among the Koreans to
perpetuate the memory
of Min Yung-whan and
Cho Pyeng-sea by
the erection of a bronze statue,
but no definite steps have
been taken. General Yi
Chong-keun has been appointed commander of the Imperial
Bodyguards.
Ye
Sang-Chai,
clerk in the
Department of
Education, committed suicide by taking opium, because of
his dislike of the
treaty with Japan. After his death the Emperor conferred
the posthumous rank of
Vice Minister of Education and sent an official to inscribe
the title on the coffin which was also presented by His
Majesty, together with
a considerable amount
of money and rice for the funeral ceremonies.
A private in the
Pyeng Yang regiment committed suicide as a protest, and
he had the posthumous
promotion to the position of secretary of
the Law Department, and large quantities of rice and a sum
of money were sent for the funeral and for the support
of the family. On the 6th
instant as the Foreign Minister, Mr. Pak
Chea-Soon, was entering the palace a rifle was
aimed at him by one of the soldiers on guard.
The soldier was promptly disarmed by an officer
who was standing
near, but Mr. Pak refused to enter the palace but
made
his way at once to the Japanese Legation,
where he complained that his present
miserable condition was the result
of the Japanese efforts to secure the new
treaty, and he made an attempt to cut his own throat
with a knife. His attempt
was frustrated by Mr. Hyashi,
the Japanese Minister, and he was sent
to the Japanese hospital for treatment. The Chief of
Police, who is now in custody at the Japanese Army
Headquarters, has been
dismissed from office. The
police inspector at Samwha reports to the
Home Department that all the men under his
authority have disappeared, the reason assigned being
that their salaries had not been paid for more than
three months. The Emperor
has granted the sum of eight
thousand yen to the owners of the
property recently burned at Chongno, and already
preparations are being made
for rebuilding. Mr. Yi Kui-whan,
formely Chief Judge in the
Justice Court, has been
appointed Vice Minister of the
Law Department, succeeding Mr. Tui-sik. Since the
appointment he has forwarded
his resignation to His Majesty, but it has not been
accepted. An accident to the
locomotive on one of the trains between
Seoul and Chemulpo on the 6th instant delayed the
passengers a number of hours. At a recent
Cabinet meeting attended only by the so-called pro-
Japanese Ministers, the
Emperor was asked for instructions
as to publishing the late treaty in the Official Gazette,
but there had
been some delay in receiving, a reply. [page 473]
Mr. Min Myeng-chai, formerly a Vice Minister, who has
been
recently living at his country home, committed suicide
on the 5th instant because
of grief over the unhappy conditions of his
beloved country. Mr. Yi Wan-tung,
Minister of Education, has been appointed Acting Prime
Minister. Mr. Pak
Chea-soon, who has been in the Japanese hospital since
making a vain attempt to
take his own life at the Japanese Legation,
has now been taken home, his injuries not having been as
serious as at first
supposed. Colonel Yun
Chul-kui has been appointed Chief of the Police
Department, and Lieutenant-
General Yi Yun-yong, brother of the Acting Prime
Minister,
has been appointed Chief of the Justice Court. Mr. Yi Keun-myeng,
former Prime Minister, who has been in the custody of
the Japanese gendarmes,
was released on the tenth instant. For some time
all
the Departments were closed, but on the eleventh
instant the
Home Department was opened with Yi Chi-yong in
charge.
On the twelfth
instant Mr. Kwon Choong-hyen commenced attending to
his duties as Minister of Agriculture and Industry. Representatives
of
the II Chin-hoi are said to have called on the newly
appointed Chief of Police
and urged him to resign. A letter was also written to
the Cabinet urging his
dismissal and asking that only men qualified by
education should be appointed. It is also
reported that the above society has advised Lieutenant-
General Om Choon-wan ,
brother of Lady Om, that he should leave the Capital
without delay. The governor of
North Kyeng-kui province reports to the Home Department
that three robbers had
been captured by Japanese gendarmes and immediately shot
because it was
supposed they had taken some military goods. The report comes
from Kwangju, in Chulla province, that on the thirteenth
instant a Korean clerk in the post office after severely
stabbing the Japanese
postmaster in the throat with a knife
attempted to commit suicide. Both parties are breathing,
but there is little
hope of recovery. According to
reports from Choong Chung province some anti-Japanese
agitators have appeared
under the name of the Righteous Army. The secretary of
the Supreme Court, Mr. Yi Sang surl, has resigned, and
he has been succeeded by
Yi Sang-chai. In the Eun Yang
district a fight recently occurred between soldiers and
a band of robbers. One
soldier and one robber were killed, and the remaining
robbers escaped. [page 474 ] For
going to the country without securing leave of absence
the clerk
of the Agricultural Department has been dismissed from
office. Complaint is
made
now from Whanghai and Pyeng Yang
provinces that the number of Japanese subjects is
increasing daily, and that now the Korean coolies are
being compelled to build
the dwelling houses for the Japanese
in addition to having to work on the military railway. The Chen
Chun prefect and the magistrate at Yeng Byen have both
been dismissed from
office. Twenty-two
magistrates proposed to the Cabinet by the Home Minister
have been approved. At a recent
Cabinet meeting arrangements were
made for reducing the number of government office
holders by Imperial Decree. Several houses
having been purchased in Seoul by Amencan and Japanese
subjects, and the deeds
not having been forthcoming from the Home Department,
the American and Japanese
Consuls have made
complaint to the governor, who asked the Home
Department for instructions. The Law
Department
has instructed the governor of North Kyeng-sang to
imprison Kim E-choong
for three years for grave robbing, or rather for
removing a grave without
permission of the relatives of the deceased. Numerous reports
come to the effect that magistrates in the various
districts are being compelled to relinquish their
residences for the
use of Japanese soldiers. Three prefects
absent without leave from the South
Pyeng An Province will have their vacation cut short if
a special request from
the governor to the Home Department can effect it. The Law
Department
has ordered the various
courts to more thoroughly investigate cases and
complaints in future. It is said that
all the officers except one, in all the Departments have
agreed to have their
topknots removed, the exception, being the Vice Minister
of the Home
Department. Representatives
of
all the provinces have sent in petitions to His Majesty
in protest against
the memorials which were presented by various
pro-Japanese Ministers recently. Heretofore the
taxes and all relating thereto in Quelpart have been
under the control of the
governor of South Chulla province, but according to
instructions recently
issued by the Home Department these matters will
hereafter be attended to by
the Quelpart prefect. The former Prime
Minister, Mr. Yi Keun-Myeng, when he was released from
Japanese custody went to
reside in the Paju district, but as this created a great
deal of
dissatisfaction among some of the scholars in that
vicinity he removed his
residence to the Kio Ha district. [page 475]
The acting governor of South Choong Chung province has
resigned. The new system
of
weights and measures is about to be placed in the care of
the Police Adviser, Christmas
was celebrated probably to a greater extent in Korea
this year than ever before.
In many of the churches collections were taken so that
rice and fuel might be
purchased and afterward distributed to the poor.
Christmas dinner was also
served to the prisoners in the city prisons, the food
being kindly provided by
friends in America, supplemented by private gifts and
collections here. Recently a large
number of prisoners in the city jails have reached the
gallows, and on the 30th
instant twelve additional prisoners received the death
sentence and will be
hanged in a few days. At six p. m.
on the 30th a Japanese house in Chang Dong. Seoul, was
discovered to be on fire, and notwithstanding great
effort the building was entirely
burned. Several adjoining houses were greatly injured,
but only
the one
was entirely destroyed. Before his
departure for America Minister Morgan was waited upon by
General
Secretary Gillett and a delegation from the Young Men’s
Christian Association. A farewell address was given by
two of the Korean
members and a silver cup was presented as a slight token
of the appreciation of
the service which Mr. Morgan had so freely rendered to
the Association.
Mr. Morgan made a felicitous response, in which he took
occasion to commend Mr.
Wanamaker for his timely gift for the purpose of
erecting the much needed
building in Seoul. The personal subscription made
by the retiring Minister to assist in carrying on the
work was very greatly appreciated
not only by the officers of the Association but also by
the Korean members of
the organization. In the Cabinet
on
the eleventh instant the Budget for
the ensuing year was discussed. An effort will be made
to reduce the expense
connected with the office of the governor of Seoul. The Finance
Department has been asked by the Home Department to pay
the expenses of the Police Adviser who went to Songdo to
investigate the
charges of corruption in connection with the ginseng
industry. The expenses
amount to 2,315 yen. A man of rank
cannot be buried in Korea without a great deal of
official red tape. As an
instance, the Household Department has notified the Home
Department
that His Majesty has consented to the use of the Sai
Pong Mountain, in Yong-in
district, as the burial place of the late
General Min Yung-whan. The Finance
Department has notified the Home Department of the
payment of eight hundred yen
as the expense for repairing a house for the Japanese
police assistant who takes up
his duties in Kyeng Sang province. [page 476] The
Department of Ceremony sent clerks to officiate at
offering sacrifice at the
house of the late Mr. Yi Sang-chai, who committed suicide
because of the evils he thought were in store for his
country. His Majesty has
been asked by the Home Minister for permission to
dismiss two secretaries in
the Home Department because they were opposed to the
Minister. The Director of
the Educational Department has resigned and Mr.
Chai Peum-suk has been appointed to the place. Mr. Yi Nam-chai,
living in Kyeng-sung district, has established
a private school at his own expense for the purpose of
educating all the young
men in that vicinity. The magistrate
of
Kwangju has sent in his resignation because of what he
considers unfortunate
conditions in Korea. A woman named
Kim
has followed her late husband by taking opium
and ending her life. The Elder
Statesman Pak Chung- rang died on the fifteenth instant.
He had been in failing
health for a long time. Mr. Pak Chea-pim,
one of the petitioners against the new treaty, is under
arrest by the Japanese
gendarmes. He has been promised
his freedom if he will promise to send no more
memorials, but he steadfastly
refuses to make the promise. All the Korean
Ministers were invited to a dinner at the Japanese
Legation on the fifteenth
instant at l0 p.m. A complaint has
come from the people in the Suwon and Pyeng-taik
districts that five or six
Japanese subjects have come and staked out a large area
of land between the two
districts. An effort was made by the owners of the land
to have the proceedings
stopped, but they were informed that it was the purpose
of the Japanese to
purchase the fields soon. A petition has
come to the Home Department from South Choong-chung
province asking that their
magistrate may be permitted to remain
a number of years longer. The magistrate
of
Eui-sung district reports that a number of Japanese have
come to him and asked
for consent to build irrigating ditches through certain
fields, and when
consent was refused they proceeded to construct the
ditches without authority. The former
Korean
Minister to Russia, who has been in Berlin for some
time, has telegraphed
to the Foreign Department, stating that Russia desires
Korea to send a
representative to discuss certain matters between Russia
and Korea. At the dinner
party to the Korean Ministers at the Japanese Legation
on the 15th instant the
topic mainly discussed was the proposed loan of Yen 3,000,000
by Japan to Korea
[page 477]
The Educational Department has asked the Finance
Department to pay a bill of
one hundred and fifty yen for materials for the
industrial school. The prefect of
Whangjuw reports to the Home
Department that a Japanese agricultural
company insists that he must affix
his official seal to the land leases which had been
taken from the people by
force. He says that this is contrary to international
law, and he could not agree thereto, and he asks that
the central government
shall deal with the Japanese authorities direct A number of
letters have been circulated in Kyeng Sang Province
which state that an orphan
asylum is to be established by a number of Japanese. Members of the
II
Chin-hoi called on Mr. Yi Yun-yong,
at the head of the Justice Court, and advised him to
resign at once, and
recalled to his mind
certain acts he
had been accused of in the past. All the
prisoners arrested during the recent anti-treaty demonstrations
are said to have been released with the exception of
eleven, who will be executed
according to martial law. Troops
despatched
by the War Department to the tomb of the late Princess
encountered a band of
robbers and captured five of the number and
turned them over to the Police Department. Six instructors
in
the I,aw School have been dismissed, and their places
have been filled by the appointment of young men
who have graduated from law schools in Tokyo. It is now
reported
that the Educational Department contemplates the
erection of one large building
in which the work of all the foreign language
schools will be carried on from next year. The North Choong
Chung governor reports that he has been compelled to
relinquish the governor’s
residence to the Japanese financial assistant, who
expects to be permanently
located there. Mr. Pak Kui-yang
was arrested by the Japanese because he was sending
memorials to the Emperor
protesting against the new treaty. For a number of days
he has taken no food,
stating that he prefers to die at his own hands rather
than at the hands of the
Japanese. A famous scholar
residing in Choong Chung province having sent a memorial
to His Majesty
concerning the ills which have befallen the country, the
Emperor has requested
him to come to Seoul and present any
suggestions and advice he may have to offer. The
law school has asked an appropriation of five thousand
yen from the Law
Department with which to publish text books for the use
of the school. Mr Yi Tochai,
governor of South Choong Chung province, has been transferred
to the North Chulla province. [page 478] The
Supreme Court in a despatch to the Home Department asserts
that the present condition of the country is worse than
ever before, and suggests
that great care should be used in selecting capable
magistrates.
They also recall the old proverb that good fruit will
not be found
on an evil tree. A woman in the
Mil-yang district having given birth to three sons at
one time the magistrate
of the district has presented the mother with a bag of
rice and has reported
the occurrence to the Home Department. The Whangju
prefect asks the Home Department to send additional policemen
to his district because of the numerous bands of robbers
at present in the vicinity! It is generally
supposed
that all the beggars in Seoul either belong to a guild
or are subject to some
man who receives their earnings and in return provides
them with some
poor lodgings. Be
that as it may, a
beggar more than forty years of age died in the streets
recently, supposably because of exposure and lack
of food. The Police Department
has been asked by the governor of Seoul for
permission to erect advertising boards in various parts
of the city on which to
display the various notices intended for the people. Because of a
petition from the people the old governor of South
Choong Chung is permitted
to remain there, and the newly appointed man for that
place, Mr. Han Chin-chang
has been transferred to North Chulla province. . The Director of
the Railway Bureau Mr. Kim Yun-koo, has been dismissed,
and Choi Sang-ton
succeeds him in the position. It is said that
an
effort will be made after the first of January to
enforce the edict against the
wearing of white clothes. The governor of
North Pyeng An province asks that the Koo
Sung prefect be either punished or fined and summarily
dismissed by the Home
Department for absence without leave, even though he had
the excuse of slight
indisposition. The Ham-yul
prefect has forwarded his resignation, pleading
illness as the reason for his action. Various
magistrates report that their servants and
official assistants are daily leaving their positions
because their salaries
have not been paid for several months. The magistrate
of
Kangkei informs the Home Department that one hundred and
fifty Japanese
soldiers have arrived in his district and be has been
compelled to give over
the official residence to them. The Minister of
War has instituted an examination in the Chinese
language and composition for
those desiring appointment to official position under
him. [page 479]
Colonel Yi Hei-to has been promoted to be Major General,
and he has also
been appointed Vice Minister of War. Yi Chi- won, a
member of the Royal family, is to go to Japan as a
special messenger to bear
congratulatory despatches to the Japanese Emperor. Notwithstanding
repeated presentation of his resignation, Mr. Yun Chi-ho
has been commanded by His Majesty to continue attending
to his duties as Vice
Minister for Foreign Affairs. The Korean
Minister
to Japan has been notified by the
Japanese Foreign Department that he will be expected to
close up the affairs of
his office and depart from Japan by the end
of
the month. On the 20th
instant representatives of the Korean Government in the
presence of Mr. Megata,
Financial Adviser, signed the agreement with
the Dai Ichi Ginko,
whereby the
Japanese Government loans 1,500,000 yen to the
Korean Government for a period of ten
years without
interest and without
security. The Korean Minister
to Germany has notified the Foreign Office that all
Korean affairs
have been turned over to the Japanese Legation in
Berlin, and he will return to
Korea as soon as possible. The definite
announcement has been made that Marquis Ito has been
appointed as Japan’s first
Resident General in Korea. Since the policy of having a
Resident General has
finally been decided upon it is likely that the choice
of a more satisfactory
representative could not have been made. Marquis Ito
has for years been in especial favor with the Emperor
of Korea, and he secured with comparative ease what many
another representative
never could have obtained in the new treaty between the
two countries. It was
with great reluctance that the Emperor bade him goodbye
on his departure, and
there was then the assurance given that Marquis Ito
would return to Korea whenever
there offered a favorable opportunity. His early return
as Resident General
will not only be pleasing to the Korean Emperor, but
very many of the common
people will expect much better treatment from officials
and citizen
representatives of Japan than they would otherwise hope to have.
The kamni of
Chemulpo asks the Educational Department to pay the
expenses of the Japanese
language school in that place for November. Lieutenant
General
Cho Tong-yun has been appointed Acting Chief of the
Imperial Guards. The Home
Department has ordered the governor of South Kyeng-sang
province to appoint an
acting governor and to come to Seoul at once.
The reason for this action is not given. The Police
Inspector, Mr. Chan Hyo-keun, has headed a petition to
His Majesty asking him
to form a constitutional monarchy. [page 480] The
governor of North Choong Chung also reports that the
residence of the governor
has been given over to the Japanese assistant financial
adviser. The prefect of
North Pyeng An province reports his serious illness
to the Home Department through a communication from the
governor, and he asks
permission to resign. The governor of
South Hamkyeng informs the Home Department that the
people of Tuk-wan district have
petitioned him to permit Yi Chong-won to remain
as their magistrate for a number of years, as he is
giving general
satisfaction. A number of
those
who were captured at the time of the resistance of the
police at Chongno
have been sentenced to imprisonment for two months and
from fifty to one
hundred blows. Since the
Foreign
Office is to be discontinued it is rumored that the
building will be used
us the headquarters of the Home
Department, and
that the latter building will be used for Cabinet
councils. Native papers
are
favorably commenting on the benevolent character of the
arrangements for the
loan of 500,000 yen to Korea byJapan, inasmuch
as consent has been given for the organization of a new
bank with the money,
with the provision that tradesmen can secure loans by
giving real estate
security. The Korean
Minister to Japan returned to Seoul on the 2th
instant. Announcement is
made by the Army Headquarters that after the first of
January the hour of 12,
Tokyo time, will be announced daily by the firing of a
cannon. The governor of
Choong Chung province reports the arrest of the prefect
of Cheachun by Japanese
police on the charge of illegally “squeezing”
the people. There is a
report
to the effect that the II Chin-hoi will establish
a newspaper which will make its initial appearance early
in January. At a recent
Cabinet meeting attended only by the so-called
pro-Japanese Ministers, the
Emperor was asked for instructions as to publishing the
late treaty in the
Official Gazette, but there has been some delay in
receiving a reply. While greatly
regretting the great delay in issuing this number
of
the Review, because of non-arrival of copy, the
publishers are pleased to announce
that arrangements have been made whereby a
considerable number of
contributed articles on various phases of life in Korea
will appear in the
Review for several months to come. |